ML18228A655: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(StriderTol Bot insert)
 
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
Line 16: Line 16:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:APR1400 DESIGN CONTROL DOCUMENT TIER 2 CHAPTER 8 ELECTRIC POWER APR1400-K-X-FS-14002-NP REVISION 3 AUGUST 2018
{{#Wiki_filter:APR1400 DESIGN CONTROL DOCUMENT TIER 2 CHAPTER 8 ELECTRIC POWER APR1400-K-X-FS-14002-NP REVISION 3 AUGUST 2018  


2018 KOREA ELECTRIC POWER CORPORATION KOREA HYDRO & NUCLEAR POWER CO., LTD All Rights Reserved This document was prepared for the design certification application to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission and contains technological information that constitutes intellectual property of Korea Hydro & Nuclear Power Co., Ltd.
2018 KOREA ELECTRIC POWER CORPORATION KOREA HYDRO & NUCLEAR POWER CO., LTD All Rights Reserved This document was prepared for the design certification application to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission and contains technological information that constitutes intellectual property of Korea Hydro & Nuclear Power Co., Ltd.
Line 22: Line 22:
Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 CHAPTER 8 - ELECTRIC POWER TABLE OF CONTENTS NUMBER                                             TITLE                                                                 PAGE CHAPTER 8 - ELECTRIC POWER........................................................................... 8.1-1 8.1 Introduction.......................................................................................................... 8.1-1 8.1.1   Offsite Power System .............................................................................. 8.1-1 8.1.2   Onsite Power System............................................................................... 8.1-1 8.1.3   Design Bases ........................................................................................... 8.1-3 8.1.3.1       Offsite Power System ............................................................ 8.1-3 8.1.3.2       Onsite Power System............................................................. 8.1-3 8.1.3.3       General Design Criteria, NRC Regulatory Guides, Branch Technical Positions, Generic Letters, and Industry Standards................................................................... 8.1-5 8.1.4   Combined License Information ............................................................. 8.1-15 8.1.5   References ............................................................................................. 8.1-15 8.2 Offsite Power System ........................................................................................... 8.2-1 8.2.1   System Description.................................................................................. 8.2-1 8.2.1.1       Transmission Network .......................................................... 8.2-1 8.2.1.2       Switchyard ............................................................................. 8.2-2 8.2.1.3       Offsite Power System Components and Circuits .................. 8.2-3 8.2.1.4       Separation Between Preferred Power Supply I and Preferred Power Supply II ..................................................... 8.2-6 8.2.2   Analysis ................................................................................................... 8.2-7 8.2.2.1       Conformance with 10 CFR Part 50 ....................................... 8.2-7 8.2.2.2       Conformance with NRC Regulatory Guides ....................... 8.2-10 8.2.2.3       Conformance with NUREG-0800 ....................................... 8.2-11 8.2.2.4       Conformance with 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) and 10 CFR 52.80(a)................................................................................ 8.2-11 8.2.3   Combined License Information ............................................................. 8.2-12 8.2.4   References ............................................................................................. 8.2-13 i                                                                Rev. 3
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 i
CHAPTER 8 - ELECTRIC POWER TABLE OF CONTENTS NUMBER TITLE PAGE CHAPTER 8 - ELECTRIC POWER........................................................................... 8.1-1 8.1 Introduction.......................................................................................................... 8.1-1 8.1.1 Offsite Power System.............................................................................. 8.1-1 8.1.2 Onsite Power System............................................................................... 8.1-1 8.1.3 Design Bases........................................................................................... 8.1-3 8.1.3.1 Offsite Power System............................................................ 8.1-3 8.1.3.2 Onsite Power System............................................................. 8.1-3 8.1.3.3 General Design Criteria, NRC Regulatory Guides, Branch Technical Positions, Generic Letters, and Industry Standards................................................................... 8.1-5 8.1.4 Combined License Information............................................................. 8.1-15 8.1.5 References............................................................................................. 8.1-15 8.2 Offsite Power System........................................................................................... 8.2-1 8.2.1 System Description.................................................................................. 8.2-1 8.2.1.1 Transmission Network.......................................................... 8.2-1 8.2.1.2 Switchyard............................................................................. 8.2-2 8.2.1.3 Offsite Power System Components and Circuits.................. 8.2-3 8.2.1.4 Separation Between Preferred Power Supply I and Preferred Power Supply II..................................................... 8.2-6 8.2.2 Analysis................................................................................................... 8.2-7 8.2.2.1 Conformance with 10 CFR Part 50....................................... 8.2-7 8.2.2.2 Conformance with NRC Regulatory Guides....................... 8.2-10 8.2.2.3 Conformance with NUREG-0800....................................... 8.2-11 8.2.2.4 Conformance with 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) and 10 CFR 52.80(a)................................................................................ 8.2-11 8.2.3 Combined License Information............................................................. 8.2-12 8.2.4 References............................................................................................. 8.2-13 Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3 Onsite Power Systems .......................................................................................... 8.3-1 8.3.1   AC Power Systems .................................................................................. 8.3-1 8.3.1.1     Description ............................................................................ 8.3-1 8.3.1.2     Analysis ............................................................................... 8.3-28 8.3.1.3     Electrical Power System Calculations and Distribution System Studies for AC System ....................... 8.3-38 8.3.2   DC Power System ................................................................................. 8.3-42 8.3.2.1     System Description.............................................................. 8.3-42 8.3.2.2     Analysis ............................................................................... 8.3-48 8.3.2.3     Electrical Power System Calculations and Distribution System Studies for DC System ....................... 8.3-56 8.3.3   Combined License Information ............................................................. 8.3-58 8.3.4   References ............................................................................................. 8.3-59 8.4 Station Blackout ................................................................................................... 8.4-1 8.4.1   System Description.................................................................................. 8.4-1 8.4.1.1     Description ............................................................................ 8.4-1 8.4.1.2     Station Blackout Coping Duration ........................................ 8.4-1 8.4.1.3     Alternate AC Power Source .................................................. 8.4-2 8.4.1.4     Power Supply from AAC GTG ............................................. 8.4-6 8.4.1.5     Recovery from SBO .............................................................. 8.4-7 8.4.1.6     Periodic Testing and Inspection ............................................ 8.4-8 8.4.2   Analysis ................................................................................................... 8.4-8 8.4.2.1     Conformance with 10 CFR Part 50 ....................................... 8.4-8 8.4.2.2     Conformance with NRC Regulatory Guides ......................... 8.4-9 8.4.2.3     Conformance with 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) and 10 CFR 52.80(a)................................................................................ 8.4-10 8.4.2.4     Conformance with NUREG-0800 ....................................... 8.4-10 8.4.3   Combined License Information ............................................................. 8.4-11 8.4.4   References ............................................................................................. 8.4-11 ii                                                              Rev. 3
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 ii 8.3 Onsite Power Systems.......................................................................................... 8.3-1 8.3.1 AC Power Systems.................................................................................. 8.3-1 8.3.1.1 Description............................................................................ 8.3-1 8.3.1.2 Analysis............................................................................... 8.3-28 8.3.1.3 Electrical Power System Calculations and Distribution System Studies for AC System....................... 8.3-38 8.3.2 DC Power System................................................................................. 8.3-42 8.3.2.1 System Description.............................................................. 8.3-42 8.3.2.2 Analysis............................................................................... 8.3-48 8.3.2.3 Electrical Power System Calculations and Distribution System Studies for DC System....................... 8.3-56 8.3.3 Combined License Information............................................................. 8.3-58 8.3.4 References............................................................................................. 8.3-59 8.4 Station Blackout................................................................................................... 8.4-1 8.4.1 System Description.................................................................................. 8.4-1 8.4.1.1 Description............................................................................ 8.4-1 8.4.1.2 Station Blackout Coping Duration........................................ 8.4-1 8.4.1.3 Alternate AC Power Source.................................................. 8.4-2 8.4.1.4 Power Supply from AAC GTG............................................. 8.4-6 8.4.1.5 Recovery from SBO.............................................................. 8.4-7 8.4.1.6 Periodic Testing and Inspection............................................ 8.4-8 8.4.2 Analysis................................................................................................... 8.4-8 8.4.2.1 Conformance with 10 CFR Part 50....................................... 8.4-8 8.4.2.2 Conformance with NRC Regulatory Guides......................... 8.4-9 8.4.2.3 Conformance with 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) and 10 CFR 52.80(a)................................................................................ 8.4-10 8.4.2.4 Conformance with NUREG-0800....................................... 8.4-10 8.4.3 Combined License Information............................................................. 8.4-11 8.4.4 References............................................................................................. 8.4-11 Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 LIST OF TABLES NUMBER                                             TITLE                                                               PAGE Table 8.1-1   Safety-Related Loads ........................................................................... 8.1-16 Table 8.1-2   Criteria and Guidelines for Electric Power Systems ............................ 8.1-18 Table 8.2-1   Ratings of Main Components............................................................... 8.2-17 Table 8.2-2   Protective Relay List of the MT, UATs, and SATs ............................. 8.2-19 Table 8.3.1-1 Electrical Bus Loads ............................................................................ 8.3-66 Table 8.3.1-2 Class 1E Loads (Division I) ................................................................. 8.3-70 Table 8.3.1-3 Class 1E Loads (Division II) ................................................................ 8.3-75 Table 8.3.1-4 AAC GTG Loads (SBO) ...................................................................... 8.3-80 Table 8.3.1-5 AAC GTG Loads (LOOP) ................................................................... 8.3-81 Table 8.3.1-6 Electrical Equipment Ratings and Component Data ............................ 8.3-82 Table 8.3.1-7 Failure Modes and Effects Analysis for the Onsite AC Power System .................................................................................................. 8.3-84 Table 8.3.2-1 Class 1E 125 Vdc Power System Loads .............................................. 8.3-92 Table 8.3.2-2 Non-Class 1E DC Power System Loads .............................................. 8.3-96 Table 8.3.2-3 Class 1E 120 Vac I&C Power System Loads .................................... 8.3-101 Table 8.3.2-4 Electrical Equipment Ratings - Component Data ............................. 8.3-105 Table 8.3.2-5 Electrical Equipment Status Information of Class 1E 125 Vdc and 120 Vac Power Systems .............................................................. 8.3-107 Table 8.3.2-6 Failure Modes and Effects Analysis for the 125 V dc and Class 1E Vital Power System ...................................................................... 8.3-109 Table 8.3.2-7 Failure Modes and Effects Analysis for the 120 Vac Class 1E Vital Instrumentation and Control Power System ............................. 8.3-111 Table 8.4.1-1 Conformance with NRC RG 1.155 Regulatory Position C.3.3............ 8.4-13 Table 8.4.2-1 Conformance to NRC RG 1.155 Appendix B, Alternate AC Sources ................................................................................................. 8.4-18 Table 8.4.2-2 Conformance to NUREG-0800, Section 8.4.III.3 Criteria D to I and K to M ........................................................................................... 8.4-20 iii                                                              Rev. 3
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 iii LIST OF TABLES NUMBER TITLE PAGE Table 8.1-1 Safety-Related Loads........................................................................... 8.1-16 Table 8.1-2 Criteria and Guidelines for Electric Power Systems............................ 8.1-18 Table 8.2-1 Ratings of Main Components............................................................... 8.2-17 Table 8.2-2 Protective Relay List of the MT, UATs, and SATs............................. 8.2-19 Table 8.3.1-1 Electrical Bus Loads............................................................................ 8.3-66 Table 8.3.1-2 Class 1E Loads (Division I)................................................................. 8.3-70 Table 8.3.1-3 Class 1E Loads (Division II)................................................................ 8.3-75 Table 8.3.1-4 AAC GTG Loads (SBO)...................................................................... 8.3-80 Table 8.3.1-5 AAC GTG Loads (LOOP)................................................................... 8.3-81 Table 8.3.1-6 Electrical Equipment Ratings and Component Data............................ 8.3-82 Table 8.3.1-7 Failure Modes and Effects Analysis for the Onsite AC Power System.................................................................................................. 8.3-84 Table 8.3.2-1 Class 1E 125 Vdc Power System Loads.............................................. 8.3-92 Table 8.3.2-2 Non-Class 1E DC Power System Loads.............................................. 8.3-96 Table 8.3.2-3 Class 1E 120 Vac I&C Power System Loads.................................... 8.3-101 Table 8.3.2-4 Electrical Equipment Ratings - Component Data............................. 8.3-105 Table 8.3.2-5 Electrical Equipment Status Information of Class 1E 125 Vdc and 120 Vac Power Systems.............................................................. 8.3-107 Table 8.3.2-6 Failure Modes and Effects Analysis for the 125 V dc and Class 1E Vital Power System...................................................................... 8.3-109 Table 8.3.2-7 Failure Modes and Effects Analysis for the 120 Vac Class 1E Vital Instrumentation and Control Power System............................. 8.3-111 Table 8.4.1-1 Conformance with NRC RG 1.155 Regulatory Position C.3.3............ 8.4-13 Table 8.4.2-1 Conformance to NRC RG 1.155 Appendix B, Alternate AC Sources................................................................................................. 8.4-18 Table 8.4.2-2 Conformance to NUREG-0800, Section 8.4.III.3 Criteria D to I and K to M........................................................................................... 8.4-20 Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 LIST OF FIGURES NUMBER                                             TITLE                                                               PAGE Figure 8.1-1   Electric Power System Single-Line Diagram (Division I) ................... 8.1-25 Figure 8.1-1   Electric Power System Single-Line Diagram (Division II) ................. 8.1-26 Figure 8.2-1   Layout Drawing Showing MT, UAT, SAT, MV Buses ...................... 8.2-20 Figure 8.3.1-1 Onsite AC Electrical Power System .................................................. 8.3-112 Figure 8.3.2-1 Class 1E DC Power System ............................................................... 8.3-115 Figure 8.3.2-2 Non-Class 1E DC Power System ....................................................... 8.3-116 Figure 8.3.2-3 Class 1E 120 Vac Instrumentation and Control Power System ......... 8.3-117 Figure 8.3.2-4 Non-Class 1E 120 Vac Instrumentation and Control Power System ................................................................................................ 8.3-118 iv                                                                Rev. 3
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 iv LIST OF FIGURES NUMBER TITLE PAGE Figure 8.1-1 Electric Power System Single-Line Diagram (Division I)................... 8.1-25 Figure 8.1-1 Electric Power System Single-Line Diagram (Division II)................. 8.1-26 Figure 8.2-1 Layout Drawing Showing MT, UAT, SAT, MV Buses...................... 8.2-20 Figure 8.3.1-1 Onsite AC Electrical Power System.................................................. 8.3-112 Figure 8.3.2-1 Class 1E DC Power System............................................................... 8.3-115 Figure 8.3.2-2 Non-Class 1E DC Power System....................................................... 8.3-116 Figure 8.3.2-3 Class 1E 120 Vac Instrumentation and Control Power System......... 8.3-117 Figure 8.3.2-4 Non-Class 1E 120 Vac Instrumentation and Control Power System................................................................................................ 8.3-118 Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 ACRONYM AND ABBREVIATION LIST AAC     alternate alternating current AC     alternating current AFAS   auxiliary feedwater actuation signal AOO     anticipated operational occurrence ASME   American Society of Mechanical Engineers bhp     brake horsepower BTP     Branch Technical Position CFR     Code of Federal Regulations C&L     closing and latching COL     combined license CSAS   containment spray actuation signal DBA     design basis accident DBE     design basis event DC     1) direct current
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 v
: 2) Design Certification EAC     emergency alternating current ECCS   emergency core cooling system EDG     emergency diesel generator EOP     emergency operating procedure EPA     electrical penetration assembly EPRI   Electric Power Research Institute ESF     engineered safety features ESFAS   engineered safety features actuation system ESF-CCS engineered safety features-component control system ETAP   electrical transient analyzer program FLC     full-load current FMEA   failure modes and effects analysis GCB     generator circuit breaker GDC     general design criteria (of 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A) v                        Rev. 3
ACRONYM AND ABBREVIATION LIST AAC alternate alternating current AC alternating current AFAS auxiliary feedwater actuation signal AOO anticipated operational occurrence ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers bhp brake horsepower BTP Branch Technical Position CFR Code of Federal Regulations C&L closing and latching COL combined license CSAS containment spray actuation signal DBA design basis accident DBE design basis event DC
: 1) direct current
: 2) Design Certification EAC emergency alternating current ECCS emergency core cooling system EDG emergency diesel generator EOP emergency operating procedure EPA electrical penetration assembly EPRI Electric Power Research Institute ESF engineered safety features ESFAS engineered safety features actuation system ESF-CCS engineered safety features-component control system ETAP electrical transient analyzer program FLC full-load current FMEA failure modes and effects analysis GCB generator circuit breaker GDC general design criteria (of 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A)
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 GL     Generic Letter GTG   gas turbine generator HVAC   heating, ventilation, and air conditioning I&C   instrumentation and control IEEE   Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IPB   isolated phase bus IPS   information processing system LC     load center LOCA   loss-of-coolant accident LOOP   loss-of-offsite power LRC   locked rotor current LWR   light water reactor MCC   motor control center MCR   main control room MG     main generator MOV   motor-operated valve MT     main transformer NEMA   National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA   National Fire Protection Association NRC   Nuclear Regulatory Commission OPC   Open Phase Condition OPDP   Open Phase Detection and Protection OFAF   oil forced air forced P-CCS process-component control system PNS   permanent non-safety PPS   1) plant protection system
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 vi GL Generic Letter GTG gas turbine generator HVAC heating, ventilation, and air conditioning I&C instrumentation and control IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IPB isolated phase bus IPS information processing system LC load center LOCA loss-of-coolant accident LOOP loss-of-offsite power LRC locked rotor current LWR light water reactor MCC motor control center MCR main control room MG main generator MOV motor-operated valve MT main transformer NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NRC Nuclear Regulatory Commission OPC Open Phase Condition OPDP Open Phase Detection and Protection OFAF oil forced air forced P-CCS process-component control system PNS permanent non-safety PPS
: 2) preferred power supply QA     quality assurance QIAS   qualified indication and alarm system QIAS-N qualified indication and alarm system - non-safety vi                    Rev. 3
: 1) plant protection system
: 2) preferred power supply QA quality assurance QIAS qualified indication and alarm system QIAS-N qualified indication and alarm system - non-safety Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 QIAS-P qualified indication and alarm system - post-accident monitoring instrument RCS   reactor coolant system RG     Regulatory Guide RPS   reactor protection system RSR   remote shutdown room SAT   standby auxiliary transformer SBO   station blackout SIAS   safety injection actuation signal SRP   standard review plan SSC   structure, system, or component T/G   turbine-generator THD   total harmonic distortion TMI   Three Mile Island TSO   transmission system operator TSP   transmission system provider UAT   unit auxiliary transformer UPS   uninterruptible power supply vii                                  Rev. 3
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 vii QIAS-P qualified indication and alarm system - post-accident monitoring instrument RCS reactor coolant system RG Regulatory Guide RPS reactor protection system RSR remote shutdown room SAT standby auxiliary transformer SBO station blackout SIAS safety injection actuation signal SRP standard review plan SSC structure, system, or component T/G turbine-generator THD total harmonic distortion TMI Three Mile Island TSO transmission system operator TSP transmission system provider UAT unit auxiliary transformer UPS uninterruptible power supply Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 CHAPTER 8 - ELECTRIC POWER 8.1         Introduction The electric power system is the source of power for station auxiliaries during normal operation and for the reactor protection system (RPS) and engineered safety features (ESF) during abnormal and accident conditions.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-1 CHAPTER 8 - ELECTRIC POWER 8.1 Introduction The electric power system is the source of power for station auxiliaries during normal operation and for the reactor protection system (RPS) and engineered safety features (ESF) during abnormal and accident conditions.
The electric power system single-line diagrams in Figure 8.1-1 depict the onsite and offsite electric power system for the APR1400.
The electric power system single-line diagrams in Figure 8.1-1 depict the onsite and offsite electric power system for the APR1400.
8.1.1         Offsite Power System The APR1400 is connected to the switchyard through two independent circuits.
8.1.1 Offsite Power System The APR1400 is connected to the switchyard through two independent circuits.
The switchyard is connected to the main transformer (MT) by a normal preferred power circuit. The main generator (MG) is connected to the low-voltage winding of the MT and the high-voltage winding of the unit auxiliary transformers (UATs) through the generator circuit breaker (GCB). Under the normal power operating condition, the MG supplies power through an isolated phase bus (IPB) and GCB to the MT and two UATs. The UATs are connected to the IPB between the GCB and the MT.
The switchyard is connected to the main transformer (MT) by a normal preferred power circuit. The main generator (MG) is connected to the low-voltage winding of the MT and the high-voltage winding of the unit auxiliary transformers (UATs) through the generator circuit breaker (GCB). Under the normal power operating condition, the MG supplies power through an isolated phase bus (IPB) and GCB to the MT and two UATs. The UATs are connected to the IPB between the GCB and the MT.
The alternate preferred power circuit is connected to the switchyard through two standby auxiliary transformers (SATs) to provide an immediately available independent source of offsite power to the onsite power distribution system for safety and non-safety loads when power is not available through the UATs.
The alternate preferred power circuit is connected to the switchyard through two standby auxiliary transformers (SATs) to provide an immediately available independent source of offsite power to the onsite power distribution system for safety and non-safety loads when power is not available through the UATs.
8.1.2         Onsite Power System The onsite power system for the APR1400, as shown in Figure 8.1-1, consists of the following systems and components:
8.1.2 Onsite Power System The onsite power system for the APR1400, as shown in Figure 8.1-1, consists of the following systems and components:
: a. Alternating current (ac) power system: non-Class 1E 13.8 kV power system, non-Class 1E and Class 1E 4.16 kV systems, non-Class 1E and Class 1E low-voltage systems, emergency diesel generators (EDGs), and an alternate alternating current (AAC) source
: a.
: b. Direct current (dc) power system: batteries, battery chargers, dc control centers, and distribution panels for both non-Class 1E and Class 1E 8.1-1                                    Rev. 3
Alternating current (ac) power system: non-Class 1E 13.8 kV power system, non-Class 1E and Class 1E 4.16 kV systems, non-Class 1E and Class 1E low-voltage systems, emergency diesel generators (EDGs), and an alternate alternating current (AAC) source
: b. Direct current (dc) power system: batteries, battery chargers, dc control centers, and distribution panels for both non-Class 1E and Class 1E Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-2
: c. Instrumentation and control (I&C) power system: inverter, automatic transfer switch, manual transfer switch, regulating transformer, and ac distribution panel for both non-Class 1E and Class 1E During normal power operation, the GCB is closed and onsite power is supplied from the MG through the UATs. During startup and shutdown, onsite power is supplied from the switchyard through the MT and UATs.
: c.
Instrumentation and control (I&C) power system: inverter, automatic transfer switch, manual transfer switch, regulating transformer, and ac distribution panel for both non-Class 1E and Class 1E During normal power operation, the GCB is closed and onsite power is supplied from the MG through the UATs. During startup and shutdown, onsite power is supplied from the switchyard through the MT and UATs.
The Class 1E loads are divided into two redundant load groups: division I and division II.
The Class 1E loads are divided into two redundant load groups: division I and division II.
Each division has two independent subsystem trains: trains A and C (division I) and trains B and D (division II). Safety-related loads that require Class 1E electric power to perform their safety functions are listed in Table 8.1-1. Each train can be supplied with electric power from the following sources, listed in decreasing order of preference:
Each division has two independent subsystem trains: trains A and C (division I) and trains B and D (division II). Safety-related loads that require Class 1E electric power to perform their safety functions are listed in Table 8.1-1. Each train can be supplied with electric power from the following sources, listed in decreasing order of preference:
: a. MG and UAT
: a.
MG and UAT
: b. MT and UAT
: b. MT and UAT
: c. SAT
: c.
SAT
: d. EDG
: d. EDG
: e. AAC gas turbine generator (GTG)
: e.
AAC gas turbine generator (GTG)
If both offsite power sources and the EDGs are unavailable, Class 1E train A or train B can be powered independently by the AAC GTG according to 10 CFR 50.63 (Reference 1) and U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.155 (Reference 2).
If both offsite power sources and the EDGs are unavailable, Class 1E train A or train B can be powered independently by the AAC GTG according to 10 CFR 50.63 (Reference 1) and U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.155 (Reference 2).
The Class 1E 125 Vdc power system is available to provide power to the Class 1E dc loads.
The Class 1E 125 Vdc power system is available to provide power to the Class 1E dc loads.
Line 61: Line 71:
The APR1400 has the non-Class 1E 125 Vdc and 250 Vdc power systems to supply non-Class 1E dc loads. These systems provide power to non-Class 1E 120 Vac I&C loads through inverters.
The APR1400 has the non-Class 1E 125 Vdc and 250 Vdc power systems to supply non-Class 1E dc loads. These systems provide power to non-Class 1E 120 Vac I&C loads through inverters.
The onsite power systems are described in Section 8.3.
The onsite power systems are described in Section 8.3.
8.1-2                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1.3         Design Bases 8.1.3.1         Offsite Power System The design bases for the offsite power system are as follows:
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-3 8.1.3 Design Bases 8.1.3.1 Offsite Power System The design bases for the offsite power system are as follows:
: a. The two or more transmission lines from the transmission network are connected to the switchyard. The offsite power circuits to the switchyard are designed to be independent and physically separate to provide reasonable assurance of availability under normal and postulated accident conditions.
: a.
The two or more transmission lines from the transmission network are connected to the switchyard. The offsite power circuits to the switchyard are designed to be independent and physically separate to provide reasonable assurance of availability under normal and postulated accident conditions.
: b. Each of the two preferred power circuits between the switchyard and onsite power system has sufficient capacity and is available to supply power to the plant safety-related systems within a few seconds following a loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA) to provide reasonable assurance that core cooling, containment integrity, and other vital safety functions are maintained.
: b. Each of the two preferred power circuits between the switchyard and onsite power system has sufficient capacity and is available to supply power to the plant safety-related systems within a few seconds following a loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA) to provide reasonable assurance that core cooling, containment integrity, and other vital safety functions are maintained.
: c. The MT rating is selected to transfer the power generated by the APR1400 to an offsite power system and permit the offsite power source to supply power to the onsite loads.
: c.
The MT rating is selected to transfer the power generated by the APR1400 to an offsite power system and permit the offsite power source to supply power to the onsite loads.
: d. The two UATs and two SATs are sized to provide the full load requirements of the main buses in their respective load groups.
: d. The two UATs and two SATs are sized to provide the full load requirements of the main buses in their respective load groups.
: e. The protection is provided to detect, alarm, protect against an open phase condition (OPC) at the primary sides of the MT or SAT, and automatically transfer the Class 1E switchgear buses to the alternate reliable offsite power source or onsite standby power system.
: e.
8.1.3.2         Onsite Power System The design bases for the onsite power system are as follows:
The protection is provided to detect, alarm, protect against an open phase condition (OPC) at the primary sides of the MT or SAT, and automatically transfer the Class 1E switchgear buses to the alternate reliable offsite power source or onsite standby power system.
: a. The Class 1E onsite power systems are located in seismic Category I structures to provide protection from natural phenomena.
8.1.3.2 Onsite Power System The design bases for the onsite power system are as follows:
: b. The redundant equipment of the Class 1E onsite power system is located in separate rooms and different fire areas with adequate independence to provide 8.1-3                                    Rev. 3
: a.
The Class 1E onsite power systems are located in seismic Category I structures to provide protection from natural phenomena.
: b. The redundant equipment of the Class 1E onsite power system is located in separate rooms and different fire areas with adequate independence to provide Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 reasonable assurance that the plant protection system (PPS) and safety functions are performed assuming a single failure.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-4 reasonable assurance that the plant protection system (PPS) and safety functions are performed assuming a single failure.
: c. The voltage levels at each bus are optimized for full and minimum load conditions that are expected throughout the anticipated range of voltage variations of the power source by adjusting the voltage tap settings on the transformers.
: c.
The voltage levels at each bus are optimized for full and minimum load conditions that are expected throughout the anticipated range of voltage variations of the power source by adjusting the voltage tap settings on the transformers.
: d. Each redundant division of the Class 1E onsite power systems has sufficient capacity to safely shut down the APR1400 and mitigates the effects of an accident assuming a loss of offsite power (LOOP).
: d. Each redundant division of the Class 1E onsite power systems has sufficient capacity to safely shut down the APR1400 and mitigates the effects of an accident assuming a loss of offsite power (LOOP).
: e. The Class 1E onsite power systems are designed to permit appropriate surveillance, periodic inspections, testing of important areas, assessing the continuity of the systems, and the condition of their components.
: e. The Class 1E onsite power systems are designed to permit appropriate surveillance, periodic inspections, testing of important areas, assessing the continuity of the systems, and the condition of their components.
: f. The EDGs are designed to be automatically initiated in the event of an accident or a LOOP. They are rated to have a continuous load rating plus margin. They are also sized to accelerate all of the loads in the loading sequence without exceeding the allowable voltage and frequency limits stated in NRC RG 1.9 (Reference 3).
: f.
The EDGs are designed to be automatically initiated in the event of an accident or a LOOP. They are rated to have a continuous load rating plus margin. They are also sized to accelerate all of the loads in the loading sequence without exceeding the allowable voltage and frequency limits stated in NRC RG 1.9 (Reference 3).
: g. The Class 1E 125 Vdc batteries have adequate capacity, without chargers, to provide the necessary dc power to perform the required safety functions in the event of a postulated accident assuming a single failure.
: g. The Class 1E 125 Vdc batteries have adequate capacity, without chargers, to provide the necessary dc power to perform the required safety functions in the event of a postulated accident assuming a single failure.
: h. Each battery charger has adequate capacity to supply its assigned steady-state loads while simultaneously recharging its associated battery.
: h. Each battery charger has adequate capacity to supply its assigned steady-state loads while simultaneously recharging its associated battery.
: i. The non-Class 1E AAC source is provided to help mitigate the effects of station blackout (SBO) conditions in accordance with NRC RG 1.155. In addition, the AAC source is designed to supply ac power to the non-Class 1E permanent non-safety (PNS) 4.16 kV buses during a LOOP.
: i.
: j. Non-Class 1E electrical equipment is designed to preclude adverse effects on Class 1E electrical equipment due to its failure during normal, accident, or post-accident modes of plant operation.
The non-Class 1E AAC source is provided to help mitigate the effects of station blackout (SBO) conditions in accordance with NRC RG 1.155. In addition, the AAC source is designed to supply ac power to the non-Class 1E permanent non-safety (PNS) 4.16 kV buses during a LOOP.
8.1-4                                    Rev. 3
: j.
Non-Class 1E electrical equipment is designed to preclude adverse effects on Class 1E electrical equipment due to its failure during normal, accident, or post-accident modes of plant operation.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1.3.3         General Design Criteria, NRC Regulatory Guides, Branch Technical Positions, Generic Letters, and Industry Standards The electric power system is designed to meet the following requirements of General Design Criteria (GDC), Regulatory Guides (RGs), Branch Technical Positions (BTPs),
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-5 8.1.3.3 General Design Criteria, NRC Regulatory Guides, Branch Technical Positions, Generic Letters, and Industry Standards The electric power system is designed to meet the following requirements of General Design Criteria (GDC), Regulatory Guides (RGs), Branch Technical Positions (BTPs),
Generic Letters (GLs), and industry standards. Conformance with NRC RGs and BTPs for electric power systems is addressed in Table 8.1-2 and Section 1.9.
Generic Letters (GLs), and industry standards. Conformance with NRC RGs and BTPs for electric power systems is addressed in Table 8.1-2 and Section 1.9.
General Design Criteria
General Design Criteria GDC 1, Quality Standards and Records GDC 2, Design Bases for Protection Against Natural Phenomena GDC 4, Environmental and Dynamic Effects Design Bases GDC 17, Electric Power Systems GDC 18, Inspection and Testing of Electric Power Systems GDC 33, Reactor Coolant Makeup GDC 34, Residual Heat Removal GDC 35, Emergency Core Cooling GDC 38, Containment Heat Removal GDC 41, Containment Atmosphere Cleanup GDC 44, Cooling Water GDC 50, Containment Design Basis NRC Regulatory Guides NRC RG 1.6, Independence Between Redundant Standby (Onsite) Power Sources and Between Their Distribution Systems, (Safety Guide 6), March 1971.
* GDC 1, Quality Standards and Records
NRC RG 1.9, Application and Testing of Safety-Related Diesel Generators in Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 4, March 2007.
* GDC 2, Design Bases for Protection Against Natural Phenomena
Rev. 3
* GDC 4, Environmental and Dynamic Effects Design Bases
* GDC 17, Electric Power Systems
* GDC 18, Inspection and Testing of Electric Power Systems
* GDC 33, Reactor Coolant Makeup
* GDC 34, Residual Heat Removal
* GDC 35, Emergency Core Cooling
* GDC 38, Containment Heat Removal
* GDC 41, Containment Atmosphere Cleanup
* GDC 44, Cooling Water
* GDC 50, Containment Design Basis NRC Regulatory Guides
* NRC RG 1.6, Independence Between Redundant Standby (Onsite) Power Sources and Between Their Distribution Systems, (Safety Guide 6), March 1971.
* NRC RG 1.9, Application and Testing of Safety-Related Diesel Generators in Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 4, March 2007.
8.1-5                                Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-6 NRC RG 1.22, Periodic Testing of Protection System Actuation Functions (Safety Guide 22), February 1972.
* NRC RG 1.22, Periodic Testing of Protection System Actuation Functions (Safety Guide 22), February 1972.
NRC RG 1.29, Seismic Design Classification, Rev. 4, March 2007.
* NRC RG 1.29, Seismic Design Classification, Rev. 4, March 2007.
NRC RG 1.30, Quality Assurance Requirements for the Installation, Inspection and Testing of Instrumentation and Electric Equipment (Safety Guide 30), August 1972.
* NRC RG 1.30, Quality Assurance Requirements for the Installation, Inspection and Testing of Instrumentation and Electric Equipment (Safety Guide 30), August 1972.
NRC RG 1.32, Criteria for Power Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 3, March 2004.
* NRC RG 1.32, Criteria for Power Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 3, March 2004.
NRC RG 1.40, Qualification of Continuous Duty Safety-Related Motors for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 1, February 2010.
* NRC RG 1.40, Qualification of Continuous Duty Safety-Related Motors for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 1, February 2010.
NRC RG 1.41, Preoperational Testing of Redundant On-site Electric Power Systems to Verify Proper Load Group Assignments, March 1973.
* NRC RG 1.41, Preoperational Testing of Redundant On-site Electric Power Systems to Verify Proper Load Group Assignments, March 1973.
NRC RG 1.47, Bypassed and Inoperable Status Indication for Nuclear Power Plant Safety Systems, Rev. 1, February 2010.
* NRC RG 1.47, Bypassed and Inoperable Status Indication for Nuclear Power Plant Safety Systems, Rev. 1, February 2010.
NRC RG 1.53, Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Safety Systems, Rev. 2, November 2003.
* NRC RG 1.53, Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Safety Systems, Rev. 2, November 2003.
NRC RG 1.62, Manual Initiation of Protective Actions, Rev. 1, June 2010.
* NRC RG 1.62, Manual Initiation of Protective Actions, Rev. 1, June 2010.
NRC RG 1.63, Electric Penetration Assemblies in Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 3, February 1987.
* NRC RG 1.63, Electric Penetration Assemblies in Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 3, February 1987.
NRC RG 1.73, Qualification Tests for Safety-Related Actuators in Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 1, October 2013.
* NRC RG 1.73, Qualification Tests for Safety-Related Actuators in Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 1, October 2013.
NRC RG 1.75, Criteria for Independence of Electrical Safety Systems, Rev. 3, February 2005.
* NRC RG 1.75, Criteria for Independence of Electrical Safety Systems, Rev. 3, February 2005.
NRC RG 1.89, Environmental Qualification of Certain Electric Equipment Important to Safety for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 1, June 1984.
* NRC RG 1.89, Environmental Qualification of Certain Electric Equipment Important to Safety for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 1, June 1984.
NRC RG 1.93, Availability of Electric Power Sources, Rev. 1, March 2012.
* NRC RG 1.93, Availability of Electric Power Sources, Rev. 1, March 2012.
Rev. 3
8.1-6                                    Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-7 NRC RG 1.100, Seismic Qualification of Electric and Active Mechanical Equipment and Functional Qualification of Active Mechanical Equipment for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 3, September 2009.
* NRC RG 1.100, Seismic Qualification of Electric and Active Mechanical Equipment and Functional Qualification of Active Mechanical Equipment for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 3, September 2009.
NRC RG 1.106, Thermal Overload Protection for Electric Motors on Motor-Operated Valves, Rev. 2, February 2012.
* NRC RG 1.106, Thermal Overload Protection for Electric Motors on Motor-Operated Valves, Rev. 2, February 2012.
NRC RG 1.118, Periodic Testing of Electric Power and Protection Systems, Rev. 3, April 1995.
* NRC RG 1.118, Periodic Testing of Electric Power and Protection Systems, Rev. 3, April 1995.
NRC RG 1.128, Installation Design and Installation of Vented Lead-Acid Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 2, February 2007.
* NRC RG 1.128, Installation Design and Installation of Vented Lead-Acid Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 2, February 2007.
NRC RG 1.129, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 3, September 2013.
* NRC RG 1.129, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 3, September 2013.
NRC RG 1.137, Fuel Oil Systems for Emergency Power Supplies, Rev. 2, June 2013.
* NRC RG 1.137, Fuel Oil Systems for Emergency Power Supplies, Rev. 2, June 2013.
NRC RG 1.153, Criteria for Safety Systems, Rev. 1, June 1996.
* NRC RG 1.153, Criteria for Safety Systems, Rev. 1, June 1996.
NRC RG 1.155, Station Blackout, August 1988.
* NRC RG 1.155, Station Blackout, August 1988.
NRC RG 1.156, Qualification of Connection Assemblies for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 1, July 2011.
* NRC RG 1.156, Qualification of Connection Assemblies for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 1, July 2011.
NRC RG 1.158, Qualification of Safety-Related Lead Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Plants, February 1989.
* NRC RG 1.158, Qualification of Safety-Related Lead Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Plants, February 1989.
NRC RG 1.160, Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 3, May 2012.
* NRC RG 1.160, Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 3, May 2012.
NRC RG 1.180, Guidelines for Evaluating Electromagnetic and Radio-Frequency Interference in Safety-Related Instrumentation and Control Systems, Rev. 1, October 2003.
* NRC RG 1.180, Guidelines for Evaluating Electromagnetic and Radio-Frequency Interference in Safety-Related Instrumentation and Control Systems, Rev. 1, October 2003.
NRC RG 1.189, Fire Protection for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 2, October 2009.
* NRC RG 1.189, Fire Protection for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 2, October 2009.
NRC RG 1.204, Guidelines for Lightning Protection of Nuclear Power Plants, November 2005.
* NRC RG 1.204, Guidelines for Lightning Protection of Nuclear Power Plants, November 2005.
Rev. 3
8.1-7                                  Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-8 NRC RG 1.206, Combined License Applications for Nuclear Power Plants (LWR Edition), June 2007.
* NRC RG 1.206, Combined License Applications for Nuclear Power Plants (LWR Edition), June 2007.
NRC RG 1.210, Qualification of Safety-Related Battery Chargers and Inverters for Nuclear Power Plants, June 2008.
* NRC RG 1.210, Qualification of Safety-Related Battery Chargers and Inverters for Nuclear Power Plants, June 2008.
NRC RG 1.211, Qualification of Safety-Related Cables and Field Splices for Nuclear Power Plants, April 2009.
* NRC RG 1.211, Qualification of Safety-Related Cables and Field Splices for Nuclear Power Plants, April 2009.
NRC RG 1.212, Sizing of Large Lead-Acid Storage Batteries, November 2008.
* NRC RG 1.212, Sizing of Large Lead-Acid Storage Batteries, November 2008.
NRC RG 1.213, Qualification of Safety-Related Motor Control Centers for Nuclear Power Plants, May 2009.
* NRC RG 1.213, Qualification of Safety-Related Motor Control Centers for Nuclear Power Plants, May 2009.
NRC RG 1.218, Condition-Monitoring Techniques for Electric Cables Used in Nuclear Power Plants, April 2012.
* NRC RG 1.218, Condition-Monitoring Techniques for Electric Cables Used in Nuclear Power Plants, April 2012.
Branch Technical Positions BTP 8-1, Requirements for Motor-Operated Valves in the ECCS Accumulator Lines, Rev. 3, March 2007.
Branch Technical Positions
BTP 8-2, Use of Diesel Generator Sets for Peaking, Rev. 3, March 2007.
* BTP 8-1, Requirements for Motor-Operated Valves in the ECCS Accumulator Lines, Rev. 3, March 2007.
BTP 8-3, Stability of Offsite Power Systems, Rev. 3, March 2007.
* BTP 8-2, Use of Diesel Generator Sets for Peaking, Rev. 3, March 2007.
BTP 8-4, Application of Single Failure Criterion to Manually Controlled Electrically Operated Valves, Rev. 3, March 2007.
* BTP 8-3, Stability of Offsite Power Systems, Rev. 3, March 2007.
BTP 8-5, Supplemental Guidance for Bypass and Inoperable Status Indication for Engineered Safety Features Systems, Rev. 3, March 2007.
* BTP 8-4, Application of Single Failure Criterion to Manually Controlled Electrically Operated Valves, Rev. 3, March 2007.
BTP 8-6, Adequacy of Station Electric Distribution System Voltages, Rev. 3, March 2007.
* BTP 8-5, Supplemental Guidance for Bypass and Inoperable Status Indication for Engineered Safety Features Systems, Rev. 3, March 2007.
BTP 8-7, Criteria for Alarms and Indications Associated with Diesel Generator Unit Bypassed and Inoperable Status, Rev. 3, March 2007.
* BTP 8-6, Adequacy of Station Electric Distribution System Voltages, Rev. 3, March 2007.
BTP 8-9, Open Phase Conditions in Electric Power System, July 2015.
* BTP 8-7, Criteria for Alarms and Indications Associated with Diesel Generator Unit Bypassed and Inoperable Status, Rev. 3, March 2007.
Rev. 3
* BTP 8-9, Open Phase Conditions in Electric Power System, July 2015.
8.1-8                                Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Generic Letters
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-9 Generic Letters GL 77-07, Reliability of Standby Diesel Generator (DG) Units, December 15, 1977.
* GL 77-07, Reliability of Standby Diesel Generator (DG) Units, December 15, 1977.
GL 79-17, Reliability of Onsite Diesel Generators at Light Water Reactors, April 18, 1979.
* GL 79-17, Reliability of Onsite Diesel Generators at Light Water Reactors, April 18, 1979.
GL 84-15, Proposed Staff Actions to Improve and Maintain Diesel Generator Reliability, July 2, 1984.
* GL 84-15, Proposed Staff Actions to Improve and Maintain Diesel Generator Reliability, July 2, 1984.
GL 88-15, Electric Power Systems - Inadequate Control Over Design Processes, September 12, 1988.
* GL 88-15, Electric Power Systems - Inadequate Control Over Design Processes, September 12, 1988.
GL 91-11, Resolution of Generic Issues 48, LCOs for Class 1E Vital Instrument Buses, and 49, Interlocks and LCOs for Class 1E Tie Breakers, Pursuant to 10 CFR 50.54(f), July 18, 1991.
* GL 91-11, Resolution of Generic Issues 48, LCOs for Class 1E Vital Instrument Buses, and 49, Interlocks and LCOs for Class 1E Tie Breakers, Pursuant to 10 CFR 50.54(f), July 18, 1991.
GL 94-01, Removal of Accelerated Testing and Special Reporting Requirements for Emergency Diesel Generators, May 31, 1994.
* GL 94-01, Removal of Accelerated Testing and Special Reporting Requirements for Emergency Diesel Generators, May 31, 1994.
GL 96-01, Testing of Safety-Related Logic Circuits, January 10, 1996.
* GL 96-01, Testing of Safety-Related Logic Circuits, January 10, 1996.
GL 2006-02, Grid Reliability and the Impact on Plant Risk and the Operability of Offsite Power, February 1, 2006.
* GL 2006-02, Grid Reliability and the Impact on Plant Risk and the Operability of Offsite Power, February 1, 2006.
GL 2007-01, Inaccessible or Underground Power Cable Failures That Disable Accident Mitigation System or Cause Plant Transients, February 7, 2007.
* GL 2007-01, Inaccessible or Underground Power Cable Failures That Disable Accident Mitigation System or Cause Plant Transients, February 7, 2007.
Industrial Standards ASME NQA-1-2008, Quality Assurance Requirements for Nuclear Facility Applications, 2008.
Industrial Standards
ASME NQA-1a-2009, Quality Assurance Requirements for Nuclear Facility Applications, 2009.
* ASME NQA-1-2008,         Quality Assurance   Requirements   for   Nuclear   Facility Applications, 2008.
IEEE Std. 80, IEEE Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding, 2000.
* ASME NQA-1a-2009,         Quality Assurance   Requirements     for Nuclear   Facility Applications, 2009.
IEEE Std. 141, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants, 1993.
* IEEE Std. 80, IEEE Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding, 2000.
Rev. 3
* IEEE Std. 141, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants, 1993.
8.1-9                                    Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-10 IEEE Std. 142, IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems, 2007.
* IEEE Std. 142, IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems, 2007.
IEEE Std. 242, IEEE Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems, 2001.
* IEEE Std. 242, IEEE Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems, 2001.
IEEE Std. 308, IEEE Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2001.
* IEEE Std. 308, IEEE Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2001.
IEEE Std. 317, IEEE Standard for Electric Penetration Assemblies in Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 1983.
* IEEE Std. 317, IEEE Standard for Electric Penetration Assemblies in Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 1983.
IEEE Std. 323, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2003.
* IEEE Std. 323, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2003.
IEEE Std. 334, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Continuous Duty Class 1E Motors for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2006.
* IEEE Std. 334, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Continuous Duty Class 1E Motors for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2006.
IEEE Std. 336, IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection, and Testing Requirements for Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 1971.
* IEEE Std. 336, IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection, and Testing Requirements for Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 1971.
IEEE Std. 338, IEEE Standard Criteria for the Periodic Surveillance Testing of Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems, 1987.
* IEEE Std. 338, IEEE Standard Criteria for the Periodic Surveillance Testing of Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems, 1987.
IEEE Std. 344, IEEE Recommended Practice for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2005.
* IEEE Std. 344, IEEE Recommended Practice for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2005.
IEEE Std. 379, IEEE Standard Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems, 2000.
* IEEE Std. 379, IEEE Standard Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems, 2000.
IEEE Std. 382, IEEE Standard for Qualification of Safety-Related Actuators for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2006.
* IEEE Std. 382, IEEE Standard for Qualification of Safety-Related Actuators for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2006.
IEEE Std. 383, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Electric Cables and Field Splices for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2003.
* IEEE Std. 383, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Electric Cables and Field Splices for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2003.
IEEE Std. 384, IEEE Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and Circuits, 1992.
* IEEE Std. 384, IEEE Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and Circuits, 1992.
Rev. 3
8.1-10                                    Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-11 IEEE Std. 387, IEEE Standard Criteria for Diesel-Generator Units Applied as Standby Power Supplies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 1995.
* IEEE Std. 387, IEEE Standard Criteria for Diesel-Generator Units Applied as Standby Power Supplies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 1995.
IEEE Std. 420, IEEE Standard for the Design and Qualification of Class 1E Control Boards, Panels, and Racks Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2001 IEEE Std. 450, IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, 2010.
* IEEE Std. 420, IEEE Standard for the Design and Qualification of Class 1E Control Boards, Panels, and Racks Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2001
IEEE Std. 484, IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, 2002.
* IEEE Std. 450, IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, 2010.
IEEE Std. 485, IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, 2010.
* IEEE Std. 484, IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, 2002.
IEEE Std. 497, IEEE Standard Criteria for Accident Monitoring Instrumentation for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2002.
* IEEE Std. 485, IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, 2010.
IEEE Std. 519, IEEE Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems, 1992.
* IEEE Std. 497, IEEE Standard Criteria for Accident Monitoring Instrumentation for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2002.
IEEE Std. 535, IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Vented Lead Acid Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2013.
* IEEE Std. 519, IEEE Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems, 1992.
IEEE Std. 572, IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Connection Assemblies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2006.
* IEEE Std. 535, IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Vented Lead Acid Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2013.
IEEE Std. 603, IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 1991.
* IEEE Std. 572, IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Connection Assemblies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2006.
IEEE Std. 622, IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design and Installation of Electric Heat Tracing Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Systems, 1987.
* IEEE Std. 603, IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 1991.
IEEE Std. 649, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Motor Control Centers for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2006.
* IEEE Std. 622, IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design and Installation of Electric Heat Tracing Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Systems, 1987.
IEEE Std. 650, IEEE Standard Qualification of Class 1E Static Battery Chargers and Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2006.
* IEEE Std. 649, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Motor Control Centers for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2006.
IEEE Std. 665, IEEE Guide for Generating Station Grounding, 1995.
* IEEE Std. 650, IEEE Standard Qualification of Class 1E Static Battery Chargers and Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2006.
Rev. 3
* IEEE Std. 665, IEEE Guide for Generating Station Grounding, 1995.
8.1-11                                  Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-12 IEEE Std. 666, IEEE Design Guide for Electric Power Service Systems for Generating Stations, 1991.
* IEEE Std. 666, IEEE Design Guide for Electric Power Service Systems for Generating Stations, 1991.
IEEE Std. 690, IEEE Standard for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems for Class 1E Circuits in Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2004.
* IEEE Std. 690, IEEE Standard for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems for Class 1E Circuits in Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2004.
IEEE Std. 741, IEEE Standard Criteria for the Protection of Class 1E Power Systems and Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2007.
* IEEE Std. 741, IEEE Standard Criteria for the Protection of Class 1E Power Systems and Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2007.
IEEE Std. 765, IEEE Standard for Preferred Power Supply (PPS) for Nuclear Power Generating Stations (NPGS), 2006.
* IEEE Std. 765, IEEE Standard for Preferred Power Supply (PPS) for Nuclear Power Generating Stations (NPGS), 2006.
IEEE Std. 835, IEEE Standard Power Cable Ampacity Tables, 1994.
* IEEE Std. 835, IEEE Standard Power Cable Ampacity Tables, 1994.
IEEE Std. 944, IEEE Recommended Practice for the Application and Testing of Uninterruptible Power Supplies for Power Generating Stations, 1986.
* IEEE Std. 944, IEEE Recommended Practice for the Application and Testing of Uninterruptible Power Supplies for Power Generating Stations, 1986.
IEEE Std. 946, IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of DC Auxiliary Power Systems for Generating Stations, 2004.
* IEEE Std. 946, IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of DC Auxiliary Power Systems for Generating Stations, 2004.
IEEE Std. 1023, IEEE Recommended Practice for the Application of Human Factors Engineering to Systems, Equipment and Facilities of Nuclear Power Generating Stations and Other Nuclear Facilities, 2004.
* IEEE Std. 1023, IEEE Recommended Practice for the Application of Human Factors Engineering to Systems, Equipment and Facilities of Nuclear Power Generating Stations and Other Nuclear Facilities, 2004.
IEEE Std. 1050, IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in Generating Stations, 1996.
* IEEE Std. 1050, IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in Generating Stations, 1996.
IEEE Std. 1313.2, IEEE Guide for the Application of Insulation Coordination, 1999.
* IEEE Std. 1313.2, IEEE Guide for the Application of Insulation Coordination, 1999.
IEEE Std. C37.010, IEEE Application Guide for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis, 1999.
* IEEE Std. C37.010, IEEE Application Guide for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis, 1999.
IEEE Std. C37.013, IEEE Standard for AC High-Voltage Generator Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis, 1997.
* IEEE Std. C37.013, IEEE Standard for AC High-Voltage Generator Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis, 1997.
IEEE Std. C37.04, IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers, 1999.
* IEEE Std. C37.04, IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers, 1999.
IEEE Std. C37.13, IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures, 2008.
* IEEE Std. C37.13, IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures, 2008.
Rev. 3
8.1-12                                    Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-13 IEEE Std. C37.14, IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures, 2002.
* IEEE Std. C37.14, IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures, 2002.
IEEE Std. C37.16, IEEE Standard for Preferred Ratings, Related Requirements, and Application Recommendations for Low-Voltage AC (635 V and below) and DC (3200 V and below) Power Circuit Breakers, 2009.
* IEEE Std. C37.16, IEEE Standard for Preferred Ratings, Related Requirements, and Application Recommendations for Low-Voltage AC (635 V and below) and DC (3200 V and below) Power Circuit Breakers, 2009.
IEEE Std. C37.20.1, IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear, 2002.
* IEEE Std. C37.20.1, IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear, 2002.
IEEE Std. C37.20.2, IEEE Standard for Metal-Clad Switchgear, 1999.
* IEEE Std. C37.20.2, IEEE Standard for Metal-Clad Switchgear, 1999.
IEEE Std. C37.21, IEEE Standard for Control Switchboards, 2005.
* IEEE Std. C37.21, IEEE Standard for Control Switchboards, 2005.
IEEE Std. C37.23, IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Bus, 2003.
* IEEE Std. C37.23, IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Bus, 2003.
IEEE Std. C37.27, IEEE Application Guide for Low-Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Applied with Separately-Mounted Current-Limiting Fuses, 2008.
* IEEE Std. C37.27, IEEE Application Guide for Low-Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Applied with Separately-Mounted Current-Limiting Fuses, 2008.
IEEE Std. C37.81, IEEE Guide for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Metal-Enclosed Power Switchgear Assemblies, 1989.
* IEEE Std. C37.81, IEEE Guide for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Metal-Enclosed Power Switchgear Assemblies, 1989.
IEEE Std. C37.82, IEEE Standard for the Qualification of Switchgear Assemblies for Class 1E Applications in Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 1987.
* IEEE Std. C37.82, IEEE Standard for the Qualification of Switchgear Assemblies for Class 1E Applications in Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 1987.
IEEE Std. C37.90, IEEE Standard for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power Apparatus, 2005.
* IEEE Std. C37.90, IEEE Standard for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power Apparatus, 2005.
IEEE Std. C37.90.1, IEEE Standard for Surge Withstand Capability (SWC) Tests for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electrical Power Apparatus, 2004.
* IEEE Std. C37.90.1, IEEE Standard for Surge Withstand Capability (SWC) Tests for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electrical Power Apparatus, 2004.
IEEE Std. C37.90.2, IEEE Standard for Withstand Capability of Relay Systems to Radiated Electromagnetic Interference from Transceivers, 2004.
* IEEE Std. C37.90.2, IEEE Standard for Withstand Capability of Relay Systems to Radiated Electromagnetic Interference from Transceivers, 2004.
IEEE Std. C37.91, IEEE Guide for Protecting Power Transformers, 2008.
* IEEE Std. C37.91, IEEE Guide for Protecting Power Transformers, 2008.
IEEE Std. C37.105, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Protective Relays and Auxiliaries for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2010.
* IEEE Std. C37.105, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Protective Relays and Auxiliaries for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2010.
Rev. 3
8.1-13                                Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-14 IEEE Std. C57.12.00, IEEE Standard for General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers, 2010.
* IEEE Std. C57.12.00, IEEE Standard for General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers, 2010.
IEEE Std. C57.13, IEEE Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers, 2008.
* IEEE Std. C57.13, IEEE Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers, 2008.
IEEE Std. C62.23, IEEE Application Guide for Surge Protection of Electric Generating Plants, 1995.
* IEEE Std. C62.23, IEEE Application Guide for Surge Protection of Electric Generating Plants, 1995.
IEEE Std. C62.41, IEEE Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits, 1991.
* IEEE Std. C62.41, IEEE Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits, 1991.
IEEE Std. C62.45, IEEE Guide on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits, 1992.
* IEEE Std. C62.45, IEEE Guide on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits, 1992.
* IEEE Std. C62.82.1, IEEE Standard for Insulation Coordination - Definitions, Principles, and Rules, 2010.
* IEEE Std. C62.82.1, IEEE Standard for Insulation Coordination - Definitions, Principles, and Rules, 2010.
* NEMA C50.41, American National Standard Polyphase Induction Motors for Power Generating Stations, 2000.
NEMA C50.41, American National Standard Polyphase Induction Motors for Power Generating Stations, 2000.
* NEMA MG 1, Motors and Generators, 2009.
NEMA MG 1, Motors and Generators, 2009.
* NEMA VE 1, Metal Cable Tray Systems, 2009.
NEMA VE 1, Metal Cable Tray Systems, 2009.
* NEMA WC 51, Ampacities of Cables Installed in Cable Trays, 2009.
NEMA WC 51, Ampacities of Cables Installed in Cable Trays, 2009.
* NEMA WC 57, Standard for Control, Thermocouple Extension, and Instrumentation Cables, 2004.
NEMA WC 57, Standard for Control, Thermocouple Extension, and Instrumentation Cables, 2004.
* NEMA WC 70, Power Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less for the Distribution of Electrical Energy, 2009.
NEMA WC 70, Power Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less for the Distribution of Electrical Energy, 2009.
* NEMA WC 74, 5-46 kV Shielded Power Cable for Use in the Transmission and Distribution of Electric Energy, 2006.
NEMA WC 74, 5-46 kV Shielded Power Cable for Use in the Transmission and Distribution of Electric Energy, 2006.
* NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 2008.
NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 2008.
* NFPA 780, Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems, 2004.
NFPA 780, Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems, 2004.
8.1-14                                  Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-15 NSAC-108, Reliability of Emergency Diesel Generators at U.S Nuclear Power Plants, September 1986.
* NSAC-108, Reliability of Emergency Diesel Generators at U.S Nuclear Power Plants, September 1986.
NUMARC 87-00, Guidelines and Technical Bases for NUMARC Initiatives Addressing Station Blackout at Light Water Reactors, Rev. 1, August 1991.
* NUMARC 87-00, Guidelines and Technical Bases for NUMARC Initiatives Addressing Station Blackout at Light Water Reactors, Rev. 1, August 1991.
NUMARC 93-01, Industry Guideline for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 4A, 2011.
* NUMARC 93-01, Industry Guideline for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 4A, 2011.
8.1.4 Combined License Information No COL information is required with regard to Section 8.1.
8.1.4         Combined License Information No COL information is required with regard to Section 8.1.
8.1.5 References
8.1.5         References
: 1.
: 1. 10 CFR 50.63, Loss of All Alternating Current Power, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
10 CFR 50.63, Loss of All Alternating Current Power, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 2. Regulatory Guide 1.155, Station Blackout, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, August 1988.
: 2.
: 3. Regulatory Guide 1.9, Application and Testing of Safety-Related Diesel Generators in Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 4, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2007.
Regulatory Guide 1.155, Station Blackout, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, August 1988.
8.1-15                                  Rev. 3
: 3.
Regulatory Guide 1.9, Application and Testing of Safety-Related Diesel Generators in Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 4, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2007.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.1-1 (1 of 2)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-16 Table 8.1-1 (1 of 2)
Safety-Related Loads Load                                   Function                       Power Safety injection system         Performs emergency core cooling                       AC Shutdown cooling system         Performs shutdown cooling and emergency core           AC cooling Containment spray system       Performs emergency containment cooling and             AC fission product removal Component cooling water system Provides cooling water for engineered safety           AC features equipment, emergency diesel generator, and safety-related ac equipment Essential service water system Provides cooling for component cooling water heat     AC exchanger Essential chilled water system Provides cooling for safety-related heating,           AC ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) loads Auxiliary feedwater system     Provides water to steam generator when main           AC feedwater is not available Chemical and volume control     Controls chemistry and volume of the water in the     AC system                          reactor coolant system Spent fuel pool cooling and     Provides cooling for the spent fuel pool               AC cleanup system Safety-related HVAC system     Provides cooling for Class 1E electrical areas,       AC control areas, and ESF areas Motor-operated valves (Class 1E Provide the system alignment to allow the             AC only)                          associated system to perform its functions Diesel generator support loads Provide support for maintaining availability and for   AC (Class 1E only)                operation Containment hydrogen control   Controls combustible gas, mainly hydrogen gas         AC system                          inside containment Radiation monitoring system     Monitors radiation level of reactor containment       AC (Class 1E only)                building, auxiliary building, fuel handling area, and main control room (MCR) air intake 8.1-16                                      Rev. 3
Safety-Related Loads Load Function Power Safety injection system Performs emergency core cooling AC Shutdown cooling system Performs shutdown cooling and emergency core cooling AC Containment spray system Performs emergency containment cooling and fission product removal AC Component cooling water system Provides cooling water for engineered safety features equipment, emergency diesel generator, and safety-related ac equipment AC Essential service water system Provides cooling for component cooling water heat exchanger AC Essential chilled water system Provides cooling for safety-related heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) loads AC Auxiliary feedwater system Provides water to steam generator when main feedwater is not available AC Chemical and volume control system Controls chemistry and volume of the water in the reactor coolant system AC Spent fuel pool cooling and cleanup system Provides cooling for the spent fuel pool AC Safety-related HVAC system Provides cooling for Class 1E electrical areas, control areas, and ESF areas AC Motor-operated valves (Class 1E only)
Provide the system alignment to allow the associated system to perform its functions AC Diesel generator support loads (Class 1E only)
Provide support for maintaining availability and for operation AC Containment hydrogen control system Controls combustible gas, mainly hydrogen gas inside containment AC Radiation monitoring system (Class 1E only)
Monitors radiation level of reactor containment building, auxiliary building, fuel handling area, and main control room (MCR) air intake AC Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.1-1 (2 of 2)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-17 Table 8.1-1 (2 of 2)
Load                                   Function                 Power Reactor protection system       Protects reactor core                           DC Engineered safety features     Protects reactor core and containment           DC actuation system Essential instrumentation       Provides monitoring and essential control for   DC safety-related systems Post-accident monitoring system Provides post-accident indication and recording DC (Class 1E only) 8.1-17                                Rev. 3
Load Function Power Reactor protection system Protects reactor core DC Engineered safety features actuation system Protects reactor core and containment DC Essential instrumentation Provides monitoring and essential control for safety-related systems DC Post-accident monitoring system (Class 1E only)
Provides post-accident indication and recording DC Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.1-2 (1 of 7)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-18 Table 8.1-2 (1 of 7)
Criteria and Guidelines for Electric Power Systems DCD Section       Remarks Criteria                                            8.2     8.3.1   8.3.2 8.4
Criteria and Guidelines for Electric Power Systems Criteria DCD Section Remarks 8.2 8.3.1 8.3.2 8.4
: 1. Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 - GDC                                                           Requirements GDC 2           Design Bases for Protection Against Natural                       A         A       A Phenomena GDC 4           Environmental and Dynamic Effects Design Bases                   A         A       A GDC 5           Sharing of Structures, Systems, and Components                                             Not applicable GDC 17           Electric Power Systems                                           A         A       A   A GDC 18           Inspection and Testing of Electric Power Systems                 A         A       A   A GDC 33           Reactor Coolant Makeup                                           A         A       A GDC 34           Residual Heat Removal                                             A         A       A GDC 35           Emergency Core Cooling                                           A         A       A GDC 38           Containment Heat Removal                                         A         A       A GDC 41           Containment Atmosphere Cleanup                                   A         A       A GDC 44           Cooling Water                                                     A         A       A GDC 50           Containment Design Basis                                                   A       A (A) Requirements and criteria provided in the subject document are applied to the noted section.
: 1. Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 - GDC Requirements GDC 2 Design Bases for Protection Against Natural Phenomena A
8.1-18                                                Rev. 3
A A
GDC 4 Environmental and Dynamic Effects Design Bases A
A A
GDC 5 Sharing of Structures, Systems, and Components Not applicable GDC 17 Electric Power Systems A
A A
A GDC 18 Inspection and Testing of Electric Power Systems A
A A
A GDC 33 Reactor Coolant Makeup A
A A
GDC 34 Residual Heat Removal A
A A
GDC 35 Emergency Core Cooling A
A A
GDC 38 Containment Heat Removal A
A A
GDC 41 Containment Atmosphere Cleanup A
A A
GDC 44 Cooling Water A
A A
GDC 50 Containment Design Basis A
A (A) Requirements and criteria provided in the subject document are applied to the noted section.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.1-2 (2 of 7)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-19 Table 8.1-2 (2 of 7)
DCD Section Criteria                                            8.2     8.3.1   8.3.2 8.4     Remarks
Criteria DCD Section Remarks 8.2 8.3.1 8.3.2 8.4
: 2. Regulations (10 CFR Part 50 and 10 CFR Part 52)                                               Requirements 10 CFR 50.34       Contents of Applications; Technical Information i       50.34(f)(2)(v)   Automatic indication of the bypassed and operable                         A       A         TMI Item I.D.3 status of safety systems ii     50.34(f)(2)(xiii) Power supplies to establish and maintain natural                           A               TMI Item II.E.3.1 circulation iii   50.34(f)(2)(xx)   Power supplies for pressurizer relief valves, block                       A                 TMI Item II.G.1 valves, and level indicators 10 CFR 50.55a       Codes and Standards                                                       A       A 10 CFR 50.63       Loss of All Alternating Current Power                           A         A       A   A 10 CFR 50.65(a)(4)     Requirements for Monitoring the Effectiveness of                 A        A      A    A Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1)     Contents of Applications; Technical Information                 A         A       A   A Inspections, Tests, Analysis, and 10 CFR 52.80(a)     Contents of Applications; Additional Technical                   A         A       A   A Acceptance Criteria Information (A) Requirements and criteria provided in the subject document are applied to the noted section.
: 2. Regulations (10 CFR Part 50 and 10 CFR Part 52)
8.1-19                                                    Rev. 3
Requirements 10 CFR 50.34 Contents of Applications; Technical Information i
50.34(f)(2)(v)
Automatic indication of the bypassed and operable status of safety systems A
A TMI Item I.D.3 ii 50.34(f)(2)(xiii)
Power supplies to establish and maintain natural circulation A
TMI Item II.E.3.1 iii 50.34(f)(2)(xx)
Power supplies for pressurizer relief valves, block valves, and level indicators A
TMI Item II.G.1 10 CFR 50.55a Codes and Standards A
A 10 CFR 50.63 Loss of All Alternating Current Power A
A A
A 10 CFR 50.65(a)(4)
Requirements for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants A
A A
A 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1)
Contents of Applications; Technical Information A
A A
A Inspections, Tests, Analysis, and Acceptance Criteria 10 CFR 52.80(a)
Contents of Applications; Additional Technical Information A
A A
A (A) Requirements and criteria provided in the subject document are applied to the noted section.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.1-2 (3 of 7)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-20 Table 8.1-2 (3 of 7)
DCD Section Criteria                                        8.2 8.3.1   8.3.2 8.4   Remarks
Criteria DCD Section Remarks 8.2 8.3.1 8.3.2 8.4
: 3. NRC RG                                                                                 Guidance RG 1.6           Independence Between Redundant Standby (Onsite)                   G        G Power Sources and Between Their Distribution Systems RG 1.9           Application, and Testing of Safety-Related Diesel                 G            G Generators in Nuclear Power Plants RG 1.32           Criteria for Power Systems for Nuclear Power Plants           G   G       G RG 1.47           Bypassed and Inoperable Status Indication for                     G        G Nuclear Power Plant Safety Systems RG 1.53           Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Safety             G       G Systems RG 1.63           Electric Penetration Assemblies in Containment                     G        G Structures for Nuclear Power Plants RG 1.75           Physical Independence of Electric Systems                         G       G RG 1.81           Shared Emergency and Shutdown Electric Systems                                     Not applicable for Multi-Unit Nuclear Power Plants RG 1.93           Availability of Electric Power Sources                       G   G       G (G) Guidance provided in the subject document is applied to the noted section.
: 3. NRC RG Guidance RG 1.6 Independence Between Redundant Standby (Onsite)
8.1-20                                        Rev. 3
Power Sources and Between Their Distribution Systems G
G RG 1.9 Application, and Testing of Safety-Related Diesel Generators in Nuclear Power Plants G
G RG 1.32 Criteria for Power Systems for Nuclear Power Plants G
G G
RG 1.47 Bypassed and Inoperable Status Indication for Nuclear Power Plant Safety Systems G
G RG 1.53 Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Safety Systems G
G RG 1.63 Electric Penetration Assemblies in Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Plants G
G RG 1.75 Physical Independence of Electric Systems G
G RG 1.81 Shared Emergency and Shutdown Electric Systems for Multi-Unit Nuclear Power Plants Not applicable RG 1.93 Availability of Electric Power Sources G
G G
(G) Guidance provided in the subject document is applied to the noted section.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.1-2 (4 of 7)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-21 Table 8.1-2 (4 of 7)
DCD Section Criteria                                        8.2 8.3.1   8.3.2 8.4 Remarks
Criteria DCD Section Remarks 8.2 8.3.1 8.3.2 8.4
: 3. NRC RG                                                                                 Guidance RG 1.106         Thermal Overload Protection for Electric Motors on                 G        G Motor-Operated Valves RG 1.118         Periodic Testing of Electric Power and Protection                 G       G Systems RG 1.128         Installation Design and Installation of Vented Lead-                       G Acid Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Plants RG 1.129         Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented                             G Lead-Acid Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Plants RG 1.153         Criteria for Safety Systems                                       G       G RG 1.155         Station Blackout                                             G   G       G   G RG 1.160         Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at               G   G       G   G Nuclear Power Plants RG 1.204         Guidelines for Lightning Protection of Nuclear               G   G Power Plants RG 1.206         Combined License Application for Nuclear Power               G    G        G    G Plants (LWR Edition)
: 3. NRC RG Guidance RG 1.106 Thermal Overload Protection for Electric Motors on Motor-Operated Valves G
G RG 1.118 Periodic Testing of Electric Power and Protection Systems G
G RG 1.128 Installation Design and Installation of Vented Lead-Acid Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Plants G
RG 1.129 Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Plants G
RG 1.153 Criteria for Safety Systems G
G RG 1.155 Station Blackout G
G G
G RG 1.160 Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants G
G G
G RG 1.204 Guidelines for Lightning Protection of Nuclear Power Plants G
G RG 1.206 Combined License Application for Nuclear Power Plants (LWR Edition)
G G
G G
(G) Guidance provided in the subject document is applied to the noted section.
(G) Guidance provided in the subject document is applied to the noted section.
8.1-21                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.1-2 (5 of 7)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-22 Table 8.1-2 (5 of 7)
DCD Section Criteria                                        8.2 8.3.1   8.3.2 8.4   Remarks
Criteria DCD Section Remarks 8.2 8.3.1 8.3.2 8.4
: 4. Branch Technical Position                                                               Guidance BTP 8-1         Requirements on Motor-Operated Valves in the                       G ECCS Accumulator Lines BTP 8-2         Use of Diesel-Generator Sets for Peaking                           G BTP 8-3         Stability of Offsite Power Systems                           G BTP 8-4         Application of the Single Failure Criterion to                     G Manually Controlled Electrically Operated Valves BTP 8-5         Supplemental Guidance for Bypass and Inoperable                   G        G Status Indication for Engineered Safety Features Systems BTP 8-6         Adequacy of Station Electric Distribution System             G   G Voltages BTP 8-7         Criteria for Alarms and Indications Associated with               G Diesel-Generator Unit Bypassed and Inoperable Status BTP 8-8         Onsite (Emergency Diesel Generators) and Offsite                                   Not applicable Power Sources Allowed Outage Time Extensions BTP 8-9         Open Phase Conditions in Electric Power System               G (G) Guidance provided in the subject document is applied to the noted section.
: 4. Branch Technical Position Guidance BTP 8-1 Requirements on Motor-Operated Valves in the ECCS Accumulator Lines G
8.1-22                                        Rev. 3
BTP 8-2 Use of Diesel-Generator Sets for Peaking G
BTP 8-3 Stability of Offsite Power Systems G
BTP 8-4 Application of the Single Failure Criterion to Manually Controlled Electrically Operated Valves G
BTP 8-5 Supplemental Guidance for Bypass and Inoperable Status Indication for Engineered Safety Features Systems G
G BTP 8-6 Adequacy of Station Electric Distribution System Voltages G
G BTP 8-7 Criteria for Alarms and Indications Associated with Diesel-Generator Unit Bypassed and Inoperable Status G
BTP 8-8 Onsite (Emergency Diesel Generators) and Offsite Power Sources Allowed Outage Time Extensions Not applicable BTP 8-9 Open Phase Conditions in Electric Power System G
(G) Guidance provided in the subject document is applied to the noted section.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.1-2 (6 of 7)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-23 Table 8.1-2 (6 of 7)
DCD Section Criteria                                            8.2     8.3.1     8.3.2   8.4   Remarks
Criteria DCD Section Remarks 8.2 8.3.1 8.3.2 8.4
: 5. NRC Technical Report Designation                                                           Requirements/Guidance NUREG-0718         Licensing Requirements for Pending Applications for                         G        G Construction Permits and Manufacturing License NUREG-0737         Clarification of TMI Action Plan Requirements                               A NUREG/CR-0660         Enhancement of Onsite Diesel Generator Reliability                         G NUREG-1793         Final Safety Evaluation Report Related to                                                       Not applicable Certification of the AP1000 Standard Design (A) Requirements and criteria provided in the subject document are applied to the noted section.
: 5. NRC Technical Report Designation Requirements/Guidance NUREG-0718 Licensing Requirements for Pending Applications for Construction Permits and Manufacturing License G
G NUREG-0737 Clarification of TMI Action Plan Requirements A
NUREG/CR-0660 Enhancement of Onsite Diesel Generator Reliability G
NUREG-1793 Final Safety Evaluation Report Related to Certification of the AP1000 Standard Design Not applicable (A) Requirements and criteria provided in the subject document are applied to the noted section.
(G) Guidance provided in the subject document is applied to the noted section.
(G) Guidance provided in the subject document is applied to the noted section.
8.1-23                                                      Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.1-2 (7 of 7)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-24 Table 8.1-2 (7 of 7)
DCD Section Criteria                                            8.2     8.3.1   8.3.2 8.4   Remarks
Criteria DCD Section Remarks 8.2 8.3.1 8.3.2 8.4
: 6. Commission Papers (SECY)                                                                       Requirements SECY-90-016       Evolutionary Light Water Reactor Certification                   A        A            A Issues and Their Relationships to Current Regulatory Requirements, 1990 SECY-94-084       Policy and Technical Issues Associated with the                                             Not applicable Regulatory Treatment of Non-Safety Systems in Passive Plant Designs, 1994 SECY-95-132       Policy and Technical Issues Associated with the                                             Not applicable Regulatory Treatment of Non-Safety Systems (RTNSS) in Passive Plant Designs, 1995 SECY-91-078       EPRIs Requirements Document and Additional                       A        A Evolutionary LWR Certification Issues, 1991 SECY-12-0025       Proposed Orders and Requests for Information in                             A        A Response to Lessons Learned from Japans March 11, 2011, Great Tohoku Earthquake and Tsunami SECY-05-0227       Final Rule -AP1000 Design Certification, 2005                                               Not applicable (A) Requirements and criteria provided in the subject document are applied to the noted section.
: 6. Commission Papers (SECY)
8.1-24                                                  Rev. 3
Requirements SECY-90-016 Evolutionary Light Water Reactor Certification Issues and Their Relationships to Current Regulatory Requirements, 1990 A
A A
SECY-94-084 Policy and Technical Issues Associated with the Regulatory Treatment of Non-Safety Systems in Passive Plant Designs, 1994 Not applicable SECY-95-132 Policy and Technical Issues Associated with the Regulatory Treatment of Non-Safety Systems (RTNSS) in Passive Plant Designs, 1995 Not applicable SECY-91-078 EPRIs Requirements Document and Additional Evolutionary LWR Certification Issues, 1991 A
A SECY-12-0025 Proposed Orders and Requests for Information in Response to Lessons Learned from Japans March 11, 2011, Great Tohoku Earthquake and Tsunami A
A SECY-05-0227 Final Rule -AP1000 Design Certification, 2005 Not applicable (A) Requirements and criteria provided in the subject document are applied to the noted section.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 SWITCHYARD                                                                                                                                                        SWITCHYARD PLANT MAIN XFMR                                                                                                                                  PLANT MAIN GEN                                                                                                           IPB                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            TO STAND-BY AUX 1      TO UNIT AUX. XFMR 1N                                                                                                                                                          2 24KV                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               XFMR 2N H
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-25 MAIN GEN 24KV GEN. CIRCUIT BRK.
GEN. CIRCUIT BRK.                   EXCITATION                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            STAND-BY AUX. XFMR 2M XFMR H          UNIT AUX. XFMR 1M                                                                                                                                                                                               X            Y 4.16KV 24KV 13.8KV EXCITATION SYSTEM                               X         Y 13.8KV   4.16KV CLASS 1E                                                                                                 CLASS 1E EMERGENCY                                                                                                EMERGENCY DIESEL GEN. 1A                                                                                            DIESEL GEN. 1C NO                                               NO                                          NO                                                                                NO                                    NO                  NO                                                                                NO                NO NON-CLASS 1E                                        NON-CLASS 1E                                                    PERMANENT NON-SAFETY                                      NON-CLASS 1E                                                 CLASS 1E                                                                                                CLASS 1E 13.8KV SWGR 1M                                      13.8KV SWGR 2M                                                  4.16KV SWGR 1M                                            4.16KV SWGR 2M                                               4.16KV SWGR 1A                                                                                          4.16KV SWGR 1C NO                                                                                        NO                                                                        NO 4160-480V XFMR M                                                  M                                                                    M                1M                                                                                      1A             SC PUMP 1 M                                                                                    M M                                                                    SI PUMP 1 RC PUMP 1A,2A                                        CONDENSATE PUMP A                   COOLING                          CENTRAL                                ADMIN BLDG                                                          TO AAC SWGR        ESW PUMP 1A                                             CONNECTION                CS PUMP 1 TO AAC SWGR                                TGBCCW                                                                                                                        BOX FOR FW BOOSTER A,C                      TOWER FAN                       CHILLER 1,2                                              PUMP 1                                                                 AF PUMP A                                                                        SI PUMP 3 (Note 1)                                        (Note 1)                                                                                                                      (Note 1)
TO UNIT AUX. XFMR 1N NO NON-CLASS 1E 13.8KV SWGR 1M RC PUMP 1A,2A M
CW PUMP A,C,E                        GROUP                            CENTRAL                                                                                                                          CCW PUMP 1A                                            MOBILE                    ESW PUMP 2A CHILLED WATER 4160-480V                                                                                                          ESS CHILLER 1A                                          GENERATOR                CCW PUMP 2A PUMP 1        XFMR                                                                                        CONNECTION            CHARGING PUMP 1                                                                  ESS CHILLER 2A BOX FOR                COOLING TOWER FAN 1A                                                              COOLING TOWER FAN 2A 480V MOBILE GTG                                          TO 480V              MCC 13800-480V                                      13800-480V                      4160-480V                                                                                     4160-480V                          4160-480V            LC 1B                                                                                            4160-480V XFMR                                             XFMR                            XFMR                                                                                          XFMR                                XFMR                                                                                                                  XFMR 5              PRESS HTRS BACK-UP GROUP B-1 NO                                 DUMMY NO DUMMY            NON-CLASS 1E BRK. BRK.
UNIT AUX. XFMR 1M H
480V LC                                            480V LC                        480V LC                      480V LC                                                          480V LC                            480V LC 1A                                  480V LC 2(SWING BUS)                            480V LC 1C NO              NO                                                                                NO                                                                                                      NO MCC                                              MCC                            MCC                                                                MCC                        MCC                                                  MCC 1A                                                                                                    MCC 1C AUX. CHARGING BATT.            BATT.                                                                                                                            M   PUMP3 CHARGER          CHARGER                                                              BATT.                BATT.                                                                    BATT.                            BATT.
EXCITATION XFMR EXCITATION SYSTEM Y
(STAND-BY)       (STAND-BY)                                                            CHARGER 2A          CHARGER 1A                                                                CHARGER 2C                       CHARGER 1C (STAND-BY)                                     REG. XFMR 1A                                    (STAND-BY)
X 13.8KV 4.16KV CONDENSATE PUMP A FW BOOSTER A,C CW PUMP A,C,E M
BATT.                                                                                      REG. XFMR                                                                                                                                                                                   REG. XFMR 1C REG. XFMR                                                                                          480-120V, 1 CHARGER                                                                480-120V,          480-120V,                                                                                                                                                                                  480-120V, 1 1                1 3
NON-CLASS 1E 13.8KV SWGR 2M 13800-480V XFMR 480V LC MCC 480V LC 13800-480V XFMR MCC BATT.
TO 125V DC 4                  A                   B CONT.                                  125V DC                                                                  125V DC                                                                                                    125V DC CENTER TO 250V DC                      BATTERY                                                                  BATTERY 1A                                                                                                BATTERY 1C CONT.                                                                                            M                                                                                                          M M              CENTER 125V DC CONT.                                                                                                          125V DC CONT.                                                                                              125V DC CONT.
CHARGER (STAND-BY)
CENTER                                                                                                                  CENTER 1A                                                                                                  CENTER 1C A                                   B A                                A                                                                        A                                                                                                          A M                                  M                                                                      M                                                                                                           M 120V AC                          120V AC                                                                  120V AC                                                                                                    120V AC DISTR. PNL                       DISTR. PNL                                                               DISTR. PNL                                                                                                DISTR. PNL INVERTER                         INVERTER                                                               INVERTER 1A                                                                                               INVERTER 1C Note                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   TRAIN A                                                                                                TRAIN C
TO 250V DC CONT.
CENTER REG. XFMR 480-120V, 1
NO TGBCCW PUMP 1 M
BATT.
CHARGER (STAND-BY)
BATT.
CHARGER TO 125V DC CONT.
CENTER M
480V LC A
M REG. XFMR 480-120V, 1
120V AC DISTR. PNL INVERTER MCC NON-CLASS 1E 4.16KV SWGR 2M NO 125V DC CONT.
CENTER NO CLASS 1E 4.16KV SWGR 1A SC PUMP 1 SI PUMP 1 ESW PUMP 1A AF PUMP A CCW PUMP 1A ESS CHILLER 1A CHARGING PUMP 1 COOLING TOWER FAN 1A M
480V LC 1A 4160-480V XFMR MCC 1A BATT.
CHARGER 1A REG. XFMR 1A 480-120V, 1 480V LC 2(SWING BUS) 125V DC CONT.
CENTER 1A 480V LC 1C 4160-480V XFMR MCC 1C REG. XFMR 1C 480-120V, 1 NO NO NO CS PUMP 1 SI PUMP 3 ESW PUMP 2A CCW PUMP 2A ESS CHILLER 2A COOLING TOWER FAN 2A M
IPB 13.8KV 4.16KV CLASS 1E 4.16KV SWGR 1C Y
X H
480V LC 4160-480V XFMR MCC CENTRAL CHILLER 1,2 CENTRAL CHILLED WATER PUMP 1 M
PERMANENT NON-SAFETY 4.16KV SWGR 1M 4160-480V XFMR PRESS HTRS BACK-UP GROUP B-1 MCC NO NO M
BATT.
CHARGER 1C M
BATT.
CHARGER 2A (STAND-BY)
BATT.
CHARGER 2C (STAND-BY) 4160-480V XFMR 480V LC 4160-480V XFMR MCC NO NO NO NO 24KV NON-CLASS 1E TO STAND-BY AUX XFMR 2N MAIN XFMR CLASS 1E TRAIN A TRAIN C 125V DC CONT.
CENTER 1C NO TO 480V LC 1B NON-CLASS 1E SWITCHYARD SWITCHYARD NO TO AAC SWGR TO AAC SWGR A
M 120V AC DISTR. PNL A
M 120V AC DISTR. PNL A
M 120V AC DISTR. PNL INVERTER 1A INVERTER 1C INVERTER 125V DC BATTERY 125V DC BATTERY 1A 125V DC BATTERY 1C CONNECTION BOX FOR MOBILE GENERATOR 1M 1
2 3
4 A
B A
B 5
1A AUX. CHARGING PUMP3 M
DUMMY BRK.
DUMMY BRK.
CONNECTION BOX FOR 480V MOBILE GTG NO NO COOLING TOWER FAN GROUP ADMIN BLDG Note
: 1) Simplified AC Power Distribution System.
: 1) Simplified AC Power Distribution System.
Detailed drawing is provided in Figure 8.3.1-1.
Detailed drawing is provided in Figure 8.3.1-1.
NON-CLASS 1E                                                                                                                                                                                 CLASS 1E Figure 8.1-1                   Electric Power System Single-Line Diagram (Division I) (1 of 2) 8.1-25                                                                                                                                                                                  Rev. 3
(Note 1)
(Note 1)
(Note 1)
PLANT CLASS 1E EMERGENCY DIESEL GEN. 1A PLANT STAND-BY AUX. XFMR 2M CLASS 1E EMERGENCY DIESEL GEN. 1C Figure 8.1-1 Electric Power System Single-Line Diagram (Division I) (1 of 2)
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 SWITCHYARD 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-26 1
2 TO MAIN                                     IPB GENERATOR             11                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  H STAND-BY AUX. XFMR 2N H                                                                                                                                                                                                                        X            Y 13.8KV UNIT AUX. XFMR 1N X             Y                                                                                                                                                                                                              4.16KV 13.8KV       4.16KV CLASS 1E                                                                        CLASS 1E EMERGENCY                                                                      EMERGENCY                                              AAC DIESEL GEN. 1B                                                                  DIESEL GEN. 1D                                        GTG NO                                                                          NO                              NO                                                                      NO NO                                          NO                                                    NO                                                                      NO                                                                    NO PERMANENT NON-CLASS 1E                              NON-CLASS 1E                                                               NON-SAFETY                                              NON-CLASS 1E                                                CLASS 1E                                                                        CLASS 1E                                  NON-CLASS 1E 13.8KV SWGR 1N                            13.8KV SWGR 2N                                                             4.16KV SWGR 1N                                          4.16KV SWGR 2N                                              4.16KV SWGR 1B                                                                  4.16KV SWGR 1D                            4.16KV AAC SWGR 3N NO                                                    NO                                                                                      NO                    NO                            NO 1A                        1 1B                          1M                  1 1N 4160-480V                                                                                                                           B                                            N M                                        M                                                          M                                    1N                                M                                                  1B                      M              XFMR                                           M TO 4.16KV SWGR 1M    TO 4.16KV SWGR 1N COOLING                                                                                                                                                          SC PUMP 2                               CONNECTION TO 4.16KV SWGR 1A        TO 4.16KV SWGR 1B RC PUMP 1B,2B                          CONDENSATE PUMP B,C                                  CENTRAL                                                                            TGBCCW                                          TO AAC SWGR                                                                      CS PUMP 2 TOWER                                                    TO AAC SWGR                                                                                            SI PUMP 2                               BOX FOR FW BOOSTER B                                          CHILLER 3,4                                                                        PUMP 2                                                                                                                          SI PUMP 4 CW PUMP B,D,F                            FAN                                                                                                                                                              ESW PUMP 1B                             MOBILE                ESW PUMP 2B (Note 1)                                  (Note 1)                                                                                                                        (Note 1)
TO MAIN GENERATOR NO NON-CLASS 1E 13.8KV SWGR 1N RC PUMP 1B,2B M
CENTRAL START-UP FW PUMP                          GROUP      CHILLED WATER                                                                                                                                        AF PUMP B                               GENERATOR            CCW PUMP 2B PUMP 2                                                                                                                            CONNECTION        CCW PUMP 1B                                                   ESS CHILLER 2B BOX FOR            ESS CHILLER 1B                                               COOLING TOWER 480V MOBILE        CHARGING PUMP 2                                               FAN 2B GTG                COOLING TOWER 13800-480V                                 13800-480V                                        4160-480V  4160-480V                                                          4160-480V                            FAN 1B                                                                                       4160-480V XFMR                                       XFMR                                             XFMR        XFMR                                                              XFMR                                                                                                                              XFMR MCC H                            4160-480V 4160-480V             PRESS HTRS                                                                                                                                                      XFMR XFMR                   BACK-UP NO                                     GROUP B-2 NON-CLASS 1E                                                                                                                     NO 480V LC                                   480V LC                                                              480V LC              480V LC                                                480V LC                            480V LC 1B                                            480V LC 1D                                                                480V LC NO                                                                      NO MCC                                     MCC                                                        MCC                                MCC            MCC                    MCC                                                              MCC 1B                                                                          MCC 1D                                                MCC                          MCC E                                                                    H                                      5 TO 480V LC 2 TO STAND-BY TO STAND-BY                                                                          BATT. CHARGER                 K  REG. XFMR    REG. XFMR   F BATT. CHARGER                                                                                                          480-120V, 1 480-120V, 1 3
UNIT AUX. XFMR 1N H
REG. XFMR 1B                                                                      REG. XFMR 1D TO CPB MCC                                                4                                                                                                                                                                             BATT.                                                                   BATT.                                              480-120V, 1 CHARGER 2B                                480-120V, 1                  CHARGER 2D            BATT.
Y X
E                                                                                                                                                                        BATT.                                                                                                                                                                BATT.
13.8KV 4.16KV CONDENSATE PUMP B,C FW BOOSTER B CW PUMP B,D,F START-UP FW PUMP M
K F                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  (STAND-BY)       CHARGER 1B                                            (STAND-BY)             CHARGER 1D                                                                              CHARGER BATT.
NON-CLASS 1E 13.8KV SWGR 2N 13800-480V XFMR 480V LC MCC 480V LC 13800-480V XFMR MCC BATT.
BATT.                                                                      CHARGER BATT.
CHARGER REG. XFMR 480-120V, 1 TGBCCW PUMP 2 M
CHARGER                                                                                                                                          CHARGER 125V DC                                                                                                                                                                    125V DC 125V DC                                                                                                                                      C                D          125V DC                                                                                                                                125V DC                                                                                BATTERY BATTERY                              M         250V DC                                                                                                                    BATTERY                                              BATTERY 1B                                                                                BATTERY 1D BATTERY                                                                        M                                                                                     M                                                                         M F
480V LC 4160-480V XFMR MCC BATT.
125V DC CONT.                                         250V DC CONT.                                                                                                                                                                                125V DC CONT.                                                                    125V DC CONT.                      125V DC CONT.
CHARGER M
CENTER                                                CENTER                                                                                    125V DC CONTROL CENTER                                                                              CENTER 1B                                                                        CENTER 1D                           CENTER C                                      D REG. XFMR                                                                REG. XFMR 480-120V, 1                                                             480-120V, 1 REG. XFMR 480-120V, 1 UPS                                                                 UPS                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        UPS A                                  A                                                A                                                                                A M                                      M                                            M                                                                                  M 120V AC                                                              120V AC                                                                        120V AC                              120V AC                                          120V AC                                                                          120V AC                                                                          120V AC DISTR. PNL                                                           DISTR. PNL                                                                    DISTR. PNL                          DISTR. PNL                                        DISTR. PNL                                                                        DISTR. PNL                                                                      DISTR. PNL UPS                                                                  TG UPS                                                                  INVERTER                            INVERTER                                        INVERTER 1B                                                                       INVERTER 1D                                                                            AAC UPS TRAIN B                                                                      TRAIN D Note
480V LC REG. XFMR 480-120V, 1 MCC NON-CLASS 1E 4.16KV SWGR 2N NO 125V DC CONTROL CENTER NO SC PUMP 2 SI PUMP 2 ESW PUMP 1B AF PUMP B CCW PUMP 1B ESS CHILLER 1B CHARGING PUMP 2 COOLING TOWER FAN 1B M
480V LC 1B 4160-480V XFMR BATT.
CHARGER 1B REG. XFMR 1B 480-120V, 1 125V DC CONT.
CENTER 1B 480V LC 1D 4160-480V XFMR MCC 1D BATT.
CHARGER 1D REG. XFMR 1D 480-120V, 1 125V DC CONT.
CENTER 1D NO NO NO CS PUMP 2 SI PUMP 4 ESW PUMP 2B CCW PUMP 2B ESS CHILLER 2B COOLING TOWER FAN 2B M
IPB STAND-BY AUX. XFMR 2N 13.8KV 4.16KV CLASS 1E 4.16KV SWGR 1D Y
X H
SWITCHYARD 480V LC 4160-480V XFMR MCC CENTRAL CHILLER 3,4 CENTRAL CHILLED WATER PUMP 2 M
PERMANENT NON-SAFETY 4.16KV SWGR 1N TO 480V LC 2 5
M TO STAND-BY BATT. CHARGER 250V DC CONT.
CENTER REG. XFMR 480-120V, 1 UPS BATT.
CHARGER F
125V DC CONT.
CENTER 3
NON-CLASS 1E 4.16KV AAC SWGR 3N 480V LC 4160-480V XFMR NO 1
N MCC 125V DC BATTERY 125V DC CONT.
CENTER NO NO NO M
M BATT.
CHARGER 2B (STAND-BY)
BATT.
CHARGER 2D (STAND-BY) 4160-480V XFMR MCC 1B BATT.
CHARGER NO NO 1
B 4160-480V XFMR PRESS HTRS BACK-UP GROUP B-2 MCC CLASS 1E 4.16KV SWGR 1B TRAIN B TRAIN D CLASS 1E NON-CLASS 1E NON-CLASS 1E NON-CLASS 1E 2
NO NO NO A
M 120V AC DISTR. PNL INVERTER A
M 120V AC DISTR. PNL INVERTER A
M 120V AC DISTR. PNL INVERTER 1B A
M 120V AC DISTR. PNL INVERTER 1D 120V AC DISTR. PNL U P S REG. XFMR 480-120V, 1 TG UPS 120V AC DISTR. PNL U P S 125V DC BATTERY 1D 125V DC BATTERY 1B 125V DC BATTERY 125V DC BATTERY 250V DC BATTERY MCC REG. XFMR 480-120V, 1 AAC UPS 120V AC DISTR. PNL U P S TO STAND-BY BATT. CHARGER CONNECTION BOX FOR MOBILE GENERATOR 4
1N 1B K
E C
D C
D E
F 3
1 2
1B 1N 1A 1M NO CONNECTION BOX FOR 480V MOBILE GTG NO COOLING TOWER FAN GROUP TO CPB MCC TO AAC SWGR TO AAC SWGR F
FK (Note 1)
(Note 1)
(Note 1)
Note
: 1) Simplified AC Power Distribution System.
: 1) Simplified AC Power Distribution System.
Detailed drawing is provided in Figure 8.3.1-1.
Detailed drawing is provided in Figure 8.3.1-1.
NON-CLASS 1E                                                                                                                                                                 CLASS 1E                                                                                          NON-CLASS 1E Figure 8.1-1                     Electric Power System Single-Line Diagram (Division II) (2 of 2) 8.1-26                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Rev. 3
CLASS 1E EMERGENCY DIESEL GEN. 1B CLASS 1E EMERGENCY DIESEL GEN. 1D AAC GTG TO 4.16KV SWGR 1A TO 4.16KV SWGR 1B TO 4.16KV SWGR 1M TO 4.16KV SWGR 1N MCC H
NO H
Figure 8.1-1 Electric Power System Single-Line Diagram (Division II) (2 of 2)
Rev. 3
 
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-1 8.2 Offsite Power System 8.2.1


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2        Offsite Power System 8.2.1          System Description The offsite power system is the preferred source of power for the reactor protection system (RPS) and engineered safety features (ESF) during normal, abnormal, and accident conditions. It encompasses the transmission network, overhead or underground transmission lines, transmission line towers, switchyard components and control systems, switchyard battery systems, transmission tie lines, main generator (MG), generator circuit breaker (GCB), main transformer (MT), unit auxiliary transformers (UATs), standby auxiliary transformers (SATs), isolated phase bus (IPB), and the electrical components associated with them. The boundaries between the offsite power system and the onsite power system are the incoming circuit breakers of the switchgears, which are included in the onsite power system.
===System Description===
The offsite power system is the preferred source of power for the reactor protection system (RPS) and engineered safety features (ESF) during normal, abnormal, and accident conditions. It encompasses the transmission network, overhead or underground transmission lines, transmission line towers, switchyard components and control systems, switchyard battery systems, transmission tie lines, main generator (MG), generator circuit breaker (GCB), main transformer (MT), unit auxiliary transformers (UATs), standby auxiliary transformers (SATs), isolated phase bus (IPB), and the electrical components associated with them. The boundaries between the offsite power system and the onsite power system are the incoming circuit breakers of the switchgears, which are included in the onsite power system.
The switchyard is connected to the transmission lines to transmit the electricity produced by the APR1400 to the transmission network and to the transmission tie lines to provide offsite power to the auxiliary and service loads of the APR1400.
The switchyard is connected to the transmission lines to transmit the electricity produced by the APR1400 to the transmission network and to the transmission tie lines to provide offsite power to the auxiliary and service loads of the APR1400.
Electric power from the transmission network to the onsite electrical distribution system is supplied by two physically independent circuits. The COL applicant is to identify those independent circuits (COL 8.2(1)). The APR1400 is designed to meet the requirements in 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, and GDC 2, 4, 17, and 18 (References 1, 2, 4, and 5, respectively).
Electric power from the transmission network to the onsite electrical distribution system is supplied by two physically independent circuits. The COL applicant is to identify those independent circuits (COL 8.2(1)). The APR1400 is designed to meet the requirements in 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, and GDC 2, 4, 17, and 18 (References 1, 2, 4, and 5, respectively).
8.2.1.1           Transmission Network The transmission network is not included in the scope of the APR1400 design. However, this subsection describes the transmission network in general terms. The transmission network is a source of reliable and stable power for the onsite power system. The transmission network design includes at least two preferred power supplies and each one has sufficient capacity and capability to supply power to the APR1400 safety-related and non-safety-related systems during all design modes.
8.2.1.1 Transmission Network The transmission network is not included in the scope of the APR1400 design. However, this subsection describes the transmission network in general terms. The transmission network is a source of reliable and stable power for the onsite power system. The transmission network design includes at least two preferred power supplies and each one has sufficient capacity and capability to supply power to the APR1400 safety-related and non-safety-related systems during all design modes.
The COL applicant is to provide information on the location of rights-of-way, transmission towers, voltage level, and length of each transmission line from the site to the first major substation that connects the line to the transmission network (COL 8.2(2)). The COL applicant is to describe the switchyard voltage related to the transmission system 8.2-1                                    Rev. 3
The COL applicant is to provide information on the location of rights-of-way, transmission towers, voltage level, and length of each transmission line from the site to the first major substation that connects the line to the transmission network (COL 8.2(2)). The COL applicant is to describe the switchyard voltage related to the transmission system Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 provider/operator (TSP/TSO) and the formal agreement between the nuclear power plant and the TSP/TSO. The COL applicant is to describe the capability and the analysis tool of the TSP. The COL applicant is also to describe the protocols for the plant to remain cognizant of grid vulnerabilities (COL 8.2(3)).
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-2 provider/operator (TSP/TSO) and the formal agreement between the nuclear power plant and the TSP/TSO. The COL applicant is to describe the capability and the analysis tool of the TSP. The COL applicant is also to describe the protocols for the plant to remain cognizant of grid vulnerabilities (COL 8.2(3)).
8.2.1.2         Switchyard The plant switchyard design is site-specific and not within the scope of the APR1400 design. The COL applicant is to describe and provide layout drawings of the circuits connecting the onsite distribution system to the preferred power supply (COL 8.2(4)). The layout drawings are to include switchyard arrangement (breakers and bus arrangements),
8.2.1.2 Switchyard The plant switchyard design is site-specific and not within the scope of the APR1400 design. The COL applicant is to describe and provide layout drawings of the circuits connecting the onsite distribution system to the preferred power supply (COL 8.2(4)). The layout drawings are to include switchyard arrangement (breakers and bus arrangements),
transmission lines, switchyard control systems, power supplies, and cable routing. The COL applicant is to describe the site-specific design for the switchyard equipment, including breaker arrangement, electrical schematics of breaker control system, protective devices and their settings, and auxiliary power supplies (ac and dc) for control and protection (COL 8.2(5)).
transmission lines, switchyard control systems, power supplies, and cable routing. The COL applicant is to describe the site-specific design for the switchyard equipment, including breaker arrangement, electrical schematics of breaker control system, protective devices and their settings, and auxiliary power supplies (ac and dc) for control and protection (COL 8.2(5)).
The COL applicant is to provide a high-impedance ground fault detection feature that actuates an alarm in the main control room (MCR) and remote shutdown room (RSR) upon detection of a high-impedance ground fault at the primary side of MT or SATs (COL 8.2(6)).
The COL applicant is to provide a high-impedance ground fault detection feature that actuates an alarm in the main control room (MCR) and remote shutdown room (RSR) upon detection of a high-impedance ground fault at the primary side of MT or SATs (COL 8.2(6)).
At least two physically independent transmission lines connect the offsite transmission network to the high-voltage switchyard of the plant. Two physically independent transmission tie lines supply offsite electric power from the switchyard to the APR1400 for plant maintenance, startup, shutdown, and postulated accident conditions. The interface requirement is that the TSP/TSO maintains operating frequency within 5 percent and operating voltage within 10 percent on nominal value bases at the interface boundary between the transmission network and the switchyard.
At least two physically independent transmission lines connect the offsite transmission network to the high-voltage switchyard of the plant. Two physically independent transmission tie lines supply offsite electric power from the switchyard to the APR1400 for plant maintenance, startup, shutdown, and postulated accident conditions. The interface requirement is that the TSP/TSO maintains operating frequency within 5 percent and operating voltage within 10 percent on nominal value bases at the interface boundary between the transmission network and the switchyard.
The COL applicant is to provide a failure modes and effects analysis (FMEA) of the switchyard in accordance with the following items:
The COL applicant is to provide a failure modes and effects analysis (FMEA) of the switchyard in accordance with the following items:
: a. The two preferred power circuits from the transmission network are linked to the onsite power system by passing through the switchyard. Because a switchyard can be common to both offsite circuits, the COL applicant is to provide an FMEA of the switchyard components to assess the possibility of simultaneous failure of both circuits as a result of single events (COL 8.2(7)).
: a.
8.2-2                                  Rev. 3
The two preferred power circuits from the transmission network are linked to the onsite power system by passing through the switchyard. Because a switchyard can be common to both offsite circuits, the COL applicant is to provide an FMEA of the switchyard components to assess the possibility of simultaneous failure of both circuits as a result of single events (COL 8.2(7)).
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-3
: b. When the normal preferred power supply is not available, the alternate preferred power supply maintains its availability.
: b. When the normal preferred power supply is not available, the alternate preferred power supply maintains its availability.
: c. The switchyard buses where the preferred power source circuits are connected are arranged as follows:
: c.
The switchyard buses where the preferred power source circuits are connected are arranged as follows:
: 1) Any incoming or outgoing transmission line for one preferred power source circuit can be switched without affecting the other preferred power source circuit.
: 1) Any incoming or outgoing transmission line for one preferred power source circuit can be switched without affecting the other preferred power source circuit.
: 2) When a switchyard circuit breaker is isolated under maintenance condition, there is no disruption of service to either preferred power sources circuit.
: 2) When a switchyard circuit breaker is isolated under maintenance condition, there is no disruption of service to either preferred power sources circuit.
8.2.1.3           Offsite Power System Components and Circuits The offsite power system components consist of the MG, IPB, GCB, MT, two UATs, and two SATs. The MG is connected to the transmission network when the generator reaches rated speed and output voltage, and paralleling to the transmission network is accomplished automatically or manually by using the synchroscope and synchronizer. In the event that the MG is not in service, this system is used to supply power from the transmission network to the station auxiliaries.
8.2.1.3 Offsite Power System Components and Circuits The offsite power system components consist of the MG, IPB, GCB, MT, two UATs, and two SATs. The MG is connected to the transmission network when the generator reaches rated speed and output voltage, and paralleling to the transmission network is accomplished automatically or manually by using the synchroscope and synchronizer. In the event that the MG is not in service, this system is used to supply power from the transmission network to the station auxiliaries.
The APR1400 design includes two offsite circuits to each independent safety train that is supplied directly from an offsite power source with no intervening non-safety buses, thereby permitting the offsite source to supply power to safety buses upon a failure or presence of transients on non-Class 1E electrical equipment. Discussion on the impact of faults or transients of non-Class 1E electrical equipment on the Class 1E loads is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.2.3. This design feature complies with GDC 17 and the staffs position in SECY-91-078 (Reference 29). The preferred power supply system has provisions to minimize the probability of losing electric power from any of the remaining supplies as a result of, or coincident with, the loss of power generated by the MG or loss of power from the onsite electric power sources. Two physically independent circuits connect the switchyard to the APR1400.
The APR1400 design includes two offsite circuits to each independent safety train that is supplied directly from an offsite power source with no intervening non-safety buses, thereby permitting the offsite source to supply power to safety buses upon a failure or presence of transients on non-Class 1E electrical equipment. Discussion on the impact of faults or transients of non-Class 1E electrical equipment on the Class 1E loads is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.2.3. This design feature complies with GDC 17 and the staffs position in SECY-91-078 (Reference 29). The preferred power supply system has provisions to minimize the probability of losing electric power from any of the remaining supplies as a result of, or coincident with, the loss of power generated by the MG or loss of power from the onsite electric power sources. Two physically independent circuits connect the switchyard to the APR1400.
Each preferred power source has the capacity and capability to permit functioning of structures, systems, and components important to safety and all other auxiliary systems under normal, abnormal, and accident conditions. The normal preferred power circuit is connected to the high-voltage side of the MT. During power operation mode, the GCB is 8.2-3                                      Rev. 3
Each preferred power source has the capacity and capability to permit functioning of structures, systems, and components important to safety and all other auxiliary systems under normal, abnormal, and accident conditions. The normal preferred power circuit is connected to the high-voltage side of the MT. During power operation mode, the GCB is Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 closed and the MG is connected to the transmission system through the MT and also supplies power to the UATs. The alternate preferred power circuit is connected to the high-voltage side of the SATs. In case the power supply is unavailable from the UATs, the power supply is maintained because the onsite non-safety-related and safety-related bus connections are transferred automatically from the UATs to the SATs. This design feature satisfactorily addresses SECY-91-078. When the normal preferred power supply is restored, the transfer from the SATs to the UATs is accomplished manually. The UATs and SATs are three-winding transformers connected to the onsite non-safety-related and safety-related buses through their low-voltage side windings. Both non-safety-related and safety-related buses are normally supplied from the UATs.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-4 closed and the MG is connected to the transmission system through the MT and also supplies power to the UATs. The alternate preferred power circuit is connected to the high-voltage side of the SATs. In case the power supply is unavailable from the UATs, the power supply is maintained because the onsite non-safety-related and safety-related bus connections are transferred automatically from the UATs to the SATs. This design feature satisfactorily addresses SECY-91-078. When the normal preferred power supply is restored, the transfer from the SATs to the UATs is accomplished manually. The UATs and SATs are three-winding transformers connected to the onsite non-safety-related and safety-related buses through their low-voltage side windings. Both non-safety-related and safety-related buses are normally supplied from the UATs.
The protection schemes including overcurrent, differential current, sudden pressure and ground fault protection for the MT, UATs, and SATs are provided in accordance with the recommendations in IEEE Std. 666 (Reference 23). The protective relay list of the MT, UATs, and SATs is shown in Table 8.2-2.
The protection schemes including overcurrent, differential current, sudden pressure and ground fault protection for the MT, UATs, and SATs are provided in accordance with the recommendations in IEEE Std. 666 (Reference 23). The protective relay list of the MT, UATs, and SATs is shown in Table 8.2-2.
The IPB is used to connect the MG to the GCB. The IPB provides the electrical connection among the GCB, the MT, and the two UATs. The MT is composed of three single-phase transformers that are connected to the two UATs through the IPB.
The IPB is used to connect the MG to the GCB. The IPB provides the electrical connection among the GCB, the MT, and the two UATs. The MT is composed of three single-phase transformers that are connected to the two UATs through the IPB.
The GCB is used as a means of providing immediate access of the onsite ac power systems to the offsite power system by isolating the MG from the MT and the UATs and allowing backfeeding of offsite power to the onsite ac power system. The GCB is capable of interrupting normal load current and maximum fault current during transient and various fault conditions. The APR1400 is designed to follow the guidance in Appendix A of Standard Review Plan (SRP) Section 8.2 (Reference 6). After the MT is connected to the transmission network by closing the switchyard breakers with the GCB open, the UATs supply plant startup power to auxiliary and service loads of the APR1400. As part of the normal turbine-generator shutdown process, the GCB is opened to separate the MG from the switchyard when the MG output has been reduced to almost no-load condition. After the MG is disconnected from the switchyard by opening the GCB, the MT remains connected to the network system and backfeeds plant shutdown power to the APR1400 through the UATs during plant shutdown.
The GCB is used as a means of providing immediate access of the onsite ac power systems to the offsite power system by isolating the MG from the MT and the UATs and allowing backfeeding of offsite power to the onsite ac power system. The GCB is capable of interrupting normal load current and maximum fault current during transient and various fault conditions. The APR1400 is designed to follow the guidance in Appendix A of Standard Review Plan (SRP) Section 8.2 (Reference 6). After the MT is connected to the transmission network by closing the switchyard breakers with the GCB open, the UATs supply plant startup power to auxiliary and service loads of the APR1400. As part of the normal turbine-generator shutdown process, the GCB is opened to separate the MG from the switchyard when the MG output has been reduced to almost no-load condition. After the MG is disconnected from the switchyard by opening the GCB, the MT remains connected to the network system and backfeeds plant shutdown power to the APR1400 through the UATs during plant shutdown.
The APR1400 electric power system is provided with the open phase detection and protection (OPDP) system to detect, alarm in the MCR and RSR, and mitigate against open 8.2-4                                  Rev. 3
The APR1400 electric power system is provided with the open phase detection and protection (OPDP) system to detect, alarm in the MCR and RSR, and mitigate against open Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 phase conditions (OPCs) with and without a high-impedance ground fault during all plant operation.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-5 phase conditions (OPCs) with and without a high-impedance ground fault during all plant operation.
In case OPCs with or without a high-impedance ground fault occur on the primary side of MT or SATs and safe shutdown capability is not assured due to the OPCs while the transformer(s) is(are) under loading condition, the Class 1E and non-Class 1E medium voltage (MV) switchgear buses are automatically separated from the degraded offsite power source after a time delay, and transferred to the alternate offsite power source or the onsite standby source as designed.
In case OPCs with or without a high-impedance ground fault occur on the primary side of MT or SATs and safe shutdown capability is not assured due to the OPCs while the transformer(s) is(are) under loading condition, the Class 1E and non-Class 1E medium voltage (MV) switchgear buses are automatically separated from the degraded offsite power source after a time delay, and transferred to the alternate offsite power source or the onsite standby source as designed.
During all plant operation, OPDP system provides continuous monitoring of OPCs, and self-diagnostics of its system if practicable, for the surveillance functions to ensure that the OPDP system maintains the capability of providing the detection and protection for the OPCs. In order to prevent an unintended separation from the normal or alternate offsite power source by misoperation, maloperation, or spurious actuation of the OPDP system, the OPDP system is comprised of redundant detection subsystems or devices such that a failure in any one of the constituent system (or device) will not cause a spurious trip and offsite power supply to all safety-related equipment remains unaffected. This redundant detection feature of the OPDP system is made up of a voting logic scheme (e.g., 2-out-of-2, 2-out-of-3, or 2-out-of-4) of the constituent system (or device).
During all plant operation, OPDP system provides continuous monitoring of OPCs, and self-diagnostics of its system if practicable, for the surveillance functions to ensure that the OPDP system maintains the capability of providing the detection and protection for the OPCs. In order to prevent an unintended separation from the normal or alternate offsite power source by misoperation, maloperation, or spurious actuation of the OPDP system, the OPDP system is comprised of redundant detection subsystems or devices such that a failure in any one of the constituent system (or device) will not cause a spurious trip and offsite power supply to all safety-related equipment remains unaffected. This redundant detection feature of the OPDP system is made up of a voting logic scheme (e.g., 2-out-of-2, 2-out-of-3, or 2-out-of-4) of the constituent system (or device).
Line 373: Line 539:
The COL applicant is to determine the specific type of the OPDP system which properly address and meet the requirements of B.1. and B.2. of BTP 8-9, taking into account the site-specific design configuration, installation condition, (field) performance testing and qualification status, and operation experiences of the OPDP system. The COL applicant is also to provide the detailed design of the OPDP system selected for the APR1400 site.
The COL applicant is to determine the specific type of the OPDP system which properly address and meet the requirements of B.1. and B.2. of BTP 8-9, taking into account the site-specific design configuration, installation condition, (field) performance testing and qualification status, and operation experiences of the OPDP system. The COL applicant is also to provide the detailed design of the OPDP system selected for the APR1400 site.
The COL applicant is to perform a field simulation on the site-specific design of the offsite power system to ensure that the settings of the OPDP system are adequate and appropriate for the site (COL 8.2(8)).
The COL applicant is to perform a field simulation on the site-specific design of the offsite power system to ensure that the settings of the OPDP system are adequate and appropriate for the site (COL 8.2(8)).
The COL applicant is to describe how testing is performed on the offsite power system components and identify the potential effects that must be considered during testing 8.2-5                                        Rev. 3
The COL applicant is to describe how testing is performed on the offsite power system components and identify the potential effects that must be considered during testing Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 (COL 8.2(9)).     The ratings of the MG, GCB, MT, UATs, SATs, and IPB are shown in Table 8.2-1.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-6 (COL 8.2(9)). The ratings of the MG, GCB, MT, UATs, SATs, and IPB are shown in Table 8.2-1.
8.2.1.4           Separation Between Preferred Power Supply I and Preferred Power Supply II The normal and alternate preferred power supplies are physically and electrically separated to minimize the chance of simultaneous failure. The two circuits of the offsite preferred power sources are designed in accordance with IEEE Std. 765 (Reference 8) so that a failure of one offsite preferred power source does not affect the capacity and capability of the other offsite preferred power source. The preferred power supply I (normal preferred power supply) and preferred power supply II (alternate preferred power supply) are routed from the switchyard to their respective transformers.
8.2.1.4 Separation Between Preferred Power Supply I and Preferred Power Supply II The normal and alternate preferred power supplies are physically and electrically separated to minimize the chance of simultaneous failure. The two circuits of the offsite preferred power sources are designed in accordance with IEEE Std. 765 (Reference 8) so that a failure of one offsite preferred power source does not affect the capacity and capability of the other offsite preferred power source. The preferred power supply I (normal preferred power supply) and preferred power supply II (alternate preferred power supply) are routed from the switchyard to their respective transformers.
The separation distances between the MT, UATs, SATs, and cables are as follows:
The separation distances between the MT, UATs, SATs, and cables are as follows:
: a. The UATs are separated from each other and from the SATs and MT by a minimum distance of 15 m (50 ft) or by a 3-hour-rating fire barrier.
: a.
The UATs are separated from each other and from the SATs and MT by a minimum distance of 15 m (50 ft) or by a 3-hour-rating fire barrier.
: b. The IPB associated with the UATs is separated from the SATs by a minimum distance of 15 m (50 ft) or by a 3-hour-rating fire barrier.
: b. The IPB associated with the UATs is separated from the SATs by a minimum distance of 15 m (50 ft) or by a 3-hour-rating fire barrier.
: c. The cables that are routed from the SATs to the switchgears are separated from the UATs and MT by a minimum distance of 15 m (50 ft) or by a 3-hour-rating fire barrier.
: c.
The cables that are routed from the SATs to the switchgears are separated from the UATs and MT by a minimum distance of 15 m (50 ft) or by a 3-hour-rating fire barrier.
Once the cables enter the plant, separation is maintained so that a single failure does not affect both of the preferred power circuits. Separation of preferred power supply I and preferred power supply II within the turbine generator building and the auxiliary building is maintained by dedicated cable trays.
Once the cables enter the plant, separation is maintained so that a single failure does not affect both of the preferred power circuits. Separation of preferred power supply I and preferred power supply II within the turbine generator building and the auxiliary building is maintained by dedicated cable trays.
The I&C cables that are affiliated with the preferred power supplies I and II are routed in dedicated metal raceways. The preferred power supply I and preferred power supply II I&C cables do not share raceways with any other cables.
The I&C cables that are affiliated with the preferred power supplies I and II are routed in dedicated metal raceways. The preferred power supply I and preferred power supply II I&C cables do not share raceways with any other cables.
The separation between I&C cables of the preferred power supplies I and II is the same as the separation between power cables of the preferred power supplies I and II.
The separation between I&C cables of the preferred power supplies I and II is the same as the separation between power cables of the preferred power supplies I and II.
8.2-6                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2.2         Analysis The offsite power system is designed to meet the following criteria.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-7 8.2.2 Analysis The offsite power system is designed to meet the following criteria.
8.2.2.1           Conformance with 10 CFR Part 50 10 CFR 50.63 - Loss of All Alternating Current Power A light-water-cooled nuclear power plant is required by 10 CFR 50.63 (Reference 9) to be able to withstand or cope with, and recover from, an SBO. Electrical systems that are necessary to support systems in an SBO have sufficient capability and capacity to provide reasonable assurance that core cooling and appropriate containment integrity are maintained.
8.2.2.1 Conformance with 10 CFR Part 50 10 CFR 50.63 - Loss of All Alternating Current Power A light-water-cooled nuclear power plant is required by 10 CFR 50.63 (Reference 9) to be able to withstand or cope with, and recover from, an SBO. Electrical systems that are necessary to support systems in an SBO have sufficient capability and capacity to provide reasonable assurance that core cooling and appropriate containment integrity are maintained.
The APR1400 design has minimal potential for common-cause failures between the AAC power source used for an SBO and the offsite power system. Electrical ties and physical arrangement between these systems are designed not to prevent the use of an AAC power source during loss of the offsite power system. Conformance with the requirements of 10 CFR 50.63 is described in Section 8.4.
The APR1400 design has minimal potential for common-cause failures between the AAC power source used for an SBO and the offsite power system. Electrical ties and physical arrangement between these systems are designed not to prevent the use of an AAC power source during loss of the offsite power system. Conformance with the requirements of 10 CFR 50.63 is described in Section 8.4.
Criterion 2 - Design Bases for Protection Against Natural Phenomena GDC 2 requires that structures, systems, and components (SSCs) important to safety of the offsite power system be capable of withstanding the effects of natural phenomena (excluding earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, and floods) without the loss of the capability to perform their intended functions.
Criterion 2 - Design Bases for Protection Against Natural Phenomena GDC 2 requires that structures, systems, and components (SSCs) important to safety of the offsite power system be capable of withstanding the effects of natural phenomena (excluding earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, and floods) without the loss of the capability to perform their intended functions.
The components of the offsite power system, determined to be risk-significant non-safety-related SSCs by the design reliability assurance program (RAP), are designed to withstand the effects of natural phenomena such as high and low atmospheric temperatures, high wind, rain, lightning discharges, ice and snow conditions, and weather events within the conditions given in Table 2.0-1. The lightning protection of the offsite power system is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.8. The offsite power system has two physically independent circuits with provisions to minimize the probability of simultaneous failure.
The components of the offsite power system, determined to be risk-significant non-safety-related SSCs by the design reliability assurance program (RAP), are designed to withstand the effects of natural phenomena such as high and low atmospheric temperatures, high wind, rain, lightning discharges, ice and snow conditions, and weather events within the conditions given in Table 2.0-1. The lightning protection of the offsite power system is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.8. The offsite power system has two physically independent circuits with provisions to minimize the probability of simultaneous failure.
8.2-7                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Criterion 4 - Environmental and Dynamic Effects Design Bases GDC 4 requires that SSCs associated with the offsite power system be appropriately protected against dynamic effects, including the effects of missiles that can result from equipment failures during normal operation, maintenance, testing, and postulated accidents.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-8 Criterion 4 - Environmental and Dynamic Effects Design Bases GDC 4 requires that SSCs associated with the offsite power system be appropriately protected against dynamic effects, including the effects of missiles that can result from equipment failures during normal operation, maintenance, testing, and postulated accidents.
The offsite power system is designed to provide power to systems important to safety during normal, abnormal, accident, and post-accident conditions. The offsite power system supplies electric power required for the operation of systems important to safety even if/when they are subject to adverse dynamic effects. The offsite power system is designed to meet the requirements of IEEE Std. 765.
The offsite power system is designed to provide power to systems important to safety during normal, abnormal, accident, and post-accident conditions. The offsite power system supplies electric power required for the operation of systems important to safety even if/when they are subject to adverse dynamic effects. The offsite power system is designed to meet the requirements of IEEE Std. 765.
Criterion 5 - Sharing of Structures, Systems, and Components GDC 5 (Reference 3) is related to the sharing of SSCs. There are no shared SSCs because the APR1400 design is a single-unit plant. Therefore, this GDC is not applicable to the APR1400.
Criterion 5 - Sharing of Structures, Systems, and Components GDC 5 (Reference 3) is related to the sharing of SSCs. There are no shared SSCs because the APR1400 design is a single-unit plant. Therefore, this GDC is not applicable to the APR1400.
Line 400: Line 568:
The COL applicant is to provide the results of grid stability analyses to demonstrate that the offsite power system does not degrade the normal and alternate preferred power sources to a level where the preferred power sources do not have the capacity or capability to support the onsite Class 1E electrical distribution system in performing its intended safety function.
The COL applicant is to provide the results of grid stability analyses to demonstrate that the offsite power system does not degrade the normal and alternate preferred power sources to a level where the preferred power sources do not have the capacity or capability to support the onsite Class 1E electrical distribution system in performing its intended safety function.
The stability analyses include the following contingencies (COL 8.2(7)):
The stability analyses include the following contingencies (COL 8.2(7)):
: a. APR1400 turbine-generator trip
: a.
: b. Loss of the largest unit supplying the grid 8.2-8                                    Rev. 3
APR1400 turbine-generator trip
: b. Loss of the largest unit supplying the grid Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-9
: c. Loss of the largest transmission circuit or inter-tie
: c.
Loss of the largest transmission circuit or inter-tie
: d. Loss of the largest load on the grid The COL applicant is to provide the required number of immediate access circuits from the transmission network (COL 8.2(10)).
: d. Loss of the largest load on the grid The COL applicant is to provide the required number of immediate access circuits from the transmission network (COL 8.2(10)).
Criterion 18 - Inspection and Testing of Electric Power Systems GDC 18 is related to the inspection and testing of the offsite electric power system. It requires that electric power systems important to safety be designed to permit the appropriate periodic inspection and testing of important areas and features to assess the continuity of the system and the condition of their components: (1) the operability and functional performance of the components of systems, such as onsite power sources, relays, switches, and buses and (2) the operability of the systems as a whole and the full operational sequence that brings the systems into operation, including operation of the protection system, the transfer of power among the nuclear power unit, the offsite power systems, and the onsite power systems.
Criterion 18 - Inspection and Testing of Electric Power Systems GDC 18 is related to the inspection and testing of the offsite electric power system. It requires that electric power systems important to safety be designed to permit the appropriate periodic inspection and testing of important areas and features to assess the continuity of the system and the condition of their components: (1) the operability and functional performance of the components of systems, such as onsite power sources, relays, switches, and buses and (2) the operability of the systems as a whole and the full operational sequence that brings the systems into operation, including operation of the protection system, the transfer of power among the nuclear power unit, the offsite power systems, and the onsite power systems.
Line 410: Line 580:
Criteria 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, and 44 GDC 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, and 44 (References 10 through 15, respectively) require that offsite power supplies including electrical distribution systems be available for reactor coolant makeup during small breaks, residual heat removal, emergency core cooling, containment atmosphere cleanup, and cooling water for SSCs important to safety during normal and accident conditions.
Criteria 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, and 44 GDC 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, and 44 (References 10 through 15, respectively) require that offsite power supplies including electrical distribution systems be available for reactor coolant makeup during small breaks, residual heat removal, emergency core cooling, containment atmosphere cleanup, and cooling water for SSCs important to safety during normal and accident conditions.
The necessary electric power is provided for all the facilitys operating modes, including transients and design basis accidents (DBAs), to meet these criteria. Conformance with these requirements is accomplished by meeting the requirements of GDC 17.
The necessary electric power is provided for all the facilitys operating modes, including transients and design basis accidents (DBAs), to meet these criteria. Conformance with these requirements is accomplished by meeting the requirements of GDC 17.
8.2-9                                  Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2.2.2         Conformance with NRC Regulatory Guides NRC Regulatory Guide 1.32 NRC RG 1.32 (Reference 16) is related to the criteria for power systems for nuclear power plants.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-10 8.2.2.2 Conformance with NRC Regulatory Guides NRC Regulatory Guide 1.32 NRC RG 1.32 (Reference 16) is related to the criteria for power systems for nuclear power plants.
The design, operation, and testing of offsite power system for the APR1400 meet the requirements of NRC RG 1.32.
The design, operation, and testing of offsite power system for the APR1400 meet the requirements of NRC RG 1.32.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.93 NRC RG 1.93 is related to the LCO (Limiting Conditions for Operation) for availability of electric power sources. The LCO for availability of electric power sources is addressed in Technical Specification 3.8.1, 3.8.4, 3.8.7, and 3.8.9.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.93 NRC RG 1.93 is related to the LCO (Limiting Conditions for Operation) for availability of electric power sources. The LCO for availability of electric power sources is addressed in Technical Specification 3.8.1, 3.8.4, 3.8.7, and 3.8.9.
Line 420: Line 590:
NRC RG 1.160 endorses Revision 4A of NUMARC 93-01 (Reference 19), which provides methods for complying with the provisions of 10 CFR 50.65 (Reference 20) with some provisions and clarifications. Conformance with NRC RG 1.160 is addressed in Section 1.9.
NRC RG 1.160 endorses Revision 4A of NUMARC 93-01 (Reference 19), which provides methods for complying with the provisions of 10 CFR 50.65 (Reference 20) with some provisions and clarifications. Conformance with NRC RG 1.160 is addressed in Section 1.9.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.204 NRC RG 1.204 (Reference 21) is related to the guidelines for lightning protection of nuclear power plants.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.204 NRC RG 1.204 (Reference 21) is related to the guidelines for lightning protection of nuclear power plants.
8.2-10                                Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 The lightning protection of the APR1400 is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.8. The APR1400 is designed to meet the requirements related to the lightning protection of nuclear power plants in IEEE Std. 665 (Reference 22), IEEE Std. 666, IEEE Std. 1050 (Reference 24), and IEEE Std. C62.23 (Reference 25).
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-11 The lightning protection of the APR1400 is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.8. The APR1400 is designed to meet the requirements related to the lightning protection of nuclear power plants in IEEE Std. 665 (Reference 22), IEEE Std. 666, IEEE Std. 1050 (Reference 24), and IEEE Std. C62.23 (Reference 25).
8.2.2.3         Conformance with NUREG-0800 Standard Review Plan, Section 8.2, Appendix A The APR1400 has a GCB that is designed and tested in accordance with the SRP 8.2, Appendix A. The GCB is designed to perform its intended function during steady-state operation, power system transients, and major faults. The ratings and required characteristics of the GCB are the designated limits of operating characteristics based on definite conditions as defined in IEEE Std. C37.013 (Reference 28).
8.2.2.3 Conformance with NUREG-0800 Standard Review Plan, Section 8.2, Appendix A The APR1400 has a GCB that is designed and tested in accordance with the SRP 8.2, Appendix A. The GCB is designed to perform its intended function during steady-state operation, power system transients, and major faults. The ratings and required characteristics of the GCB are the designated limits of operating characteristics based on definite conditions as defined in IEEE Std. C37.013 (Reference 28).
BTP 8-3 (Reference 27), Stability of Offsite Power Systems The COL applicant is to analyze the stability of the offsite power systems, as described in GDC 17 (COL 8.2(7)).
BTP 8-3 (Reference 27), Stability of Offsite Power Systems The COL applicant is to analyze the stability of the offsite power systems, as described in GDC 17 (COL 8.2(7)).
BTP 8-6, Adequacy of Station Electric Distribution System Voltages BTP 8-6 (Reference 26) is related to adverse effects on the Class 1E loads that are caused by sustained low grid voltage conditions when the Class 1E buses are connected to offsite power. The APR1400 provides a second level of undervoltage protection with time delays to protect the Class 1E equipment from sustained undervoltages. Conformance with BTP 8-6 is addressed in Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.11.
BTP 8-6, Adequacy of Station Electric Distribution System Voltages BTP 8-6 (Reference 26) is related to adverse effects on the Class 1E loads that are caused by sustained low grid voltage conditions when the Class 1E buses are connected to offsite power. The APR1400 provides a second level of undervoltage protection with time delays to protect the Class 1E equipment from sustained undervoltages. Conformance with BTP 8-6 is addressed in Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.11.
BTP 8-9, Open Phase Conditions in Electric Power System BTP 8-9 is related to detect, alarm, and protect against an open phase condition which occurs in the offsite electric power system. Conformance with BTP 8-9 is addressed in Subsection 8.2.1.3.
BTP 8-9, Open Phase Conditions in Electric Power System BTP 8-9 is related to detect, alarm, and protect against an open phase condition which occurs in the offsite electric power system. Conformance with BTP 8-9 is addressed in Subsection 8.2.1.3.
8.2.2.4         Conformance with 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) and 10 CFR 52.80(a) 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) requires that a design certification (DC) application contain the proposed inspections, tests, analyses, and acceptance criteria (ITAAC) that are necessary and sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that, if the inspections, tests, and analyses 8.2-11                                    Rev. 3
8.2.2.4 Conformance with 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) and 10 CFR 52.80(a) 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) requires that a design certification (DC) application contain the proposed inspections, tests, analyses, and acceptance criteria (ITAAC) that are necessary and sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that, if the inspections, tests, and analyses Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 are performed and the acceptance criteria met, than a plant that incorporates the APR1400 design certification has been constructed and will be operated in accordance with the design certification.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-12 are performed and the acceptance criteria met, than a plant that incorporates the APR1400 design certification has been constructed and will be operated in accordance with the design certification.
10 CFR 52.80(a) requires that a DC or a combined license (COL) application contain the proposed inspections, tests, and analyses, including those applicable to emergency planning, that the licensee will perform, and the acceptance criteria that are necessary and sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that, if the inspections, tests, and analyses are performed and the acceptance criteria met, the facility has been constructed and will be operated in conformity with the combined license.
10 CFR 52.80(a) requires that a DC or a combined license (COL) application contain the proposed inspections, tests, and analyses, including those applicable to emergency planning, that the licensee will perform, and the acceptance criteria that are necessary and sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that, if the inspections, tests, and analyses are performed and the acceptance criteria met, the facility has been constructed and will be operated in conformity with the combined license.
The proposed ITAAC and those applicable to emergency planning are described in Subsection 14.3.2.6 and Section 13.3, respectively. Thus, the electrical design of the APR1400 conforms with 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) and 10 CFR 52.80(a).
The proposed ITAAC and those applicable to emergency planning are described in Subsection 14.3.2.6 and Section 13.3, respectively. Thus, the electrical design of the APR1400 conforms with 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) and 10 CFR 52.80(a).
8.2.3         Combined License Information COL 8.2(1)       The COL applicant is to identify the circuits from the transmission network to the onsite electrical distribution system that are supplied by two physically independent circuits.
8.2.3 Combined License Information COL 8.2(1)
COL 8.2(2)       The COL applicant is to provide information on the location of rights-of-way, transmission towers, voltage level, and length of each transmission line from the site to the first major substation that connects the line to the transmission network.
The COL applicant is to identify the circuits from the transmission network to the onsite electrical distribution system that are supplied by two physically independent circuits.
COL 8.2(3)       The COL applicant is to describe the switchyard voltage related to the transmission system provider/operator (TSP/TSO) and the formal agreement between the nuclear power plant and the TSP/TSO. The COL applicant is to describe the capability and the analysis tool of the TSP.
COL 8.2(2)
The COL applicant is to provide information on the location of rights-of-way, transmission towers, voltage level, and length of each transmission line from the site to the first major substation that connects the line to the transmission network.
COL 8.2(3)
The COL applicant is to describe the switchyard voltage related to the transmission system provider/operator (TSP/TSO) and the formal agreement between the nuclear power plant and the TSP/TSO. The COL applicant is to describe the capability and the analysis tool of the TSP.
The COL applicant is also to describe the protocols for the plant to remain cognizant of grid vulnerabilities.
The COL applicant is also to describe the protocols for the plant to remain cognizant of grid vulnerabilities.
COL 8.2(4)       The COL applicant is to describe and provide layout drawings of the circuits connecting the onsite distribution system to the preferred power supply.
COL 8.2(4)
8.2-12                                    Rev. 3
The COL applicant is to describe and provide layout drawings of the circuits connecting the onsite distribution system to the preferred power supply.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 COL 8.2(5)   The COL applicant is to describe the site-specific design for the switchyard equipment, including breaker arrangement, electrical schematics of breaker control system, protective devices and their settings, and auxiliary power supplies (ac and dc) for control and protection.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-13 COL 8.2(5)
COL 8.2(6)   The COL applicant is to provide a high-impedance ground fault detection feature that actuates an alarm in the MCR and RSR upon detection of a high-impedance ground fault at the primary side of MT or SATs.
The COL applicant is to describe the site-specific design for the switchyard equipment, including breaker arrangement, electrical schematics of breaker control system, protective devices and their settings, and auxiliary power supplies (ac and dc) for control and protection.
COL 8.2(7)   The COL applicant is to provide an FMEA of the switchyard components to assess the possibility of simultaneous failure of both circuits as a result of single events. In addition, the COL applicant is to provide the results of grid stability analyses to demonstrate that the offsite power system does not degrade the normal and alternate preferred power sources to a level where the preferred power sources do not have the capacity or capability to support the onsite Class 1E electrical distribution system in performing its intended safety function.
COL 8.2(6)
COL 8.2(8)   The COL applicant is to determine the specific type of the OPDP system which properly address and meet the requirements of B.1. and B.2. of BTP 8-9, taking into account the site-specific design configuration, installation condition, (field) performance testing and qualification status, and operation experiences of the OPDP system. The COL applicant is also to provide the detailed design of the OPDP system selected for the APR1400 site.
The COL applicant is to provide a high-impedance ground fault detection feature that actuates an alarm in the MCR and RSR upon detection of a high-impedance ground fault at the primary side of MT or SATs.
COL 8.2(7)
The COL applicant is to provide an FMEA of the switchyard components to assess the possibility of simultaneous failure of both circuits as a result of single events. In addition, the COL applicant is to provide the results of grid stability analyses to demonstrate that the offsite power system does not degrade the normal and alternate preferred power sources to a level where the preferred power sources do not have the capacity or capability to support the onsite Class 1E electrical distribution system in performing its intended safety function.
COL 8.2(8)
The COL applicant is to determine the specific type of the OPDP system which properly address and meet the requirements of B.1. and B.2. of BTP 8-9, taking into account the site-specific design configuration, installation condition, (field) performance testing and qualification status, and operation experiences of the OPDP system. The COL applicant is also to provide the detailed design of the OPDP system selected for the APR1400 site.
The COL applicant is to perform a field simulation on the site-specific design of the offsite power system to ensure that the settings of the OPDP system are adequate and appropriate for the site.
The COL applicant is to perform a field simulation on the site-specific design of the offsite power system to ensure that the settings of the OPDP system are adequate and appropriate for the site.
COL 8.2(9)   The COL applicant is to describe how testing is performed on the offsite power system components and identify the potential effects that must be considered during testing.
COL 8.2(9)
COL 8.2(10)   The COL applicant is to provide the required number of immediate access circuits from the transmission network.
The COL applicant is to describe how testing is performed on the offsite power system components and identify the potential effects that must be considered during testing.
8.2.4       References 8.2-13                                      Rev. 3
COL 8.2(10)
The COL applicant is to provide the required number of immediate access circuits from the transmission network.
8.2.4 References Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-14
: 1. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 2, Design Bases for Protection Against Natural Phenomena, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 1.
: 2. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 4, Environmental and Dynamic Effects Design Bases, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 2, Design Bases for Protection Against Natural Phenomena, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 3. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 5, Sharing of Structures, Systems, and Components, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 2.
: 4. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 17, Electric Power Systems, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 4, Environmental and Dynamic Effects Design Bases, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 5. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 18, Inspection and Testing of Electric Power Systems, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 3.
: 6. NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, Section 8.2, Appendix A, Guidelines for Generator Circuit Breakers/Load Break Switches, Rev. 5, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, May 2010.
10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 5, Sharing of Structures, Systems, and Components, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 7. NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, BTP 8-9, Open Phase Conditions in Electric Power System, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, July 2015.
: 4.
: 8. IEEE Std. 765-2006, IEEE Standard for Preferred Power Supply (PPS) for Nuclear Power Generating Stations (NPGS), Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2006.
10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 17, Electric Power Systems, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 9. 10 CFR 50.63, Loss of All Alternating Current Power, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 5.
10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 18, Inspection and Testing of Electric Power Systems, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 6.
NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, Section 8.2, Appendix A, Guidelines for Generator Circuit Breakers/Load Break Switches, Rev. 5, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, May 2010.
: 7.
NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, BTP 8-9, Open Phase Conditions in Electric Power System, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, July 2015.
: 8.
IEEE Std. 765-2006, IEEE Standard for Preferred Power Supply (PPS) for Nuclear Power Generating Stations (NPGS), Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2006.
: 9.
10 CFR 50.63, Loss of All Alternating Current Power, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 10. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 33, Reactor Coolant Makeup, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 10. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 33, Reactor Coolant Makeup, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 11. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 34, Residual Heat Removal, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 11. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 34, Residual Heat Removal, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 12. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 35, Emergency Core Cooling, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 12. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 35, Emergency Core Cooling, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
8.2-14                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-15
: 13. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 38, Containment Heat Removal, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 13. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 38, Containment Heat Removal, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 14. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 41, Containment Atmosphere Cleanup, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 14. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 41, Containment Atmosphere Cleanup, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Line 478: Line 667:
: 24. IEEE Std. 1050-1996, IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1996.
: 24. IEEE Std. 1050-1996, IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1996.
: 25. IEEE Std. C62.23-1995, IEEE Application Guide for Surge Protection of Electric Generating Plants, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1995.
: 25. IEEE Std. C62.23-1995, IEEE Application Guide for Surge Protection of Electric Generating Plants, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1995.
8.2-15                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-16
: 26. NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, BTP 8-6, Adequacy of Station Electric Distribution System Voltages, Rev. 3, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2007.
: 26. NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, BTP 8-6, Adequacy of Station Electric Distribution System Voltages, Rev. 3, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2007.
: 27. NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, BTP 8-3, Stability of Offsite Power Systems, Rev. 3, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2007.
: 27. NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, BTP 8-3, Stability of Offsite Power Systems, Rev. 3, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2007.
Line 487: Line 676:
Requirements Document and Additional Evolutionary Light Water Reactor (LWR)
Requirements Document and Additional Evolutionary Light Water Reactor (LWR)
Certification Issues, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 25, 1991.
Certification Issues, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 25, 1991.
8.2-16                                  Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.2-1 (1 of 2)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-17 Table 8.2-1 (1 of 2)
Ratings of Main Components Equipment                                     Rating Main generator
Ratings of Main Components Equipment Rating Main generator
* Maximum MVA: 1,690 MVA
* Maximum MVA: 1,690 MVA
* Voltage: 24 kV, 3 phase, 60 Hz Generator circuit
* Voltage: 24 kV, 3 phase, 60 Hz Generator circuit breaker
* Rated maximum voltage: 25.2 kV, rms breaker            Minimum continuous current: 43 kA, rms (60 Hz and 40 °C [104 °F])
* Rated maximum voltage: 25.2 kV, rms Minimum continuous current: 43 kA, rms (60 Hz and 40 °C [104 °F])
* Rated frequency: 60 Hz Main transformer
* Rated frequency: 60 Hz Main transformer
* Three-single phase with two windings, Y/ (High/Low voltage side)
* Three-single phase with two windings, Y/ (High/Low voltage side)
Line 499: Line 688:
* Rated frequency: 60 Hz
* Rated frequency: 60 Hz
* Rated voltage of low-voltage side: 24 kV
* Rated voltage of low-voltage side: 24 kV
* Rated voltage of high-voltage side: site-specific Unit auxiliary   For each UAT transformers
* Rated voltage of high-voltage side: site-specific Unit auxiliary transformers (UAT 1 and UAT 2)
* Continuous MVA ratings (H-Winding)
For each UAT
(UAT 1 and UAT 2)  71.0/94.7 MVA (ONAN/ONAF, 55 °C [131 °F])
* Continuous MVA ratings (H-Winding) 71.0/94.7 MVA (ONAN/ONAF, 55 °C [131 °F])
79.6/106.0 MVA (ONAN/ONAF, 65 °C [149 °F])
79.6/106.0 MVA (ONAN/ONAF, 65 °C [149 °F])
* Rated frequency: 60 Hz
* Rated frequency: 60 Hz
* Nominal system voltage (line-to-line)
* Nominal system voltage (line-to-line)
High voltage (H-Winding): 24 kV Low voltage (X-Winding): 14.49 kV Low voltage (Y-Winding): 4.37 kV 8.2-17                        Rev. 3
High voltage (H-Winding): 24 kV Low voltage (X-Winding): 14.49 kV Low voltage (Y-Winding): 4.37 kV Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.2-1 (2 of 2)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-18 Table 8.2-1 (2 of 2)
Equipment                                     Rating Standby auxiliary For each SAT transformers
Equipment Rating Standby auxiliary transformers (SAT 1 and SAT 2)
* Continuous MVA ratings (H-Winding)
For each SAT
(SAT 1 and SAT 2)    67.0/89.4 MVA (ONAN/ONAF, 55 °C [131 °F])
* Continuous MVA ratings (H-Winding) 67.0/89.4 MVA (ONAN/ONAF, 55 °C [131 °F])
75.1/100.0 MVA (ONAN/ONAF, 65 °C [149 °F])
75.1/100.0 MVA (ONAN/ONAF, 65 °C [149 °F])
* Rated frequency: 60 Hz
* Rated frequency: 60 Hz
Line 519: Line 708:
* Rated frequency: 60 Hz
* Rated frequency: 60 Hz
* Insulation level: 125 kV
* Insulation level: 125 kV
* Continuous current of main generator bus: 43,000 A 8.2-18                        Rev. 3
* Continuous current of main generator bus: 43,000 A Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.2-2 Protective Relay List of the MT, UATs, and SATs Relay Application                                          Description                                    Remark Device No. (1)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-19 Table 8.2-2 Protective Relay List of the MT, UATs, and SATs Application Relay Device No. (1)
MT             687MT             MT differential relay                                 Protection and alarm MT             687GMT             MT ground differential relay                           Protection and alarm Alarm and supervision of MT             650/651GN         MT neutral ground overcurrent relay out-of-step relay MT             359GB             Isolated phase bus ground fault relay                 Protection and alarm Alarm and supervision of MT             650B               Sudden pressure relay blocking relay 663MT MT             663MT             MT sudden pressure relay                               Protection and alarm MT             687U               Unit overall differential relay                       Protection and alarm MT             --                Thermal overload protection (2)                       Protection and alarm UAT             151GN             UAT neutral ground overcurrent relay                   Protection and alarm UAT             251GN             UAT neutral ground overcurrent relay                   Protection and alarm UAT             387AT             UAT differential relay                                 Protection and alarm UAT             350/351           UAT overcurrent relay                                 Protection and alarm UAT             363AT             UAT sudden pressure relay                             Protection and alarm (2)
Description Remark MT 687MT MT differential relay Protection and alarm MT 687GMT MT ground differential relay Protection and alarm MT 650/651GN MT neutral ground overcurrent relay Alarm and supervision of out-of-step relay MT 359GB Isolated phase bus ground fault relay Protection and alarm MT 650B Sudden pressure relay blocking relay Alarm and supervision of 663MT MT 663MT MT sudden pressure relay Protection and alarm MT 687U Unit overall differential relay Protection and alarm MT Thermal overload protection (2)
UAT            --                Thermal overload protection                            Protection and alarm SAT             151GN             SAT neutral ground overcurrent relay                   Protection and alarm SAT             251GN             SAT neutral ground overcurrent relay                   Protection and alarm SAT neutral ground overcurrent relay SAT            451GN                                                                    Alarm only with instantaneous element SAT overcurrent relay SAT            450/451                                                                   Protection and alarm with instantaneous element SAT             487ST             SAT differential relay                                 Protection and alarm SAT             487GT             SAT ground differential relay                         Protection and alarm SAT             463ST             SAT sudden pressure relay                             Protection and alarm SAT             --                Thermal overload protection (2)                       Protection and alarm (1) Relay device prefix codes represent the voltage levels as follows :
Protection and alarm UAT 151GN UAT neutral ground overcurrent relay Protection and alarm UAT 251GN UAT neutral ground overcurrent relay Protection and alarm UAT 387AT UAT differential relay Protection and alarm UAT 350/351 UAT overcurrent relay Protection and alarm UAT 363AT UAT sudden pressure relay Protection and alarm UAT Thermal overload protection (2)
1 : 4.16 kV 2 : 13.8 kV 3 : 24 kV 4 : High voltage side of SAT 6 : High voltage side of MT (2) The thermal overload protection function is included as part of supplier furnished provisions.
Protection and alarm SAT 151GN SAT neutral ground overcurrent relay Protection and alarm SAT 251GN SAT neutral ground overcurrent relay Protection and alarm SAT 451GN SAT neutral ground overcurrent relay with instantaneous element Alarm only SAT 450/451 SAT overcurrent relay with instantaneous element Protection and alarm SAT 487ST SAT differential relay Protection and alarm SAT 487GT SAT ground differential relay Protection and alarm SAT 463ST SAT sudden pressure relay Protection and alarm SAT Thermal overload protection (2)
8.2-19                                                  Rev. 3
Protection and alarm (1)
Relay device prefix codes represent the voltage levels as follows :
1 : 4.16 kV 2 : 13.8 kV 3 : 24 kV 4 : High voltage side of SAT 6 : High voltage side of MT (2)
The thermal overload protection function is included as part of supplier furnished provisions.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 MT        MT      MT CABLE TRAY TUNNEL UAT      UAT ISOLATED PHASE BUS                             SAT SAT CABLES FOR PPS1 TURBINE GENERATOR CABLES FOR PPS2 BUILDING NON-CLASS 1E                                              3 HOUR BARRIER SWITCHGEAR 01N RM NON-CLASS 1E                                              NON-CLASS 1E SWITCHGEAR 01M RM                                          SWITCHGEAR RM PERMANENT NON-SAFETY                                      PERMANENT NON-SAFETY SWITCHGEAR 01M RM                                         SWITCHGEAR 01N RM CLASS 1E CLASS 1E                                                   SWITCHGEAR 01D RM SWITCHGEAR 01C RM REACTOR CONTAINMENT BUILDING COMPOUND BUILDING CLASS 1E SWITCHGEAR 01A RM                                         CLASS 1E AUXILIARY      SWITCHGEAR 01B RM BUILDING EDG BUILDING Figure 8.2-1     Layout Drawing Showing MT, UAT, SAT, MV Buses 8.2-20                                Rev. 3
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-20 CABLE TRAY TUNNEL ISOLATED PHASE BUS UAT UAT MT MT MT SAT SAT CABLES FOR PPS1 CABLES FOR PPS2 3 HOUR BARRIER NON-CLASS 1E SWITCHGEAR RM PERMANENT NON-SAFETY SWITCHGEAR 01N RM CLASS 1E SWITCHGEAR 01D RM CLASS 1E SWITCHGEAR 01B RM CLASS 1E SWITCHGEAR 01A RM CLASS 1E SWITCHGEAR 01C RM PERMANENT NON-SAFETY SWITCHGEAR 01M RM NON-CLASS 1E SWITCHGEAR 01M RM NON-CLASS 1E SWITCHGEAR 01N RM TURBINE GENERATOR BUILDING AUXILIARY BUILDING EDG BUILDING COMPOUND BUILDING REACTOR CONTAINMENT BUILDING Figure 8.2-1 Layout Drawing Showing MT, UAT, SAT, MV Buses Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3         Onsite Power Systems 8.3.1           AC Power Systems 8.3.1.1           Description The onsite ac power system includes standby power sources, distribution systems, and auxiliary supporting systems that are provided to supply power to safety-related equipment or equipment important to safety for all normal operating and accident conditions. There are four Class 1E emergency diesel generators (EDGs) and one non-Class 1E gas turbine generator (GTG). The alternate alternating current (AAC) source is used as a standby power source for the onsite ac power system. The four Class 1E EDGs provide backup power to the Class 1E 4.16 kV buses in the event of a loss of offsite power (LOOP). One Class 1E EDG is dedicated to the respective Class 1E 4.16 kV bus. The non-Class 1E AAC GTG provides backup power to the permanent non-safety (PNS) buses during a LOOP and the dedicated Class 1E 4.16 kV bus during a station blackout (SBO).
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-1 8.3 Onsite Power Systems 8.3.1 AC Power Systems 8.3.1.1 Description The onsite ac power system includes standby power sources, distribution systems, and auxiliary supporting systems that are provided to supply power to safety-related equipment or equipment important to safety for all normal operating and accident conditions. There are four Class 1E emergency diesel generators (EDGs) and one non-Class 1E gas turbine generator (GTG). The alternate alternating current (AAC) source is used as a standby power source for the onsite ac power system. The four Class 1E EDGs provide backup power to the Class 1E 4.16 kV buses in the event of a loss of offsite power (LOOP). One Class 1E EDG is dedicated to the respective Class 1E 4.16 kV bus. The non-Class 1E AAC GTG provides backup power to the permanent non-safety (PNS) buses during a LOOP and the dedicated Class 1E 4.16 kV bus during a station blackout (SBO).
The Class 1E ac power system is supplied power from one 4.16 kV mobile generator or one of two 480V mobile GTGs in case of a beyond-design-basis external event. The 4.16 kV mobile generator is connected to the 4.16 kV switchgear 1A (or 1B), and the 480V mobile GTG is connected to 480V load center 1A (or 1B). The watertight connection boxes are installed for the cable connection from the 4.16 kV mobile generator or 480V mobile GTGs to the respective Class 1E bus. The connection boxes are installed in the entry and exit of the auxiliary building where the connection boxes are readily accessible to the 4.16 kV mobile generator and the 480V mobile GTGs. The COL applicant is to provide and to design the 4.16 kV mobile generator and the 480V mobile GTGs and their support equipment (COL 8.3(1)). In addition, Class 1E switchgear rooms are also designed with watertight exterior barriers and doors to prevent the inflow of floodwater.
The Class 1E ac power system is supplied power from one 4.16 kV mobile generator or one of two 480V mobile GTGs in case of a beyond-design-basis external event. The 4.16 kV mobile generator is connected to the 4.16 kV switchgear 1A (or 1B), and the 480V mobile GTG is connected to 480V load center 1A (or 1B). The watertight connection boxes are installed for the cable connection from the 4.16 kV mobile generator or 480V mobile GTGs to the respective Class 1E bus. The connection boxes are installed in the entry and exit of the auxiliary building where the connection boxes are readily accessible to the 4.16 kV mobile generator and the 480V mobile GTGs. The COL applicant is to provide and to design the 4.16 kV mobile generator and the 480V mobile GTGs and their support equipment (COL 8.3(1)). In addition, Class 1E switchgear rooms are also designed with watertight exterior barriers and doors to prevent the inflow of floodwater.
The mitigation strategies for beyond-design-basis external events, which involve operation of the mobile generators, are described in Section 19.3 of Chapter 19.
The mitigation strategies for beyond-design-basis external events, which involve operation of the mobile generators, are described in Section 19.3 of Chapter 19.
The onsite power system consists of the Class 1E power system and the non-Class 1E power system. The onsite power system is normally powered from two unit auxiliary transformers (UATs). If the normal preferred power source from UATs is unavailable, all Class 1E and non-Class 1E buses are automatically transferred to the alternate preferred power source from standby auxiliary transformers (SATs) by the fast and residual transfer scheme. For the automatic fast transfer, the synchro-check relay for each bus is used to 8.3-1                                  Rev. 3
The onsite power system consists of the Class 1E power system and the non-Class 1E power system. The onsite power system is normally powered from two unit auxiliary transformers (UATs). If the normal preferred power source from UATs is unavailable, all Class 1E and non-Class 1E buses are automatically transferred to the alternate preferred power source from standby auxiliary transformers (SATs) by the fast and residual transfer scheme. For the automatic fast transfer, the synchro-check relay for each bus is used to Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 supervise the voltage difference between the switchgear bus and upstream of the alternate feed incoming breaker and to provide a permissive for closing of the alternate feed incoming breaker to preclude unintended bus transfer. In case the fast transfer is not successful, residual transfer is performed automatically. The fast and residual transfer on each bus are permitted only when the alternate preferred power source from the SATs is available and the protection relay for the bus is not tripped.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-2 supervise the voltage difference between the switchgear bus and upstream of the alternate feed incoming breaker and to provide a permissive for closing of the alternate feed incoming breaker to preclude unintended bus transfer. In case the fast transfer is not successful, residual transfer is performed automatically. The fast and residual transfer on each bus are permitted only when the alternate preferred power source from the SATs is available and the protection relay for the bus is not tripped.
The onsite ac power system consists of the 13.8 kV and 4.16 kV switchgears, 480V load centers, and 480V motor control centers (MCCs). The configuration of the onsite ac power system and offsite power system is shown in Figure 8.1-1.
The onsite ac power system consists of the 13.8 kV and 4.16 kV switchgears, 480V load centers, and 480V motor control centers (MCCs). The configuration of the onsite ac power system and offsite power system is shown in Figure 8.1-1.
8.3.1.1.1           Non-Class 1E Onsite AC Power System There are two 3-winding UATs and two 3-winding SATs in the APR1400, and each transformer provides 13.8 kV and 4.16 kV power. During normal plant operation, two non-Class 1E 13.8 kV switchgears, one non-Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear, and one PNS 4.16 kV switchgear are powered from a UAT in each division. One non-Class 1E AAC 4.16 kV switchgear can be aligned to either of PNS 4.16 kV switchgears.
8.3.1.1.1 Non-Class 1E Onsite AC Power System There are two 3-winding UATs and two 3-winding SATs in the APR1400, and each transformer provides 13.8 kV and 4.16 kV power. During normal plant operation, two non-Class 1E 13.8 kV switchgears, one non-Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear, and one PNS 4.16 kV switchgear are powered from a UAT in each division. One non-Class 1E AAC 4.16 kV switchgear can be aligned to either of PNS 4.16 kV switchgears.
The AAC GTG is automatically started by a starting signal from an undervoltage relay and supplies power to two PNS buses (division I and division II) manually during a LOOP.
The AAC GTG is automatically started by a starting signal from an undervoltage relay and supplies power to two PNS buses (division I and division II) manually during a LOOP.
The loads that are not safety-related, but require operation during a LOOP, are connected to these buses manually. The AAC source is provided with diverse starting mechanisms compared to the Class 1E EDG. The AAC source is selected to minimize common-mode failures with the Class 1E EDG. The AAC source rating is adequate to meet the load requirements shown in Tables 8.3.1-4 and 8.3.1-5 during an SBO and a LOOP conditions.
The loads that are not safety-related, but require operation during a LOOP, are connected to these buses manually. The AAC source is provided with diverse starting mechanisms compared to the Class 1E EDG. The AAC source is selected to minimize common-mode failures with the Class 1E EDG. The AAC source rating is adequate to meet the load requirements shown in Tables 8.3.1-4 and 8.3.1-5 during an SBO and a LOOP conditions.
Line 542: Line 735:
connected in series, are used as a set of incoming breakers for all non-Class 1E 13.8 kV and 4.16 kV switchgear incomers, thereby significantly reducing the probability of failure of the non-Class 1E incoming breakers in case of bus fault. Of the two independent circuit breakers, only one breaker is used for switching operation and protection and the other only for protection as shown in Figure 8.3.1-1.
connected in series, are used as a set of incoming breakers for all non-Class 1E 13.8 kV and 4.16 kV switchgear incomers, thereby significantly reducing the probability of failure of the non-Class 1E incoming breakers in case of bus fault. Of the two independent circuit breakers, only one breaker is used for switching operation and protection and the other only for protection as shown in Figure 8.3.1-1.
The double incoming circuit breakers to the non-Class 1E 13.8 kV and 4.16 kV buses are provided with undervoltage and timed overcurrent protections. The feeders on 13.8 kV and 4.16 kV buses are provided with instantaneous and timed overcurrent protection.
The double incoming circuit breakers to the non-Class 1E 13.8 kV and 4.16 kV buses are provided with undervoltage and timed overcurrent protections. The feeders on 13.8 kV and 4.16 kV buses are provided with instantaneous and timed overcurrent protection.
8.3-2                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Load center transformers are connected to 13.8 kV or 4.16 kV switchgears and provide power to 480V load center buses. The non-Class 1E MCC buses are connected to the non-Class 1E load center buses.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-3 Load center transformers are connected to 13.8 kV or 4.16 kV switchgears and provide power to 480V load center buses. The non-Class 1E MCC buses are connected to the non-Class 1E load center buses.
8.3.1.1.1.1           13.8 kV Onsite AC Power System The 13.8 kV onsite ac power system consists of four non-Class 1E switchgears and supplies power to large motors such as the reactor coolant pump motors, condensate pump motors, feedwater booster pump motors, circulating water pump motors, startup feedwater pump motor, and associated 480V load centers.
8.3.1.1.1.1 13.8 kV Onsite AC Power System The 13.8 kV onsite ac power system consists of four non-Class 1E switchgears and supplies power to large motors such as the reactor coolant pump motors, condensate pump motors, feedwater booster pump motors, circulating water pump motors, startup feedwater pump motor, and associated 480V load centers.
Preliminary fault studies under bounding conditions are performed using IEEE Std. 141 (Reference 1) to determine the fault levels.
Preliminary fault studies under bounding conditions are performed using IEEE Std. 141 (Reference 1) to determine the fault levels.
The protective relaying for the 13.8 kV switchgear feeders and buses is classified as follows:
The protective relaying for the 13.8 kV switchgear feeders and buses is classified as follows:
: a. Protection of large motors and transformers
: a.
Protection of large motors and transformers
: b. Protection of buses and feeders The protective schemes are designed to isolate the faulted equipment from the rest of the system, minimize the effect of the fault, and maximize availability of the remaining equipment. The scheme limits the damage and the time out of service of the faulted equipment. The basic protective schemes consist of ground fault protection and instantaneous overcurrent and timed overcurrent protection. Other forms of protection, such as undervoltage and differential protections, are provided where applicable.
: b. Protection of buses and feeders The protective schemes are designed to isolate the faulted equipment from the rest of the system, minimize the effect of the fault, and maximize availability of the remaining equipment. The scheme limits the damage and the time out of service of the faulted equipment. The basic protective schemes consist of ground fault protection and instantaneous overcurrent and timed overcurrent protection. Other forms of protection, such as undervoltage and differential protections, are provided where applicable.
The non-Class 1E 13.8 kV switchgear buses and breaker ratings are listed in Table 8.3.1-6.
The non-Class 1E 13.8 kV switchgear buses and breaker ratings are listed in Table 8.3.1-6.
8.3.1.1.1.2           4.16 kV Onsite AC Power System The 4.16 kV onsite ac power system consists of two non-Class 1E switchgears, two PNS switchgears, and one non-Class 1E switchgear with the non-Class 1E AAC source. The two non-Class 1E switchgears supply power to the closed cooling water pump in the turbine building and 480V load centers. The PNS switchgear supplies power to the central chiller, central chilled water pump, and 480V load centers, which are required to operate in a LOOP condition.
8.3.1.1.1.2 4.16 kV Onsite AC Power System The 4.16 kV onsite ac power system consists of two non-Class 1E switchgears, two PNS switchgears, and one non-Class 1E switchgear with the non-Class 1E AAC source. The two non-Class 1E switchgears supply power to the closed cooling water pump in the turbine building and 480V load centers. The PNS switchgear supplies power to the central chiller, central chilled water pump, and 480V load centers, which are required to operate in a LOOP condition.
8.3-3                                      Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Preliminary fault studies under bounding conditions are performed using IEEE Std. 141 to determine the fault levels.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-4 Preliminary fault studies under bounding conditions are performed using IEEE Std. 141 to determine the fault levels.
The protective relaying for the 4.16 kV switchgear feeders and buses is classified into three protection configurations as follows:
The protective relaying for the 4.16 kV switchgear feeders and buses is classified into three protection configurations as follows:
: a. Protection of the motors and transformers
: a.
Protection of the motors and transformers
: b. Protection of the gas turbine generator (AAC source)
: b. Protection of the gas turbine generator (AAC source)
: c. Protection of the buses and feeders The protective schemes are designed to isolate the faulted equipment from the rest of the system, minimize the effect of the fault, and maximize availability of the remaining equipment. The schemes also limit the damage and the time out of service of the faulted equipment. The basic protective schemes consist of ground fault protection, instantaneous overcurrent, and timed overcurrent protection. Other forms of protection, such as undervoltage, are provided where applicable.
: c.
Protection of the buses and feeders The protective schemes are designed to isolate the faulted equipment from the rest of the system, minimize the effect of the fault, and maximize availability of the remaining equipment. The schemes also limit the damage and the time out of service of the faulted equipment. The basic protective schemes consist of ground fault protection, instantaneous overcurrent, and timed overcurrent protection. Other forms of protection, such as undervoltage, are provided where applicable.
The non-Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear and breaker ratings are as shown in Table 8.3.1-6.
The non-Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear and breaker ratings are as shown in Table 8.3.1-6.
8.3.1.1.1.3           480V Onsite AC Power System The 480V onsite ac power system is energized by the 13.8 kV and 4.16 kV switchgears through 13.8 kV/480V and 4.16 kV/480V transformers. The transformer secondary side is connected to a 480V load center bus through a 480V load center incoming breaker. The 480V load center breakers are three-pole, metal-enclosed, draw-out, and stored-energy operating mechanism type. These load centers are distributed throughout the plant and are located indoors. The load center and transformer ratings are shown in Table 8.3.1-6.
8.3.1.1.1.3 480V Onsite AC Power System The 480V onsite ac power system is energized by the 13.8 kV and 4.16 kV switchgears through 13.8 kV/480V and 4.16 kV/480V transformers. The transformer secondary side is connected to a 480V load center bus through a 480V load center incoming breaker. The 480V load center breakers are three-pole, metal-enclosed, draw-out, and stored-energy operating mechanism type. These load centers are distributed throughout the plant and are located indoors. The load center and transformer ratings are shown in Table 8.3.1-6.
Loads of the load centers are large low-voltage motors, large heaters, and 480V MCCs.
Loads of the load centers are large low-voltage motors, large heaters, and 480V MCCs.
The 480V load center main and feeder breakers are selectively coordinated so that the breaker closest to a fault trips. The breaker interrupting rating is selected to meet the required fault duty. The main breakers are equipped with overcurrent trip devices having long-time and short-time delay functions and the feeder breakers are equipped with overcurrent trip devices having long-timed and instantaneous functions.
The 480V load center main and feeder breakers are selectively coordinated so that the breaker closest to a fault trips. The breaker interrupting rating is selected to meet the required fault duty. The main breakers are equipped with overcurrent trip devices having long-time and short-time delay functions and the feeder breakers are equipped with overcurrent trip devices having long-timed and instantaneous functions.
Non-Class 1E MCCs are located indoors in various areas of the plant.         Each MCC is totally enclosed and the MCC ratings are shown in Table 8.3.1-6.
Non-Class 1E MCCs are located indoors in various areas of the plant. Each MCC is totally enclosed and the MCC ratings are shown in Table 8.3.1-6.
8.3-4                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3.1.1.2           Class 1E Onsite AC Power System The Class 1E onsite ac power system consists of two redundant load groups (division I and division II). Each load group has two EDGs. The Class 1E onsite ac power system consists of 4.16 kV switchgears, 480V load centers, 480V MCCs, and miscellaneous low-voltage ac supplies.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-5 8.3.1.1.2 Class 1E Onsite AC Power System The Class 1E onsite ac power system consists of two redundant load groups (division I and division II). Each load group has two EDGs. The Class 1E onsite ac power system consists of 4.16 kV switchgears, 480V load centers, 480V MCCs, and miscellaneous low-voltage ac supplies.
The Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgears are connected to offsite power sources through the UAT and SAT. Each Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear is also powered by an EDG during a LOOP condition. The dedicated Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear (train A or train B) has access to the non-Class 1E AAC source for an SBO event. Each 4.16 kV bus supplies power to the motor loads and 4.16 kV/480V load center transformers.
The Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgears are connected to offsite power sources through the UAT and SAT. Each Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear is also powered by an EDG during a LOOP condition. The dedicated Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear (train A or train B) has access to the non-Class 1E AAC source for an SBO event. Each 4.16 kV bus supplies power to the motor loads and 4.16 kV/480V load center transformers.
The Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgears are located in the auxiliary building. Each switchgear is arranged as an independent distribution system, located in separate fire zones in a seismic Category I room. The switchgear is a metal-clad, three-phase lineup with draw-out, stored-energy operating mechanism type circuit breakers. Each switchgear is provided with potential transformers, relays, and current transformers. The switchgear ratings are shown in Table 8.3.1-6.
The Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgears are located in the auxiliary building. Each switchgear is arranged as an independent distribution system, located in separate fire zones in a seismic Category I room. The switchgear is a metal-clad, three-phase lineup with draw-out, stored-energy operating mechanism type circuit breakers. Each switchgear is provided with potential transformers, relays, and current transformers. The switchgear ratings are shown in Table 8.3.1-6.
Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgears A and B supply power to the non-Class 1E load of the pressurizer heaters back-up group in their division as required by the Three Mile Island (TMI) Action Item Plan in NUREG-0737, Item II.E.3.1 (Reference 2). These non-Class 1E loads are connected to the Class 1E buses by Class 1E circuit breakers, which serve as isolation devices.
Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgears A and B supply power to the non-Class 1E load of the pressurizer heaters back-up group in their division as required by the Three Mile Island (TMI) Action Item Plan in NUREG-0737, Item II.E.3.1 (Reference 2). These non-Class 1E loads are connected to the Class 1E buses by Class 1E circuit breakers, which serve as isolation devices.
The 480V Class 1E load centers and MCCs are located indoors in seismic Category I buildings. Each load center and MCC is provided with potential transformers, relays, and current transformers. The Class 1E load center transformer rating is shown in Table 8.3.1-6.
The 480V Class 1E load centers and MCCs are located indoors in seismic Category I buildings. Each load center and MCC is provided with potential transformers, relays, and current transformers. The Class 1E load center transformer rating is shown in Table 8.3.1-
: 6.
Load center transformers connected to the Class 1E 4.16 kV buses provide power to Class 1E 480V load center buses. The Class 1E 480V MCC buses are connected to the Class 1E load center buses.
Load center transformers connected to the Class 1E 4.16 kV buses provide power to Class 1E 480V load center buses. The Class 1E 480V MCC buses are connected to the Class 1E load center buses.
The load center (LC02) located at the train B area of auxiliary building is used as a swing bus for the auxiliary charging pump. LC02 is connected to the train A load center (LC01A) during normal operation. In case of a loss of power from LC01A, LC02 is manually 8.3-5                                        Rev. 3
The load center (LC02) located at the train B area of auxiliary building is used as a swing bus for the auxiliary charging pump. LC02 is connected to the train A load center (LC01A) during normal operation. In case of a loss of power from LC01A, LC02 is manually Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 transferred to the train B load center (LC01B) through a dummy breaker. The auxiliary charging pump is manually controlled by the train A or train B hand switches in the main control room (MCR) and remote shutdown room (RSR).
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-6 transferred to the train B load center (LC01B) through a dummy breaker. The auxiliary charging pump is manually controlled by the train A or train B hand switches in the main control room (MCR) and remote shutdown room (RSR).
8.3.1.1.2.1           System Redundancy The onsite ac power system has the required redundancy of safety-related components and systems assuming a single failure. The Class 1E onsite ac power system consists of two redundant load groups (division I and division II), with four independent trains (A, B, C, and D), as shown in Figure 8.3.1-1. One of the two divisions (trains A and C or trains B and D), including associated Class 1E EDGs and electrical distribution systems, is required to supply the loads for safe shutdown during a LOCA concurrent with a LOOP.
8.3.1.1.2.1 System Redundancy The onsite ac power system has the required redundancy of safety-related components and systems assuming a single failure. The Class 1E onsite ac power system consists of two redundant load groups (division I and division II), with four independent trains (A, B, C, and D), as shown in Figure 8.3.1-1. One of the two divisions (trains A and C or trains B and D), including associated Class 1E EDGs and electrical distribution systems, is required to supply the loads for safe shutdown during a LOCA concurrent with a LOOP.
Safety-related loads within a division are distributed between its two safety trains. Power for instrumentation and control (I&C) devices for Class 1E loads is supplied from the same safety train that supplies power to their loads, and 120 V power for Class 1E I&C devices is supplied through the inverter of the same safety train as described in Subsection 8.3.2.1.2.2.
Safety-related loads within a division are distributed between its two safety trains. Power for instrumentation and control (I&C) devices for Class 1E loads is supplied from the same safety train that supplies power to their loads, and 120 V power for Class 1E I&C devices is supplied through the inverter of the same safety train as described in Subsection 8.3.2.1.2.2.
The configuration of the onsite ac power distribution system, including busing arrangements, loads supplied from each medium-voltage bus, safety-related equipment identification, and power connections to the I&C devices of the power systems is shown in a simplified electric power system single-line diagram in Figure 8.1-1. Switchgear locations are shown in Figure 8.2-1.
The configuration of the onsite ac power distribution system, including busing arrangements, loads supplied from each medium-voltage bus, safety-related equipment identification, and power connections to the I&C devices of the power systems is shown in a simplified electric power system single-line diagram in Figure 8.1-1. Switchgear locations are shown in Figure 8.2-1.
8.3.1.1.2.2           Single Failure Criteria The Class 1E power system has sufficient capability to perform its safety function assuming a single failure. The independent trains of the Class 1E power system are provided with the required electrical and physical separation between trains to meet the single failure criterion. If one-out-of-two divisions is not available assuming a single failure, the other division (trains A and C or trains B and D) is capable of performing a safe shutdown of the plant. The capability to perform the safety function assuming postulated accidents (including a single failure) is verified as a failure modes and effects analysis (FMEA) for the onsite ac power system. The FMEA is presented in Table 8.3.1-7.
8.3.1.1.2.2 Single Failure Criteria The Class 1E power system has sufficient capability to perform its safety function assuming a single failure. The independent trains of the Class 1E power system are provided with the required electrical and physical separation between trains to meet the single failure criterion. If one-out-of-two divisions is not available assuming a single failure, the other division (trains A and C or trains B and D) is capable of performing a safe shutdown of the plant. The capability to perform the safety function assuming postulated accidents (including a single failure) is verified as a failure modes and effects analysis (FMEA) for the onsite ac power system. The FMEA is presented in Table 8.3.1-7.
Each independent electrical train distribution system consisting of Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear, 480V load center, and MCC are physically separated and located in separate rooms within the seismic Category I auxiliary building. The structures of the auxiliary building are designed to withstand the effects of natural phenomena such as hurricanes, 8.3-6                                    Rev. 3
Each independent electrical train distribution system consisting of Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear, 480V load center, and MCC are physically separated and located in separate rooms within the seismic Category I auxiliary building. The structures of the auxiliary building are designed to withstand the effects of natural phenomena such as hurricanes, Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 floods, tornadoes, tsunami, and earthquakes without a failure to perform their safety functions.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-7 floods, tornadoes, tsunami, and earthquakes without a failure to perform their safety functions.
There are no bus tie connections among the four Class 1E trains or between Class 1E and non-Class 1E system buses, except that an AAC switchgear bus for an SBO and swing bus for the auxiliary charging pump are manually connected to the Class 1E system buses. No automatic connection is provided among the Class 1E buses and between non-Class 1E loads and Class 1E buses. The Class 1E EDGs are not shared with any common bus.
There are no bus tie connections among the four Class 1E trains or between Class 1E and non-Class 1E system buses, except that an AAC switchgear bus for an SBO and swing bus for the auxiliary charging pump are manually connected to the Class 1E system buses. No automatic connection is provided among the Class 1E buses and between non-Class 1E loads and Class 1E buses. The Class 1E EDGs are not shared with any common bus.
The criteria and bases governing the installation of electrical cables for redundant power systems are described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.10.
The criteria and bases governing the installation of electrical cables for redundant power systems are described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.10.
The onsite power system is designed to conform with the single failure criterion requirements in accordance with IEEE Std. 603 (Reference 3) and NRC RG 1.153 (Reference 4).
The onsite power system is designed to conform with the single failure criterion requirements in accordance with IEEE Std. 603 (Reference 3) and NRC RG 1.153 (Reference 4).
8.3.1.1.2.3           System Independence There are two physically independent offsite preferred power supply circuits connected to each Class 1E 4.16 kV bus: the normal preferred power supply connection through the UAT and the alternate preferred power supply connection through the SAT. Separation between the normal and alternate preferred power supply within the plant boundary is described in Subsection 8.2.1.4. Although the preferred power supply circuits are non-safety-related, the Class 1E bus incoming circuit breakers serve as isolation devices in accordance with IEEE Std. 384 (Reference 5) as endorsed by NRC RGs 1.32 and 1.75 (References 6 and 7, respectively).
8.3.1.1.2.3 System Independence There are two physically independent offsite preferred power supply circuits connected to each Class 1E 4.16 kV bus: the normal preferred power supply connection through the UAT and the alternate preferred power supply connection through the SAT. Separation between the normal and alternate preferred power supply within the plant boundary is described in Subsection 8.2.1.4. Although the preferred power supply circuits are non-safety-related, the Class 1E bus incoming circuit breakers serve as isolation devices in accordance with IEEE Std. 384 (Reference 5) as endorsed by NRC RGs 1.32 and 1.75 (References 6 and 7, respectively).
The onsite power system is designed with the physical and electrical independence from an offsite power system so that single failure does not prevent separation of the redundant portions of the onsite power system from the offsite power system. If power from the normal preferred power source is lost, the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus initiates an automatic fast transfer and residual transfer to the alternate preferred power source. If the fast transfer and residual transfer fail, the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus is automatically isolated from the preferred power sources and connected to its dedicated Class 1E EDG by the load sequencer.
The onsite power system is designed with the physical and electrical independence from an offsite power system so that single failure does not prevent separation of the redundant portions of the onsite power system from the offsite power system. If power from the normal preferred power source is lost, the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus initiates an automatic fast transfer and residual transfer to the alternate preferred power source. If the fast transfer and residual transfer fail, the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus is automatically isolated from the preferred power sources and connected to its dedicated Class 1E EDG by the load sequencer.
The four independent Class 1E buses of the onsite power system and the connection between the onsite and offsite power systems are provided with physical separation and electrical isolation. The arrangement is shown in Figure 8.3.1-1.
The four independent Class 1E buses of the onsite power system and the connection between the onsite and offsite power systems are provided with physical separation and electrical isolation. The arrangement is shown in Figure 8.3.1-1.
8.3-7                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Following a LOOP, the associated Class 1E EDGs are started and the safety buses are isolated from offsite sources and fed solely from the associated EDG. The four load sequencers (one for each Class 1E bus) used for bus load shedding and load sequencing are independent from one another. The Class 1E 4.16 kV bus degraded voltage relay scheme is designed to meet the requirements of Branch Technical Position (BTP) 8-6 (Reference 8).
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-8 Following a LOOP, the associated Class 1E EDGs are started and the safety buses are isolated from offsite sources and fed solely from the associated EDG. The four load sequencers (one for each Class 1E bus) used for bus load shedding and load sequencing are independent from one another. The Class 1E 4.16 kV bus degraded voltage relay scheme is designed to meet the requirements of Branch Technical Position (BTP) 8-6 (Reference 8).
The protective relay scheme is described in detail in Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.11.
The protective relay scheme is described in detail in Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.11.
Non-Class 1E loads are connected to the Class 1E bus by Class 1E isolation devices. The isolation devices meet Regulatory Position (1) of NRC RG 1.75. Periodic testing of the isolation devices (e.g., visual inspection of fuses and fuse holders, circuit breaker operability tests, etc.) is performed during every refueling outage to demonstrate that the overall coordination scheme under multiple faults of non-safety-related loads remains within the limits specified in the design criteria. Pressurizer heater backup groups are provided power from the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus in accordance with 10 CFR 50.34 (Reference 9). Emergency ac lighting is powered from the Class 1E 480V MCC buses.
Non-Class 1E loads are connected to the Class 1E bus by Class 1E isolation devices. The isolation devices meet Regulatory Position (1) of NRC RG 1.75. Periodic testing of the isolation devices (e.g., visual inspection of fuses and fuse holders, circuit breaker operability tests, etc.) is performed during every refueling outage to demonstrate that the overall coordination scheme under multiple faults of non-safety-related loads remains within the limits specified in the design criteria. Pressurizer heater backup groups are provided power from the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus in accordance with 10 CFR 50.34 (Reference 9). Emergency ac lighting is powered from the Class 1E 480V MCC buses.
Emergency lighting is described in Subsection 9.5.3.
Emergency lighting is described in Subsection 9.5.3.
The Class 1E and non-Class 1E onsite power system is designed such that the Class 1E loads will not fail upon a failure or presence of transients on non-Class 1E electrical equipment. In the event of a fault on non-Class 1E buses, the faulted bus is securely isolated by protective devices while the other Class 1E and non-Class 1E buses remain connected to the offsite power source by proper coordination of protective devices. In case of a fault at UAT or SAT winding or its connection to the Class 1E and non-Class 1E buses, the faulted non-Class 1E equipment or circuit is properly isolated by protective devices and the power supply to Class 1E buses is automatically transferred to the SATs or EDGs. The operational occurrences and incidental conditions of the non-Class 1E power system, such as voltage regulation, large motor starting, re-acceleration of motors during bus transfer, and short circuit conditions, are evaluated by the electrical power system studies as described in Subsection 8.3.1.3 to demonstrate that the Class 1E onsite ac power system retains its intended function during the operational and incidental conditions caused or affected by the non-Class 1E offsite and onsite power systems. This design feature properly satisfies GDC 17 and the staff position in SECY-91-078 (Reference 68).
The Class 1E and non-Class 1E onsite power system is designed such that the Class 1E loads will not fail upon a failure or presence of transients on non-Class 1E electrical equipment. In the event of a fault on non-Class 1E buses, the faulted bus is securely isolated by protective devices while the other Class 1E and non-Class 1E buses remain connected to the offsite power source by proper coordination of protective devices. In case of a fault at UAT or SAT winding or its connection to the Class 1E and non-Class 1E buses, the faulted non-Class 1E equipment or circuit is properly isolated by protective devices and the power supply to Class 1E buses is automatically transferred to the SATs or EDGs. The operational occurrences and incidental conditions of the non-Class 1E power system, such as voltage regulation, large motor starting, re-acceleration of motors during bus transfer, and short circuit conditions, are evaluated by the electrical power system studies as described in Subsection 8.3.1.3 to demonstrate that the Class 1E onsite ac power system retains its intended function during the operational and incidental conditions caused or affected by the non-Class 1E offsite and onsite power systems. This design feature properly satisfies GDC 17 and the staff position in SECY-91-078 (Reference 68).
The physical separation between the redundant equipment, including cables and raceways, is designed in accordance with IEEE Std. 384 as endorsed by NRC RG 1.75. The design criteria for the cable designs are described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.10. The identification of 8.3-8                                    Rev. 3
The physical separation between the redundant equipment, including cables and raceways, is designed in accordance with IEEE Std. 384 as endorsed by NRC RG 1.75. The design criteria for the cable designs are described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.10. The identification of Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 onsite power system components, including cables and raceways, is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.10.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-9 onsite power system components, including cables and raceways, is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.10.
8.3.1.1.2.4           System Capacity and Capability The Class 1E onsite power system has four independent trains. Each train is connected to one EDG. The selected two EDGs (trains A and C or trains B and D) are sufficient to meet the emergency load requirements for a safe shutdown during a LOOP concurrent with LOCA conditions.
8.3.1.1.2.4 System Capacity and Capability The Class 1E onsite power system has four independent trains. Each train is connected to one EDG. The selected two EDGs (trains A and C or trains B and D) are sufficient to meet the emergency load requirements for a safe shutdown during a LOOP concurrent with LOCA conditions.
The Class 1E EDG rating shown in Tables 8.3.1-2 and 8.3.1-3 is based on the characteristics of each load and the combined bus load demand connected to each diesel generator during the worst-case operating condition. Trains A and B EDGs are rated at 9,100 kW continuous rating and 10,010 kW short-time rating (2 hours), and trains C and D EDGs are rated at 7,500 kW continuous rating and 8,250 kW short-time rating.
The Class 1E EDG rating shown in Tables 8.3.1-2 and 8.3.1-3 is based on the characteristics of each load and the combined bus load demand connected to each diesel generator during the worst-case operating condition. Trains A and B EDGs are rated at 9,100 kW continuous rating and 10,010 kW short-time rating (2 hours), and trains C and D EDGs are rated at 7,500 kW continuous rating and 8,250 kW short-time rating.
Each EDG is designed to attain a rated voltage and frequency within 17 seconds after receipt of a start signal, supply power to its Class 1E 4.16 kV bus within 19 seconds, and begin to accept sequenced loads to meet the response times assumed in Chapter 15 analyses.
Each EDG is designed to attain a rated voltage and frequency within 17 seconds after receipt of a start signal, supply power to its Class 1E 4.16 kV bus within 19 seconds, and begin to accept sequenced loads to meet the response times assumed in Chapter 15 analyses.
The loading sequence and bases are shown in Tables 8.3.1-2 and 8.3.1-3.
The loading sequence and bases are shown in Tables 8.3.1-2 and 8.3.1-3.
The characteristics of the generator exciter and voltage regulator provide satisfactory starting and acceleration of sequenced loads and provide reasonable assurance of rapid voltage recovery when starting large motors. The ratings of the switchgear, load center, and MCC shown in Table 8.3.1-6 indicate sufficient capacity to supply power to the safety equipment during all operating modes.
The characteristics of the generator exciter and voltage regulator provide satisfactory starting and acceleration of sequenced loads and provide reasonable assurance of rapid voltage recovery when starting large motors. The ratings of the switchgear, load center, and MCC shown in Table 8.3.1-6 indicate sufficient capacity to supply power to the safety equipment during all operating modes.
8.3.1.1.3           Class 1E Emergency Diesel Generators Each EDG train and its associated auxiliaries are installed in a separate room within physically separate seismic Category I structures that provide protection against tornadoes, hurricanes, external missiles, and seismic phenomena and are electrically isolated from the circuits of other EDGs trains and non-Class 1E circuits. Each EDG room is a separate fire area with 3-hour fire-rated walls, floors, and ceilings. Each EDG room is provided with its own independent ventilation system that automatically maintains the design room temperature for proper equipment operation and personnel access. The EDG room HVAC system and other EDG support auxiliaries are powered from the same electrical train as the EDG.
8.3.1.1.3 Class 1E Emergency Diesel Generators Each EDG train and its associated auxiliaries are installed in a separate room within physically separate seismic Category I structures that provide protection against tornadoes, hurricanes, external missiles, and seismic phenomena and are electrically isolated from the circuits of other EDGs trains and non-Class 1E circuits. Each EDG room is a separate fire area with 3-hour fire-rated walls, floors, and ceilings. Each EDG room is provided with its own independent ventilation system that automatically maintains the design room temperature for proper equipment operation and personnel access. The EDG room HVAC system and other EDG support auxiliaries are powered from the same electrical train as the EDG.
8.3-9                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 The EDG controls and monitoring instrumentation, with exception of the sensors and other equipment that are necessarily mounted on the EDG or its associated piping, are installed in free-standing, floor-mounted panels. These panels are designed for their normal vibration environment and are qualified to seismic Category I requirements.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-10 The EDG controls and monitoring instrumentation, with exception of the sensors and other equipment that are necessarily mounted on the EDG or its associated piping, are installed in free-standing, floor-mounted panels. These panels are designed for their normal vibration environment and are qualified to seismic Category I requirements.
The EDG units have the minimum target reliability factor of 0.95 in accordance with NRC RG 1.9 (Reference 10) and NRC RG 1.155 (Reference 11).
The EDG units have the minimum target reliability factor of 0.95 in accordance with NRC RG 1.9 (Reference 10) and NRC RG 1.155 (Reference 11).
The COL applicant is to establish procedures to monitor and maintain EDG reliability during plant operations to verify the selected reliability level target is being achieved as intended in NRC RG 1.155 (COL 8.3(3)).
The COL applicant is to establish procedures to monitor and maintain EDG reliability during plant operations to verify the selected reliability level target is being achieved as intended in NRC RG 1.155 (COL 8.3(3)).
The EDG system provides the requirements with respect to the bypassed and inoperable status indication as described in Subsection 7.5.1.3.
The EDG system provides the requirements with respect to the bypassed and inoperable status indication as described in Subsection 7.5.1.3.
8.3.1.1.3.1           Starting Initiating Circuits The EDGs are started in the event of the following occurrences:
8.3.1.1.3.1 Starting Initiating Circuits The EDGs are started in the event of the following occurrences:
: a. Automatic (through load sequencer logic shown in Figure 7.3-21)
: a.
Automatic (through load sequencer logic shown in Figure 7.3-21)
: 1) Initiation of an engineered safety features (ESF) actuation signal:
: 1) Initiation of an engineered safety features (ESF) actuation signal:
a) Safety injection actuation signal (SIAS) b) Auxiliary feedwater actuation signal (AFAS) c) Containment spray actuation signal (CSAS)
a) Safety injection actuation signal (SIAS) b) Auxiliary feedwater actuation signal (AFAS) c) Containment spray actuation signal (CSAS)
: 2) Initiation of a two-out-of-four loss of voltage or degraded voltage signal from the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus to which the EDG is connected
: 2) Initiation of a two-out-of-four loss of voltage or degraded voltage signal from the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus to which the EDG is connected
: b. Normal manual Local switch actuation in EDG control room
: b. Normal manual Local switch actuation in EDG control room
: c. Emergency manual Emergency manual actuation is accomplished by the emergency start and stop pushbuttons in the MCR and RSR.
: c.
8.3-10                                  Rev. 3
Emergency manual Emergency manual actuation is accomplished by the emergency start and stop pushbuttons in the MCR and RSR.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3.1.1.3.2         EDG Support Systems The EDG support systems consist of EDG fuel oil system, EDG engine cooling system, EDG starting air system, EDG lubrication system, air intake and exhaust system, and HVAC system. The following DCD Tier 2 sections provide a description of the associated EDG support system: The EDG fuel oil system is described in Subsection 9.5.4. The EDG engine cooling system is described in Subsection 9.5.5. The EDG starting air system is described in Subsection 9.5.6. The EDG lubrication system is described in Subsection 9.5.7. The air intake and exhaust system is described in Subsection 9.5.8.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-11 8.3.1.1.3.2 EDG Support Systems The EDG support systems consist of EDG fuel oil system, EDG engine cooling system, EDG starting air system, EDG lubrication system, air intake and exhaust system, and HVAC system. The following DCD Tier 2 sections provide a description of the associated EDG support system: The EDG fuel oil system is described in Subsection 9.5.4. The EDG engine cooling system is described in Subsection 9.5.5. The EDG starting air system is described in Subsection 9.5.6. The EDG lubrication system is described in Subsection 9.5.7. The air intake and exhaust system is described in Subsection 9.5.8.
The HVAC system is described in Subsection 9.4.5.
The HVAC system is described in Subsection 9.4.5.
8.3.1.1.3.3         Tripping Devices The following mechanical trips are provided to protect the EDGs during testing:
8.3.1.1.3.3 Tripping Devices The following mechanical trips are provided to protect the EDGs during testing:
: a. High temperature - in the high temperature cooling water loop
: a.
High temperature - in the high temperature cooling water loop
: b. Low temperature - in the high or low temperature cooling water loop
: b. Low temperature - in the high or low temperature cooling water loop
: c. High pressure - in the crankcase
: c.
High pressure - in the crankcase
: d. Low pressure - in the lubrication system
: d. Low pressure - in the lubrication system
: e. High temperature - in the lubrication system
: e.
: f. Low level - in the lubrication system
High temperature - in the lubrication system
: f.
Low level - in the lubrication system
: g. Low level - in the fuel oil day-tank
: g. Low level - in the fuel oil day-tank
: h. High temperature - at the diesel engine or generator bearings
: h. High temperature - at the diesel engine or generator bearings
: i. High temperature - at the diesel generator winding
: i.
: j. Governor failure These mechanical trips are bypassed in the event of an engineered safety features (ESF) actuation condition concurrent with a LOOP. The design of the bypass circuitry meets the requirements of IEEE Std. 603 and NRC RG 1.9.
High temperature - at the diesel generator winding
: j.
Governor failure These mechanical trips are bypassed in the event of an engineered safety features (ESF) actuation condition concurrent with a LOOP. The design of the bypass circuitry meets the requirements of IEEE Std. 603 and NRC RG 1.9.
The following electrical trips are provided to protect the EDGs during testing:
The following electrical trips are provided to protect the EDGs during testing:
8.3-11                                Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-12
: a. Generator overcurrent protection
: a.
Generator overcurrent protection
: b. Generator overvoltage or undervoltage protection
: b. Generator overvoltage or undervoltage protection
: c. Generator negative sequence current protection
: c.
Generator negative sequence current protection
: d. Generator underfrequency protection
: d. Generator underfrequency protection
: e. Excitation fault protection
: e.
: f. Generator loss-of-field protection
Excitation fault protection
: f.
Generator loss-of-field protection
: g. Generator reverse power protection
: g. Generator reverse power protection
: h. Generator ground fault protection
: h. Generator ground fault protection
: i. Generator voltage controlled overcurrent protection All signals of the protective relay trip, except the trip signals listed below, are bypassed during the operation of the Class 1E EDG in a LOCA condition.
: i.
: a. Engine overspeed
Generator voltage controlled overcurrent protection All signals of the protective relay trip, except the trip signals listed below, are bypassed during the operation of the Class 1E EDG in a LOCA condition.
: a.
Engine overspeed
: b. Generator differential current
: b. Generator differential current
: c. Manual emergency trip
: c.
Manual emergency trip
: d. Diesel engine stop lever The operating condition of each Class 1E EDG is monitored in the MCR and RSR. The following alarms from the following relays are provided in the MCR and RSR:
: d. Diesel engine stop lever The operating condition of each Class 1E EDG is monitored in the MCR and RSR. The following alarms from the following relays are provided in the MCR and RSR:
: a. Differential/overspeed/emergency stop
: a.
Differential/overspeed/emergency stop
: b. Reverse power
: b. Reverse power
: c. Loss of field
: c.
Loss of field
: d. Overcurrent with voltage restraint
: d. Overcurrent with voltage restraint
: e. Ground overvoltage 8.3-12                                    Rev. 3
: e.
Ground overvoltage Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-13
: f. Phase (negative phase sequence) unbalance
: f.
Phase (negative phase sequence) unbalance
: g. Diesel generator fail to start
: g. Diesel generator fail to start
: h. Running unloaded
: h. Running unloaded
: i. Cranking
: i.
: j. Subsystem trouble (ac generator, fuel oil system, lube oil system, cooling water system, starting system, excitation loss, and miscellaneous).
Cranking
8.3.1.1.3.4           Interlocks Each Class 1E 4.16 kV bus can be powered by either of the two offsite power sources or the Class 1E EDG of each train. In addition, each of train A and train B Class 1E 4.16 kV bus can also be powered by non-Class 1E AAC GTG or 4.16 kV mobile generator.
: j.
: a. The interlock circuits of incoming breakers prevent parallel operation between normal and alternate preferred power supplies during manual transfer between UAT and SAT.
Subsystem trouble (ac generator, fuel oil system, lube oil system, cooling water system, starting system, excitation loss, and miscellaneous).
8.3.1.1.3.4 Interlocks Each Class 1E 4.16 kV bus can be powered by either of the two offsite power sources or the Class 1E EDG of each train. In addition, each of train A and train B Class 1E 4.16 kV bus can also be powered by non-Class 1E AAC GTG or 4.16 kV mobile generator.
: a.
The interlock circuits of incoming breakers prevent parallel operation between normal and alternate preferred power supplies during manual transfer between UAT and SAT.
: b. The EDG is permitted to operate in parallel with an offsite power source after synchronizing both sources during periodic testing.
: b. The EDG is permitted to operate in parallel with an offsite power source after synchronizing both sources during periodic testing.
: c. The incoming circuit breakers are manually closed after synchronizing the offsite power sources with the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus when the preferred power supply is restored from a LOOP or an SBO event.
: c.
The incoming circuit breakers are manually closed after synchronizing the offsite power sources with the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus when the preferred power supply is restored from a LOOP or an SBO event.
: d. The electrical interlocks of the circuit breaker are provided to prevent the automatic closing of an EDG breaker onto an energized or faulted bus.
: d. The electrical interlocks of the circuit breaker are provided to prevent the automatic closing of an EDG breaker onto an energized or faulted bus.
8.3.1.1.3.5           Permissive The EDG operational mode selection is provided at the EDG local control panel through a LOCAL/REMOTE selector switch and a NORMAL/MAINTENANCE selector switch.
8.3.1.1.3.5 Permissive The EDG operational mode selection is provided at the EDG local control panel through a LOCAL/REMOTE selector switch and a NORMAL/MAINTENANCE selector switch.
Emergency start and emergency trip functions are not blocked by LOCAL mode selection.
Emergency start and emergency trip functions are not blocked by LOCAL mode selection.
Selection of the NORMAL mode also enables the selection of REMOTE/LOCAL mode switch. Selection of the MAINTENANCE mode blocks all automatic or manual 8.3-13                                  Rev. 3
Selection of the NORMAL mode also enables the selection of REMOTE/LOCAL mode switch. Selection of the MAINTENANCE mode blocks all automatic or manual Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 start functions. All automatic or manual start functions are restored after switching to NORMAL mode.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-14 start functions. All automatic or manual start functions are restored after switching to NORMAL mode.
8.3.1.1.3.6           Load Shedding and Sequencing Circuits Shedding of all loads at the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus, except for the 4.16 kV/480V load center transformers, occurs whenever a sustained bus degraded voltage or loss of voltage condition is detected by the undervoltage relays. Separate sets of undervoltage relays are provided for each function.
8.3.1.1.3.6 Load Shedding and Sequencing Circuits Shedding of all loads at the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus, except for the 4.16 kV/480V load center transformers, occurs whenever a sustained bus degraded voltage or loss of voltage condition is detected by the undervoltage relays. Separate sets of undervoltage relays are provided for each function.
A loss of voltage is detected by four time-delay undervoltage relays. Degraded voltage is detected by four time-delay undervoltage relays whose setting is higher than the setpoint value of the undervoltage relay for loss of voltage and lower than the required minimum operating voltage of the equipment. These relays consist of a two-out-of-four coincidence logic and a detection signal is provided to the engineered safety features-component control system (ESF-CCS) when two or more relays are operated. After the EDG attains the rated speed and voltage, circuit breakers for ESF loads are closed sequentially.
A loss of voltage is detected by four time-delay undervoltage relays. Degraded voltage is detected by four time-delay undervoltage relays whose setting is higher than the setpoint value of the undervoltage relay for loss of voltage and lower than the required minimum operating voltage of the equipment. These relays consist of a two-out-of-four coincidence logic and a detection signal is provided to the engineered safety features-component control system (ESF-CCS) when two or more relays are operated. After the EDG attains the rated speed and voltage, circuit breakers for ESF loads are closed sequentially.
The EDGs are started on an ESF actuation signal (SIAS, AFAS, CSAS) and ready for operation within 17 seconds. However, the EDG is not connected to the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus when preferred power is available. The Class 1E loads are powered sequentially from the preferred power source in a predetermined order. The EDG is manually stopped after 1 hour when preferred power is continuously available.
The EDGs are started on an ESF actuation signal (SIAS, AFAS, CSAS) and ready for operation within 17 seconds. However, the EDG is not connected to the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus when preferred power is available. The Class 1E loads are powered sequentially from the preferred power source in a predetermined order. The EDG is manually stopped after 1 hour when preferred power is continuously available.
Following an ESF actuation signal and an undervoltage relay operation signal, the Class 1E bus is separated from the offsite source and the Class 1E EDG is connected after it achieves a rated voltage and frequency. The Class 1E EDG load sequencer automatically sequences the required loads on the Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear listed in Tables 8.3.1-2 and 8.3.1-3, as described in Subsection 7.3.1.8. The required safety-related loads are connected to the bus in the preselected interval time. A time interval is provided between motor starts to allow motor terminal voltage to sustain a minimum 75 percent of the motor rated voltage in accordance with requirements of NRC RG 1.9 and the quick-response excitation system and voltage regulation system are applied to restore voltage before loading the next step loads. The generator voltage and frequency variations between sequencing steps are in compliance with the intent of NRC RG 1.9.
Following an ESF actuation signal and an undervoltage relay operation signal, the Class 1E bus is separated from the offsite source and the Class 1E EDG is connected after it achieves a rated voltage and frequency. The Class 1E EDG load sequencer automatically sequences the required loads on the Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear listed in Tables 8.3.1-2 and 8.3.1-3, as described in Subsection 7.3.1.8. The required safety-related loads are connected to the bus in the preselected interval time. A time interval is provided between motor starts to allow motor terminal voltage to sustain a minimum 75 percent of the motor rated voltage in accordance with requirements of NRC RG 1.9 and the quick-response excitation system and voltage regulation system are applied to restore voltage before loading the next step loads. The generator voltage and frequency variations between sequencing steps are in compliance with the intent of NRC RG 1.9.
8.3-14                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3.1.1.3.7           Testability The following preoperational onsite acceptance tests and periodic tests are conducted on each EDG and its associated auxiliary systems:
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-15 8.3.1.1.3.7 Testability The following preoperational onsite acceptance tests and periodic tests are conducted on each EDG and its associated auxiliary systems:
: a. Preoperational testing These preoperational tests conform with the provisions of NRC RG 1.9 and IEEE Std. 387 (Reference 12) regarding tests to be performed on EDGs. In addition, this test includes a minimum of 25 valid start and load tests without failure on each EDG to demonstrate required reliability.
: a.
Preoperational testing These preoperational tests conform with the provisions of NRC RG 1.9 and IEEE Std. 387 (Reference 12) regarding tests to be performed on EDGs. In addition, this test includes a minimum of 25 valid start and load tests without failure on each EDG to demonstrate required reliability.
: b. Periodic testing Periodic testing of the EDG meets the requirements of NRC RG 1.9, IEEE Std. 387, and GL 84-15 (Reference 13). Periodic testing of each EDG demonstrates capability of load sequencing during an interval of not less than 1 hour. Testing is performed by manually synchronizing the EDG with the offsite power system. This synchronization is supervised by a synchronism check relay.
: b. Periodic testing Periodic testing of the EDG meets the requirements of NRC RG 1.9, IEEE Std. 387, and GL 84-15 (Reference 13). Periodic testing of each EDG demonstrates capability of load sequencing during an interval of not less than 1 hour. Testing is performed by manually synchronizing the EDG with the offsite power system. This synchronization is supervised by a synchronism check relay.
In case the preferred power sources are lost while paralleled to the EDG during testing, the diesel generator circuit breaker is tripped automatically by electrical protective devices such as an overcurrent relay. Upon detection of undervoltage on the Class 1E 4.16 kV buses, load shedding and sequencing are initiated.
In case the preferred power sources are lost while paralleled to the EDG during testing, the diesel generator circuit breaker is tripped automatically by electrical protective devices such as an overcurrent relay. Upon detection of undervoltage on the Class 1E 4.16 kV buses, load shedding and sequencing are initiated.
8.3.1.1.3.8           Electric Generator and Subsystems The electric generator is a horizontal open drip-proof type air-cooled AC synchronous generator. The generator subsystems include the exciter and voltage regulator.
8.3.1.1.3.8 Electric Generator and Subsystems The electric generator is a horizontal open drip-proof type air-cooled AC synchronous generator. The generator subsystems include the exciter and voltage regulator.
The excitation system is an external DG shaft-driven static exciter that controls the field current of generator, thereby controlling the output of the generator. The exciter is designed to operate in conjunction with the voltage regulator and include provisions to permit local manual adjustment of generator output voltage if the regulator is out of service.
The excitation system is an external DG shaft-driven static exciter that controls the field current of generator, thereby controlling the output of the generator. The exciter is designed to operate in conjunction with the voltage regulator and include provisions to permit local manual adjustment of generator output voltage if the regulator is out of service.
The voltage regulator system is provided to adjust the DG output voltage and manual adjustment of the setpoint. The regulator type is typically static solid-state type. The 8.3-15                                      Rev. 3
The voltage regulator system is provided to adjust the DG output voltage and manual adjustment of the setpoint. The regulator type is typically static solid-state type. The Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 electric generator, excitation and voltage regulator systems are Class 1E and seismic Category I.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-16 electric generator, excitation and voltage regulator systems are Class 1E and seismic Category I.
8.3.1.1.3.9           Instrumentation and Control Systems Controls are provided in the MCR and RSR for each EDG for the following operations:
8.3.1.1.3.9 Instrumentation and Control Systems Controls are provided in the MCR and RSR for each EDG for the following operations:
: a. Manual synchronization
: a.
Manual synchronization
: b. Manual speed, load, and voltage adjustment
: b. Manual speed, load, and voltage adjustment
: c. Emergency start and stop pushbuttons A local control panel is provided at the EDG room for the following operations:
: c.
: a. Normal or maintenance selection
Emergency start and stop pushbuttons A local control panel is provided at the EDG room for the following operations:
: a.
Normal or maintenance selection
: b. Remote or local selection
: b. Remote or local selection
: c. Automatic or manual selection
: c.
Automatic or manual selection
: d. Manual or automatic voltage regulation
: d. Manual or automatic voltage regulation
: e. Manual start and stop
: e.
: f. Manual emergency stop
Manual start and stop
: f.
Manual emergency stop
: g. Reset (normal/emergency stop)
: g. Reset (normal/emergency stop)
: h. Manual voltage adjustment
: h. Manual voltage adjustment
: i. Manual speed adjustment
: i.
: j. Auxiliary equipment control switches The dc power source for the EDG I&C system is a part of the same load group as the respective EDG and is described in Subsection 8.3.2.
Manual speed adjustment
: j.
Auxiliary equipment control switches The dc power source for the EDG I&C system is a part of the same load group as the respective EDG and is described in Subsection 8.3.2.
The status of each Class 1E 4.16 kV breaker position is indicated in the MCR and RSR and at the circuit breaker cubicle. The analog instrumentation for the EDG provides the following indicators in the MCR and RSR:
The status of each Class 1E 4.16 kV breaker position is indicated in the MCR and RSR and at the circuit breaker cubicle. The analog instrumentation for the EDG provides the following indicators in the MCR and RSR:
8.3-16                                  Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-17
: a. Output voltage
: a.
Output voltage
: b. Output frequency
: b. Output frequency
: c. Output ampere
: c.
Output ampere
: d. Output watts
: d. Output watts
: e. Output vars
: e.
: f. Power factor Each emergency diesel generator set is equipped with one diagnostic monitoring and display system (DMDS).
Output vars
: f.
Power factor Each emergency diesel generator set is equipped with one diagnostic monitoring and display system (DMDS).
The DMDS is designed to ensure the maximum availability and reliability of the diesel generator set. The main functions of the DMDS are as follows:
The DMDS is designed to ensure the maximum availability and reliability of the diesel generator set. The main functions of the DMDS are as follows:
: a. Monitoring and recording the DG system alarms
: a.
Monitoring and recording the DG system alarms
: b. Validation of start configuration
: b. Validation of start configuration
: c. Starting sequence: monitoring and failure identification
: c.
Starting sequence: monitoring and failure identification
: d. Diesel generator operating assistance, including CRT based emergency and normal procedures
: d. Diesel generator operating assistance, including CRT based emergency and normal procedures
: e. Identification of the causes for diesel generator malfunction causes identification
: e.
: f. Support diesel generator engine predictive maintenance The DMDS equipment for each diesel generator set is located in the local EDG control room.
Identification of the causes for diesel generator malfunction causes identification
8.3.1.1.3.10         Prototype Qualification Program The qualification program of Class 1E equipment is in accordance with IEEE Std. 323 (Reference 14), IEEE Std. 344 (Reference 15), and the applicable equipment standards.
: f.
Support diesel generator engine predictive maintenance The DMDS equipment for each diesel generator set is located in the local EDG control room.
8.3.1.1.3.10 Prototype Qualification Program The qualification program of Class 1E equipment is in accordance with IEEE Std. 323 (Reference 14), IEEE Std. 344 (Reference 15), and the applicable equipment standards.
The environmental qualifications of mechanical and electrical equipment are described in Section 3.11.
The environmental qualifications of mechanical and electrical equipment are described in Section 3.11.
8.3-17                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3.1.1.3.11         Protective Relaying System The basic criterion for the protective relaying system in accordance with IEEE Std. 242 (Reference 16) is that it promptly initiates, with precision and reliability, the operation of isolation devices that serve to remove from service any element of the onsite power system when that element is subjected to an abnormal condition that may prove detrimental to the effective operation or integrity of the unit.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-18 8.3.1.1.3.11 Protective Relaying System The basic criterion for the protective relaying system in accordance with IEEE Std. 242 (Reference 16) is that it promptly initiates, with precision and reliability, the operation of isolation devices that serve to remove from service any element of the onsite power system when that element is subjected to an abnormal condition that may prove detrimental to the effective operation or integrity of the unit.
Protective devices for the Class 1E ac power system are designed with the same as non-Class 1E ac power system described in Subsections 8.3.1.1.1.1, 8.3.1.1.1.2, and 8.3.1.1.1.3.
Protective devices for the Class 1E ac power system are designed with the same as non-Class 1E ac power system described in Subsections 8.3.1.1.1.1, 8.3.1.1.1.2, and 8.3.1.1.1.3.
Protective device coordination studies are performed in accordance with IEEE Std. 141 and IEEE Std. 242 to verify that breakers closest to a fault open before upstream breakers.
Protective device coordination studies are performed in accordance with IEEE Std. 141 and IEEE Std. 242 to verify that breakers closest to a fault open before upstream breakers.
Line 730: Line 967:
The dropout for the first-level undervoltage relays for the Class 1E distribution system is set at a level below minimum voltage during motor starting. Its associated time delay is set to ride out power system transients and initiate action in a time that is consistent with the accident analysis.
The dropout for the first-level undervoltage relays for the Class 1E distribution system is set at a level below minimum voltage during motor starting. Its associated time delay is set to ride out power system transients and initiate action in a time that is consistent with the accident analysis.
The dropout for the second-level undervoltage relays for the Class 1E distribution system is set at a level above the minimum voltage that allows proper operation of safety loads with the worst-case line-up and minimum switchyard voltage. Its associated first time delay is set to establish existence of a sustained undervoltage longer than motor starting.
The dropout for the second-level undervoltage relays for the Class 1E distribution system is set at a level above the minimum voltage that allows proper operation of safety loads with the worst-case line-up and minimum switchyard voltage. Its associated first time delay is set to establish existence of a sustained undervoltage longer than motor starting.
8.3-18                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Following the first time delay, an alarm is provided in the MCR and RSR. The subsequent occurrence of a safety injection actuation signal (SIAS) immediately separates the Class 1E bus from the offsite power system. The second time delay is limited so that the connected Class 1E equipment is not damaged.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-19 Following the first time delay, an alarm is provided in the MCR and RSR. The subsequent occurrence of a safety injection actuation signal (SIAS) immediately separates the Class 1E bus from the offsite power system. The second time delay is limited so that the connected Class 1E equipment is not damaged.
Voltage studies are to be performed in conformance with BTP 8-6, Subsection B.3.         The results are to be verified by testing as described in BTP 8-6, Subsection B.4.
Voltage studies are to be performed in conformance with BTP 8-6, Subsection B.3. The results are to be verified by testing as described in BTP 8-6, Subsection B.4.
Voltage studies are used to determine the relay pickup and time delays of all levels of the undervoltage protection described above. The capability to test and calibrate during power operation is provided and annunciation in the MCR and RSR is provided for any bypasses incorporated into the design.
Voltage studies are used to determine the relay pickup and time delays of all levels of the undervoltage protection described above. The capability to test and calibrate during power operation is provided and annunciation in the MCR and RSR is provided for any bypasses incorporated into the design.
8.3.1.1.4           Electrical Equipment Layout The locations of Class 1E and non-Class 1E electrical equipment rooms shown in Figure 8.2-1 are selected to minimize vulnerability to physical damage. The electrical equipment is located away from mechanical piping in order to minimize the damaging effects of pipe ruptures. Separation is achieved by locating equipment and circuits in separate rooms, maintaining distance, or use of barriers. The potential hazard of non-safety-related equipment failure on safety-related redundant equipment is considered in the choice of equipment location or protection.
8.3.1.1.4 Electrical Equipment Layout The locations of Class 1E and non-Class 1E electrical equipment rooms shown in Figure 8.2-1 are selected to minimize vulnerability to physical damage. The electrical equipment is located away from mechanical piping in order to minimize the damaging effects of pipe ruptures. Separation is achieved by locating equipment and circuits in separate rooms, maintaining distance, or use of barriers. The potential hazard of non-safety-related equipment failure on safety-related redundant equipment is considered in the choice of equipment location or protection.
The followings are the general features of the electrical equipment layout:
The followings are the general features of the electrical equipment layout:
: a. The Class 1E switchgears, load centers, and MCCs of the independent train are located in four separate rooms of the auxiliary building. Separate ventilation systems are used for each room powered from the corresponding train.
: a.
The Class 1E switchgears, load centers, and MCCs of the independent train are located in four separate rooms of the auxiliary building. Separate ventilation systems are used for each room powered from the corresponding train.
: b. Class 1E batteries are located in the auxiliary building. Each battery is located in a separate room and each room is equipped with a separate ventilation system powered from the corresponding train.
: b. Class 1E batteries are located in the auxiliary building. Each battery is located in a separate room and each room is equipped with a separate ventilation system powered from the corresponding train.
: c. Four separate and independent cable routes are provided for the four Class 1E trains A, B, C, and D in accordance with IEEE Std. 384.
: c.
Four separate and independent cable routes are provided for the four Class 1E trains A, B, C, and D in accordance with IEEE Std. 384.
: d. Class 1E EDGs and associated equipment are located in separate rooms of the auxiliary building and EDG building.
: d. Class 1E EDGs and associated equipment are located in separate rooms of the auxiliary building and EDG building.
8.3-19                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-20
: e. The Class 1E battery chargers, inverters, and dc buses associated with each of the independent trains are located in four separate rooms of the auxiliary building.
: e.
: f. In addition to the preceding, two Class 1E MCCs (Train A and Train B) are each located in geographically separated ESW buildings.
The Class 1E battery chargers, inverters, and dc buses associated with each of the independent trains are located in four separate rooms of the auxiliary building.
: f.
In addition to the preceding, two Class 1E MCCs (Train A and Train B) are each located in geographically separated ESW buildings.
: g. Piping containing fluids is excluded from the Class 1E electrical distribution equipment rooms. Class 1E electrical distribution equipment rooms of different trains are separated from each other by concrete walls and floors. Any electrical or physical failure in one room has no effect on the redundant equipment in the other rooms.
: g. Piping containing fluids is excluded from the Class 1E electrical distribution equipment rooms. Class 1E electrical distribution equipment rooms of different trains are separated from each other by concrete walls and floors. Any electrical or physical failure in one room has no effect on the redundant equipment in the other rooms.
8.3.1.1.5           Design Criteria for Class 1E Equipment Motor Size The motor horsepower rating is selected to be equal or greater than maximum horsepower requirement of the driven load when operating at design condition.
8.3.1.1.5 Design Criteria for Class 1E Equipment Motor Size The motor horsepower rating is selected to be equal or greater than maximum horsepower requirement of the driven load when operating at design condition.
Minimum Motor Accelerating Voltage Class 1E motors are designed to accelerate with 75 percent rated voltage at the motor terminals throughout the starting period and are capable of accelerating their connected loads without overheating. All other motors are designed to accelerate to the rated speed with 80 percent rated voltage at the motor terminal throughout the starting period and are capable of accelerating their connected loads without exceeding the thermal limits.
Minimum Motor Accelerating Voltage Class 1E motors are designed to accelerate with 75 percent rated voltage at the motor terminals throughout the starting period and are capable of accelerating their connected loads without overheating. All other motors are designed to accelerate to the rated speed with 80 percent rated voltage at the motor terminal throughout the starting period and are capable of accelerating their connected loads without exceeding the thermal limits.
Motor Starting Torque The torque of 225 hp and smaller motors is designed in accordance with standard NEMA MG 1 (Reference 19). The torque of 250 hp and larger motors is designed in accordance with NEMA C50.41 (Reference 20), except that locked rotor torques and pull-up torques for normal torque type motors are not less than 80 percent of full-load torque.
Motor Starting Torque The torque of 225 hp and smaller motors is designed in accordance with standard NEMA MG 1 (Reference 19). The torque of 250 hp and larger motors is designed in accordance with NEMA C50.41 (Reference 20), except that locked rotor torques and pull-up torques for normal torque type motors are not less than 80 percent of full-load torque.
The motor starting torque at minimum specified voltage is adequate for starting and accelerating the connected load to normal speed within motor starting time to perform its safety function during the motor acceleration time.
The motor starting torque at minimum specified voltage is adequate for starting and accelerating the connected load to normal speed within motor starting time to perform its safety function during the motor acceleration time.
8.3-20                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Minimum Motor Torque Margin Over Pump Torque The minimum motor torque is larger than the pump torque so that the motor reaches normal speed within the starting time that is required to perform its safety function at minimum motor terminal voltage.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-21 Minimum Motor Torque Margin Over Pump Torque The minimum motor torque is larger than the pump torque so that the motor reaches normal speed within the starting time that is required to perform its safety function at minimum motor terminal voltage.
Motor Insulation Motor insulation is selected on the basis of the particular ambient conditions to which the insulation is exposed. The insulation system for the safety-related motors within the reactor containment building is selected to withstand the postulated accident environment.
Motor Insulation Motor insulation is selected on the basis of the particular ambient conditions to which the insulation is exposed. The insulation system for the safety-related motors within the reactor containment building is selected to withstand the postulated accident environment.
Temperature Monitoring Devices The 4.16 kV motors have at least six (two per phase) dual-type, stator winding, resistance temperature detectors with 100 platinum resistance at 0 °C (32 °F).
Temperature Monitoring Devices The 4.16 kV motors have at least six (two per phase) dual-type, stator winding, resistance temperature detectors with 100 platinum resistance at 0 °C (32 °F).
Interrupting Capacities Circuit breakers are designed with sufficient interruption rating under the maximum short-circuit current. The short-circuit current is calculated by the Electrical Transient Analyzer Program (ETAP, version 12.0.0N) based on IEEE Std. 141. The interrupting capacity of switchgears, load centers, and MCCs is shown in Table 8.3.1-6.
Interrupting Capacities Circuit breakers are designed with sufficient interruption rating under the maximum short-circuit current. The short-circuit current is calculated by the Electrical Transient Analyzer Program (ETAP, version 12.0.0N) based on IEEE Std. 141. The interrupting capacity of switchgears, load centers, and MCCs is shown in Table 8.3.1-6.
Electric Circuit Protection The electric circuit protection is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.11.
Electric Circuit Protection The electric circuit protection is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.11.
Grounding Requirements Grounding requirements are described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.8.
Grounding Requirements Grounding requirements are described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.8.
8.3.1.1.6           Testing of Onsite AC Power System Testing of onsite ac power system equipment is performed in accordance with GDC 18 (Reference 21), NRC RG 1.9, and NRC RG 1.118 (Reference 22). All Class 1E circuit breakers and motor starters, except for the equipment associated with certain safety loads described in Subsection 7.1.2.37, are testable during normal operation.
8.3.1.1.6 Testing of Onsite AC Power System Testing of onsite ac power system equipment is performed in accordance with GDC 18 (Reference 21), NRC RG 1.9, and NRC RG 1.118 (Reference 22). All Class 1E circuit breakers and motor starters, except for the equipment associated with certain safety loads described in Subsection 7.1.2.37, are testable during normal operation.
8.3-21                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 During periodic testing of Class 1E systems, engineered safety features actuation system (ESFAS) subsystems are actuated or simulated to verify the appropriate circuit breaker or contactor operational response. The Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear and 480V load center circuit breakers can also be tested independently while the equipment is shut down. These circuit breakers can be placed in a test position and exercised without operation of the associated equipment.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-22 During periodic testing of Class 1E systems, engineered safety features actuation system (ESFAS) subsystems are actuated or simulated to verify the appropriate circuit breaker or contactor operational response. The Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear and 480V load center circuit breakers can also be tested independently while the equipment is shut down. These circuit breakers can be placed in a test position and exercised without operation of the associated equipment.
LOOP testing or combined LOOP and LOCA testing is performed during a plant shutdown condition. The EDG testing capability is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.7.
LOOP testing or combined LOOP and LOCA testing is performed during a plant shutdown condition. The EDG testing capability is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.7.
Surveillance testing of the Class 1E distribution system is described in Section 3.8 of Chapter 16.
Surveillance testing of the Class 1E distribution system is described in Section 3.8 of Chapter 16.
8.3.1.1.7         Heat Tracing The heat tracing system is provided with non-Class 1E power to prevent freezing of fluid in pipes and equipment and to maintain the required temperature in critical process control systems.
8.3.1.1.7 Heat Tracing The heat tracing system is provided with non-Class 1E power to prevent freezing of fluid in pipes and equipment and to maintain the required temperature in critical process control systems.
The heater is energized by a signal from the temperature sensor attached to each system.
The heater is energized by a signal from the temperature sensor attached to each system.
The heat tracing system is operated by an automatic control device in the heat tracing panel when the temperature is below the required setpoint.
The heat tracing system is operated by an automatic control device in the heat tracing panel when the temperature is below the required setpoint.
8.3.1.1.8         Grounding and Lightning Protection Criteria Station grounding is provided for personnel and equipment protection from the effects of transient overvoltage that can occur in electrical systems due to electrical faults or lightning strikes. Station grounding is designed in accordance with IEEE Std. 665 (Reference 23),
8.3.1.1.8 Grounding and Lightning Protection Criteria Station grounding is provided for personnel and equipment protection from the effects of transient overvoltage that can occur in electrical systems due to electrical faults or lightning strikes. Station grounding is designed in accordance with IEEE Std. 665 (Reference 23),
IEEE Std. 666 (Reference 24), and IEEE Std. 1050 (Reference 25), as endorsed by NRC RG 1.204 (Reference 26). The primary function of the grounding system is to limit the step and touch potentials for plant personnel to safe levels at any location on the plant site.
IEEE Std. 666 (Reference 24), and IEEE Std. 1050 (Reference 25), as endorsed by NRC RG 1.204 (Reference 26). The primary function of the grounding system is to limit the step and touch potentials for plant personnel to safe levels at any location on the plant site.
The COL applicant is to describe and provide detailed ground grid and lightning protection (COL 8.3(4)).
The COL applicant is to describe and provide detailed ground grid and lightning protection (COL 8.3(4)).
The guidelines for the design of the plant grounding and lightning protection systems are as follows:
The guidelines for the design of the plant grounding and lightning protection systems are as follows:
8.3-22                                        Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-23
: a. The plant ground grid, consisting of bare copper cables, limits the step and touch potentials to safe values under all fault conditions. The design and analysis are based on the procedures and recommendations of IEEE Std. 80 (Reference 27).
: a.
The plant ground grid, consisting of bare copper cables, limits the step and touch potentials to safe values under all fault conditions. The design and analysis are based on the procedures and recommendations of IEEE Std. 80 (Reference 27).
: b. The grounding system has bare copper cables for connections to all electrical underground ducts, equipment, and the grounding systems within buildings.
: b. The grounding system has bare copper cables for connections to all electrical underground ducts, equipment, and the grounding systems within buildings.
: c. The design of the grounding system follows the procedures and recommendations of IEEE Std. 665.
: c.
The design of the grounding system follows the procedures and recommendations of IEEE Std. 665.
: d. Each building has grounding systems connected to the plant grounding grid. As a minimum, every other steel column of the building perimeter is connected directly to the grounding grid.
: d. Each building has grounding systems connected to the plant grounding grid. As a minimum, every other steel column of the building perimeter is connected directly to the grounding grid.
: e. The main generator (MG) is grounded with a neutral grounding device having high impedance that limits the maximum phase current under short-circuit conditions. Protective relays are provided for ground fault protection.
: e.
: f. The isolated phase bus (IPB) is electrically continuous with three phase enclosures bonded together at the generator end and transformer end. The bus enclosures are electrically insulated from the support structures and adjoining equipment.
The main generator (MG) is grounded with a neutral grounding device having high impedance that limits the maximum phase current under short-circuit conditions. Protective relays are provided for ground fault protection.
: f.
The isolated phase bus (IPB) is electrically continuous with three phase enclosures bonded together at the generator end and transformer end. The bus enclosures are electrically insulated from the support structures and adjoining equipment.
The IPB supports located inside the turbine building are connected to the building ground grid. Outdoor supports are grounded by connecting the base of each support to the ground grid with two grounding conductors bonded to the ground grid in two locations. The IPB is grounded in accordance with manufacturers recommendation.
The IPB supports located inside the turbine building are connected to the building ground grid. Outdoor supports are grounded by connecting the base of each support to the ground grid with two grounding conductors bonded to the ground grid in two locations. The IPB is grounded in accordance with manufacturers recommendation.
: g. The onsite medium-voltage ac distribution system is resistance grounded at the neutral point of the low-voltage windings of the UATs and SATs. The UAT and SAT secondary neutral relays are provided protection against internal ground faults in transformer low-voltage windings, as well as the backup ground fault protection for the medium-voltage bus.
: g. The onsite medium-voltage ac distribution system is resistance grounded at the neutral point of the low-voltage windings of the UATs and SATs. The UAT and SAT secondary neutral relays are provided protection against internal ground faults in transformer low-voltage windings, as well as the backup ground fault protection for the medium-voltage bus.
: h. The neutral point of the EDG and AAC GTG windings is grounded through distribution transformers and loading resistors sized for continuous operation with a ground fault. A ground overvoltage relay connected to the secondary winding of each distribution transformer provides protection against generator stator ground fault.
: h. The neutral point of the EDG and AAC GTG windings is grounded through distribution transformers and loading resistors sized for continuous operation with a ground fault. A ground overvoltage relay connected to the secondary winding of each distribution transformer provides protection against generator stator ground fault.
8.3-23                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-24
: i. Ground fault protection of the low-voltage ac distribution system is provided by an overcurrent relay located in the neutral of the transformer secondary winding. It is set to coordinate with downstream ground fault protective devices.
: i.
: j. The ground buses of all switchgears, load centers, and MCCs are connected to the plant ground grid through at least two parallel paths. The ground buses of other electrical cabinets are connected to the plant ground grid through at least one path.
Ground fault protection of the low-voltage ac distribution system is provided by an overcurrent relay located in the neutral of the transformer secondary winding. It is set to coordinate with downstream ground fault protective devices.
: j.
The ground buses of all switchgears, load centers, and MCCs are connected to the plant ground grid through at least two parallel paths. The ground buses of other electrical cabinets are connected to the plant ground grid through at least one path.
: k. Each major piece of equipment, metal structure, or metallic tank has two diagonally opposed ground connections.
: k. Each major piece of equipment, metal structure, or metallic tank has two diagonally opposed ground connections.
: l. The underground electrical duct bank and door frame are grounded with bare copper cable.
: l.
The underground electrical duct bank and door frame are grounded with bare copper cable.
: m. The dc systems are ungrounded.
: m. The dc systems are ungrounded.
: n. Plant instrumentation is grounded through separate radial grounding systems that consist of isolated instrumentation ground buses and insulated cables. The instrumentation grounding systems are connected to the station grounding grid at one point only and insulated from all other grounding circuits. The I&C equipment grounding is designed based on the recommendations of the latest revision of IEEE Std. 142 (Reference 28) and IEEE Std. 1050.
: n. Plant instrumentation is grounded through separate radial grounding systems that consist of isolated instrumentation ground buses and insulated cables. The instrumentation grounding systems are connected to the station grounding grid at one point only and insulated from all other grounding circuits. The I&C equipment grounding is designed based on the recommendations of the latest revision of IEEE Std. 142 (Reference 28) and IEEE Std. 1050.
Line 796: Line 1,044:
: p. Lightning protection is provided for all major plant structures, including the reactor containment building. The lightning protection is in accordance with the National Fire Protection Associations Lightning Protection Code, NFPA 780 (Reference 29).
: p. Lightning protection is provided for all major plant structures, including the reactor containment building. The lightning protection is in accordance with the National Fire Protection Associations Lightning Protection Code, NFPA 780 (Reference 29).
: q. Each phase of all tie lines connecting the plant electrical systems to the switchyard and offsite transmission system is protected by lightning arresters. The arresters are connected to the high-voltage terminals of the MT and SATs. The UAT is fed from the MG terminals using IPB and therefore does not require lightning protection.
: q. Each phase of all tie lines connecting the plant electrical systems to the switchyard and offsite transmission system is protected by lightning arresters. The arresters are connected to the high-voltage terminals of the MT and SATs. The UAT is fed from the MG terminals using IPB and therefore does not require lightning protection.
8.3-24                                      Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3.1.1.9           Containment Electrical Penetrations The electrical penetration assemblies (EPAs) are designed, fabricated, qualified, and tested in accordance with IEEE Std. 317 (Reference 30), IEEE Std. 323, and IEEE Std. 383 (Reference 31).
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-25 8.3.1.1.9 Containment Electrical Penetrations The electrical penetration assemblies (EPAs) are designed, fabricated, qualified, and tested in accordance with IEEE Std. 317 (Reference 30), IEEE Std. 323, and IEEE Std. 383 (Reference 31).
Class 1E containment EPAs are physically separated and electrically isolated to maintain the independence of Class 1E circuits and equipment. These EPAs are located in four quadrants of the reactor containment building. The minimum separation between the Class 1E and non-Class 1E cables is maintained in accordance with IEEE Std. 384, as endorsed by NRC RG 1.75. Class 1E EPAs are classified as seismic Category I and are qualified for a harsh environment.
Class 1E containment EPAs are physically separated and electrically isolated to maintain the independence of Class 1E circuits and equipment. These EPAs are located in four quadrants of the reactor containment building. The minimum separation between the Class 1E and non-Class 1E cables is maintained in accordance with IEEE Std. 384, as endorsed by NRC RG 1.75. Class 1E EPAs are classified as seismic Category I and are qualified for a harsh environment.
Containment EPAs are designed and tested in accordance with IEEE Std. 317, as endorsed by NRC RG 1.63 (Reference 32). Selection and setting of protective devices for containment EPAs are in accordance with IEEE Std. 741 to provide proper coordination with thermal capability of the containment EPA defined in IEEE Std. 317. In order to protect the EPAs from damage due to short-circuit current or overload, primary and backup protections are provided. For MCCs, backup protection is provided with two thermal-magnetic breakers in series. For 480V load centers and 13.8 kV medium-voltage switchgears for the reactor coolant pump, backup protection is provided by the main breaker and overcurrent relays coordinated with the feeder breaker to protect the electrical penetration assemblies.
Containment EPAs are designed and tested in accordance with IEEE Std. 317, as endorsed by NRC RG 1.63 (Reference 32). Selection and setting of protective devices for containment EPAs are in accordance with IEEE Std. 741 to provide proper coordination with thermal capability of the containment EPA defined in IEEE Std. 317. In order to protect the EPAs from damage due to short-circuit current or overload, primary and backup protections are provided. For MCCs, backup protection is provided with two thermal-magnetic breakers in series. For 480V load centers and 13.8 kV medium-voltage switchgears for the reactor coolant pump, backup protection is provided by the main breaker and overcurrent relays coordinated with the feeder breaker to protect the electrical penetration assemblies.
The COL applicant is to conduct periodic inspection and testing of the protection devices for the EPA conductors. All circuit breakers for the EPA conductors shall be inspected and tested in 60 months, low voltage circuit breaker overcurrent protection devices for the EPA conductors shall be inspected and tested once per 18 months for 10 % of each type of circuit breakers, and overcurrent relay for medium voltage circuit breakers for the EPA conductors shall be inspected and tested once per 18 months (COL 8.3(5)).
The COL applicant is to conduct periodic inspection and testing of the protection devices for the EPA conductors. All circuit breakers for the EPA conductors shall be inspected and tested in 60 months, low voltage circuit breaker overcurrent protection devices for the EPA conductors shall be inspected and tested once per 18 months for 10 % of each type of circuit breakers, and overcurrent relay for medium voltage circuit breakers for the EPA conductors shall be inspected and tested once per 18 months (COL 8.3(5)).
8.3.1.1.10         Cable and Raceway Design Criteria The power cables are designed, fabricated, and tested in accordance with NEMA WC 74 (Reference 33) and NEMA WC 70 (Reference 34). The control cables are designed, fabricated, and tested in accordance with NEMA WC 57 (Reference 35). The instrumentation cables are designed, fabricated, and tested in accordance with 8.3-25                                    Rev. 3
8.3.1.1.10 Cable and Raceway Design Criteria The power cables are designed, fabricated, and tested in accordance with NEMA WC 74 (Reference 33) and NEMA WC 70 (Reference 34). The control cables are designed, fabricated, and tested in accordance with NEMA WC 57 (Reference 35). The instrumentation cables are designed, fabricated, and tested in accordance with Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 NEMA WC 57. Safety-related cables are qualified for the design life of the plant in accordance with IEEE Std. 323.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-26 NEMA WC 57. Safety-related cables are qualified for the design life of the plant in accordance with IEEE Std. 323.
Cable conductor size selection for medium and low-voltage power and control cables is based on cable ampacity and voltage drop considerations. In addition, the conductors of all medium- and low-voltage power cables are sized to withstand the maximum available fault current. The cable ampacity is based on the maximum cable ambient temperature, the rated cable insulation temperature of 90 ºC (194 ºF), the cable raceway design, and cable routing paths. IEEE Std. 835 (Reference 36) and NEMA WC 51/ICEA P-54-440 (Reference 37) are used for cable conductor size selections.
Cable conductor size selection for medium and low-voltage power and control cables is based on cable ampacity and voltage drop considerations. In addition, the conductors of all medium-and low-voltage power cables are sized to withstand the maximum available fault current. The cable ampacity is based on the maximum cable ambient temperature, the rated cable insulation temperature of 90 ºC (194 ºF), the cable raceway design, and cable routing paths. IEEE Std. 835 (Reference 36) and NEMA WC 51/ICEA P-54-440 (Reference 37) are used for cable conductor size selections.
In order to properly address the concerns of cable degradation as per NRC GL 2007-01 (Reference 62), electrical duct banks (EDB) and underground tunnels in which electric cables are installed are designed not to degrade cables due to the submergence by means of slope of EDB and sump pumps for drainage. Furthermore, cables are monitored in accordance with NRC RG 1.218 (Reference 38).
In order to properly address the concerns of cable degradation as per NRC GL 2007-01 (Reference 62), electrical duct banks (EDB) and underground tunnels in which electric cables are installed are designed not to degrade cables due to the submergence by means of slope of EDB and sump pumps for drainage. Furthermore, cables are monitored in accordance with NRC RG 1.218 (Reference 38).
NRC RG 1.218 requires that the plant have monitoring techniques for electric cables.
NRC RG 1.218 requires that the plant have monitoring techniques for electric cables.
Line 811: Line 1,059:
The COL applicant is to provide testing, inspection, and monitoring programs for detecting insulation degradation of underground and inaccessible power cables within the scope of 10 CFR 50.65 (Reference 39) (COL 8.3(6)).
The COL applicant is to provide testing, inspection, and monitoring programs for detecting insulation degradation of underground and inaccessible power cables within the scope of 10 CFR 50.65 (Reference 39) (COL 8.3(6)).
All cables and raceways are identified by permanent color coding for divisions and trains according to IEEE Std. 384. The color coding uses five basic colors. These colors correspond to the following Class 1E and non-Class 1E divisions and trains:
All cables and raceways are identified by permanent color coding for divisions and trains according to IEEE Std. 384. The color coding uses five basic colors. These colors correspond to the following Class 1E and non-Class 1E divisions and trains:
Class 1E Cables and Raceways Train A:       Red Train B:       Green Train C:       Yellow 8.3-26                                    Rev. 3
Class 1E Cables and Raceways Train A:
Red Train B:
Green Train C:
Yellow Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Train D:       Blue Non-Class 1E Cables and Raceways Division I:   Black Division II:   Black Raceway identifications are permanently marked at an interval not exceeding 4.6 m (15 ft) within an area where the tray enters and exits. Conduits are marked in the same manner.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-27 Train D:
Blue Non-Class 1E Cables and Raceways Division I:
Black Division II:
Black Raceway identifications are permanently marked at an interval not exceeding 4.6 m (15 ft) within an area where the tray enters and exits. Conduits are marked in the same manner.
All Class 1E and non-Class 1E equipment is identified with a corresponding color-coded engraving name plate per train and division. The color coding of the name plate is the same as that of the raceway.
All Class 1E and non-Class 1E equipment is identified with a corresponding color-coded engraving name plate per train and division. The color coding of the name plate is the same as that of the raceway.
Cables of different voltage levels are installed in separate raceways. The voltage levels are classified as follows:
Cables of different voltage levels are installed in separate raceways. The voltage levels are classified as follows:
: a. Medium-voltage power (13.8 kV)
: a.
Medium-voltage power (13.8 kV)
: b. Medium-voltage power (4.16 kV)
: b. Medium-voltage power (4.16 kV)
: c. Low-voltage power (480V and dc power)
: c.
Low-voltage power (480V and dc power)
: d. Control
: d. Control
: e. Instrumentation If the trays are stacked, the order from top to bottom is as shown above.
: e.
Instrumentation If the trays are stacked, the order from top to bottom is as shown above.
Cables of each train run in separate raceways are physically separated from cables of the other trains. Separation of trains is in accordance with IEEE Std. 384, as endorsed by NRC RG 1.75. Raceways for non-Class 1E are separated from each Class 1E train A, B, C, and D in accordance with IEEE Std. 384. The raceway in the cable spreading area, main control room, and other congested areas is designed in accordance with IEEE Std. 384.
Cables of each train run in separate raceways are physically separated from cables of the other trains. Separation of trains is in accordance with IEEE Std. 384, as endorsed by NRC RG 1.75. Raceways for non-Class 1E are separated from each Class 1E train A, B, C, and D in accordance with IEEE Std. 384. The raceway in the cable spreading area, main control room, and other congested areas is designed in accordance with IEEE Std. 384.
The power and control wiring in control boards or panels is separated in accordance with IEEE Std. 420 (Reference 40).
The power and control wiring in control boards or panels is separated in accordance with IEEE Std. 420 (Reference 40).
Medium-voltage power cables are routed in an open-top ladder-type cable tray in a single layer with maintained spacing. The distance between adjacent cables within a tray is one-8.3-27                                  Rev. 3
Medium-voltage power cables are routed in an open-top ladder-type cable tray in a single layer with maintained spacing. The distance between adjacent cables within a tray is one-Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 quarter the diameter of the larger cable. The cable tray fill criterion for low-voltage power cables does not exceed 30 percent of the cross-sectional area of the open-top ladder-type tray. The cable tray fill criterion for control cable does not exceed 50 percent of the cross-sectional area of the open-top ladder-type tray. Solid-bottom and solid-cover type cable trays are used for routing instrumentation cables, with an allowable fill of 50 percent of tray cross-sectional area. Cable splicing in a raceway is prohibited.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-28 quarter the diameter of the larger cable. The cable tray fill criterion for low-voltage power cables does not exceed 30 percent of the cross-sectional area of the open-top ladder-type tray. The cable tray fill criterion for control cable does not exceed 50 percent of the cross-sectional area of the open-top ladder-type tray. Solid-bottom and solid-cover type cable trays are used for routing instrumentation cables, with an allowable fill of 50 percent of tray cross-sectional area. Cable splicing in a raceway is prohibited.
The COL applicant is to establish Administrative Program(s), including application of dedicated cable and raceway management database tool as necessary, which is (are) developed on the basis of the cable and raceway numbering system to efficiently manage cable routing and cable termination and verify that the cable design fulfills the acceptance criteria (i.e., separation, filling criteria, and ampacity) (COL 8.3(7)).
The COL applicant is to establish Administrative Program(s), including application of dedicated cable and raceway management database tool as necessary, which is (are) developed on the basis of the cable and raceway numbering system to efficiently manage cable routing and cable termination and verify that the cable design fulfills the acceptance criteria (i.e., separation, filling criteria, and ampacity) (COL 8.3(7)).
8.3.1.1.11           Cathodic Protection The cathodic protection system disturbs the electrochemical reaction that causes corrosion of metal structures and piping of which protection is decided as per the site conditions.
8.3.1.1.11 Cathodic Protection The cathodic protection system disturbs the electrochemical reaction that causes corrosion of metal structures and piping of which protection is decided as per the site conditions.
Basically, two methods of cathodic protection are applied. One is the sacrificial system, which is a passive method, and the other is impressed current system, which is an active method.
Basically, two methods of cathodic protection are applied. One is the sacrificial system, which is a passive method, and the other is impressed current system, which is an active method.
The COL applicant is to provide the detailed design of the cathodic protection system as applicable to the site conditions (COL 8.3(8)).
The COL applicant is to provide the detailed design of the cathodic protection system as applicable to the site conditions (COL 8.3(8)).
8.3.1.2           Analysis The APR1400 Class 1E ac power system is designed to meet the requirements of GDCs 2, 4, 17 (Reference 41), 18, 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, and 44, 50; and the intent of NRC RGs 1.6, 1.9, 1.32, 1.47, 1.53, 1.63, 1.75, 1.93, 1.106, 1.118, 1.153, 1.155, 1.160, 1.204, 1.218, 10 CFR 50.34, 10 CFR 50.55a(h), 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1), 10 CFR 52.80(a), BTPs 8-1 (Reference 63),
8.3.1.2 Analysis The APR1400 Class 1E ac power system is designed to meet the requirements of GDCs 2, 4, 17 (Reference 41), 18, 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, and 44, 50; and the intent of NRC RGs 1.6, 1.9, 1.32, 1.47, 1.53, 1.63, 1.75, 1.93, 1.106, 1.118, 1.153, 1.155, 1.160, 1.204, 1.218, 10 CFR 50.34, 10 CFR 50.55a(h), 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1), 10 CFR 52.80(a), BTPs 8-1 (Reference 63),
8-2 (Reference 64), 8-4 (Reference 65), 8-5 (Reference 66), and 8-7 (Reference 67). The criteria and guidelines are shown in Table 8.1-2 and include their applicability in the electrical system design.
8-2 (Reference 64), 8-4 (Reference 65), 8-5 (Reference 66), and 8-7 (Reference 67). The criteria and guidelines are shown in Table 8.1-2 and include their applicability in the electrical system design.
8.3-28                                  Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3.1.2.1           Conformance with General Design Criteria Criterion 2 - Design Bases for Protection Against Natural Phenomena GDC 2 requires that systems and components important to safety be designed to withstand the effects of natural phenomena such as earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, tsunami, and seiches without the loss of their safety function capabilities.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-29 8.3.1.2.1 Conformance with General Design Criteria Criterion 2 - Design Bases for Protection Against Natural Phenomena GDC 2 requires that systems and components important to safety be designed to withstand the effects of natural phenomena such as earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, tsunami, and seiches without the loss of their safety function capabilities.
The Class 1E onsite ac power system and its components are located in seismic Category I structures that provide protection from the effects of natural phenomena. Class 1E equipment is seismically qualified, and its mounting and installation are seismically designed to worst-case design basis earthquake for the site. Conformance with GDC 2 against earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, and floods is provided in Sections 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, and 3.7, respectively.
The Class 1E onsite ac power system and its components are located in seismic Category I structures that provide protection from the effects of natural phenomena. Class 1E equipment is seismically qualified, and its mounting and installation are seismically designed to worst-case design basis earthquake for the site. Conformance with GDC 2 against earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, and floods is provided in Sections 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, and 3.7, respectively.
Criterion 4 - Environmental and Dynamic Effects Design Bases GDC 4 requires that systems and components important to safety be designed to accommodate the effects of, and be compatible with, the environmental conditions associated with normal operation, maintenance, testing, and postulated accidents and be appropriately protected against dynamic effects, including the effects of missiles, that may result from equipment failures.
Criterion 4 - Environmental and Dynamic Effects Design Bases GDC 4 requires that systems and components important to safety be designed to accommodate the effects of, and be compatible with, the environmental conditions associated with normal operation, maintenance, testing, and postulated accidents and be appropriately protected against dynamic effects, including the effects of missiles, that may result from equipment failures.
The Class 1E ac power system is designed to provide power to systems important to safety during normal, abnormal, accident, and post-accident conditions. The equipment and components of the Class 1E onsite ac power system are designed to meet IEEE Std. 323 for qualifying Class 1E application equipment in nuclear power plants. Class 1E electrical distribution equipment is located away from high- or moderate-energy lines and potential internal missile areas. Conformance with GDC 4 is addressed in Section 3.1.
The Class 1E ac power system is designed to provide power to systems important to safety during normal, abnormal, accident, and post-accident conditions. The equipment and components of the Class 1E onsite ac power system are designed to meet IEEE Std. 323 for qualifying Class 1E application equipment in nuclear power plants. Class 1E electrical distribution equipment is located away from high-or moderate-energy lines and potential internal missile areas. Conformance with GDC 4 is addressed in Section 3.1.
Criterion 5 - Sharing of Structures, Systems, and Components GDC 5 is related to the sharing of SSCs. There are no shared SSCs because the APR1400 design is a single-unit plant. Therefore, this GDC is not applicable to the APR1400.
Criterion 5 - Sharing of Structures, Systems, and Components GDC 5 is related to the sharing of SSCs. There are no shared SSCs because the APR1400 design is a single-unit plant. Therefore, this GDC is not applicable to the APR1400.
Criterion 17 - Electric Power Systems GDC 17 requires that an onsite electric power system be provided to facilitate the functioning of SSCs important to safety. The onsite electric power system has sufficient 8.3-29                                      Rev. 3
Criterion 17 - Electric Power Systems GDC 17 requires that an onsite electric power system be provided to facilitate the functioning of SSCs important to safety. The onsite electric power system has sufficient Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 capacity and capability to perform its intended safety functions for all plant operating modes, including anticipated operational occurrences (AOOs) and design basis accidents (DBAs). The specified acceptable fuel design limits and design conditions of the reactor coolant pressure boundary are not exceeded as a result of an AOO, the core is cooled, and containment integrity and other vital functions are maintained in the event of a postulated accident.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-30 capacity and capability to perform its intended safety functions for all plant operating modes, including anticipated operational occurrences (AOOs) and design basis accidents (DBAs). The specified acceptable fuel design limits and design conditions of the reactor coolant pressure boundary are not exceeded as a result of an AOO, the core is cooled, and containment integrity and other vital functions are maintained in the event of a postulated accident.
The onsite ac power sources and onsite electrical distribution system have sufficient independence, redundancy, and testability to perform their safety functions assuming a single failure. Therefore, no single failure prevents the onsite ac power system from supplying electric power, thereby permitting safety functions and other vital functions needing electric power to be performed in the event of any single failure in the power system. Conformance with the requirements of GDC 17 is addressed in Subsection 8.3.1.1.2.
The onsite ac power sources and onsite electrical distribution system have sufficient independence, redundancy, and testability to perform their safety functions assuming a single failure. Therefore, no single failure prevents the onsite ac power system from supplying electric power, thereby permitting safety functions and other vital functions needing electric power to be performed in the event of any single failure in the power system. Conformance with the requirements of GDC 17 is addressed in Subsection 8.3.1.1.2.
Criterion 18 - Inspection and Testing of Electric Power Systems GDC 18 requires that electric power systems important to safety be designed to permit appropriate periodic inspection and testing of important areas and features to assess the continuity of the system and the condition of their components.
Criterion 18 - Inspection and Testing of Electric Power Systems GDC 18 requires that electric power systems important to safety be designed to permit appropriate periodic inspection and testing of important areas and features to assess the continuity of the system and the condition of their components.
The onsite ac power system of the APR1400 is designed to have the capability to perform integral testing of a Class 1E system periodically. The periodic test for EDGs is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.7. The testing of the onsite ac power system is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.6. Conformance with the requirements of GDC 18 is addressed in Subsection 8.3.1.1.6.
The onsite ac power system of the APR1400 is designed to have the capability to perform integral testing of a Class 1E system periodically. The periodic test for EDGs is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.7. The testing of the onsite ac power system is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.6. Conformance with the requirements of GDC 18 is addressed in Subsection 8.3.1.1.6.
Criteria 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, and 44 GDC 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, and 44 require that the onsite power supplies including electrical distribution systems be available for reactor coolant makeup during small breaks, residual heat removal, emergency core cooling, containment heat removal, containment atmosphere cleanup, and cooling water for SSCs important to safety during normal and accident conditions. These GDC also require the safety system to have redundancy. Redundant safety loads are distributed between redundant divisions of the Class 1E electrical distribution systems, and associated redundant division of the Class 1E electrical distribution systems supply the I&C devices for safety-related loads.
Criteria 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, and 44 GDC 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, and 44 require that the onsite power supplies including electrical distribution systems be available for reactor coolant makeup during small breaks, residual heat removal, emergency core cooling, containment heat removal, containment atmosphere cleanup, and cooling water for SSCs important to safety during normal and accident conditions. These GDC also require the safety system to have redundancy. Redundant safety loads are distributed between redundant divisions of the Class 1E electrical distribution systems, and associated redundant division of the Class 1E electrical distribution systems supply the I&C devices for safety-related loads.
8.3-30                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 The necessary electric power is provided for all facility operating modes including transients and DBA to meet these criteria. Conformance with these requirements is accomplished by meeting the requirements of GDC 17.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-31 The necessary electric power is provided for all facility operating modes including transients and DBA to meet these criteria. Conformance with these requirements is accomplished by meeting the requirements of GDC 17.
Criterion 50 - Containment Design Basis GDC 50 requires that the reactor containment structure, including access opening, penetrations, and containment heat removal systems be designed to accommodate, without exceeding the design leakage rate and with sufficient margin, the calculated pressure and temperature conditions resulting from a LOCA.
Criterion 50 - Containment Design Basis GDC 50 requires that the reactor containment structure, including access opening, penetrations, and containment heat removal systems be designed to accommodate, without exceeding the design leakage rate and with sufficient margin, the calculated pressure and temperature conditions resulting from a LOCA.
Electrical penetration assemblies are designed to accommodate the calculated pressure and temperature conditions resulting from a LOCA without exceeding their design leakage rate in accordance with and IEEE Std. 323 and IEEE Std. 317.
Electrical penetration assemblies are designed to accommodate the calculated pressure and temperature conditions resulting from a LOCA without exceeding their design leakage rate in accordance with and IEEE Std. 323 and IEEE Std. 317.
The design and protection of the electrical penetration assemblies conform with IEEE Std. 741 and NRC RG 1.63 requirements. The selection and settings of electrical protective devices provides reasonable assurance that the containment electrical penetration conductors do not exceed their design withstand ratings for overload and maximum short-circuit current. Electrical penetrations are provided with primary and backup protection.
The design and protection of the electrical penetration assemblies conform with IEEE Std. 741 and NRC RG 1.63 requirements. The selection and settings of electrical protective devices provides reasonable assurance that the containment electrical penetration conductors do not exceed their design withstand ratings for overload and maximum short-circuit current. Electrical penetrations are provided with primary and backup protection.
Each protection scheme has a separate interrupting device. Reactor containment electrical penetration assembly protection is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.9.
Each protection scheme has a separate interrupting device. Reactor containment electrical penetration assembly protection is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.9.
8.3.1.2.2           Conformance with NRC Regulatory Guides NRC Regulatory Guide 1.6 NRC RG 1.6 is related to the independence between redundant standby (onsite) power sources and between their distribution systems.
8.3.1.2.2 Conformance with NRC Regulatory Guides NRC Regulatory Guide 1.6 NRC RG 1.6 is related to the independence between redundant standby (onsite) power sources and between their distribution systems.
Class 1E onsite ac loads are separated into two redundant and independent load groups (divisions). Each load group is further separated into two independent small load groups (trains). Each Class 1E electrical distribution train has two connections to the preferred offsite power sources and a connection to an onsite standby power source. The Class 1E switchgear buses have no automatic connection to any loads or buses in different trains.
Class 1E onsite ac loads are separated into two redundant and independent load groups (divisions). Each load group is further separated into two independent small load groups (trains). Each Class 1E electrical distribution train has two connections to the preferred offsite power sources and a connection to an onsite standby power source. The Class 1E switchgear buses have no automatic connection to any loads or buses in different trains.
Each EDG is connected exclusively to its associated Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgears, which provides reasonable assurance of the independence of the onsite Class 1E standby power sources.
Each EDG is connected exclusively to its associated Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgears, which provides reasonable assurance of the independence of the onsite Class 1E standby power sources.
8.3-31                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 No single failure prevents operation of the minimum number of required safety loads, and the loss of any one division does not prevent the operation of the required safety functions.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-32 No single failure prevents operation of the minimum number of required safety loads, and the loss of any one division does not prevent the operation of the required safety functions.
The redundancy and independence of the APR1400 are described in Subsections 8.3.1.1.2.1 and 8.3.1.1.2.3.
The redundancy and independence of the APR1400 are described in Subsections 8.3.1.1.2.1 and 8.3.1.1.2.3.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.9 NRC RG 1.9 is related to the application and testing of safety-related emergency diesel generators in nuclear power plants.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.9 NRC RG 1.9 is related to the application and testing of safety-related emergency diesel generators in nuclear power plants.
Line 868: Line 1,125:
NRC RG 1.47 provides the requirements with respect to the bypassed and inoperable status indication of a Class 1E ac power system for a nuclear power plant. The APR1400 conforms with the requirements of NRC RG 1.47.
NRC RG 1.47 provides the requirements with respect to the bypassed and inoperable status indication of a Class 1E ac power system for a nuclear power plant. The APR1400 conforms with the requirements of NRC RG 1.47.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.53 NRC RG 1.53 is related to application of the single-failure criterion to safety systems.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.53 NRC RG 1.53 is related to application of the single-failure criterion to safety systems.
8.3-32                                      Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 The Class 1E onsite ac electric power system has two redundant divisions divided into four independent trains: division I with trains A and C and division II with trains B and D.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-33 The Class 1E onsite ac electric power system has two redundant divisions divided into four independent trains: division I with trains A and C and division II with trains B and D.
Each Class 1E electrical train consists of Class 1E EDG and power distribution equipment.
Each Class 1E electrical train consists of Class 1E EDG and power distribution equipment.
Each component and the equipment of the four independent trains is electrically isolated and housed in a physically separate seismic Category I building. HVAC systems that support the operation of the Class 1E ac power systems are powered from the same electrical train they serve. A single failure of any component in one train does not affect the other trains. NRC RG 1.53 endorses IEEE Std. 379 (Reference 43), which provides guidance on the application of the single-failure criterion and describes an acceptable method of single-failure analysis. The onsite power system is designed to conform with requirements specified by NRC RG 1.53. Conformance with NRC RG 1.53 is addressed in Subsection 8.3.1.1.2.2.
Each component and the equipment of the four independent trains is electrically isolated and housed in a physically separate seismic Category I building. HVAC systems that support the operation of the Class 1E ac power systems are powered from the same electrical train they serve. A single failure of any component in one train does not affect the other trains. NRC RG 1.53 endorses IEEE Std. 379 (Reference 43), which provides guidance on the application of the single-failure criterion and describes an acceptable method of single-failure analysis. The onsite power system is designed to conform with requirements specified by NRC RG 1.53. Conformance with NRC RG 1.53 is addressed in Subsection 8.3.1.1.2.2.
Line 879: Line 1,136:
The Class 1E onsite power system is designed to meet the requirements of NRC RG 1.75.
The Class 1E onsite power system is designed to meet the requirements of NRC RG 1.75.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.81 NRC RG 1.81 is related to the criteria for shared emergency and shutdown electric systems for multi-unit nuclear power plants.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.81 NRC RG 1.81 is related to the criteria for shared emergency and shutdown electric systems for multi-unit nuclear power plants.
The APR1400 is a single-unit plant.     Therefore, NRC RG 1.81 is not applicable to the APR1400.
The APR1400 is a single-unit plant. Therefore, NRC RG 1.81 is not applicable to the APR1400.
8.3-33                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 NRC Regulatory Guide 1.93 NRC RG 1.93 is related to the LCO (Limiting Conditions for Operation) for availability of electric power sources. The LCO for availability of electric power sources is addressed in Technical Specification 3.8.1, 3.8.4, 3.8.7, and 3.8.9.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-34 NRC Regulatory Guide 1.93 NRC RG 1.93 is related to the LCO (Limiting Conditions for Operation) for availability of electric power sources. The LCO for availability of electric power sources is addressed in Technical Specification 3.8.1, 3.8.4, 3.8.7, and 3.8.9.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.106 NRC RG 1.106 is related to the thermal overload protection for electric motors on motor-operated valves (MOVs).
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.106 NRC RG 1.106 is related to the thermal overload protection for electric motors on motor-operated valves (MOVs).
NRC RG 1.106 provides criteria to provide reasonable assurance that safety-related MOVs, whose motors are equipped with thermal overload protection devices integral with the motor starter, perform their safety function. The thermal overload protection devices for safety-related MOVs conform with the requirements of NRC RG 1.106.
NRC RG 1.106 provides criteria to provide reasonable assurance that safety-related MOVs, whose motors are equipped with thermal overload protection devices integral with the motor starter, perform their safety function. The thermal overload protection devices for safety-related MOVs conform with the requirements of NRC RG 1.106.
Line 890: Line 1,147:
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.153 NRC RG 1.153 is related to the criteria for safety systems.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.153 NRC RG 1.153 is related to the criteria for safety systems.
IEEE Std. 603, endorsed by NRC RG 1.153, provides minimum functional and design requirements for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of safety systems for nuclear power plants. The Class 1E onsite ac power system is designed to conform with the requirements of NRC RG 1.153 and IEEE Std. 603.
IEEE Std. 603, endorsed by NRC RG 1.153, provides minimum functional and design requirements for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of safety systems for nuclear power plants. The Class 1E onsite ac power system is designed to conform with the requirements of NRC RG 1.153 and IEEE Std. 603.
8.3-34                                  Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 NRC Regulatory Guide 1.155 NRC RG 1.155 is related to an SBO.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-35 NRC Regulatory Guide 1.155 NRC RG 1.155 is related to an SBO.
The APR1400 has an AAC power source of sufficient capacity, capability, and reliability for operation of all systems necessary for coping with an SBO. The AAC power source is designed to be available to power the shutdown buses within 10 minutes of the onset of an SBO. The AAC power source is fully independent from the offsite power sources and Class 1E onsite ac power sources. Conformance with NRC RG 1.155 is described in Section 8.4.
The APR1400 has an AAC power source of sufficient capacity, capability, and reliability for operation of all systems necessary for coping with an SBO. The AAC power source is designed to be available to power the shutdown buses within 10 minutes of the onset of an SBO. The AAC power source is fully independent from the offsite power sources and Class 1E onsite ac power sources. Conformance with NRC RG 1.155 is described in Section 8.4.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.160 NRC RG 1.160 is related to monitoring the effectiveness of maintenance at nuclear power plants.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.160 NRC RG 1.160 is related to monitoring the effectiveness of maintenance at nuclear power plants.
Line 900: Line 1,157:
which are related to the lightning protection of nuclear power plants.
which are related to the lightning protection of nuclear power plants.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.218 NRC RG 1.218 provides the cable design and maintenance criteria for the performance of periodic testing as part of the condition-monitoring techniques for the electric cables that are used in nuclear power plants. The inaccessible cable condition-monitoring techniques related to NRC RG 1.218 are addressed in Subsection 8.3.1.1.10.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.218 NRC RG 1.218 provides the cable design and maintenance criteria for the performance of periodic testing as part of the condition-monitoring techniques for the electric cables that are used in nuclear power plants. The inaccessible cable condition-monitoring techniques related to NRC RG 1.218 are addressed in Subsection 8.3.1.1.10.
8.3-35                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3.1.2.3           Conformance with 10 CFR 50.34 Related to TMI Action Plan Requirements 10 CFR 50.34(f)(2)(v) (TMI Item I.D.3) requires the applicant to provide for automatic indication of the bypassed and operable status of safety systems. Information regarding bypassed and inoperable status indication of the Class 1E onsite ac and dc power system and the Class 1E EDG system is described in Subsection 7.5.1.3. Conformance with the requirement of 10 CFR 50.34(f)(2)(v) is addressed in Subsection 7.5.2.3.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-36 8.3.1.2.3 Conformance with 10 CFR 50.34 Related to TMI Action Plan Requirements 10 CFR 50.34(f)(2)(v) (TMI Item I.D.3) requires the applicant to provide for automatic indication of the bypassed and operable status of safety systems. Information regarding bypassed and inoperable status indication of the Class 1E onsite ac and dc power system and the Class 1E EDG system is described in Subsection 7.5.1.3. Conformance with the requirement of 10 CFR 50.34(f)(2)(v) is addressed in Subsection 7.5.2.3.
10 CFR 50.34(f)(2)(xiii) (TMI Item II.E.3.1) is related to providing pressurizer heater power supply and conformance with the requirement of 10 CFR 50.34(f)(2)(xiii) is addressed in Subsection 8.3.1.1.2.
10 CFR 50.34(f)(2)(xiii) (TMI Item II.E.3.1) is related to providing pressurizer heater power supply and conformance with the requirement of 10 CFR 50.34(f)(2)(xiii) is addressed in Subsection 8.3.1.1.2.
10 CFR 50.34(f)(2)(xx) (TMI Item II.G.1) is related to providing power supplies for pressurizer relief valves, block valves, and level indicators. For the APR1400, there is no power-operated relief valve (PORV) or block valve which requires any electrical power.
10 CFR 50.34(f)(2)(xx) (TMI Item II.G.1) is related to providing power supplies for pressurizer relief valves, block valves, and level indicators. For the APR1400, there is no power-operated relief valve (PORV) or block valve which requires any electrical power.
The Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system, backed up by EDGs and batteries, supplies power for pressurizer level indication instruments as described in Subsection 7.1.2.11.
The Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system, backed up by EDGs and batteries, supplies power for pressurizer level indication instruments as described in Subsection 7.1.2.11.
Thus, it conforms with 10 CFR 50.34(f)(2)(xx).
Thus, it conforms with 10 CFR 50.34(f)(2)(xx).
8.3.1.2.4           Conformance with Branch Technical Positions BTP 8-1, Requirements on Motor-Operated Valves in the ECCS Accumulator Lines The design of motor operated valves in the ECCS accumulator lines conforms with BTP 8-1.
8.3.1.2.4 Conformance with Branch Technical Positions BTP 8-1, Requirements on Motor-Operated Valves in the ECCS Accumulator Lines The design of motor operated valves in the ECCS accumulator lines conforms with BTP 8-1.
Conformance with BTP 8-1 is addressed in DCD Tier 2, Subsections 6.3.2.5.1, 6.3.2.1.1, 6.3.5.3.2, 7.3.1.3 and Figure 7.6-2.
Conformance with BTP 8-1 is addressed in DCD Tier 2, Subsections 6.3.2.5.1, 6.3.2.1.1, 6.3.5.3.2, 7.3.1.3 and Figure 7.6-2.
BTP 8-2, Use of Diesel-Generator Sets for Peaking The Class 1E EDGs are not used for peaking service. They provide standby power in the event of a loss of the offsite preferred power source(s). They are connected to the offsite power source, one at a time, for periodic testing as described in DCD Tier 2, Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.7.
BTP 8-2, Use of Diesel-Generator Sets for Peaking The Class 1E EDGs are not used for peaking service. They provide standby power in the event of a loss of the offsite preferred power source(s). They are connected to the offsite power source, one at a time, for periodic testing as described in DCD Tier 2, Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.7.
8.3-36                                  Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 BTP 8-4, Application of the Single Failure Criterion to Manually Controlled Electrically Operated Valves The APR1400 design of manually controlled electrically operated valves conforms with BTP 8-4.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-37 BTP 8-4, Application of the Single Failure Criterion to Manually Controlled Electrically Operated Valves The APR1400 design of manually controlled electrically operated valves conforms with BTP 8-4.
The following provides descriptions of the electrically operated valves, for which electric power is required be removed and restored to meet the single failure criterion addressed in BTP 8-4.
The following provides descriptions of the electrically operated valves, for which electric power is required be removed and restored to meet the single failure criterion addressed in BTP 8-4.
: a. Safety injection tank (SIT) isolation valves are motor-operated gate valves provided in each SIT discharge line and are administratively controlled to open from the MCR during normal operation. Power to the motor operator of each valve is removed to prevent inadvertent closure as described in Subsection 6.3.2.1.1, 6.3.5.3.2.a and verified by surveillance requirement 3.5.1.5.
: a.
Safety injection tank (SIT) isolation valves are motor-operated gate valves provided in each SIT discharge line and are administratively controlled to open from the MCR during normal operation. Power to the motor operator of each valve is removed to prevent inadvertent closure as described in Subsection 6.3.2.1.1, 6.3.5.3.2.a and verified by surveillance requirement 3.5.1.5.
: b. SIT atmospheric vent isolation valves are solenoid globe valves provided for tank venting. The valves are locked closed and power to each valve is removed during normal operating to prevent inadvertent SIT venting as described in Subsection 6.3.2.1.1 and 6.3.2.5.1.
: b. SIT atmospheric vent isolation valves are solenoid globe valves provided for tank venting. The valves are locked closed and power to each valve is removed during normal operating to prevent inadvertent SIT venting as described in Subsection 6.3.2.1.1 and 6.3.2.5.1.
: c. Valves in the cavity flooding system of the in-containment water storage system consist of the holdup volume tank (HVT) flooding valves and the reactor cavity flooding valves. The HVT flooding valves are motor-operated gate valves in the flow paths that connect the IRWST to the HVT, and the reactor cavity flooding valves are motor-operated gate valves in the flow paths that connect HVT to the reactor cavity. The valves are only used to flood the reactor cavity through the HVT for severe accident mitigation in the event of a severe accident. The valves remain locked closed with the power connections for the valves separated from the power source during all plant conditions. Connections are established to the power source during severe accidents as described in Subsection 6.8.2.1.2 and 6.8.2.2.4.
: c.
All safety-related electrically operated valves are operated from the MCR and the position of these valves is indicated on the Information Flat Panel Display (IFPD) and the Large Display Panel (LDP), which are driven by the Information Processing System (IPS). The valve position indications are also provided on the Qualified Indication and Alarm System-N (QIAS-N) FPD. The IPS is electrically isolated, physically separated, and diverse from 8.3-37                                  Rev. 3
Valves in the cavity flooding system of the in-containment water storage system consist of the holdup volume tank (HVT) flooding valves and the reactor cavity flooding valves. The HVT flooding valves are motor-operated gate valves in the flow paths that connect the IRWST to the HVT, and the reactor cavity flooding valves are motor-operated gate valves in the flow paths that connect HVT to the reactor cavity. The valves are only used to flood the reactor cavity through the HVT for severe accident mitigation in the event of a severe accident. The valves remain locked closed with the power connections for the valves separated from the power source during all plant conditions. Connections are established to the power source during severe accidents as described in Subsection 6.8.2.1.2 and 6.8.2.2.4.
All safety-related electrically operated valves are operated from the MCR and the position of these valves is indicated on the Information Flat Panel Display (IFPD) and the Large Display Panel (LDP), which are driven by the Information Processing System (IPS). The valve position indications are also provided on the Qualified Indication and Alarm System-N (QIAS-N) FPD. The IPS is electrically isolated, physically separated, and diverse from Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 the QIAS-N. Therefore, any failure of the IPS does not adversely affect the operation of the QIAS-N. Also, the position of safety-related electrically operated valves is indicated on the safety-related soft control display (ESCM).
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-38 the QIAS-N. Therefore, any failure of the IPS does not adversely affect the operation of the QIAS-N. Also, the position of safety-related electrically operated valves is indicated on the safety-related soft control display (ESCM).
BTP 8-5, Supplement Guidance for Bypass and Inoperable Status Indication for Engineered Safety Features Systems The Bypassed and Inoperable Status Indication for onsite power system complies with BTP 8-5. Descriptions of the bypassed and inoperable status indication for engineered safety features systems are provided in Subsection 7.5.1.3.
BTP 8-5, Supplement Guidance for Bypass and Inoperable Status Indication for Engineered Safety Features Systems The Bypassed and Inoperable Status Indication for onsite power system complies with BTP 8-5. Descriptions of the bypassed and inoperable status indication for engineered safety features systems are provided in Subsection 7.5.1.3.
BTP 8-7, Criteria for Alarms and Indications Associated with Diesel-Generator Unit Bypassed and Inoperable Status The bypassed and inoperable status indication (BISI) design for the EDGs conforms to the recommendations of BTP 8-7, except the position number 3. The EDG units of APR1400 are not shared with other units. Descriptions of the system-level BISI for the plant auxiliary systems including EDGs are provided in Subsection 7.5.1.3.
BTP 8-7, Criteria for Alarms and Indications Associated with Diesel-Generator Unit Bypassed and Inoperable Status The bypassed and inoperable status indication (BISI) design for the EDGs conforms to the recommendations of BTP 8-7, except the position number 3. The EDG units of APR1400 are not shared with other units. Descriptions of the system-level BISI for the plant auxiliary systems including EDGs are provided in Subsection 7.5.1.3.
8.3.1.2.5           Conformance with 10 CFR 50.55a(h) 10 CFR 50.55a(h) is related to the codes and standards for protection and safety systems.
8.3.1.2.5 Conformance with 10 CFR 50.55a(h) 10 CFR 50.55a(h) is related to the codes and standards for protection and safety systems.
IEEE Std. 603, incorporated and specified in 10 CFR 50.55a(h), provides minimum functional and design requirements for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of safety systems for nuclear power plants. The Class 1E ac and dc power system is designed to conform with the requirements of 10 CFR 50.55a(h) and IEEE Std. 603.
IEEE Std. 603, incorporated and specified in 10 CFR 50.55a(h), provides minimum functional and design requirements for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of safety systems for nuclear power plants. The Class 1E ac and dc power system is designed to conform with the requirements of 10 CFR 50.55a(h) and IEEE Std. 603.
8.3.1.2.6           Conformance with 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) and 10 CFR 52.80(a)
8.3.1.2.6 Conformance with 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) and 10 CFR 52.80(a)
See Subsection 8.2.2.4.
See Subsection 8.2.2.4.
8.3.1.3         Electrical Power System Calculations and Distribution System Studies for AC System The analysis of load flow, voltage regulation, and short-circuit studies is performed by using ETAP, version 12.0.0N, which is qualified for nuclear power plants in accordance with 10 CFR Part 21, 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix B (Reference 47), and ASME NQA-1 (Reference 48).
8.3.1.3 Electrical Power System Calculations and Distribution System Studies for AC System The analysis of load flow, voltage regulation, and short-circuit studies is performed by using ETAP, version 12.0.0N, which is qualified for nuclear power plants in accordance with 10 CFR Part 21, 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix B (Reference 47), and ASME NQA-1 (Reference 48).
8.3-38                                  Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3.1.3.1           Load Flow/Voltage Regulation Studies and Under/Overvoltage Protection Load flow studies of onsite power systems are performed to demonstrate that acceptance voltage regulation is maintained within 90 to 110 percent of the rated voltage at the equipment terminals under the worst-case condition among normal, startup, hot standby, and LOCA operation mode. Lager motor starting studies calculate the voltage drop so that motor terminal voltages are maintained at not less than acceptance voltage of 75 percent of motor rating for Class 1E motors and 80 percent of motor rating for non-Class 1E motors.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-39 8.3.1.3.1 Load Flow/Voltage Regulation Studies and Under/Overvoltage Protection Load flow studies of onsite power systems are performed to demonstrate that acceptance voltage regulation is maintained within 90 to 110 percent of the rated voltage at the equipment terminals under the worst-case condition among normal, startup, hot standby, and LOCA operation mode. Lager motor starting studies calculate the voltage drop so that motor terminal voltages are maintained at not less than acceptance voltage of 75 percent of motor rating for Class 1E motors and 80 percent of motor rating for non-Class 1E motors.
Acceptance criteria for EDG loading are described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.6. Safety and non-safety motors, switchgears, load centers, MCCs, and distribution transformers are included in load flow and voltage regulation studies.
Acceptance criteria for EDG loading are described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.6. Safety and non-safety motors, switchgears, load centers, MCCs, and distribution transformers are included in load flow and voltage regulation studies.
8.3.1.3.2           Short-Circuit Studies Analysis is performed to demonstrate maximum short-circuit current by considering the bus fault in the onsite ac power system. ETAP, based on IEEE Std. C37 series, is used for short-circuit studies. Short-circuit current for each study case is less than the acceptance criteria, which are the applicable circuit breaker interrupting and close and latch ratings described in Table 8.3.1-6. Buses of switchgears and load centers are considered for maximum fault current analysis. Containment electrical penetration assemblies are protected by overload and short-circuit current in accordance with IEEE Std. 741.
8.3.1.3.2 Short-Circuit Studies Analysis is performed to demonstrate maximum short-circuit current by considering the bus fault in the onsite ac power system. ETAP, based on IEEE Std. C37 series, is used for short-circuit studies. Short-circuit current for each study case is less than the acceptance criteria, which are the applicable circuit breaker interrupting and close and latch ratings described in Table 8.3.1-6. Buses of switchgears and load centers are considered for maximum fault current analysis. Containment electrical penetration assemblies are protected by overload and short-circuit current in accordance with IEEE Std. 741.
8.3.1.3.3           Equipment Sizing Studies Electrical equipment sizing of the distribution system is performed using the spreadsheet load list and verified using ETAP analysis. The ratings of major electrical system components are not exceeded when load flow, short-circuit, and motor starting analysis are performed under normal and abnormal operation modes, including DBAs. The medium-voltage switchgear loads are listed in Table 8.3.1-1. The Class 1E EDG loads are shown in Tables 8.3.1-2 and 8.3.1-3. The AAC GTG loads are shown in Tables 8.3.1-4 and 8.3.1-5.
8.3.1.3.3 Equipment Sizing Studies Electrical equipment sizing of the distribution system is performed using the spreadsheet load list and verified using ETAP analysis. The ratings of major electrical system components are not exceeded when load flow, short-circuit, and motor starting analysis are performed under normal and abnormal operation modes, including DBAs. The medium-voltage switchgear loads are listed in Table 8.3.1-1. The Class 1E EDG loads are shown in Tables 8.3.1-2 and 8.3.1-3. The AAC GTG loads are shown in Tables 8.3.1-4 and 8.3.1-5.
8.3.1.3.4           Equipment Protection and Coordination Studies The protective relaying coordination of onsite distribution system is performed so that the circuit breaker separates the faulted electrical equipment from service in sufficient time to minimize the extent of damage to the faulted equipment and to prevent damage to other electrical equipment. The degraded voltage and loss of voltage protection and time delay 8.3-39                                      Rev. 3
8.3.1.3.4 Equipment Protection and Coordination Studies The protective relaying coordination of onsite distribution system is performed so that the circuit breaker separates the faulted electrical equipment from service in sufficient time to minimize the extent of damage to the faulted equipment and to prevent damage to other electrical equipment. The degraded voltage and loss of voltage protection and time delay Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 function are in accordance with BTP 8-6.       The COL applicant is to provide protective device coordination (COL 8.3(9)).
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-40 function are in accordance with BTP 8-6. The COL applicant is to provide protective device coordination (COL 8.3(9)).
8.3.1.3.5         Insulation Coordination (Surge and Lightning Protection)
8.3.1.3.5 Insulation Coordination (Surge and Lightning Protection)
Surge and lightning protection is provided for the security of equipment and personnel from transient overvoltage due to lightning and electrical faults. Electrical equipment protected from lightning includes the main transformer, unit auxiliary transformer, standby auxiliary transformer, and switchyard facilities. The guidelines for the design of the surge and lightning protection are described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.8. Insulation coordination is performed in accordance with IEEE Std. C62.82.1 (Reference 49) and IEEE Std. 1313.2 (Reference 50). The COL applicant is to provide the analysis and underlying assumptions used to demonstrate adequacy for the insulation coordination of surge and lightning (COL 8.3(10)).
Surge and lightning protection is provided for the security of equipment and personnel from transient overvoltage due to lightning and electrical faults. Electrical equipment protected from lightning includes the main transformer, unit auxiliary transformer, standby auxiliary transformer, and switchyard facilities. The guidelines for the design of the surge and lightning protection are described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.8. Insulation coordination is performed in accordance with IEEE Std. C62.82.1 (Reference 49) and IEEE Std. 1313.2 (Reference 50). The COL applicant is to provide the analysis and underlying assumptions used to demonstrate adequacy for the insulation coordination of surge and lightning (COL 8.3(10)).
8.3.1.3.6         Power Quality Limits Nonlinear loads such as battery chargers and inverters contribute total harmonic distortion (THD) to the distribution power system. THD degrades electric power quality, causing increased heating due to copper and iron losses at harmonic frequencies on electrical equipment such as motors, transformers, and switchgears. Therefore, the electrical distribution system is designed so that THD does not affect Class 1E equipment. THD is maintained within the acceptance criteria in accordance with IEEE Std. 519 (Reference 51).
8.3.1.3.6 Power Quality Limits Nonlinear loads such as battery chargers and inverters contribute total harmonic distortion (THD) to the distribution power system. THD degrades electric power quality, causing increased heating due to copper and iron losses at harmonic frequencies on electrical equipment such as motors, transformers, and switchgears. Therefore, the electrical distribution system is designed so that THD does not affect Class 1E equipment. THD is maintained within the acceptance criteria in accordance with IEEE Std. 519 (Reference 51).
The power quality analyses are performed in accordance with NRC RG 1.206 and allowable THD is limited to less than or equal to 5 percent. Reasonable assurance of the protective device application within the power quality that is needed for the device to operate, is provided. The COL applicant is to provide the analysis and underlying assumptions used to demonstrate adequacy for power quality limits (harmonic distortion)
The power quality analyses are performed in accordance with NRC RG 1.206 and allowable THD is limited to less than or equal to 5 percent. Reasonable assurance of the protective device application within the power quality that is needed for the device to operate, is provided. The COL applicant is to provide the analysis and underlying assumptions used to demonstrate adequacy for power quality limits (harmonic distortion)
(COL 8.3(11)).
(COL 8.3(11)).
8.3.1.3.7         Monitoring and Testing Monitoring of the distribution power system is provided with information such as the quantitative value of equipment, circuit breaker status, and the protective device alarm by ESF-CCS and QIAS-P for Class 1E and the P-CCS and IPS for non-Class 1E equipment in the main control room and remote shutdown console. The operator can use the information that is necessary for efficient operation of the unit. All control room I&C is 8.3-40                                    Rev. 3
8.3.1.3.7 Monitoring and Testing Monitoring of the distribution power system is provided with information such as the quantitative value of equipment, circuit breaker status, and the protective device alarm by ESF-CCS and QIAS-P for Class 1E and the P-CCS and IPS for non-Class 1E equipment in the main control room and remote shutdown console. The operator can use the information that is necessary for efficient operation of the unit. All control room I&C is Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 designed in accordance with the human factors engineering design criteria and implementation methods as described in Chapter 18.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-41 designed in accordance with the human factors engineering design criteria and implementation methods as described in Chapter 18.
Testing of the onsite ac power system is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.6.
Testing of the onsite ac power system is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.6.
Load sequence testing for LOOP or combined LOOP and LOCA is performed during the plant shutdown condition. EDG testing capability is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.7.
Load sequence testing for LOOP or combined LOOP and LOCA is performed during the plant shutdown condition. EDG testing capability is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.7.
8.3.1.3.8           Grounding The grounding system complies with the guidelines in IEEE Std. 665 and IEEE Std. 1050, as endorsed by NRC RG 1.204. The grounding system consists of station grounding, system grounding, equipment grounding, safety grounding, and instrumentation grounding.
8.3.1.3.8 Grounding The grounding system complies with the guidelines in IEEE Std. 665 and IEEE Std. 1050, as endorsed by NRC RG 1.204. The grounding system consists of station grounding, system grounding, equipment grounding, safety grounding, and instrumentation grounding.
The station grounding consisting of interconnected bare copper conductors is provided to protect personnel and equipment from the hazard voltages. System grounding is intended to provide grounds of neutral points of MG, UATs, SATs, load center transformers, EDG, and AAC GTG. Equipment grounding is provided for the ground fault return path via the raceway system. Safety grounding is for protecting personnel from injury and property from damage. Instrumentation grounding is intended to establish the signal reference and minimize degradation of instrumentation signals by grounding signal cable shields, instrumentation applications, and signal return conductors. Guidelines for the design of the grounding system are described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.8. The COL applicant is to provide the analysis for the station and switchyard grounding system with underlying assumptions, based on the site-specific parameters including soil resistivity and site layout (COL 8.3(12)).
The station grounding consisting of interconnected bare copper conductors is provided to protect personnel and equipment from the hazard voltages. System grounding is intended to provide grounds of neutral points of MG, UATs, SATs, load center transformers, EDG, and AAC GTG. Equipment grounding is provided for the ground fault return path via the raceway system. Safety grounding is for protecting personnel from injury and property from damage. Instrumentation grounding is intended to establish the signal reference and minimize degradation of instrumentation signals by grounding signal cable shields, instrumentation applications, and signal return conductors. Guidelines for the design of the grounding system are described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.8. The COL applicant is to provide the analysis for the station and switchyard grounding system with underlying assumptions, based on the site-specific parameters including soil resistivity and site layout (COL 8.3(12)).
8.3.1.3.9           Bus Transfer Study Analysis is performed to check if a fast bus transfer is expected on each bus upon a fault on the normal offsite power source and to demonstrate the bus transfer (fast transfer or residual voltage transfer) will be performed successfully at each bus without failure of motor re-acceleration in the Class 1E and non-Class 1E power system. The COL applicant is to provide a bus transfer study of the onsite power system. Based on the bus transfer study, the COL applicant is also to provide final relay selection and settings for the bus transfer (COL 8.3(2)).
8.3.1.3.9 Bus Transfer Study Analysis is performed to check if a fast bus transfer is expected on each bus upon a fault on the normal offsite power source and to demonstrate the bus transfer (fast transfer or residual voltage transfer) will be performed successfully at each bus without failure of motor re-acceleration in the Class 1E and non-Class 1E power system. The COL applicant is to provide a bus transfer study of the onsite power system. Based on the bus transfer study, the COL applicant is also to provide final relay selection and settings for the bus transfer (COL 8.3(2)).
8.3-41                                      Rev. 3
Rev. 3
 
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-42 8.3.2 DC Power System 8.3.2.1


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3.2          DC Power System 8.3.2.1          System Description The onsite dc power system includes the dc power sources and their distribution systems and auxiliary supporting systems that are provided to supply motive or control power to the safety-related and non-safety-related equipment. Batteries and battery chargers serve as the power sources for the dc power system, and inverters convert dc power to ac power for I&C power, as required. These three components, when combined, provide an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) that furnishes a continuous and reliable source of 120 Vac power. Under normal conditions, the dc distribution systems are designed to provide power for switchgear group controls, uninterruptible power supplies, inverters, diesel generator control, relays, solenoid valves, dc motors, emergency dc lighting, and other electric devices and components. Under abnormal and accident conditions when there is no ac power, batteries provide power to the assigned loads.
===System Description===
The onsite dc power system includes the dc power sources and their distribution systems and auxiliary supporting systems that are provided to supply motive or control power to the safety-related and non-safety-related equipment. Batteries and battery chargers serve as the power sources for the dc power system, and inverters convert dc power to ac power for I&C power, as required. These three components, when combined, provide an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) that furnishes a continuous and reliable source of 120 Vac power. Under normal conditions, the dc distribution systems are designed to provide power for switchgear group controls, uninterruptible power supplies, inverters, diesel generator control, relays, solenoid valves, dc motors, emergency dc lighting, and other electric devices and components. Under abnormal and accident conditions when there is no ac power, batteries provide power to the assigned loads.
The onsite dc power system is divided into independent Class 1E and non-Class 1E dc power systems. The Class 1E dc power system consists of four separate subsystem trains.
The onsite dc power system is divided into independent Class 1E and non-Class 1E dc power systems. The Class 1E dc power system consists of four separate subsystem trains.
The onsite Class 1E dc power system has the capacity and capability to permit the functioning of structures, systems, and components (SSCs) important to safety and the independence and redundancy necessary to perform their safety functions, assuming a single failure.
The onsite Class 1E dc power system has the capacity and capability to permit the functioning of structures, systems, and components (SSCs) important to safety and the independence and redundancy necessary to perform their safety functions, assuming a single failure.
Line 958: Line 1,220:
The dc power system is designed to be testable during power operation of the plant as well as when the plant is shut down.
The dc power system is designed to be testable during power operation of the plant as well as when the plant is shut down.
The system configuration is shown in Figures 8.3.2-1 and 8.3.2-2. The dc power system loads are listed in Tables 8.3.2-1 and 8.3.2-2.
The system configuration is shown in Figures 8.3.2-1 and 8.3.2-2. The dc power system loads are listed in Tables 8.3.2-1 and 8.3.2-2.
8.3-42                                  Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3.2.1.1         Non-Class 1E DC Power Systems 8.3.2.1.1.1         Non-Class 1E 125 Vdc Power System The non-Class 1E 125 Vdc power system is composed of four independent subsystems.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-43 8.3.2.1.1 Non-Class 1E DC Power Systems 8.3.2.1.1.1 Non-Class 1E 125 Vdc Power System The non-Class 1E 125 Vdc power system is composed of four independent subsystems.
Two subsystems are installed in the auxiliary building, one subsystem is installed in the compound building, and one subsystem is installed in the AAC GTG building. The system in the AAC GTG building is designed to supply the dc power necessary to start and operate the AAC GTG. The 125 Vdc power system is shown in Figure 8.3.2-2. Each of these dc systems consists of a battery, battery chargers, a dc control center, and distribution panels. Each dc control center is powered from its respective battery or battery charger depending on the plant condition.
Two subsystems are installed in the auxiliary building, one subsystem is installed in the compound building, and one subsystem is installed in the AAC GTG building. The system in the AAC GTG building is designed to supply the dc power necessary to start and operate the AAC GTG. The 125 Vdc power system is shown in Figure 8.3.2-2. Each of these dc systems consists of a battery, battery chargers, a dc control center, and distribution panels. Each dc control center is powered from its respective battery or battery charger depending on the plant condition.
The two non-Class 1E 125 Vdc power systems located in the auxiliary building share a standby battery charger that is designed to replace one of the two normal battery chargers for maintenance outage or a normal battery charger failure. The normal battery chargers and standby battery charger are interlocked to prevent paralleling.
The two non-Class 1E 125 Vdc power systems located in the auxiliary building share a standby battery charger that is designed to replace one of the two normal battery chargers for maintenance outage or a normal battery charger failure. The normal battery chargers and standby battery charger are interlocked to prevent paralleling.
The dc loads for the non-Class 1E dc power system are listed in Table 8.3.2-2. The electrical equipment rating of the non-Class 1E dc power system is shown in Table 8.3.2-4.
The dc loads for the non-Class 1E dc power system are listed in Table 8.3.2-2. The electrical equipment rating of the non-Class 1E dc power system is shown in Table 8.3.2-4.
8.3.2.1.1.2         Non-Class 1E 250 Vdc Power System The 250 Vdc power system in the turbine generator building consists of a battery, two battery chargers (normal and standby), and a dc control center. This system is shown in Figure 8.3.2-2.
8.3.2.1.1.2 Non-Class 1E 250 Vdc Power System The 250 Vdc power system in the turbine generator building consists of a battery, two battery chargers (normal and standby), and a dc control center. This system is shown in Figure 8.3.2-2.
The 250 Vdc power system supplies power to high-inrush dc loads that generally serve as backups to turbine generator ac loads. The electrical equipment rating of the non-Class 1E dc power system is shown in Table 8.3.2-4.
The 250 Vdc power system supplies power to high-inrush dc loads that generally serve as backups to turbine generator ac loads. The electrical equipment rating of the non-Class 1E dc power system is shown in Table 8.3.2-4.
8.3.2.1.1.3         Non-Class 1E 120 Vac Instrumentation and Control Power System The non-Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system supplies continuous, reliable, and regulated ac power to the plant non-safety-related I&C equipment, information processing system (IPS), and process-component control system (P-CCS), which require uninterruptable ac power for operation.
8.3.2.1.1.3 Non-Class 1E 120 Vac Instrumentation and Control Power System The non-Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system supplies continuous, reliable, and regulated ac power to the plant non-safety-related I&C equipment, information processing system (IPS), and process-component control system (P-CCS), which require uninterruptable ac power for operation.
8.3-43                                      Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 The non-Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system consists of inverters, regulating transformers, manual and automatic transfer switches, and distribution panels, as shown in Figure 8.3.2-4.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-44 The non-Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system consists of inverters, regulating transformers, manual and automatic transfer switches, and distribution panels, as shown in Figure 8.3.2-4.
The I&C power system is designed to provide an output frequency of 60 Hz +/- 0.5 percent and voltage regulation within +/- 2 percent at full rated load for a load power factor greater than 0.8.
The I&C power system is designed to provide an output frequency of 60 Hz +/- 0.5 percent and voltage regulation within +/- 2 percent at full rated load for a load power factor greater than 0.8.
The 120 Vac distribution panel receives power from its associated inverter or regulating transformer through transfer switches. The automatic transfer switch is to automatically transfer total load from the normal ac power source to the alternate ac power source without interruption. The automatic transfer switch is a make-before-break type with automatic synchronization between the inverter and regulating transformer upon inverter faults and overload condition. A manual transfer switch transfers full load to the alternate power source, bypassing inverter and automatic transfer switch, for maintenance purposes. The two power sources are interlocked to prevent paralleling.
The 120 Vac distribution panel receives power from its associated inverter or regulating transformer through transfer switches. The automatic transfer switch is to automatically transfer total load from the normal ac power source to the alternate ac power source without interruption. The automatic transfer switch is a make-before-break type with automatic synchronization between the inverter and regulating transformer upon inverter faults and overload condition. A manual transfer switch transfers full load to the alternate power source, bypassing inverter and automatic transfer switch, for maintenance purposes. The two power sources are interlocked to prevent paralleling.
8.3.2.1.2           Class 1E DC Power System 8.3.2.1.2.1           Class 1E 125 Vdc Power System The onsite Class 1E 125 Vdc power system is composed of four independent subsystems (trains A, B, C, and D) and supplies reliable power to the plant safety system dc loads and essential I&C system loads. Each dc power subsystem consists of a battery, two battery chargers (normal and standby), a dc control center, and distribution panels. The standby battery charger is designed to replace the normal battery charger in case of a maintenance outage or a normal battery charger failure. The normal and standby battery chargers are interlocked to prevent paralleling.
8.3.2.1.2 Class 1E DC Power System 8.3.2.1.2.1 Class 1E 125 Vdc Power System The onsite Class 1E 125 Vdc power system is composed of four independent subsystems (trains A, B, C, and D) and supplies reliable power to the plant safety system dc loads and essential I&C system loads. Each dc power subsystem consists of a battery, two battery chargers (normal and standby), a dc control center, and distribution panels. The standby battery charger is designed to replace the normal battery charger in case of a maintenance outage or a normal battery charger failure. The normal and standby battery chargers are interlocked to prevent paralleling.
Each dc control center is powered from its respective battery or battery charger depending on the plant condition. The 125 Vdc power system is shown in Figure 8.3.2-1.
Each dc control center is powered from its respective battery or battery charger depending on the plant condition. The 125 Vdc power system is shown in Figure 8.3.2-1.
The Class 1E 125 Vdc power systems, located in a seismic Category I structure, are designed to remain functional in the event of a safe shutdown earthquake, operating basis earthquake, tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, and other design basis events including missile impact and internal accidents.
The Class 1E 125 Vdc power systems, located in a seismic Category I structure, are designed to remain functional in the event of a safe shutdown earthquake, operating basis earthquake, tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, and other design basis events including missile impact and internal accidents.
The Class 1E dc loads are listed in Table 8.3.2-1. The electrical equipment rating of the Class 1E dc power system is shown in Table 8.3.2-4.
The Class 1E dc loads are listed in Table 8.3.2-1. The electrical equipment rating of the Class 1E dc power system is shown in Table 8.3.2-4.
8.3-44                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3.2.1.2.2           Class 1E 120 Vac Instrumentation and Control Power System The Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system is required for all plant operating conditions.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-45 8.3.2.1.2.2 Class 1E 120 Vac Instrumentation and Control Power System The Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system is required for all plant operating conditions.
The Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system supplies a continuous, reliable, and regulated ac power to the safety-related plant instruments, control equipment, and engineered safety features-component control system (ESF-CCS), which are required to be operational during the momentary or complete loss of onsite ac power. Class 1E 120 Vac I&C loads are listed in Table 8.3.2-3.
The Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system supplies a continuous, reliable, and regulated ac power to the safety-related plant instruments, control equipment, and engineered safety features-component control system (ESF-CCS), which are required to be operational during the momentary or complete loss of onsite ac power. Class 1E 120 Vac I&C loads are listed in Table 8.3.2-3.
The Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system consists of four separate and independent 120 Vac power systems. Each Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system has an inverter, regulating transformer, distribution panel, manual and automatic transfer switch, and distribution panel, as shown in Figure 8.3.2-3. The Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system is designed to provide an output frequency of 60 Hz +/- 0.5 percent and voltage regulation within +/- 2 percent at full rated load for a load power factor greater than 0.8.
The Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system consists of four separate and independent 120 Vac power systems. Each Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system has an inverter, regulating transformer, distribution panel, manual and automatic transfer switch, and distribution panel, as shown in Figure 8.3.2-3. The Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system is designed to provide an output frequency of 60 Hz +/- 0.5 percent and voltage regulation within +/- 2 percent at full rated load for a load power factor greater than 0.8.
Line 984: Line 1,246:
The inverter is the normal and preferred power source and the regulating transformer serves as an alternate source when the inverter fails. The automatic transfer switch is a make-before-break type with automatic synchronization between the inverter and regulating transformer upon inverter faults and overload condition. A manual transfer switch transfers full load to the alternate power source, bypassing the inverter and auto transfer switch, for maintenance purposes. Two power sources are interlocked to prevent paralleling.
The inverter is the normal and preferred power source and the regulating transformer serves as an alternate source when the inverter fails. The automatic transfer switch is a make-before-break type with automatic synchronization between the inverter and regulating transformer upon inverter faults and overload condition. A manual transfer switch transfers full load to the alternate power source, bypassing the inverter and auto transfer switch, for maintenance purposes. Two power sources are interlocked to prevent paralleling.
The Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system, located in a seismic Category I structure, is designed to remain functional in the event of a safe shutdown earthquake, operating basis earthquake, tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, and other design basis events including missile impact or internal accidents.
The Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system, located in a seismic Category I structure, is designed to remain functional in the event of a safe shutdown earthquake, operating basis earthquake, tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, and other design basis events including missile impact or internal accidents.
8.3.2.1.2.3           System Redundancy The Class 1E dc power system has the required redundancy of the safety-related components and systems assuming a single failure. Class 1E dc power systems and components are designed to perform their safety function in the event of a single failure.
8.3.2.1.2.3 System Redundancy The Class 1E dc power system has the required redundancy of the safety-related components and systems assuming a single failure. Class 1E dc power systems and components are designed to perform their safety function in the event of a single failure.
8.3-45                                Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 The Class 1E dc power system is divided into four subsystems (trains A, B, C, and D), two per division: trains A and C for division I and trains B and D for division II. The Class 1E dc power system consists of two redundant divisions as shown in Figure 8.3.2-1. The configuration of the dc power distribution system including the batteries, battery chargers, and associated distribution systems is shown in a simplified single-line diagram in Figure 8.3.2-1.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-46 The Class 1E dc power system is divided into four subsystems (trains A, B, C, and D), two per division: trains A and C for division I and trains B and D for division II. The Class 1E dc power system consists of two redundant divisions as shown in Figure 8.3.2-1. The configuration of the dc power distribution system including the batteries, battery chargers, and associated distribution systems is shown in a simplified single-line diagram in Figure 8.3.2-1.
8.3.2.1.2.4           Single Failure Criteria The Class 1E dc power system has sufficient capability to perform its safety function assuming a single failure. The redundant divisions of Class 1E dc power system provide electrical and physical separation, respectively, to meet the single failure criterion. If one safety-related power division is inoperable due to a single failure, the other division accomplishes the intended safety function.
8.3.2.1.2.4 Single Failure Criteria The Class 1E dc power system has sufficient capability to perform its safety function assuming a single failure. The redundant divisions of Class 1E dc power system provide electrical and physical separation, respectively, to meet the single failure criterion. If one safety-related power division is inoperable due to a single failure, the other division accomplishes the intended safety function.
The batteries, battery chargers, and associated distribution systems, including their connected loads, are designed to meet the requirements of IEEE Std. 384 and NRC RG 1.75.
The batteries, battery chargers, and associated distribution systems, including their connected loads, are designed to meet the requirements of IEEE Std. 384 and NRC RG 1.75.
The battery charger of each train is powered from the same train of the Class 1E onsite ac power system. Each battery charger normally supplies the loads of its associated train while maintaining a float charge on its associated battery.
The battery charger of each train is powered from the same train of the Class 1E onsite ac power system. Each battery charger normally supplies the loads of its associated train while maintaining a float charge on its associated battery.
The Class 1E dc power system is designed to conform with the single failure criterion requirements in accordance with IEEE Std. 603 and NRC RG 1.153.
The Class 1E dc power system is designed to conform with the single failure criterion requirements in accordance with IEEE Std. 603 and NRC RG 1.153.
8.3.2.1.2.5           System Independence Two redundant divisions of the Class 1E dc power system, located in a seismic Category I structure, are separated so that a single failure does not cause multiple malfunctions or interactions between divisions. There is no interconnection or inadvertent closure of interconnecting devices between redundant divisions.
8.3.2.1.2.5 System Independence Two redundant divisions of the Class 1E dc power system, located in a seismic Category I structure, are separated so that a single failure does not cause multiple malfunctions or interactions between divisions. There is no interconnection or inadvertent closure of interconnecting devices between redundant divisions.
The physical separation between the redundant equipment, including cables and raceways, is designed in accordance with IEEE Std. 384, as endorsed by NRC RG 1.75. The cable and raceway design criteria are described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.10. Subsection 8.3.1.1.10 also describes the means for identifying the onsite power system components.
The physical separation between the redundant equipment, including cables and raceways, is designed in accordance with IEEE Std. 384, as endorsed by NRC RG 1.75. The cable and raceway design criteria are described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.10. Subsection 8.3.1.1.10 also describes the means for identifying the onsite power system components.
8.3-46                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3.2.1.2.6           System Capacity and Capability The battery is sized based on the duty cycle of the respective subsystems. Each battery is capable of supplying power to the worst-case operating loads for a period of the battery duty cycle. The sizing of the battery is performed in accordance with the IEEE Std. 485 (Reference 52). Class 1E battery loads and duty cycles are shown in the Table 8.3.2-1 and the battery rating is shown in Table 8.3.2-4. The Class 1E batteries are qualified in accordance with IEEE Std. 535 (Reference 53).
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-47 8.3.2.1.2.6 System Capacity and Capability The battery is sized based on the duty cycle of the respective subsystems. Each battery is capable of supplying power to the worst-case operating loads for a period of the battery duty cycle. The sizing of the battery is performed in accordance with the IEEE Std. 485 (Reference 52). Class 1E battery loads and duty cycles are shown in the Table 8.3.2-1 and the battery rating is shown in Table 8.3.2-4. The Class 1E batteries are qualified in accordance with IEEE Std. 535 (Reference 53).
The each Class 1E dc power system has one normal battery charger and one standby battery charger. A standby battery charger provides complementary redundancy to a normal battery charger. The power supply for the connected dc power system is transferred using a manual transfer switch from the normal battery charger to the standby battery charger when the normal battery charger needs maintenance or repair. Interlocks are provided to prevent normal and standby chargers from operating in parallel. Each battery charger is capable of supplying the largest combined demand of the various steady-state loads and charging simultaneously the battery from the design minimum charged state to the fully charged state, irrespective of plant status when these demands occur. Sizing of the battery chargers is in accordance with the recommendations in IEEE Std. 946 (Reference 54).
The each Class 1E dc power system has one normal battery charger and one standby battery charger. A standby battery charger provides complementary redundancy to a normal battery charger. The power supply for the connected dc power system is transferred using a manual transfer switch from the normal battery charger to the standby battery charger when the normal battery charger needs maintenance or repair. Interlocks are provided to prevent normal and standby chargers from operating in parallel. Each battery charger is capable of supplying the largest combined demand of the various steady-state loads and charging simultaneously the battery from the design minimum charged state to the fully charged state, irrespective of plant status when these demands occur. Sizing of the battery chargers is in accordance with the recommendations in IEEE Std. 946 (Reference 54).
The battery charger rating is shown in Table 8.3.2-4.
The battery charger rating is shown in Table 8.3.2-4.
Line 1,002: Line 1,264:
A 125 Vdc control center is provided for each of the 125 Vdc power system load groups.
A 125 Vdc control center is provided for each of the 125 Vdc power system load groups.
Each control center supplies power to its assigned bus and equipment and is powered directly from its associated 125 Vdc battery and battery chargers irrespective of the condition of other control centers. The Class 1E dc control center supplies power to one dc distribution panel and one static inverter.
Each control center supplies power to its assigned bus and equipment and is powered directly from its associated 125 Vdc battery and battery chargers irrespective of the condition of other control centers. The Class 1E dc control center supplies power to one dc distribution panel and one static inverter.
8.3.2.1.2.7           Class 1E 125 Vdc Power System and 120 Vac Instrumentation and Control Power System Status Information The parameters or status that are monitored in the MCR for the 125 Vdc power system and 120 Vac I&C power system are listed in Table 8.3.2-5.
8.3.2.1.2.7 Class 1E 125 Vdc Power System and 120 Vac Instrumentation and Control Power System Status Information The parameters or status that are monitored in the MCR for the 125 Vdc power system and 120 Vac I&C power system are listed in Table 8.3.2-5.
8.3-47                                  Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Ammeters provided to monitor battery current have the capability to monitor both charge and discharge currents. Voltmeters are supplied to monitor dc and ac voltage of the buses and inverter distribution panels. The indications and alarms in the dc control center, battery charger control panel, and inverter distribution panel are listed in Table 8.3.2-5.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-48 Ammeters provided to monitor battery current have the capability to monitor both charge and discharge currents. Voltmeters are supplied to monitor dc and ac voltage of the buses and inverter distribution panels. The indications and alarms in the dc control center, battery charger control panel, and inverter distribution panel are listed in Table 8.3.2-5.
Ground fault detectors and their corresponding ground monitoring alarms are provided with sufficient sensitivity.
Ground fault detectors and their corresponding ground monitoring alarms are provided with sufficient sensitivity.
8.3.2.2           Analysis The APR1400 Class 1E 125 Vdc power system is designed to meet the requirements of GDCs 2, 4, 17, 18, 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, 44, and 50 and the intent of NRC RGs 1.6, 1.32, 1.47, 1.53, 1.63, 1.75, 1.93, 1.106, 1.118, 1.128, 1.129, 1.153, 1.155, 1.160, 1.212, and 10 CFR 50.34, 10 CFR 50.55a(h), 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1), and 10 CFR 52.80(a). Table 8.1-2 includes their applicability of the GDC and NRC RGs to the electrical system design.
8.3.2.2 Analysis The APR1400 Class 1E 125 Vdc power system is designed to meet the requirements of GDCs 2, 4, 17, 18, 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, 44, and 50 and the intent of NRC RGs 1.6, 1.32, 1.47, 1.53, 1.63, 1.75, 1.93, 1.106, 1.118, 1.128, 1.129, 1.153, 1.155, 1.160, 1.212, and 10 CFR 50.34, 10 CFR 50.55a(h), 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1), and 10 CFR 52.80(a). Table 8.1-2 includes their applicability of the GDC and NRC RGs to the electrical system design.
8.3.2.2.1           Conformance with General Design Criteria Criterion 2 - Design Bases for Protection Against Natural Phenomena GDC 2 requires that systems and components important to safety be designed to withstand the effects of natural phenomena such as earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, tsunami, and seiches without loss of capability to perform their safety functions.
8.3.2.2.1 Conformance with General Design Criteria Criterion 2 - Design Bases for Protection Against Natural Phenomena GDC 2 requires that systems and components important to safety be designed to withstand the effects of natural phenomena such as earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, tsunami, and seiches without loss of capability to perform their safety functions.
The Class 1E 125 Vdc power system and 120 Vac I&C power system and their components are located in seismic Category I structures that provide protection from the effects of natural phenomena. Class 1E equipment is seismically qualified and the mounting and installations are seismically designed to the worst-case design basis earthquake for the site.
The Class 1E 125 Vdc power system and 120 Vac I&C power system and their components are located in seismic Category I structures that provide protection from the effects of natural phenomena. Class 1E equipment is seismically qualified and the mounting and installations are seismically designed to the worst-case design basis earthquake for the site.
Conformance with GDC 2 against earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, and floods is provided in Sections 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, and 3.7, respectively.
Conformance with GDC 2 against earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, and floods is provided in Sections 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, and 3.7, respectively.
Criterion 4 - Environmental and Dynamic Effect Design Bases GDC 4 requires that systems and components important to safety be designed to accommodate the effects of, and be compatible with, the environmental conditions associated with normal operation, maintenance, testing, and postulated accidents and be appropriately protected against dynamic effects, including the effects of missiles, that may result from equipment failures. The Class 1E 125 Vdc power system is designed to 8.3-48                                      Rev. 3
Criterion 4 - Environmental and Dynamic Effect Design Bases GDC 4 requires that systems and components important to safety be designed to accommodate the effects of, and be compatible with, the environmental conditions associated with normal operation, maintenance, testing, and postulated accidents and be appropriately protected against dynamic effects, including the effects of missiles, that may result from equipment failures. The Class 1E 125 Vdc power system is designed to Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 provide power to systems important to safety during normal, abnormal, accident, and post-accident conditions. The equipment and components of the Class 1E 125 Vdc power systems are designed to meet the IEEE Std. 323 for qualifying Class 1E application equipment in nuclear power plants. The Class 1E 125 Vdc electrical distribution equipment is located away from high- or moderate-energy lines and potential missile areas.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-49 provide power to systems important to safety during normal, abnormal, accident, and post-accident conditions. The equipment and components of the Class 1E 125 Vdc power systems are designed to meet the IEEE Std. 323 for qualifying Class 1E application equipment in nuclear power plants. The Class 1E 125 Vdc electrical distribution equipment is located away from high-or moderate-energy lines and potential missile areas.
Conformance with GDC 4 is described in Subsection 8.3.2.1.2.
Conformance with GDC 4 is described in Subsection 8.3.2.1.2.
Criterion 5 - Sharing of Structures, Systems and Components GDC 5 is related to the sharing of SSCs. There are no shared SSCs because the APR1400 design is a single-unit plant. Therefore, this GDC is not applicable to the APR1400.
Criterion 5 - Sharing of Structures, Systems and Components GDC 5 is related to the sharing of SSCs. There are no shared SSCs because the APR1400 design is a single-unit plant. Therefore, this GDC is not applicable to the APR1400.
Line 1,019: Line 1,281:
The Class 1E 125 Vdc power system has two independent and redundant divisions and four independent trains. Class 1E 125 Vdc division loads are distributed between divisions, and Class 1E 125 Vdc train loads are distributed between trains, trains A and C on division I, and trains B and D on division II. Each independent train consists of a battery, normal and standby battery chargers, and associated power distribution equipment. The Class 1E 125 Vdc power system, including the batteries and onsite electrical distribution system, has sufficient independence, redundancy, and testability to perform its safety functions assuming a single failure. Therefore, no single failure prevents the onsite dc power system from supplying electric power, thereby permitting safety functions and other vital functions that require dc electric power to be performed after any single failure in the power system. Conformance with GDC 17 is described in Subsection 8.3.2.1.2.
The Class 1E 125 Vdc power system has two independent and redundant divisions and four independent trains. Class 1E 125 Vdc division loads are distributed between divisions, and Class 1E 125 Vdc train loads are distributed between trains, trains A and C on division I, and trains B and D on division II. Each independent train consists of a battery, normal and standby battery chargers, and associated power distribution equipment. The Class 1E 125 Vdc power system, including the batteries and onsite electrical distribution system, has sufficient independence, redundancy, and testability to perform its safety functions assuming a single failure. Therefore, no single failure prevents the onsite dc power system from supplying electric power, thereby permitting safety functions and other vital functions that require dc electric power to be performed after any single failure in the power system. Conformance with GDC 17 is described in Subsection 8.3.2.1.2.
Criterion 18 - Inspection and Testing of Electric Power Systems GDC 18 requires that electric power systems important to safety be designed to permit appropriate periodic inspection and testing of important areas and features to assess the continuity of the system and the condition of their components.
Criterion 18 - Inspection and Testing of Electric Power Systems GDC 18 requires that electric power systems important to safety be designed to permit appropriate periodic inspection and testing of important areas and features to assess the continuity of the system and the condition of their components.
8.3-49                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 The Class 1E dc power system provides the capability to perform integral, periodic testing of Class 1E dc systems. Conformance with GDC 18 is described in Subsection 8.3.2.3.6.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-50 The Class 1E dc power system provides the capability to perform integral, periodic testing of Class 1E dc systems. Conformance with GDC 18 is described in Subsection 8.3.2.3.6.
Criteria 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, and 44 GDC 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, and 44 require that onsite power supplies, including electrical distribution systems, be available for reactor coolant makeup during small breaks, residual heat removal, emergency core cooling, containment heat removal, containment atmosphere cleanup, and cooling water for SSCs important to safety during normal and accident conditions. These GDC also require the safety system to have redundancy. Redundant safety loads are distributed between redundant divisions of the Class 1E 125 Vdc electrical distribution systems, and associated redundant divisions of the Class 1E 125 Vdc distribution systems supply the I&C devices for the Class 1E loads and power system.
Criteria 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, and 44 GDC 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, and 44 require that onsite power supplies, including electrical distribution systems, be available for reactor coolant makeup during small breaks, residual heat removal, emergency core cooling, containment heat removal, containment atmosphere cleanup, and cooling water for SSCs important to safety during normal and accident conditions. These GDC also require the safety system to have redundancy. Redundant safety loads are distributed between redundant divisions of the Class 1E 125 Vdc electrical distribution systems, and associated redundant divisions of the Class 1E 125 Vdc distribution systems supply the I&C devices for the Class 1E loads and power system.
The necessary electric power is provided for all facility operating modes including transients and DBAs to meet these criteria. Conformance with these requirements is accomplished by meeting the requirements of GDC 17.
The necessary electric power is provided for all facility operating modes including transients and DBAs to meet these criteria. Conformance with these requirements is accomplished by meeting the requirements of GDC 17.
Line 1,028: Line 1,290:
The design and protection of the electric penetration assemblies conform with IEEE Std. 741 and NRC RG 1.63 requirements. The selection and settings of electrical protection devices provide reasonable assurance that the containment electrical penetration conductors do not exceed their design ratings for overload and for the maximum short-circuit current. Electrical penetrations are provided with primary and backup protection.
The design and protection of the electric penetration assemblies conform with IEEE Std. 741 and NRC RG 1.63 requirements. The selection and settings of electrical protection devices provide reasonable assurance that the containment electrical penetration conductors do not exceed their design ratings for overload and for the maximum short-circuit current. Electrical penetrations are provided with primary and backup protection.
Conformance with GDC 50 is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.9.
Conformance with GDC 50 is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.9.
8.3-50                                  Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3.2.2.2           Conformance with NRC Regulatory Guides NRC Regulatory Guide 1.6 NRC RG 1.6 is related to the independence between redundant standby (onsite) power sources and their distribution systems.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-51 8.3.2.2.2 Conformance with NRC Regulatory Guides NRC Regulatory Guide 1.6 NRC RG 1.6 is related to the independence between redundant standby (onsite) power sources and their distribution systems.
Regulatory Position D.1 The load groups of the Class 1E dc power system are divided into two redundant divisions, division I and division II, and each division has two independent subsystem trains (A and C for division I and B and D for division II). Each load group of the Class 1E 125 Vdc power system is separated into redundant load groups so that loss of any one group does not prevent the minimum safety functions from being performed.
Regulatory Position D.1 The load groups of the Class 1E dc power system are divided into two redundant divisions, division I and division II, and each division has two independent subsystem trains (A and C for division I and B and D for division II). Each load group of the Class 1E 125 Vdc power system is separated into redundant load groups so that loss of any one group does not prevent the minimum safety functions from being performed.
Regulatory Position D.3 Each redundant division load group consists of two independent subsystem trains (A and C for the division I load group and B and D for the division II load group). The dc load of each train is powered by its own battery and battery charger. The redundant load groups are electrically independent and physically separate and have no automatic connection to any other load group.
Regulatory Position D.3 Each redundant division load group consists of two independent subsystem trains (A and C for the division I load group and B and D for the division II load group). The dc load of each train is powered by its own battery and battery charger. The redundant load groups are electrically independent and physically separate and have no automatic connection to any other load group.
Regulatory Position D.4 Each redundant divisional load group consists of two independent subsystem trains (A and C for division I load group and B and D for division II load group). Each train has its own dc power source and distribution system for the train dc loads, which are independent from the other trains. The dc power source of one load group is not automatically paralleled with the power source of another load group under accident conditions. No provisions exist for automatically connecting one load group to another load group. No provisions exist for automatically transferring loads between redundant power sources.
Regulatory Position D.4 Each redundant divisional load group consists of two independent subsystem trains (A and C for division I load group and B and D for division II load group). Each train has its own dc power source and distribution system for the train dc loads, which are independent from the other trains. The dc power source of one load group is not automatically paralleled with the power source of another load group under accident conditions. No provisions exist for automatically connecting one load group to another load group. No provisions exist for automatically transferring loads between redundant power sources.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.32 NRC RG 1.32 is related to the criteria for power systems of nuclear power plants.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.32 NRC RG 1.32 is related to the criteria for power systems of nuclear power plants.
The design, operation, and testing of the Class 1E dc power systems for the APR1400 meet the guidelines of IEEE Std. 308, which is endorsed by NRC RG 1.32, with an exception 8.3-51                                    Rev. 3
The design, operation, and testing of the Class 1E dc power systems for the APR1400 meet the guidelines of IEEE Std. 308, which is endorsed by NRC RG 1.32, with an exception Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 that pertains to sharing of Class 1E dc power systems at multi-unit nuclear power plants.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-52 that pertains to sharing of Class 1E dc power systems at multi-unit nuclear power plants.
This exception is not applicable to the APR1400 because it is a single unit. The onsite power system is designed to conform with the requirements of NRC RG 1.32.
This exception is not applicable to the APR1400 because it is a single unit. The onsite power system is designed to conform with the requirements of NRC RG 1.32.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.47 NRC RG 1.47 is related to the criteria for bypassed and inoperable status indication for nuclear power plants.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.47 NRC RG 1.47 is related to the criteria for bypassed and inoperable status indication for nuclear power plants.
Line 1,044: Line 1,306:
The Class 1E dc power system has the required redundancy of safety-related components and systems assuming a single failure. The Class 1E dc power system is divided into two redundant divisions and four subsystems, two per division: trains A and C for division I, and trains B and D for division II. The redundant divisions of the Class 1E dc power system provide electrical and physical separation and independence to meet the single failure criterion. If one safety-related power division is inoperable because of a single failure, the other division can accomplish the intended safety function.
The Class 1E dc power system has the required redundancy of safety-related components and systems assuming a single failure. The Class 1E dc power system is divided into two redundant divisions and four subsystems, two per division: trains A and C for division I, and trains B and D for division II. The redundant divisions of the Class 1E dc power system provide electrical and physical separation and independence to meet the single failure criterion. If one safety-related power division is inoperable because of a single failure, the other division can accomplish the intended safety function.
The components and equipment of the redundant divisions are installed in a physically separate seismic Category I building. Therefore, DBEs do not prevent the safety function of the Class 1E dc power system. NRC RG 1.53 endorses IEEE Std. 379, which provides guidance on the application of the single-failure criterion and describes an acceptable method of single-failure analysis. The onsite power system is designed to conform with requirements specified in NRC RG 1.53. Conformance with NRC RG 1.53 is described in Subsection 8.3.2.1.2.4.
The components and equipment of the redundant divisions are installed in a physically separate seismic Category I building. Therefore, DBEs do not prevent the safety function of the Class 1E dc power system. NRC RG 1.53 endorses IEEE Std. 379, which provides guidance on the application of the single-failure criterion and describes an acceptable method of single-failure analysis. The onsite power system is designed to conform with requirements specified in NRC RG 1.53. Conformance with NRC RG 1.53 is described in Subsection 8.3.2.1.2.4.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.63 NRC RG 1.63 is related to the electric penetration assemblies (EPAs) in containment structures for nuclear power plants and endorses IEEE Std. 317. EPAs in containment 8.3-52                                      Rev. 3
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.63 NRC RG 1.63 is related to the electric penetration assemblies (EPAs) in containment structures for nuclear power plants and endorses IEEE Std. 317. EPAs in containment Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 structures are designed to meet NRC RG 1.63 and IEEE Std. 317.           Conformance with NRC RG 1.63 is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.9.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-53 structures are designed to meet NRC RG 1.63 and IEEE Std. 317. Conformance with NRC RG 1.63 is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.9.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.75 NRC RG 1.75 is related to the criteria for the independence of electrical safety systems.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.75 NRC RG 1.75 is related to the criteria for the independence of electrical safety systems.
The independence of the onsite power system is described in Subsection 8.3.2.1.2.5. The cable and raceway design related to NRC RG 1.75 is addressed in Subsection 8.3.1.1.10.
The independence of the onsite power system is described in Subsection 8.3.2.1.2.5. The cable and raceway design related to NRC RG 1.75 is addressed in Subsection 8.3.1.1.10.
The Class 1E 125 Vdc onsite power system is designed to meet the requirements of NRC RG 1.75. Redundant Class 1E batteries are placed in separate safety class structures as required in IEEE Std. 384, which is endorsed by NRC RG 1.75.
The Class 1E 125 Vdc onsite power system is designed to meet the requirements of NRC RG 1.75. Redundant Class 1E batteries are placed in separate safety class structures as required in IEEE Std. 384, which is endorsed by NRC RG 1.75.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.81 NRC RG 1.81 is related to the criteria for shared emergency and shutdown electric systems for multi-unit nuclear power plants.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.81 NRC RG 1.81 is related to the criteria for shared emergency and shutdown electric systems for multi-unit nuclear power plants.
The APR1400 is a single-unit plant.       Therefore, NRC RG 1.81 is not applicable to the APR1400.
The APR1400 is a single-unit plant. Therefore, NRC RG 1.81 is not applicable to the APR1400.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.93 NRC RG 1.93 is related to the LCO (Limiting Conditions for Operation) for availability of electric power sources. The LCO for availability of electric power sources is addressed in Technical Specification 3.8.1, 3.8.4, 3.8.7, and 3.8.9.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.93 NRC RG 1.93 is related to the LCO (Limiting Conditions for Operation) for availability of electric power sources. The LCO for availability of electric power sources is addressed in Technical Specification 3.8.1, 3.8.4, 3.8.7, and 3.8.9.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.106 NRC RG 1.106 is related to the thermal overload protection for electric motors on motor-operated valves (MOVs).
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.106 NRC RG 1.106 is related to the thermal overload protection for electric motors on motor-operated valves (MOVs).
NRC RG 1.106 provides the criteria to ensure that safety-related MOVs whose motors are equipped with thermal overload protection devices integral to the motor starter perform their safety function. The thermal overload protection devices for safety-related MOVs are in conformance with the requirements of NRC RG 1.106.
NRC RG 1.106 provides the criteria to ensure that safety-related MOVs whose motors are equipped with thermal overload protection devices integral to the motor starter perform their safety function. The thermal overload protection devices for safety-related MOVs are in conformance with the requirements of NRC RG 1.106.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.118 NRC RG 1.118 is related to the periodic testing of electric power and protection systems.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.118 NRC RG 1.118 is related to the periodic testing of electric power and protection systems.
8.3-53                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Class 1E dc power systems are designed to be testable during operation of the nuclear power generating station as well as when the station is shut down. IEEE Std. 338, which is endorsed by NRC RG 1.118, provides design and operational criteria for the performance of periodic testing as part of the surveillance program of nuclear power plant safety systems.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-54 Class 1E dc power systems are designed to be testable during operation of the nuclear power generating station as well as when the station is shut down. IEEE Std. 338, which is endorsed by NRC RG 1.118, provides design and operational criteria for the performance of periodic testing as part of the surveillance program of nuclear power plant safety systems.
Class 1E dc power systems are designed to conform with the GDC 18 and NRC RG 1.118.
Class 1E dc power systems are designed to conform with the GDC 18 and NRC RG 1.118.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.128 NRC RG 1.128 is related to the installation design and installation of vented lead-acid storage batteries in nuclear power plants. IEEE Std. 484 (Reference 55), endorsed by NRC RG 1.128, provides the recommended design practice and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, pre-assembly, assembly, and charging of vented lead-acid batteries.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.128 NRC RG 1.128 is related to the installation design and installation of vented lead-acid storage batteries in nuclear power plants. IEEE Std. 484 (Reference 55), endorsed by NRC RG 1.128, provides the recommended design practice and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, pre-assembly, assembly, and charging of vented lead-acid batteries.
Line 1,065: Line 1,327:
The APR1400 is designed to meet the requirements of NRC RG 1.128.
The APR1400 is designed to meet the requirements of NRC RG 1.128.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.129 NRC RG 1.129 is related to the maintenance, testing, and replacement of vented lead-acid storage batteries for nuclear power plants. IEEE Std. 450 (Reference 57), endorsed by the NRC RG 1.129, provides recommended practices for maintenance, testing, and replacement of vented lead-acid batteries for stationary applications.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.129 NRC RG 1.129 is related to the maintenance, testing, and replacement of vented lead-acid storage batteries for nuclear power plants. IEEE Std. 450 (Reference 57), endorsed by the NRC RG 1.129, provides recommended practices for maintenance, testing, and replacement of vented lead-acid batteries for stationary applications.
The Class 1E onsite dc power system of the APR1400 is designed to meet the requirements of GDCs 1 (Reference 58), 17, 18, and Criterion III of Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 50 8.3-54                                    Rev. 3
The Class 1E onsite dc power system of the APR1400 is designed to meet the requirements of GDCs 1 (Reference 58), 17, 18, and Criterion III of Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 50 Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 (Reference 59). Therefore, the APR1400 conforms with the requirements of NRC RG 1.129. The COL applicant is to develop the maintenance program to optimize the life and performance of the batteries (COL 8.3(13)).
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-55 (Reference 59). Therefore, the APR1400 conforms with the requirements of NRC RG 1.129. The COL applicant is to develop the maintenance program to optimize the life and performance of the batteries (COL 8.3(13)).
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.153 NRC RG 1.153 is related to the criteria for safety systems.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.153 NRC RG 1.153 is related to the criteria for safety systems.
IEEE Std. 603, endorsed by NRC RG 1.153, provides minimum functional and design requirements for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of safety systems for nuclear power plants. The Class 1E dc power system is designed to conform with the requirements of NRC RG 1.153 and IEEE Std. 603.
IEEE Std. 603, endorsed by NRC RG 1.153, provides minimum functional and design requirements for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of safety systems for nuclear power plants. The Class 1E dc power system is designed to conform with the requirements of NRC RG 1.153 and IEEE Std. 603.
Line 1,075: Line 1,337:
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.160 NRC RG 1.160 is related to monitoring the effectiveness of maintenance at nuclear power plants.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.160 NRC RG 1.160 is related to monitoring the effectiveness of maintenance at nuclear power plants.
NRC RG 1.160 endorses Revision 4A of NUMARC 93-01, which provides methods for complying with 10 CFR 50.65 with some provisions and clarifications. Conformance with NRC RG 1.160 is described in Section 1.9.
NRC RG 1.160 endorses Revision 4A of NUMARC 93-01, which provides methods for complying with 10 CFR 50.65 with some provisions and clarifications. Conformance with NRC RG 1.160 is described in Section 1.9.
8.3-55                                Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 NRC Regulatory Guide 1.212 NRC RG 1.212 is related to sizing of lead-acid storage batteries. IEEE Std. 485, endorsed by NRC RG 1.212, provides recommended practice for sizing lead-acid batteries for stationary applications.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-56 NRC Regulatory Guide 1.212 NRC RG 1.212 is related to sizing of lead-acid storage batteries. IEEE Std. 485, endorsed by NRC RG 1.212, provides recommended practice for sizing lead-acid batteries for stationary applications.
The Class 1E dc batteries are designed to conform with the requirements of NRC RG 1.212 and IEEE Std. 485.
The Class 1E dc batteries are designed to conform with the requirements of NRC RG 1.212 and IEEE Std. 485.
8.3.2.2.3           Conformance with 10 CFR 50.34 Related to TMI Action Plan Requirements See Subsection 8.3.1.2.3.
8.3.2.2.3 Conformance with 10 CFR 50.34 Related to TMI Action Plan Requirements See Subsection 8.3.1.2.3.
8.3.2.2.4           Conformance with 10 CFR 50.55a(h)
8.3.2.2.4 Conformance with 10 CFR 50.55a(h)
See Subsection 8.3.1.2.5.
See Subsection 8.3.1.2.5.
8.3.2.2.5           Conformance with 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) and 10 CFR 52.80(a)
8.3.2.2.5 Conformance with 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) and 10 CFR 52.80(a)
See Subsection 8.2.2.4.
See Subsection 8.2.2.4.
8.3.2.3         Electrical Power System Calculations and Distribution System Studies for DC System Analysis of load flow, voltage regulation, short-circuit studies, and equipment sizing studies is performed in accordance with the guidance provided in IEEE Std. 946 and other referenced IEEE standards.
8.3.2.3 Electrical Power System Calculations and Distribution System Studies for DC System Analysis of load flow, voltage regulation, short-circuit studies, and equipment sizing studies is performed in accordance with the guidance provided in IEEE Std. 946 and other referenced IEEE standards.
8.3.2.3.1           Load Flow and Under/Overvoltage Protection Load flow studies are implemented to check whether the equipment terminal voltage is maintained within the acceptable voltage range under the most severe loading condition.
8.3.2.3.1 Load Flow and Under/Overvoltage Protection Load flow studies are implemented to check whether the equipment terminal voltage is maintained within the acceptable voltage range under the most severe loading condition.
Voltage drops at equipment terminals are also derived from the largest discharge current conditions. Consequently, terminal voltages of equipment meet the voltage range that is recommended in IEEE Std. 946.
Voltage drops at equipment terminals are also derived from the largest discharge current conditions. Consequently, terminal voltages of equipment meet the voltage range that is recommended in IEEE Std. 946.
8.3-56                                      Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3.2.3.2           Short-Circuit Studies Short-circuit studies are implemented to calculate the magnitudes of the expected currents in the power system during the most severe fault condition. In case of Class 1E dc bus short-circuit calculations, the contributing short-circuit current sources are the batteries and battery chargers because there are no dc motors directly connected to the Class 1E dc buses.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-57 8.3.2.3.2 Short-Circuit Studies Short-circuit studies are implemented to calculate the magnitudes of the expected currents in the power system during the most severe fault condition. In case of Class 1E dc bus short-circuit calculations, the contributing short-circuit current sources are the batteries and battery chargers because there are no dc motors directly connected to the Class 1E dc buses.
The maximum short-circuit current in the calculation is used to select the circuit breaker rating based on IEEE Std. C37.16 (Reference 61). The COL applicant is to provide the short-circuit analysis of onsite dc power system with actual data (COL 8.3(14)).
The maximum short-circuit current in the calculation is used to select the circuit breaker rating based on IEEE Std. C37.16 (Reference 61). The COL applicant is to provide the short-circuit analysis of onsite dc power system with actual data (COL 8.3(14)).
8.3.2.3.3           Equipment Sizing Studies Battery sizing is performed in accordance with IEEE Std. 485. Battery loads and durations are shown in Table 8.3.2-1. The calculation of battery charger rating is based on IEEE Std. 946. The rating of the dc control center and the circuit breaker is determined by the result of the load flow and short-circuit studies.
8.3.2.3.3 Equipment Sizing Studies Battery sizing is performed in accordance with IEEE Std. 485. Battery loads and durations are shown in Table 8.3.2-1. The calculation of battery charger rating is based on IEEE Std. 946. The rating of the dc control center and the circuit breaker is determined by the result of the load flow and short-circuit studies.
8.3.2.3.4           Equipment Protection and Coordination Studies Analyses of the dc equipment protection and coordination are performed using a methodology similar to that used in analyses of the onsite ac power system, which is described in Subsection 8.3.1.3.4. The COL applicant is to perform the equipment protection and coordination study with actual data (COL 8.3(9)).
8.3.2.3.4 Equipment Protection and Coordination Studies Analyses of the dc equipment protection and coordination are performed using a methodology similar to that used in analyses of the onsite ac power system, which is described in Subsection 8.3.1.3.4. The COL applicant is to perform the equipment protection and coordination study with actual data (COL 8.3(9)).
8.3.2.3.5           Power Quality Limits Battery chargers and inverters are the main harmonic contributors of the dc power system.
8.3.2.3.5 Power Quality Limits Battery chargers and inverters are the main harmonic contributors of the dc power system.
The power quality limits are analyzed by methods that are similar to the onsite ac power system as described in Subsection 8.3.1.3.6.
The power quality limits are analyzed by methods that are similar to the onsite ac power system as described in Subsection 8.3.1.3.6.
8.3.2.3.6           Monitoring and Testing The Class 1E dc power system is designed to be testable during normal operation as well as when the station is shut down. Batteries are tested and inspected in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations, IEEE Std. 450, and IEEE Std. 484. The COL applicant is to describe any special features of the design that would permit online replacement of an individual cell, group of cells, or entire battery (COL 8.3(15)).
8.3.2.3.6 Monitoring and Testing The Class 1E dc power system is designed to be testable during normal operation as well as when the station is shut down. Batteries are tested and inspected in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations, IEEE Std. 450, and IEEE Std. 484. The COL applicant is to describe any special features of the design that would permit online replacement of an individual cell, group of cells, or entire battery (COL 8.3(15)).
The dc power system monitoring capability is described in Subsection 8.3.2.1.2.7.
The dc power system monitoring capability is described in Subsection 8.3.2.1.2.7.
8.3-57                                      Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3.2.3.7           Grounding The dc power system is designed to be an ungrounded system, which enhances the system reliability and service continuity because a single ground has no adverse effect on the system operation. Each train has a ground detector to isolate and monitor the fault area.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-58 8.3.2.3.7 Grounding The dc power system is designed to be an ungrounded system, which enhances the system reliability and service continuity because a single ground has no adverse effect on the system operation. Each train has a ground detector to isolate and monitor the fault area.
The ground detector has an alarm in the MCR and RSR to monitor constant grounding and recording. The ground detector has high sensitivity.
The ground detector has an alarm in the MCR and RSR to monitor constant grounding and recording. The ground detector has high sensitivity.
8.3.3         Combined License Information COL 8.3(1)       The COL applicant is to provide and to design the 4.16 kV mobile generator and the 480V mobile GTGs and their support equipment.
8.3.3 Combined License Information COL 8.3(1)
COL 8.3(2)       The COL applicant is to provide a bus transfer study of the onsite power system. Based on the bus transfer study, the COL applicant is also to provide final relay selection and settings for the bus transfer.
The COL applicant is to provide and to design the 4.16 kV mobile generator and the 480V mobile GTGs and their support equipment.
COL 8.3(3)       The COL applicant is to establish procedures to monitor and maintain EDG reliability during plant operations to verify the selected reliability level target is being achieved as intended in NRC RG 1.155.
COL 8.3(2)
COL 8.3(4)       The COL applicant is to describe and provide detailed ground grid and lightning protection.
The COL applicant is to provide a bus transfer study of the onsite power system. Based on the bus transfer study, the COL applicant is also to provide final relay selection and settings for the bus transfer.
COL 8.3(5)       The COL applicant is to conduct periodic inspection and testing of the protection devices for the EPA conductors. All circuit breakers for the EPA conductors shall be inspected and tested in 60 months, low voltage circuit breaker overcurrent protection devices for the EPA conductors shall be inspected and tested once per 18 months for 10 % of each type of circuit breakers, and overcurrent relay for medium voltage circuit breakers for the EPA conductors shall be inspected and tested once per 18 months.
COL 8.3(3)
COL 8.3(6)       The COL applicant is to provide testing, inspection, and monitoring programs for detecting insulation degradation of underground and inaccessible power cables within the scope of 10 CFR 50.65.
The COL applicant is to establish procedures to monitor and maintain EDG reliability during plant operations to verify the selected reliability level target is being achieved as intended in NRC RG 1.155.
COL 8.3(7)       The COL applicant is to establish Administrative Program(s), including application of dedicated cable and raceway management database tool as 8.3-58                                    Rev. 3
COL 8.3(4)
The COL applicant is to describe and provide detailed ground grid and lightning protection.
COL 8.3(5)
The COL applicant is to conduct periodic inspection and testing of the protection devices for the EPA conductors. All circuit breakers for the EPA conductors shall be inspected and tested in 60 months, low voltage circuit breaker overcurrent protection devices for the EPA conductors shall be inspected and tested once per 18 months for 10 % of each type of circuit breakers, and overcurrent relay for medium voltage circuit breakers for the EPA conductors shall be inspected and tested once per 18 months.
COL 8.3(6)
The COL applicant is to provide testing, inspection, and monitoring programs for detecting insulation degradation of underground and inaccessible power cables within the scope of 10 CFR 50.65.
COL 8.3(7)
The COL applicant is to establish Administrative Program(s), including application of dedicated cable and raceway management database tool as Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 necessary, which is(are) developed on the basis of the cable and raceway numbering system to efficiently manage cable routing and cable termination and verify that the cable design fulfills the acceptance criteria (i.e., separation, filling criteria, and ampacity).
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-59 necessary, which is(are) developed on the basis of the cable and raceway numbering system to efficiently manage cable routing and cable termination and verify that the cable design fulfills the acceptance criteria (i.e., separation, filling criteria, and ampacity).
COL 8.3(8)       The COL applicant is to provide the detailed design of the cathodic protection system as applicable to the site conditions.
COL 8.3(8)
COL 8.3(9)       The COL applicant is to provide protective device coordination.
The COL applicant is to provide the detailed design of the cathodic protection system as applicable to the site conditions.
COL 8.3(10)     The COL applicant is to provide the analysis and underlying assumptions used to demonstrate adequacy for insulation coordination of surge and lightning protection.
COL 8.3(9)
COL 8.3(11)     The COL applicant is to provide the analysis and underlying assumptions used to demonstrate adequacy for power quality limits (harmonic distortion).
The COL applicant is to provide protective device coordination.
COL 8.3(12)     The COL applicant is to provide the analysis for the station and switchyard grounding system with underlying assumptions, based on the site-specific parameters including soil resistivity and site layout.
COL 8.3(10)
COL 8.3(13)     The COL applicant is to develop the maintenance program to optimize the life and performance of the batteries.
The COL applicant is to provide the analysis and underlying assumptions used to demonstrate adequacy for insulation coordination of surge and lightning protection.
COL 8.3(14)     The COL applicant is to provide a short-circuit analysis of the onsite dc power system with actual data.
COL 8.3(11)
COL 8.3(15)     The COL applicant is to describe any special features of the design that would permit online replacement of an individual cell, group of cells, or entire battery.
The COL applicant is to provide the analysis and underlying assumptions used to demonstrate adequacy for power quality limits (harmonic distortion).
8.3.4         References
COL 8.3(12)
: 1. IEEE Std. 141-1993, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1993.
The COL applicant is to provide the analysis for the station and switchyard grounding system with underlying assumptions, based on the site-specific parameters including soil resistivity and site layout.
: 2. NUREG-0737, Clarification of TMI Action Plan Requirements, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, 1980.
COL 8.3(13) The COL applicant is to develop the maintenance program to optimize the life and performance of the batteries.
8.3-59                                  Rev. 3
COL 8.3(14)
The COL applicant is to provide a short-circuit analysis of the onsite dc power system with actual data.
COL 8.3(15)
The COL applicant is to describe any special features of the design that would permit online replacement of an individual cell, group of cells, or entire battery.
8.3.4 References
: 1.
IEEE Std. 141-1993, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1993.
: 2.
NUREG-0737, Clarification of TMI Action Plan Requirements, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, 1980.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-60
: 3. IEEE Std. 603-1991, IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1991.
: 3.
: 4. Regulatory Guide 1.153, Criteria for Safety Systems, Rev. 1, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, June 1996.
IEEE Std. 603-1991, IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1991.
: 5. IEEE Std. 384-1992, IEEE Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and Circuits, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1992.
: 4.
Regulatory Guide 1.153, Criteria for Safety Systems, Rev. 1, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, June 1996.
: 5.
IEEE Std. 384-1992, IEEE Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and Circuits, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1992.
: 6. Regulatory Guide 1.32, Criteria for Power Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 3, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2004.
: 6. Regulatory Guide 1.32, Criteria for Power Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 3, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2004.
: 7. Regulatory Guide 1.75, Criteria for Independence of Electrical Safety Systems, Rev. 3, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, February 2005.
: 7.
: 8. NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, BTP 8-6, Adequacy of Station Electric Distribution System Voltage, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2007.
Regulatory Guide 1.75, Criteria for Independence of Electrical Safety Systems, Rev. 3, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, February 2005.
: 9. 10 CFR 50.34, Contents of Applications; Technical Information, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 8.
NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, BTP 8-6, Adequacy of Station Electric Distribution System Voltage, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2007.
: 9.
10 CFR 50.34, Contents of Applications; Technical Information, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 10. Regulatory Guide 1.9, Application and Testing of Safety-Related Diesel Generators in Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 4, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2007.
: 10. Regulatory Guide 1.9, Application and Testing of Safety-Related Diesel Generators in Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 4, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2007.
: 11. Regulatory Guide 1.155, Station Blackout, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, August 1988.
: 11. Regulatory Guide 1.155, Station Blackout, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, August 1988.
Line 1,136: Line 1,420:
: 13. Generic Letter 84-15, Proposed Staff Actions to Improve and Maintain Diesel Generator Reliability, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, July 2, 1984.
: 13. Generic Letter 84-15, Proposed Staff Actions to Improve and Maintain Diesel Generator Reliability, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, July 2, 1984.
: 14. IEEE Std. 323-2003, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2003.
: 14. IEEE Std. 323-2003, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2003.
8.3-60                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-61
: 15. IEEE Std. 344-2004, IEEE Recommended Practice for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2005.
: 15. IEEE Std. 344-2004, IEEE Recommended Practice for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2005.
: 16. IEEE Std. 242-2001, IEEE Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2001.
: 16. IEEE Std. 242-2001, IEEE Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2001.
Line 1,151: Line 1,435:
: 25. IEEE Std. 1050-1996, IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1996.
: 25. IEEE Std. 1050-1996, IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1996.
: 26. Regulatory Guide 1.204, Guidelines for Lightning Protection of Nuclear Power Plants, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, November 2005.
: 26. Regulatory Guide 1.204, Guidelines for Lightning Protection of Nuclear Power Plants, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, November 2005.
8.3-61                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-62
: 27. IEEE Std. 80-2000, IEEE Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2000.
: 27. IEEE Std. 80-2000, IEEE Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2000.
: 28. IEEE Std. 142-2007, IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2007.
: 28. IEEE Std. 142-2007, IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2007.
Line 1,166: Line 1,450:
: 37. NEMA WC 51, Ampacities of Cables Installed in Cable Trays, National Electrical Manufacturers Association, 2009.
: 37. NEMA WC 51, Ampacities of Cables Installed in Cable Trays, National Electrical Manufacturers Association, 2009.
: 38. Regulatory Guide 1.218, Condition-Monitoring Techniques for Electric Cables Used In Nuclear Power Plants, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, April 2012.
: 38. Regulatory Guide 1.218, Condition-Monitoring Techniques for Electric Cables Used In Nuclear Power Plants, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, April 2012.
8.3-62                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-63
: 39. 10 CFR 50.65, Requirements for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 39. 10 CFR 50.65, Requirements for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 40. IEEE Std. 420-2001, IEEE Standard for the Design and Qualification of Class 1E Control Boards, Panels, and Racks Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2001.
: 40. IEEE Std. 420-2001, IEEE Standard for the Design and Qualification of Class 1E Control Boards, Panels, and Racks Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2001.
Line 1,181: Line 1,465:
: 49. IEEE Std. C62.82.1-2010, IEEE Standard for Insulation Coordination - Definitions, Principles, and Rules, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2010.
: 49. IEEE Std. C62.82.1-2010, IEEE Standard for Insulation Coordination - Definitions, Principles, and Rules, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2010.
: 50. IEEE Std. 1313.2-1999, IEEE Guide for the Application of Insulation Coordination, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1999.
: 50. IEEE Std. 1313.2-1999, IEEE Guide for the Application of Insulation Coordination, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1999.
8.3-63                                  Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-64
: 51. IEEE Std. 519-1992, IEEE Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1992.
: 51. IEEE Std. 519-1992, IEEE Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1992.
: 52. IEEE Std. 485-2010, IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2010.
: 52. IEEE Std. 485-2010, IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2010.
Line 1,194: Line 1,478:
: 59. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix B, Criterion III, Design Control, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 59. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix B, Criterion III, Design Control, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 60. 10 CFR Part 21, Reporting of Defects and Noncompliance, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 60. 10 CFR Part 21, Reporting of Defects and Noncompliance, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
8.3-64                                      Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-65
: 61. IEEE Std. C37.16-2009, IEEE Standard for Preferred Ratings, Related Requirements, and Application Recommendations for Low-Voltage AC (635 V and below) and DC (3200 V and below) Power Circuit Breakers, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2009.
: 61. IEEE Std. C37.16-2009, IEEE Standard for Preferred Ratings, Related Requirements, and Application Recommendations for Low-Voltage AC (635 V and below) and DC (3200 V and below) Power Circuit Breakers, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2009.
: 62. Generic Letter 2007-01, Inaccessible or Underground Power Cable Failures that Disable Accident Mitigation Systems or Cause Plant Transients, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, February 7, 2007
: 62. Generic Letter 2007-01, Inaccessible or Underground Power Cable Failures that Disable Accident Mitigation Systems or Cause Plant Transients, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, February 7, 2007
Line 1,209: Line 1,493:
Requirements Document and Additional Evolutionary Light Water Reactor (LWR)
Requirements Document and Additional Evolutionary Light Water Reactor (LWR)
Certification Issues, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 25, 1991.
Certification Issues, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 25, 1991.
8.3-65                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-1 (1 of 4)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-66 Table 8.3.1-1 (1 of 4)
Electrical Bus Loads Bus                                   Component           Load (Estimated)
Electrical Bus Loads Bus Component Load (Estimated)
Class 1E     Train A     Motor-driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump A   1,260 hp 4.16 kV                    Safety Injection Pump 1                   1,000 hp Bus Essential Service Water Pump 1A           1,248 hp Cooling Tower Fan Group                     900 hp Component Cooling Water Pump 1A           2,355 hp Shutdown Cooling Pump 1                   1,000 hp Essential Chiller 1A                       1,100 hp Charging Pump 1                             780 hp Load Center (Auxiliary Building)         2,000 kVA (1)
Class 1E 4.16 kV Bus Train A Motor-driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump A 1,260 hp Safety Injection Pump 1 1,000 hp Essential Service Water Pump 1A 1,248 hp Cooling Tower Fan Group 900 hp Component Cooling Water Pump 1A 2,355 hp Shutdown Cooling Pump 1 1,000 hp Essential Chiller 1A 1,100 hp Charging Pump 1 780 hp Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)
Motor Control Center 350 kVA (Press HTRs Back-up Group B-1)
Motor Control Center (Press HTRs Back-up Group B-1) 350 kVA Train B Motor-driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump B 1,260 hp Safety Injection Pump 2 1,000 hp Essential Service Water Pump 1B 1,248 hp Cooling Tower Fan Group 900 hp Component Cooling Water Pump 1B 2,355 hp Shutdown Cooling Pump 2 1,000 hp Essential Chiller 1B 1,100 hp Charging Pump 2 780 hp Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)
Train B     Motor-driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump B   1,260 hp Safety Injection Pump 2                   1,000 hp Essential Service Water Pump 1B           1,248 hp Cooling Tower Fan Group                     900 hp Component Cooling Water Pump 1B           2,355 hp Shutdown Cooling Pump 2                   1,000 hp Essential Chiller 1B                       1,100 hp Charging Pump 2                             780 hp Load Center (Auxiliary Building)         2,000 kVA (1)
Motor Control Center (Press HTRs Back-up Group B-2) 350 kVA Train C Safety Injection Pump 3 1,000 hp Essential Service Water Pump 2A 1,248 hp Cooling Tower Fan Group 900 hp Component Cooling Water Pump 2A 2,355 hp Containment Spray Pump 1 1,000 hp Essential Chiller 2A 1,100 hp Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)
Motor Control Center 350 kVA (Press HTRs Back-up Group B-2)
(1) FA rating of the load center transformer Rev. 3
Train C     Safety Injection Pump 3                   1,000 hp Essential Service Water Pump 2A           1,248 hp Cooling Tower Fan Group                     900 hp Component Cooling Water Pump 2A           2,355 hp Containment Spray Pump 1                   1,000 hp Essential Chiller 2A                       1,100 hp Load Center (Auxiliary Building)         2,000 kVA (1)
(1) FA rating of the load center transformer 8.3-66                        Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-1 (2 of 4)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-67 Table 8.3.1-1 (2 of 4)
Bus                                   Component       Load (Estimated)
Bus Component Load (Estimated)
Class 1E     Train D     Safety Injection Pump 4                 1,000 hp 4.16 kV                    Essential Service Water Pump 2B         1,248 hp Bus Cooling Tower Fan Group                 900 hp (cont.)
Class 1E 4.16 kV Bus (cont.)
Component Cooling Water Pump 2B         2,355 hp Containment Spray Pump 2               1,000 hp Essential Chiller 2B                   1,100 hp Load Center (Auxiliary Building)     2,000 kVA (1)
Train D Safety Injection Pump 4 1,000 hp Essential Service Water Pump 2B 1,248 hp Cooling Tower Fan Group 900 hp Component Cooling Water Pump 2B 2,355 hp Containment Spray Pump 2 1,000 hp Essential Chiller 2B 1,100 hp Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)
Permanent     Division     Central Chiller 1                       1,100 hp Non-safety        I      Central Chiller 2                       1,100 hp 4.16 kV Bus                        Load Center (Auxiliary Building)     1,333 kVA (1)
Permanent Non-safety 4.16 kV Bus Division I
Load Center (Turbine Building)       1,333 kVA (1)
Central Chiller 1 1,100 hp Central Chiller 2 1,100 hp Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 1,333 kVA (1)
Central Chilled Water Pump 1             500 hp Division     Central Chiller 3                       1,100 hp II      Central Chiller 4                       1,100 hp Load Center (Auxiliary Building)     2,000 kVA (1)
Load Center (Turbine Building) 1,333 kVA (1)
Load Center (Turbine Building)       1,333 kVA (1)
Central Chilled Water Pump 1 500 hp Division II Central Chiller 3 1,100 hp Central Chiller 4 1,100 hp Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)
Central Chilled Water Pump 2             500 hp Non-Class     Division     Load Center (Turbine Building)       2,000 kVA (1) 1E                I      Load Center (Auxiliary Building)     2,000 kVA (1) 4.16 kV Bus                        Load Center (Auxiliary Building)     2,000 kVA (1)
Load Center (Turbine Building) 1,333 kVA (1)
Load Center (Auxiliary Building)     2,000 kVA (1)
Central Chilled Water Pump 2 500 hp Non-Class 1E 4.16 kV Bus Division I
Load Center (Auxiliary Building)     1,000 kVA (1)
Load Center (Turbine Building) 2,000 kVA (1)
TGB CCW Pump 1                           672 hp Administration BLDG                   1,000 kVA (1) FA rating of the load center transformer 8.3-67                      Rev. 3
Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)
Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)
Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)
Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 1,000 kVA (1)
TGB CCW Pump 1 672 hp Administration BLDG 1,000 kVA (1) FA rating of the load center transformer Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-1 (3 of 4)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-68 Table 8.3.1-1 (3 of 4)
Bus                                   Component       Load (Estimated)
Bus Component Load (Estimated)
Non-Class     Division     Load Center (Turbine Building)       1,333 kVA (1) 1E                II      Load Center (Auxiliary Building)     2,000 kVA (1) 4.16 kV Bus                        Load Center (Auxiliary Building)     2,000 kVA (1)
Non-Class 1E 4.16 kV Bus (cont.)
(cont.)                    Load Center (Auxiliary Building)     2,000 kVA (1)
Division II Load Center (Turbine Building) 1,333 kVA (1)
Load Center (Auxiliary Building)     1,000 kVA (1)
Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)
Load Center (Compound Building)       2,000 kVA (1)
Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)
Load Center (Compound Building)       2,000 kVA (1)
Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)
Load Center (Compound Building)       2,000 kVA (1)
Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 1,000 kVA (1)
TGB CCW Pump 2                           672 hp Non-Class     Division     Load Center (AAC Building)           1,333 kVA (1) 1E               II 4.16 kV AAC Bus Non-Class    Division     Reactor Coolant Pump 1A                 13,500 hp 1E 13.8 kV        I      Reactor Coolant Pump 2A                 13,500 hp Bus Load Center (Auxiliary Building)     1,333 kVA (1)
Load Center (Compound Building) 2,000 kVA (1)
Load Center (Auxiliary Building)     1,333 kVA (1)
Load Center (Compound Building) 2,000 kVA (1)
Load Center (Auxiliary Building)     2,000 kVA (1)
Load Center (Compound Building) 2,000 kVA (1)
Division     Reactor Coolant Pump 1B                 13,500 hp II      Reactor Coolant Pump 2B                 13,500 hp Load Center (Auxiliary Building)     1,333 kVA (1)
TGB CCW Pump 2 672 hp Non-Class 1E 4.16 kV AAC Bus Division II Load Center (AAC Building) 1,333 kVA (1)
Load Center (Auxiliary Building)     1,333 kVA (1)
Non-Class 1E 13.8 kV Bus Division I
Load Center (Auxiliary Building)     2,000 kVA (1)
Reactor Coolant Pump 1A 13,500 hp Reactor Coolant Pump 2A 13,500 hp Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 1,333 kVA (1)
Division     Circulating Water Pump A                 4,357 hp I      Circulating Water Pump C                 4,357 hp Circulating Water Pump E                 4,357 hp Condensate Pump A                       4,600 hp Feedwater Booster Pump A                 5,000 hp Feedwater Booster Pump C                 5,000 hp Cooling Tower Fan A Load Group         5,220 kW (1) FA rating of load center transformer 8.3-68                      Rev. 3
Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 1,333 kVA (1)
Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)
Division II Reactor Coolant Pump 1B 13,500 hp Reactor Coolant Pump 2B 13,500 hp Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 1,333 kVA (1)
Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 1,333 kVA (1)
Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)
Division I
Circulating Water Pump A 4,357 hp Circulating Water Pump C 4,357 hp Circulating Water Pump E 4,357 hp Condensate Pump A 4,600 hp Feedwater Booster Pump A 5,000 hp Feedwater Booster Pump C 5,000 hp Cooling Tower Fan A Load Group 5,220 kW (1) FA rating of load center transformer Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-1 (4 of 4)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-69 Table 8.3.1-1 (4 of 4)
Bus                                   Component         Load (Estimated)
Bus Component Load (Estimated)
Non-Class   Division     Load Center (CW Pump House)               667 kVA (1) 1E 13.8 kV        I      Load Center (Turbine Building)           2,000 kVA (1)
Non-Class 1E 13.8 kV Bus (cont.)
Bus          (Cont.)
Division I
Load Center (Auxiliary Boiler Building) 1,333 kVA (1)
(Cont.)
(cont.)
Load Center (CW Pump House) 667 kVA (1)
Division     Circulating Water pump B                   4,357 hp II      Circulating Water pump D                   4,357 hp Circulating Water pump F                   4,357 hp Condensate Pump B                         4,600 hp Condensate Pump C                         4,600 hp Feedwater Booster Pump B                   5,000 hp Cooling Tower Fan B                       5,220 kW Startup Feedwater Pump                     2,681 hp Load Center (CW Pump House)               667 kVA (1)
Load Center (Turbine Building) 2,000 kVA (1)
Load Center (Turbine Building)           2,000 kVA (1)
Load Center (Auxiliary Boiler Building) 1,333 kVA (1)
(1) FA rating of load center transformer 8.3-69                        Rev. 3
Division II Circulating Water pump B 4,357 hp Circulating Water pump D 4,357 hp Circulating Water pump F 4,357 hp Condensate Pump B 4,600 hp Condensate Pump C 4,600 hp Feedwater Booster Pump B 5,000 hp Cooling Tower Fan B 5,220 kW Startup Feedwater Pump 2,681 hp Load Center (CW Pump House) 667 kVA (1)
Load Center (Turbine Building) 2,000 kVA (1)
(1) FA rating of load center transformer Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-2 (1 of 5)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-70 Table 8.3.1-2 (1 of 5)
Class 1E Loads (Division I)
Class 1E Loads (Division I)
Train A Component                                                           DBA Estimated                                                       Concurrent Load Sequence (bhp/kW/       Power            Motor    Equivalent  LOOP    with a LOOP    Time Equipment                      Volts      kVA) (1)     Factor         Efficiency Load (kW) Load (kW) Load (kW)   (Seconds) (2)
Train A Equipment Volts Component Estimated (bhp/kW/
Medium Voltage Safety Injection Pump 1                           4,160   898.5 (bhp)                       0.9       744.8                 744.8         5 Cooling Tower Fan 1A                             4,160     750 (bhp)                         0.9       621.7     621.7       621.7       10 Motor-driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump A           4,160     1,15 (bhp)                       0.9       954.1     954.1       954.1       15 Shutdown Cooling Pump 1                           4,160     940 (bhp)                         0.9       779.2                 779.2       23 Component Cooling Water Pump 1A                   4,160   2,000 (bhp)                       0.9     1657.8     1657.8     1657.8       28 Essential Service Water Pump 1A                   4,160   1,021 (bhp)                       0.9       846.3     846.3       846.3       33 Essential Chiller 1A                             4,160     930 (bhp)                         0.9       760.9     760.9       760.9       38 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence of Medium Voltage                                                             4,840.8   6,364.8 (3), (4)
kVA) (1)
Load Sequence Group A          - Low Voltage 480V LC - CH A Battery Charger                     480     125 kVA         0.9                       112.5     112.5       112.5 480V LC - EDG Room Elec. Heating Coil 11A         480       211 kW         1.0                         211       211         211 480V LC - Control Room Elec. Heating Coil         480       225 kW         1.0                         225       225         225 01A 480V LC - Control Room Supply AHU HV01A           480     104 (bhp)                         0.9       86.2       86.2       86.2 Fan 8.3-70                                                              Rev. 3
Power Factor Motor Efficiency Equivalent Load (kW)
LOOP Load (kW)
DBA Concurrent with a LOOP Load (kW)
Load Sequence Time (Seconds) (2)
Medium Voltage Safety Injection Pump 1 4,160 898.5 (bhp) 0.9 744.8 744.8 5
Cooling Tower Fan 1A 4,160 750 (bhp) 0.9 621.7 621.7 621.7 10 Motor-driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump A 4,160 1,15 (bhp) 0.9 954.1 954.1 954.1 15 Shutdown Cooling Pump 1 4,160 940 (bhp) 0.9 779.2 779.2 23 Component Cooling Water Pump 1A 4,160 2,000 (bhp) 0.9 1657.8 1657.8 1657.8 28 Essential Service Water Pump 1A 4,160 1,021 (bhp) 0.9 846.3 846.3 846.3 33 Essential Chiller 1A 4,160 930 (bhp) 0.9 760.9 760.9 760.9 38 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence of Medium Voltage 4,840.8 6,364.8 Load Sequence Group A (3), (4) - Low Voltage 480V LC - CH A Battery Charger 480 125 kVA 0.9 112.5 112.5 112.5 480V LC - EDG Room Elec. Heating Coil 11A 480 211 kW 1.0 211 211 211 480V LC - Control Room Elec. Heating Coil 01A 480 225 kW 1.0 225 225 225 480V LC - Control Room Supply AHU HV01A Fan 480 104 (bhp) 0.9 86.2 86.2 86.2 Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-2 (2 of 5)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-71 Table 8.3.1-2 (2 of 5)
Train A Component                                                         DBA Estimated                               Equivalent            Concurrent Load Sequence (bhp/kW         Power          Motor      Load      LOOP    with a LOOP    Time Equipment                    Volts    /kVA) (1)       Factor       Efficiency   (kW)     Load (kW) Load (kW)   (Seconds) (2)
Train A Equipment Volts Component Estimated (bhp/kW  
Load Sequence Group A (3), (4) - Low Voltage 480V LC - Battery Room Elec. Duct Heater       480         77 kW           1.0                       77         77         77 480V LC - Aux. Charging Pump                   460       100 (bhp)                       0.9       82.9       82.9       82.9 480V LC - Essential Chilled Water Pump 01A     460     81.3 (bhp)                       0.9       67.4       67.4       67.4 480V LC - CCW HX EDH A                         460       180 kW           1.0                       180       180         180 480V LC - Cooling Tower Makeup Pump 3A         460         139.8                         0.9       115.9     115.9       115.9 (4) 480V MCC Loads                                  480       522.2 kW         1.0           1.0       522.2     522.2       522.2 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence Group B                                                                   1,680.1     1,680.1       0 Manual Load Group (5) 480V LC - Pressurizer Heaters Back-up Group     480       300 kW           1.0                       300       300         300 B1 480V LC - Spent Fuel Pool Cooling Pump         480           93.4                         0.9       77.4       77.4       77.4 (bhp)
/kVA) (1)
Subtotal, Loading for Manual Load                                                                               377.4       377.4 EDG Loads of Train A Total Diesel Load on LOOP excluding Manual Load                                                               6,520.9 Total Diesel Load on LOOP including Manual Load                                                               6,898.3 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP excluding Manual Load                                                                       8,044.9 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP including Manual Load                                                                       8,422.3 8.3-71                                                            Rev. 3
Power Factor Motor Efficiency Equivalent Load (kW)
LOOP Load (kW)
DBA Concurrent with a LOOP Load (kW)
Load Sequence Time (Seconds) (2)
Load Sequence Group A (3), (4) - Low Voltage 480V LC - Battery Room Elec. Duct Heater 480 77 kW 1.0 77 77 77 480V LC - Aux. Charging Pump 460 100 (bhp) 0.9 82.9 82.9 82.9 480V LC - Essential Chilled Water Pump 01A 460 81.3 (bhp) 0.9 67.4 67.4 67.4 480V LC - CCW HX EDH A 460 180 kW 1.0 180 180 180 480V LC - Cooling Tower Makeup Pump 3A 460 139.8 0.9 115.9 115.9 115.9 480V MCC Loads (4) 480 522.2 kW 1.0 1.0 522.2 522.2 522.2 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence Group B 1,680.1 1,680.1 0
Manual Load Group (5) 480V LC - Pressurizer Heaters Back-up Group B1 480 300 kW 1.0 300 300 300 480V LC - Spent Fuel Pool Cooling Pump 480 93.4 (bhp) 0.9 77.4 77.4 77.4 Subtotal, Loading for Manual Load 377.4 377.4 EDG Loads of Train A Total Diesel Load on LOOP excluding Manual Load 6,520.9 Total Diesel Load on LOOP including Manual Load 6,898.3 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP excluding Manual Load 8,044.9 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP including Manual Load 8,422.3 Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-2 (3 of 5)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-72 Table 8.3.1-2 (3 of 5)
Train C Component                                                         DBA Estimated                               Equivalent            Concurrent Load Sequence (bhp/kW     Power            Motor      Load      LOOP    with a LOOP    Time Equipment                        Volts        /kVA) (1)   Factor         Efficiency   (kW)     Load (kW) Load (kW)   (Seconds) (2)
Train C Equipment Volts Component Estimated (bhp/kW  
Safety Injection Pump 3                             4,160     898.5 (bhp)                       0.9       744.8                 744.8       10 Cooling Tower Fan 2A                                 4,160       750 (bhp)                       0.9       621.7     621.7       621.7       15 Containment Spray                                   4,160       920 (bhp)                       0.9       762.6                 762.6       23 Pump 1 Component Cooling Water Pump 2A                     4,160     2,000 (bhp)                       0.9     1,657.8   1,657.8     1,657.8       28 Essential Service Water Pump 2A                     4,160     1,021 (bhp)                       0.9       846.3     846.3       846.3       33 Essential Chiller 2A                                 4,160       930 (bhp)                       0.9       760.9     760.9       760.9       38 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence of Medium Voltage                                   3,886.7     5,394.1 (3), (4)
/kVA) (1)
Load Sequence Group C          - Low Voltage 480V LC - CH C Battery Charger                       480           210         0.9                         189       189         189 480V LC - EDG Room Elec. Heating Coil 11C             480         240 kW       1.0                         240       240         240 480V LC - Control Room Supply AHU HV01C               460       104 (bhp)                       0.9       86.2       86.2       86.2 Fan 480V LC - Control Room Elec. Heating Coil 01A         480         225 kW       1.0                         225       225         225 480V LC - Essential Chilled Water Pump 02A           460       81.3 (bhp)                       0.9       67.4       67.4       67.4 480V LC - Battery Room Elec. Duct Heater             480           74 kW       1.0                         74         74         74 8.3-72                                                              Rev. 3
Power Factor Motor Efficiency Equivalent Load (kW)
LOOP Load (kW)
DBA Concurrent with a LOOP Load (kW)
Load Sequence Time (Seconds) (2)
Safety Injection Pump 3 4,160 898.5 (bhp) 0.9 744.8 744.8 10 Cooling Tower Fan 2A 4,160 750 (bhp) 0.9 621.7 621.7 621.7 15 Containment Spray Pump 1 4,160 920 (bhp) 0.9 762.6 762.6 23 Component Cooling Water Pump 2A 4,160 2,000 (bhp) 0.9 1,657.8 1,657.8 1,657.8 28 Essential Service Water Pump 2A 4,160 1,021 (bhp) 0.9 846.3 846.3 846.3 33 Essential Chiller 2A 4,160 930 (bhp) 0.9 760.9 760.9 760.9 38 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence of Medium Voltage 3,886.7 5,394.1 Load Sequence Group C (3), (4) - Low Voltage 480V LC - CH C Battery Charger 480 210 0.9 189 189 189 480V LC - EDG Room Elec. Heating Coil 11C 480 240 kW 1.0 240 240 240 480V LC - Control Room Supply AHU HV01C Fan 460 104 (bhp) 0.9 86.2 86.2 86.2 480V LC - Control Room Elec. Heating Coil 01A 480 225 kW 1.0 225 225 225 480V LC - Essential Chilled Water Pump 02A 460 81.3 (bhp) 0.9 67.4 67.4 67.4 480V LC - Battery Room Elec. Duct Heater 480 74 kW 1.0 74 74 74 Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-2 (4 of 5)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-73 Table 8.3.1-2 (4 of 5)
Train C Component                                                         DBA        Load Estimated                               Equivalent            Concurrent  Sequence (bhp/kW       Power            Motor    Load      LOOP    with a LOOP    Time Equipment                    Volts      /kVA) (1)     Factor       Efficiency   (kW)     Load (kW) Load (kW) (Seconds) (2)
Train C Equipment Volts Component Estimated (bhp/kW  
Load Sequence Group C (3), (4) - Low Voltage 480V LC - Cooling Tower Makeup Pump 4A           460         139.8                         0.9     115.9     115. 9     115.9 (4) 480V MCC (4EA) Loads                             480       375.7 kW         1.0             1.0     375.7     375.7       375.7 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence Group C                                                                     1,373.2     1,373.2       0 (5)
/kVA) (1)
Manual Load Group Subtotal, Loading for Manual Load                 0           0 EDG Loads of Train C Total Diesel Load on LOOP excluding Manual Load                                                                 5,259.9 Total Diesel Load on LOOP including Manual Load                                                                 5,259.9 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP excluding Manual Load                                                                         6,767.3 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP including Manual Load                                                                         6,767.3 8.3-73                                                            Rev. 3
Power Factor Motor Efficiency Equivalent Load (kW)
LOOP Load (kW)
DBA Concurrent with a LOOP Load (kW)
Load Sequence Time (Seconds) (2)
Load Sequence Group C (3), (4) - Low Voltage 480V LC - Cooling Tower Makeup Pump 4A 460 139.8 0.9 115.9 115. 9 115.9 480V MCC (4EA) Loads (4) 480 375.7 kW 1.0 1.0 375.7 375.7 375.7 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence Group C 1,373.2 1,373.2 0
Manual Load Group (5)
Subtotal, Loading for Manual Load 0
0 EDG Loads of Train C Total Diesel Load on LOOP excluding Manual Load 5,259.9 Total Diesel Load on LOOP including Manual Load 5,259.9 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP excluding Manual Load 6,767.3 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP including Manual Load 6,767.3 Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-2 (5 of 5)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-74 Table 8.3.1-2 (5 of 5)
(1) Conversion into equivalent kilowatts for rated horsepower involves multiplying rated horsepower by the conversion factor 0.746 kW/hp. When unit of brake horsepower (bhp) is assumed, a motor efficiency of 0.9 is used in addition to this conversion factor to calculate equivalent load. Unless designated as bhp, all horsepower is rated.
(1) Conversion into equivalent kilowatts for rated horsepower involves multiplying rated horsepower by the conversion factor 0.746 kW/hp. When unit of brake horsepower (bhp) is assumed, a motor efficiency of 0.9 is used in addition to this conversion factor to calculate equivalent load. Unless designated as bhp, all horsepower is rated.
(2) The following components and times apply to accident scenarios coincident with a LOOP.
(2) The following components and times apply to accident scenarios coincident with a LOOP.
Train A Sequencer 480V load center load group A                               0.0 second Safety injection pump 1                                     5.0 seconds Cooling Tower Fan 1A                                       10.0 seconds Motor-driven AFW pump A (if required)                       15.0 seconds Shutdown cooling pump 1                                     23.0 seconds Component cooling water pump 1A                             28.0 seconds Essential service water pump 1A                             33.0 seconds Essential chiller 1A                                       38.0 seconds Train C Sequencer 480V load center load group C                               0.0 second Safety injection pump 3                                     10.0 seconds Cooling Tower Fan 1C                                       15.0 seconds Containment spray pump 1                                   23.0 seconds Component cooling water pump 2A                             28.0 seconds Essential service water pump 2A                             33.0 seconds Essential chiller 2A                                       38.0 seconds (3) The 480V loads are energized immediately upon closure of the EDG incoming breaker.
Train A Sequencer 480V load center load group A 0.0 second Safety injection pump 1 5.0 seconds Cooling Tower Fan 1A 10.0 seconds Motor-driven AFW pump A (if required) 15.0 seconds Shutdown cooling pump 1 23.0 seconds Component cooling water pump 1A 28.0 seconds Essential service water pump 1A 33.0 seconds Essential chiller 1A 38.0 seconds Train C Sequencer 480V load center load group C 0.0 second Safety injection pump 3 10.0 seconds Cooling Tower Fan 1C 15.0 seconds Containment spray pump 1 23.0 seconds Component cooling water pump 2A 28.0 seconds Essential service water pump 2A 33.0 seconds Essential chiller 2A 38.0 seconds (3) The 480V loads are energized immediately upon closure of the EDG incoming breaker.
(4) Although motor-operated valves (MOVs) are connected to the Class 1E MCC buses, they are considered to be zero for purpose of EDG sizing due to their intermittent and short operating time.
(4) Although motor-operated valves (MOVs) are connected to the Class 1E MCC buses, they are considered to be zero for purpose of EDG sizing due to their intermittent and short operating time.
480V HVAC loads were classified into summer season loads and winter season loads, and the worst-case loads of winter season were allocated in the 480V MCC loads for EDG sizing.
480V HVAC loads were classified into summer season loads and winter season loads, and the worst-case loads of winter season were allocated in the 480V MCC loads for EDG sizing.
(5) Manual loads are added to the Class 1E buses by operator in case plant conditions require their usage.
(5) Manual loads are added to the Class 1E buses by operator in case plant conditions require their usage.
8.3-74                                                                              Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-3 (1 of 5)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-75 Table 8.3.1-3 (1 of 5)
Class 1E Loads (Division II)
Class 1E Loads (Division II)
Train B Component                                                           DBA Estimated                                 Equivalent            Concurrent Load Sequence (bhp/kW       Power            Motor      Load      LOOP    with a LOOP    Time Equipment                      Volts      /kVA) (1)     Factor         Efficiency   (kW)     Load (kW) Load (kW)   (Seconds) (2)
Train B Equipment Volts Component Estimated (bhp/kW  
Medium Voltage Safety Injection                                   4,160   898.5 (bhp)                       0.9       744.8                 744.8         5 Pump 2 Cooling Tower Fan 1B                               4,160     750 (bhp)                         0.9       621.7     621.7       621.7       10 Motor-driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump B           4,160   1,151 (bhp)                       0.9       954.1     954.1       954.1       15 Shutdown Cooling Pump 2                           4,160     940 (bhp)                         0.9       779. 2                 779.2       23 Component Cooling Water Pump 1B                   4,160   2,000 (bhp)                       0.9     1,657.8   1,657.8     1,657.8       28 Essential Service Water Pump 1B                   4,160   1,021 (bhp)                       0.9       846.3     846.3       846.3       33 Essential Chiller 1B                               4,160     930 (bhp)                         0.9       760.9     760.9       760.9       38 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence of Medium Voltage                                                               4,840.8   6,364.8 (3), (4)
/kVA) (1)
Load Sequence Group B          - Low Voltage 480V LC CH B Battery Charger                       480     125 kVA         0.9                       112.5     112. 5     112.5 480V LC - EDG Room Elec. Heating Coil 11B           480       211 kW         1.0                         211       211         211 480V LC - Control Room Elec. Heating Coil 01B       480       225 kW         1.0                         225       225         225 480V LC - Control Room Supply AHU HV01B             480     104 (bhp)                         0.9       86.2       86.2       86.2 Fan 480V LC - Battery Room Elec. Duct Heater           480       109 kW         1.0                         109       109         109 8.3-75                                                              Rev. 3
Power Factor Motor Efficiency Equivalent Load (kW)
LOOP Load (kW)
DBA Concurrent with a LOOP Load (kW)
Load Sequence Time (Seconds) (2)
Medium Voltage Safety Injection Pump 2 4,160 898.5 (bhp) 0.9 744.8 744.8 5
Cooling Tower Fan 1B 4,160 750 (bhp) 0.9 621.7 621.7 621.7 10 Motor-driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump B 4,160 1,151 (bhp) 0.9 954.1 954.1 954.1 15 Shutdown Cooling Pump 2 4,160 940 (bhp) 0.9 779. 2 779.2 23 Component Cooling Water Pump 1B 4,160 2,000 (bhp) 0.9 1,657.8 1,657.8 1,657.8 28 Essential Service Water Pump 1B 4,160 1,021 (bhp) 0.9 846.3 846.3 846.3 33 Essential Chiller 1B 4,160 930 (bhp) 0.9 760.9 760.9 760.9 38 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence of Medium Voltage 4,840.8 6,364.8 Load Sequence Group B (3), (4) - Low Voltage 480V LC CH B Battery Charger 480 125 kVA 0.9 112.5 112. 5 112.5 480V LC - EDG Room Elec. Heating Coil 11B 480 211 kW 1.0 211 211 211 480V LC - Control Room Elec. Heating Coil 01B 480 225 kW 1.0 225 225 225 480V LC - Control Room Supply AHU HV01B Fan 480 104 (bhp) 0.9 86.2 86.2 86.2 480V LC - Battery Room Elec. Duct Heater 480 109 kW 1.0 109 109 109 Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-3 (2 of 5)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-76 Table 8.3.1-3 (2 of 5)
Train B Component                                                         DBA Estimated                               Equivalent            Concurrent Load Sequence (bhp/kW       Power            Motor    Load      LOOP    with a LOOP    Time Equipment                    Volts      /kVA) (1)     Factor       Efficiency   (kW)     Load (kW) Load (kW)   (Seconds) (2)
Train B Equipment Volts Component Estimated (bhp/kW  
Load Sequence Group B (3), (4) - Low Voltage 480V LC - Aux. Charging Pump                     460       100 (bhp)                         0.9       82.9       82.9       82.9 480V LC - Essential Chilled Water Pump 01B       460       81.3 (bhp)                       0.9       67.4       67.4       67.4 480V LC - CCW HX EDH B                           480         180 kW         1.0                       180       180         180 480V LC - Cooling Tower Makeup Pump 3B           460         139.8                         0.9     115.9     115.9       115.9 (4) 480V MCC Loads                                  480       511.9 kW         1.0             1.0     511.9     511.9       511.9 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence Group B                                                                     1,701.8     1,701.8       0 (5)
/kVA) (1)
Manual Load Group 480V LC - Pressurizer Heaters Backup Group B2   480         300 kW         1.0                       300       300         300 480V LC - Spent Fuel Pool Cooling Pump B         480         93.4                           0.9       77.4       77.4       77.4 Subtotal, Loading for Manual Load                                                                               377.4       377.4 EDG Loads of Train B Total Diesel Load on LOOP excluding Manual Load                                                                 6,542.6 Total Diesel Load on LOOP including Manual Load                                                                 6,920.0 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP excluding Manual Load                                                                         8,066.6 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP including Manual Load                                                                         8,444.0 8.3-76                                                              Rev. 3
Power Factor Motor Efficiency Equivalent Load (kW)
LOOP Load (kW)
DBA Concurrent with a LOOP Load (kW)
Load Sequence Time (Seconds) (2)
Load Sequence Group B (3), (4) - Low Voltage 480V LC - Aux. Charging Pump 460 100 (bhp) 0.9 82.9 82.9 82.9 480V LC - Essential Chilled Water Pump 01B 460 81.3 (bhp) 0.9 67.4 67.4 67.4 480V LC - CCW HX EDH B 480 180 kW 1.0 180 180 180 480V LC - Cooling Tower Makeup Pump 3B 460 139.8 0.9 115.9 115.9 115.9 480V MCC Loads (4) 480 511.9 kW 1.0 1.0 511.9 511.9 511.9 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence Group B 1,701.8 1,701.8 0
Manual Load Group (5) 480V LC - Pressurizer Heaters Backup Group B2 480 300 kW 1.0 300 300 300 480V LC - Spent Fuel Pool Cooling Pump B 480 93.4 0.9 77.4 77.4 77.4 Subtotal, Loading for Manual Load 377.4 377.4 EDG Loads of Train B Total Diesel Load on LOOP excluding Manual Load 6,542.6 Total Diesel Load on LOOP including Manual Load 6,920.0 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP excluding Manual Load 8,066.6 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP including Manual Load 8,444.0 Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-3 (3 of 5)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-77 Table 8.3.1-3 (3 of 5)
Train D Component                                                         DBA Estimated                               Equivalent            Concurrent Load Sequence (bhp/kW       Power          Motor      Load      LOOP    with a LOOP    Time Equipment                      Volts      /kVA) (1)     Factor       Efficiency   (kW)     Load (kW) Load (kW)   (Seconds) (2)
Train D Equipment Volts Component Estimated (bhp/kW  
Medium Voltage Safety Injection Pump 4                           4,160   898.5 (bhp)                       0.9       744.8                 744.8       10 Cooling Tower Fan 2B                               4,160     750 (bhp)                       0.9       621.7     621.7       621.7       15 Containment Spray Pump 2                           4,160     920 (bhp)                       0.9       762.6                 762.6       23 Component Cooling Water Pump 2B                   4,160   2,000 (bhp)                       0.9     1,657.8   1,657.8     1,657.8       28 Essential Service Water Pump 2B                   4,160   1,201 (bhp)                       0.9       846.3     846.3       846.3       33 Essential Chiller 2B                               4,160     930 (bhp)                       0.9       760.9     760.9       760.9       38 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence of Medium Voltage                                                             3,886.7     5,394.1 Load Sequence Group D (3), (4) - Low Voltage 480V LC - CH D Battery Charger                     480       210 kVA         0.9                       189       189         189 480V LC - EDG Room Elec. Heating Coil 11D           480       240 kW         1.0                       240       240         240 480V LC - Control Room Supply AHU HV01D             460     104 (bhp)                       0.9       86.2       86.2       86.2 Fan 480V LC - Control Room Elec. Heating Coil 01D       480       225 kW         1.0                       225       225         225 480V LC - Essential Chilled Water Pump 02 B         460     81.3 (bhp)                       0.9       67.4       67.4       67.4 480V LC - Battery Room Elec. Duct Heater           480       74 kW         1.0                         74         74         74 8.3-77                                                            Rev. 3
/kVA) (1)
Power Factor Motor Efficiency Equivalent Load (kW)
LOOP Load (kW)
DBA Concurrent with a LOOP Load (kW)
Load Sequence Time (Seconds) (2)
Medium Voltage Safety Injection Pump 4 4,160 898.5 (bhp) 0.9 744.8 744.8 10 Cooling Tower Fan 2B 4,160 750 (bhp) 0.9 621.7 621.7 621.7 15 Containment Spray Pump 2 4,160 920 (bhp) 0.9 762.6 762.6 23 Component Cooling Water Pump 2B 4,160 2,000 (bhp) 0.9 1,657.8 1,657.8 1,657.8 28 Essential Service Water Pump 2B 4,160 1,201 (bhp) 0.9 846.3 846.3 846.3 33 Essential Chiller 2B 4,160 930 (bhp) 0.9 760.9 760.9 760.9 38 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence of Medium Voltage 3,886.7 5,394.1 Load Sequence Group D (3), (4) - Low Voltage 480V LC - CH D Battery Charger 480 210 kVA 0.9 189 189 189 480V LC - EDG Room Elec. Heating Coil 11D 480 240 kW 1.0 240 240 240 480V LC - Control Room Supply AHU HV01D Fan 460 104 (bhp) 0.9 86.2 86.2 86.2 480V LC - Control Room Elec. Heating Coil 01D 480 225 kW 1.0 225 225 225 480V LC - Essential Chilled Water Pump 02 B 460 81.3 (bhp) 0.9 67.4 67.4 67.4 480V LC - Battery Room Elec. Duct Heater 480 74 kW 1.0 74 74 74 Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-3 (4 of 5)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-78 Table 8.3.1-3 (4 of 5)
Train D Component                                                         DBA Estimated                               Equivalent            Concurrent Load Sequence (bhp/kW       Power            Motor    Load      LOOP    with a LOOP    Time Equipment                    Volts        /kVA) (1)     Factor       Efficiency   (kW)     Load (kW) Load (kW)   (Seconds) (2)
Train D Equipment Volts Component Estimated (bhp/kW  
Load Sequence Group D (3), (4) - Low Voltage 480V LC - Cooling Tower Makeup Pump 4B           460           139.8                         0.9     115.9     115.9       115.9 (4) 480V MCC (4EA) Loads                             480         375.6 kW         1.0             1.0     375.6     375.6       375.6 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence Group D                                                                     1,373.1     1,373.1       0 (5)
/kVA) (1)
Manual Load Group Subtotal, Loading for Manual Load                                                                                   0           0 EDG Loads of Train D EDG Loads of Train D Total Diesel Load on LOOP excluding Manual Load                                                                 5,259.8 Total Diesel Load on LOOP including Manual Load                                                                 5,259.8 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP excluding Manual Load                                                                         6,767.2 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP including Manual Load                                                                         6,767.2 8.3-78                                                            Rev. 3
Power Factor Motor Efficiency Equivalent Load (kW)
LOOP Load (kW)
DBA Concurrent with a LOOP Load (kW)
Load Sequence Time (Seconds) (2)
Load Sequence Group D (3), (4) - Low Voltage 480V LC - Cooling Tower Makeup Pump 4B 460 139.8 0.9 115.9 115.9 115.9 480V MCC (4EA) Loads (4) 480 375.6 kW 1.0 1.0 375.6 375.6 375.6 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence Group D 1,373.1 1,373.1 0
Manual Load Group (5)
Subtotal, Loading for Manual Load 0
0 EDG Loads of Train D EDG Loads of Train D Total Diesel Load on LOOP excluding Manual Load 5,259.8 Total Diesel Load on LOOP including Manual Load 5,259.8 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP excluding Manual Load 6,767.2 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP including Manual Load 6,767.2 Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-3 (5 of 5)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-79 Table 8.3.1-3 (5 of 5)
(1) Conversion into equivalent kilowatts for rated horsepower involves multiplying rated horsepower by the conversion factor 0.746 kW/hp. When unit of brake horsepower (bhp) is assumed, a motor efficiency of 0.9 is used in addition to this conversion factor to calculate equivalent load. Unless designated as bhp, all horsepower is rated.
(1) Conversion into equivalent kilowatts for rated horsepower involves multiplying rated horsepower by the conversion factor 0.746 kW/hp. When unit of brake horsepower (bhp) is assumed, a motor efficiency of 0.9 is used in addition to this conversion factor to calculate equivalent load. Unless designated as bhp, all horsepower is rated.
(2) The following components and times apply to accident scenarios coincident with LOOP.
(2) The following components and times apply to accident scenarios coincident with LOOP.
Train B Sequencer 480V load center load group B                               0.0 second Safety injection pump 2                                     5.0 seconds Cooling Tower Fan 1B                                       10.0 seconds Motor-driven AFW pump B (if required)                       15.0 seconds Shutdown cooling pump 2                                     23.0 seconds Component cooling water pump 1B                             28.0 seconds Essential service water pump 1B                             33.0 seconds Essential chiller 1B                                       38.0 seconds Train D Sequencer 480V load center load group D                               0.0 second Safety injection pump 4                                     10.0 seconds Cooling Tower Fan 1D                                       15.0 seconds Containment spray pump 2                                   23.0 seconds Component cooling water pump 2B                             28.0 seconds Essential service water pump 2B                             33.0 seconds Essential chiller 2B                                       38.0 seconds (3) The 480V loads are energized immediately upon closure of the EDG incoming breaker.
Train B Sequencer 480V load center load group B 0.0 second Safety injection pump 2 5.0 seconds Cooling Tower Fan 1B 10.0 seconds Motor-driven AFW pump B (if required) 15.0 seconds Shutdown cooling pump 2 23.0 seconds Component cooling water pump 1B 28.0 seconds Essential service water pump 1B 33.0 seconds Essential chiller 1B 38.0 seconds Train D Sequencer 480V load center load group D 0.0 second Safety injection pump 4 10.0 seconds Cooling Tower Fan 1D 15.0 seconds Containment spray pump 2 23.0 seconds Component cooling water pump 2B 28.0 seconds Essential service water pump 2B 33.0 seconds Essential chiller 2B 38.0 seconds (3) The 480V loads are energized immediately upon closure of the EDG incoming breaker.
(4) Although motor-operated valves (MOVs) are connected to the Class 1E MCC buses, they are considered to be zero for purpose of EDG sizing due to their intermittent and short operating time.
(4) Although motor-operated valves (MOVs) are connected to the Class 1E MCC buses, they are considered to be zero for purpose of EDG sizing due to their intermittent and short operating time.
480V HVAC loads were classified into summer season loads and winter season loads, and the worst-case loads of winter season were allocated in the 480V MCC loads for EDG sizing.
480V HVAC loads were classified into summer season loads and winter season loads, and the worst-case loads of winter season were allocated in the 480V MCC loads for EDG sizing.
(5) Manual loads are added to the Class 1E buses by operator in case plant conditions are required their usage.
(5) Manual loads are added to the Class 1E buses by operator in case plant conditions are required their usage.
8.3-79                                                                              Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-4 AAC GTG Loads (SBO)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-80 Table 8.3.1-4 AAC GTG Loads (SBO)
Brake                        SBO Horse Quantity     Voltage     Load Rating Power  Eff. Capacity            Capacity [kW]
Load Name Quantity Installed Voltage
Load Name                  Installed      [V]      [hp or kW] [bhp] [%]   [kW]   Quantity (Winter season)
[V]
Safety Injection Pump                               1         4,000   1,000     hp 898.5 90.0   744.76     1         744.76 Shutdown Cooling Pump                               1         4,000   1,000     hp 940 90.0   779.16     1         779.16 Component Cooling Water Pump                       1         4,000   2,355     hp 2,000 90.0 1,657.78   1         1,657.78 Essential Service Water Pump                       1         4,000   1,248     hp 1,021 90.0   846.3     1           846.3 Cooling Tower Fan                                   1         4,000     900       hp 750 90.0   621.67     1         621.67 Motor-driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump               1         4,000   1,260     hp 1,151 90.0   954.05     1         954.05 Essential Chiller                                   1         4,000   1,100     hp 930 90.0   770.87     1         760.92 Subtotal (4.16 kV Loads)                                                 6,364.64 Auxiliary Charging Pump                             1         460     100       hp 100   90.0   82.89     1           82.89 Cooling Tower Makeup Pump                           1         460     157       hp 139.8 90.0   115.88     1         115.88 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling Pump                       1         460     100       hp 93.4 90.0   77.42     1           77.42 Control Room Supply AHU Fan                         1         460     125       hp 104 90.0     86.2     1           86.2 Control Room Supply AHU Elec. Heating Coil         1         480     225       kW       100.0 225.00     1           225 EDG Room Normal Supply AHU Elec. Heating Coil       1         480     211       kW       100.0 211.00     1           211 Class 1E Battery Room Elec. Duct Heater             1         480     109       kW       100.0   109     1           109 Class 1E 125 Vdc Battery Charger                   1         480     125     kVA               112.5     1           112.5 Class 1E 480V MCC Loads                                                                           698.93               698.93 Subtotal (480V Loads)                                                   1,718.82 AAC Facility Loads                                                     610.54 Total loads of AAC GTG                                                     8,694 8.3-80                                                Rev. 3
Load Rating
[hp or kW]
Brake Horse Power
[bhp]
Eff.
[%]
Capacity
[kW]
SBO Quantity Capacity [kW]
(Winter season)
Safety Injection Pump 1
4,000 1,000 hp 898.5 90.0 744.76 1
744.76 Shutdown Cooling Pump 1
4,000 1,000 hp 940 90.0 779.16 1
779.16 Component Cooling Water Pump 1
4,000 2,355 hp 2,000 90.0 1,657.78 1
1,657.78 Essential Service Water Pump 1
4,000 1,248 hp 1,021 90.0 846.3 1
846.3 Cooling Tower Fan 1
4,000 900 hp 750 90.0 621.67 1
621.67 Motor-driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump 1
4,000 1,260 hp 1,151 90.0 954.05 1
954.05 Essential Chiller 1
4,000 1,100 hp 930 90.0 770.87 1
760.92 Subtotal (4.16 kV Loads) 6,364.64 Auxiliary Charging Pump 1
460 100 hp 100 90.0 82.89 1
82.89 Cooling Tower Makeup Pump 1
460 157 hp 139.8 90.0 115.88 1
115.88 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling Pump 1
460 100 hp 93.4 90.0 77.42 1
77.42 Control Room Supply AHU Fan 1
460 125 hp 104 90.0 86.2 1
86.2 Control Room Supply AHU Elec. Heating Coil 1
480 225 kW 100.0 225.00 1
225 EDG Room Normal Supply AHU Elec. Heating Coil 1
480 211 kW 100.0 211.00 1
211 Class 1E Battery Room Elec. Duct Heater 1
480 109 kW 100.0 109 1
109 Class 1E 125 Vdc Battery Charger 1
480 125 kVA 112.5 1
112.5 Class 1E 480V MCC Loads 698.93 698.93 Subtotal (480V Loads) 1,718.82 AAC Facility Loads 610.54 Total loads of AAC GTG 8,694 Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-5 AAC GTG Loads (LOOP)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-81 Table 8.3.1-5 AAC GTG Loads (LOOP)
Brake                            LOOP Horse Quantity      Voltage      Load Rating Power  Eff. Capacity Load Name                   Installed       [V]       [hp or kW] [bhp] [%]     [kW]     Quantity   Capacity [kW]
Load Name Quantity Installed Voltage
Central Chiller                                     4         4,000     1,100     hp 1,050 90.0   870.33       3         2,610.99 Central Chilled Water Pump                         2         4,000     500       hp 405   90.0   335.7       1           335.7 Sub-total (4.16 kV Loads)                                             2,946.69 Turning Gear Motor                                 1           460       75       hp 55.8 93.0   46.25       1           46.25 Turning Gear Oil Pump                               1           460       100       hp 83.5 94.5   69.21       1           69.21 Computer Room Packaged ACU                         2           480       60       kW       100.0     60       1             60 Regulating Transformer (VBPSS Inverter)             4           480       60     kVA       95.0   48.00       0             0 Guard House Distribution Panel                     1           480       125     kVA       90.0     72.3       1           72.30 Compound Bldg. Non-1E 125 Vdc Battery Charger       1           480     44.11     kW       100.0   44.11       1           44.11 Non-1E 125 Vdc Battery Charger                     2           480     264.7/     kW       100.0 264.7/235.3   2           518 235.3 Non-1E 250 Vdc Battery Charger                     2           480     176.5     kW       100.0   176.5       1           176.5 Compound Building Lighting Transformer             10           480       75     kVA         40     30.00     10           300.00 Fire Pump and Waste Water Treatment Building       1           480       75     kVA         80     60.00       1           60.00 Lighting Transformer Auxiliary Building Lighting Transformer             1           480       75     kVA         40     30.00       1           30.00 Turbine Building Lighting Transformer               6           480       100     kVA         45     45.00       6           270.00 Permanent Non-Safety 480V MCC Loads                                                                                           870.75 Subtotal (480V Loads)                                                         2,517.12 AAC Facility Loads                                                           610.54 Total loads of AAC GTG                                                         6,074.35 8.3-81                                                    Rev. 3
[V]
Load Rating
[hp or kW]
Brake Horse Power
[bhp]
Eff.
[%]
Capacity
[kW]
LOOP Quantity Capacity [kW]
Central Chiller 4
4,000 1,100 hp 1,050 90.0 870.33 3
2,610.99 Central Chilled Water Pump 2
4,000 500 hp 405 90.0 335.7 1
335.7 Sub-total (4.16 kV Loads) 2,946.69 Turning Gear Motor 1
460 75 hp 55.8 93.0 46.25 1
46.25 Turning Gear Oil Pump 1
460 100 hp 83.5 94.5 69.21 1
69.21 Computer Room Packaged ACU 2
480 60 kW 100.0 60 1
60 Regulating Transformer (VBPSS Inverter) 4 480 60 kVA 95.0 48.00 0
0 Guard House Distribution Panel 1
480 125 kVA 90.0 72.3 1
72.30 Compound Bldg. Non-1E 125 Vdc Battery Charger 1
480 44.11 kW 100.0 44.11 1
44.11 Non-1E 125 Vdc Battery Charger 2
480 264.7/
235.3 kW 100.0 264.7/235.3 2
518 Non-1E 250 Vdc Battery Charger 2
480 176.5 kW 100.0 176.5 1
176.5 Compound Building Lighting Transformer 10 480 75 kVA 40 30.00 10 300.00 Fire Pump and Waste Water Treatment Building Lighting Transformer 1
480 75 kVA 80 60.00 1
60.00 Auxiliary Building Lighting Transformer 1
480 75 kVA 40 30.00 1
30.00 Turbine Building Lighting Transformer 6
480 100 kVA 45 45.00 6
270.00 Permanent Non-Safety 480V MCC Loads 870.75 Subtotal (480V Loads) 2,517.12 AAC Facility Loads 610.54 Total loads of AAC GTG 6,074.35 Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-6 (1 of 2)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-82 Table 8.3.1-6 (1 of 2)
Electrical Equipment Ratings and Component Data 13.8 kV Medium-Voltage Switchgears 13.8 kV Medium-Voltage System                             Non-Class 1E Switchgear
Electrical Equipment Ratings and Component Data 13.8 kV Medium-Voltage Switchgears 13.8 kV Medium-Voltage System Non-Class 1E Switchgear Type Nominal voltage Rated current Metal Clad 13.8 kV, 3 phase, 60 Hz 2,000 A Circuit Breaker Maximum voltage Rated short-circuit current Peak current (C and L crest)
- Type                               Metal Clad
Control voltage Breaker closing coil Breaker trip coil 15 kV 50 kA, rms, symmetrical 130 kA, peak 125 Vdc (90~140 V) 125 Vdc (70~140 V) 4.16 kV Medium-Voltage Switchgears 4.16 kV Medium-Voltage System Class 1E Non-Class 1E Permanent Non-Class 1E Switchgear Type Nominal voltage Rated current Metal Clad 4.16 kV, 3 phase, 60 Hz 2,000 A Metal Clad 4.16 kV, 3 phase, 60 Hz 3,000 A, 2,000 A Metal Clad 4.16 kV, 3 phase, 60 Hz 1,200 A Circuit Breaker Maximum voltage Rated short-circuit current Peak current (C and L crest)
- Nominal voltage                    13.8 kV, 3 phase, 60 Hz
Control voltage Breaker closing coil Breaker trip coil 4.76 kV 50 kA, rms, symmetrical 130 kA, peak 125 Vdc (90~140 V) 125 Vdc (70~140 V)
- Rated current                      2,000 A Circuit Breaker
Rev. 3
- Maximum voltage                     15 kV
- Rated short-circuit current         50 kA, rms, symmetrical
- Peak current (C and L crest)       130 kA, peak
- Control voltage Breaker closing coil             125 Vdc (90~140 V)
Breaker trip coil                125 Vdc (70~140 V) 4.16 kV Medium-Voltage Switchgears Permanent 4.16 kV Medium-Voltage System           Class 1E         Non-Class 1E     Non-Class 1E Switchgear
- Type                               Metal Clad        Metal Clad      Metal Clad
- Nominal voltage                    4.16 kV,           4.16 kV,         4.16 kV, 3 phase, 60 Hz     3 phase, 60 Hz  3 phase, 60 Hz
-    Rated current                    2,000 A           3,000 A, 2,000 A 1,200 A Circuit Breaker
- Maximum voltage                     4.76 kV
- Rated short-circuit current         50 kA, rms, symmetrical
- Peak current (C and L crest)       130 kA, peak
- Control voltage Breaker closing coil             125 Vdc (90~140 V)
Breaker trip coil                125 Vdc (70~140 V) 8.3-82                                  Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-6 (2 of 2) 480V Load Centers Low-Voltage System                                                       Permanent (Load Center)               Class 1E         Non-Class 1E         Non-Class 1E
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-83 Table 8.3.1-6 (2 of 2) 480V Load Centers Low-Voltage System (Load Center)
Circuit breaker type         Air Circuit          Air Circuit          Air Circuit Breaker              Breaker              Breaker
Class 1E Non-Class 1E Permanent Non-Class 1E Circuit breaker type Rated short-circuit current Rated current Load Center transformer (AA/FA)
Rated short-circuit current   50 kA               50 kA, 30 kA        50 kA, 30 kA
Control power Air Circuit Breaker 50 kA 3,000 A 1,500/2,000 kVA 125 Vdc (90 V ~ 140 V)
-  Rated current                3,000 A             3,000 A,             3,000 A, 2,000 A,             2,000 A 1,600 A
Air Circuit Breaker 50 kA, 30 kA 3,000 A, 2,000 A, 1,600 A 1,500/2,000 kVA, 1,000/1,333 kVA, 750/1,000 kVA, 500/667 kVA 125 Vdc (90 V ~ 140 V)
-  Load Center transformer      1,500/2,000 kVA     1,500/2,000 kVA,    1,500/2,000kVA, (AA/FA)                                            1,000/1,333 kVA,     1,000/1,333 kVA 750/1,000 kVA, 500/667 kVA
Air Circuit Breaker 50 kA, 30 kA 3,000 A, 2,000 A 1,500/2,000kVA, 1,000/1,333 kVA 125 Vdc (90 V ~ 140 V) 480V Motor Control Centers 480Vac Motor Control Centers Circuit Breaker Type Rated short-circuit current Rated current MCCB 42 kA, 30 kA 600 A 4.16 kV Generators Generators Class 1E EDG Non-Class 1E AAC Generators Rated voltage Rated output 4.16 kV 9,100 kW for trains A&B 7,500 kW for trains C&D 4.16 kV 9,700 kW Rev. 3
-  Control power                125 Vdc              125 Vdc              125 Vdc (90 V ~ 140 V)       (90 V ~ 140 V)      (90 V ~ 140 V) 480V Motor Control Centers 480Vac Motor Control Centers
- Circuit Breaker Type           MCCB
- Rated short-circuit current     42 kA, 30 kA
- Rated current                  600 A 4.16 kV Generators Generators                 Class 1E EDG                   Non-Class 1E AAC Generators
- Rated voltage                   4.16 kV                         4.16 kV
- Rated output                    9,100 kW for trains A&B         9,700 kW 7,500 kW for trains C&D 8.3-83                                        Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-7 (1 of 8)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-84 Table 8.3.1-7 (1 of 8)
Failure Modes and Effects Analysis for the Onsite AC Power System Component                 Function         Failure Mode     Failure Cause                 Failure Effect and Counter Measure                 Detection
Failure Modes and Effects Analysis for the Onsite AC Power System Component Function Failure Mode Failure Cause Failure Effect and Counter Measure Detection
: 1. The isolated phase bus Power supply to the     Loss of power       Open circuit     The faulted equipment is isolated by protective relaying Annunciation by (IPB) from the main    onsite ac power system                    Short circuit    and protective equipment.                               protective relays transformer (MT) to the                                            UATs fault      The main generator (MG) and turbine automatically trip generator circuit                                                                    and the GCB opens.
: 1. The isolated phase bus (IPB) from the main transformer (MT) to the generator circuit breaker (GCB) or to the unit auxiliary transformer (UAT) or the UAT Power supply to the onsite ac power system Loss of power Open circuit Short circuit UATs fault The faulted equipment is isolated by protective relaying and protective equipment.
breaker (GCB) or to the                                                              The other independent preferred offsite circuit remains unit auxiliary                                                                        unaffected.
The main generator (MG) and turbine automatically trip and the GCB opens.
transformer (UAT)                                                                    The switchgears are transferred automatically from the or the UAT                                                                            UATs to the standby auxiliary transformers (SATs).
The other independent preferred offsite circuit remains unaffected.
: 2. Standby auxiliary       In case of a loss of   Loss of power       Open circuit     The faulted equipment is isolated by protective relaying Annunciation by transformer (SAT)      power from the UAT,                        Short circuit    and protective equipment.                               protective relays power supply to the                        SATs fault      The other independent preferred offsite circuit remains onsite ac power system                                        unaffected.
The switchgears are transferred automatically from the UATs to the standby auxiliary transformers (SATs).
Annunciation by protective relays
: 2. Standby auxiliary transformer (SAT)
In case of a loss of power from the UAT, power supply to the onsite ac power system Loss of power Open circuit Short circuit SATs fault The faulted equipment is isolated by protective relaying and protective equipment.
The other independent preferred offsite circuit remains unaffected.
No effect on unit power generation or essential safety buses since not normally connected to onsite system.
No effect on unit power generation or essential safety buses since not normally connected to onsite system.
: 3. IPB connecting the GCB Power supply to       Loss of power       Open circuit     The GCB opens.                                           Annunciation by and the MG              transmission network                      Short circuit    The turbine and the MG are tripped automatically.       protective relays or                      and the onsite ac                          MG fault        All unit and Class 1E auxiliaries continue to receive MG                      power system                                                  uninterrupted offsite power from the UATs.
Annunciation by protective relays
: 4. GCB                     Supplying and           Breaker open     Breaker         The other two poles of the breaker trip.                 Breaker fail alarm breaking of the MG        by breaker        fault, failure,  The faulted equipment is isolated by protective relaying output power              malfunction      or pole          and protective equipment.
: 3. IPB connecting the GCB and the MG or MG Power supply to transmission network and the onsite ac power system Loss of power Open circuit Short circuit MG fault The GCB opens.
Interrupting      disagreement    The other independent preferred offsite circuit remains failure at                          unaffected.
The turbine and the MG are tripped automatically.
fault                              Automatic reactor and turbine trips occur.
All unit and Class 1E auxiliaries continue to receive uninterrupted offsite power from the UATs.
Annunciation by protective relays
: 4. GCB Supplying and breaking of the MG output power Breaker open by breaker malfunction Interrupting failure at fault Breaker fault, failure, or pole disagreement The other two poles of the breaker trip.
The faulted equipment is isolated by protective relaying and protective equipment.
The other independent preferred offsite circuit remains unaffected.
Automatic reactor and turbine trips occur.
The switchgears are transferred automatically from the UATs to the SATs.
The switchgears are transferred automatically from the UATs to the SATs.
8.3-84                                                                        Rev. 3
Breaker fail alarm Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-7 (2 of 8)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-85 Table 8.3.1-7 (2 of 8)
Component                 Function         Failure Mode     Failure Cause                 Failure Effect and Counter Measure                   Detection
Component Function Failure Mode Failure Cause Failure Effect and Counter Measure Detection
: 5. IPB cooling system     Cooling of IPB         Loss of cooling     Mechanical     No immediate consequence.                                   Cooling system of IPB                or electrical  The unit and Class 1E auxiliaries continue to receive an   fault alarm fault          uninterrupted flow of power through the UATs.
: 5. IPB cooling system Cooling of IPB Loss of cooling of IPB Mechanical or electrical fault No immediate consequence.
The unit and Class 1E auxiliaries continue to receive an uninterrupted flow of power through the UATs.
The continued unit operation is dependent upon bus design capacities without forced cooling.
The continued unit operation is dependent upon bus design capacities without forced cooling.
: 6. UATs cooling           Cooling of UATs       Loss of one of       Mechanical     No immediate consequence.                                   Cooling system system                                        the cooler banks      or electrical  The unit and the Class 1E auxiliaries continue to receive fault alarm fault          an uninterrupted flow of power from this source.
Cooling system fault alarm
: 6. UATs cooling system Cooling of UATs Loss of one of the cooler banks Mechanical or electrical fault No immediate consequence.
The unit and the Class 1E auxiliaries continue to receive an uninterrupted flow of power from this source.
The continued transformer and unit operation is dependent upon its rated design capacities without cooling.
The continued transformer and unit operation is dependent upon its rated design capacities without cooling.
: 7. MT                     Transferring of power Loss of power         Open circuit   The faulted equipment is isolated by protective relaying   Annunciation by to the transmission                        Short circuit  and protective equipment.                                   protective relays network and the onsite                      Main          The MG automatically trips and the GCB opens.
Cooling system fault alarm
ac power system                              transformer    The other independent preferred offsite circuit remains fault          unaffected.
: 7. MT Transferring of power to the transmission network and the onsite ac power system Loss of power Open circuit Short circuit Main transformer fault The faulted equipment is isolated by protective relaying and protective equipment.
The MG automatically trips and the GCB opens.
The other independent preferred offsite circuit remains unaffected.
The switchgears are transferred automatically from the UATs to the SATs.
The switchgears are transferred automatically from the UATs to the SATs.
: 8. MT cooling system       Cooling of MT         Loss of one of       Mechanical     No immediate consequence with the MT at full load.         Cooling system the cooler banks      or electrical  The continued transformer and unit operation is dependent fault alarm fault          upon its rated design capacities without cooling.
Annunciation by protective relays
: 9. Power cables from the Transferring of power Loss of                Cable fault    The associated switchgear feeder breaker trips and isolates Annunciation by UAT (or SAT) to 4.16 from the UAT (or         switchgear power     (grounded,     the fault from the system.                                 protective relays kV Class 1E switchgear SAT) to the 4.16 kV                          shorted)      The associated Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear bus is de-Class 1E switchgear                                          energized.
: 8. MT cooling system Cooling of MT Loss of one of the cooler banks Mechanical or electrical fault No immediate consequence with the MT at full load.
The continued transformer and unit operation is dependent upon its rated design capacities without cooling.
Cooling system fault alarm
: 9. Power cables from the UAT (or SAT) to 4.16 kV Class 1E switchgear Transferring of power from the UAT (or SAT) to the 4.16 kV Class 1E switchgear Loss of switchgear power Cable fault (grounded, shorted)
The associated switchgear feeder breaker trips and isolates the fault from the system.
The associated Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear bus is de-energized.
Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system for safe shutdown of the reactor.
Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system for safe shutdown of the reactor.
8.3-85                                                                          Rev. 3
Annunciation by protective relays Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-7 (3 of 8)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-86 Table 8.3.1-7 (3 of 8)
Component                 Function       Failure Mode       Failure Cause                 Failure Effect and Counter Measure                   Detection
Component Function Failure Mode Failure Cause Failure Effect and Counter Measure Detection
: 10. 13.8 kV non-Class 1E Power supply to         Interrupting          Operating      The faulted switchgear is isolated from power source by      Undervoltage switchgear normal      13.8 kV non-Class 1E failure at fault       device fault   protective relaying and protective equipment (GCB and         alarm or breaker incoming feeder breaker switchgear                                Malfunction    Switchyard breaker).                                         inoperable alarm of the        Automatic turbine and generator trips occur.
: 10. 13.8 kV non-Class 1E switchgear normal incoming feeder breaker Power supply to 13.8 kV non-Class 1E switchgear Interrupting failure at fault Operating device fault Malfunction of the protective relay The faulted switchgear is isolated from power source by protective relaying and protective equipment (GCB and Switchyard breaker).
protective    All switchgears except for faulted switchgear are transferred relay          automatically from the UATs to the SATs.
Automatic turbine and generator trips occur.
Breaker open by Relay setting         The switchgear normal incoming breaker trips.                 Undervoltage malfunction      error              The associated switchgear bus is de-energized.               alarm or breaker Required unit power reduction to the capacity supported by trip alarm remaining non-Class 1E auxiliaries or may cause unit to trip.
All switchgears except for faulted switchgear are transferred automatically from the UATs to the SATs.
Undervoltage alarm or breaker inoperable alarm Breaker open by malfunction Relay setting error The switchgear normal incoming breaker trips.
The associated switchgear bus is de-energized.
Required unit power reduction to the capacity supported by remaining non-Class 1E auxiliaries or may cause unit to trip.
If reactor coolant pump (RCP) switchgear bus is unavailable, the plant will experience a reactor trip due to the loss of RCPs. Turbine and generator also trip.
If reactor coolant pump (RCP) switchgear bus is unavailable, the plant will experience a reactor trip due to the loss of RCPs. Turbine and generator also trip.
: 11. 13.8 kV non-Class 1E   Power supply for     Bus unavailable       Bus           The switchgear normal incoming breaker trips.                 Undervoltage Switchgear Bus or      13.8 kV Loads                              insulation    The associated switchgear bus is de-energized.               alarm or breaker Feeder Breaker                                                      fail          Required unit power reduction to the capacity supported by inoperable alarm (Grounded,      remaining non-Class 1E auxiliaries or may cause unit to trip.
Undervoltage alarm or breaker trip alarm
Shorted)      If RCP switchgear bus is unavailable, the plant will Feeder          experience a reactor trip due to the loss of RCPs. Turbine breaker        and generator also trip.
: 11. 13.8 kV non-Class 1E Switchgear Bus or Feeder Breaker Power supply for 13.8 kV Loads Bus unavailable Bus insulation fail (Grounded, Shorted)
interrupting fail on fault Breaker open by Relay setting         Switchgear Feeder Breaker trips.                             Undervoltage malfunction      error              The associated switchgear load is de-energized.               alarm or breaker If RCP feeder breaker trips, the plant will experience a inoperable alarm reactor trip due to the loss of RCPs. Turbine and generator also trip.
Feeder breaker interrupting fail on fault The switchgear normal incoming breaker trips.
8.3-86                                                                          Rev. 3
The associated switchgear bus is de-energized.
Required unit power reduction to the capacity supported by remaining non-Class 1E auxiliaries or may cause unit to trip.
If RCP switchgear bus is unavailable, the plant will experience a reactor trip due to the loss of RCPs. Turbine and generator also trip.
Undervoltage alarm or breaker inoperable alarm Breaker open by malfunction Relay setting error Switchgear Feeder Breaker trips.
The associated switchgear load is de-energized.
If RCP feeder breaker trips, the plant will experience a reactor trip due to the loss of RCPs. Turbine and generator also trip.
Undervoltage alarm or breaker inoperable alarm Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-7 (4 of 8)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-87 Table 8.3.1-7 (4 of 8)
Component               Function         Failure Mode       Failure Cause             Failure Effect and Counter Measure                 Detection
Component Function Failure Mode Failure Cause Failure Effect and Counter Measure Detection
: 12. 4.16 kV non-Class 1E Power supply to the   Interrupting         Operating     The faulted switchgear is isolated from power source by Undervoltage switchgear normal    switchgear bus        failure at fault      device fault  protective relaying and protective equipment (GCB and   alarm or breaker incoming breaker                                                  Malfunction    switchyard breaker).                                   inoperable alarm of the        Automatic turbine and generator trips occur.
: 12. 4.16 kV non-Class 1E switchgear normal incoming breaker Power supply to the switchgear bus Interrupting failure at fault Operating device fault Malfunction of the protective relay The faulted switchgear is isolated from power source by protective relaying and protective equipment (GCB and switchyard breaker).
protective    All switchgears except for faulted switchgear are relay          transferred automatically from the UATs to the SATs.
Automatic turbine and generator trips occur.
Breaker open by Relay setting       The switchgear normal incoming breaker trips.           Undervoltage malfunction      error              The associated switchgear is de-energized.             alarm or breaker Required unit power reduction to the capacity supported trip alarm by remaining non-Class 1E auxiliaries or may cause unit to trip.
All switchgears except for faulted switchgear are transferred automatically from the UATs to the SATs.
: 13. 4.16 kV non-Class 1E Power supply to 4.16 Bus unavailable       Bus           The switchgear normal incoming breaker trips.           Undervoltage switchgear bus or the kV non-Class 1E loads                        insulation    The associated switchgear is de-energized.             alarm or breaker feeder breaker                                                    fail          Required unit power reduction to the capacity supported inoperable alarm (grounded,    by remaining non-Class 1E auxiliaries or may cause unit shorted)      to trip.
Undervoltage alarm or breaker inoperable alarm Breaker open by malfunction Relay setting error The switchgear normal incoming breaker trips.
Feeder breaker interrupting fail Breaker open by Relay setting       The switchgear feeder breaker trips.                   Breaker trip alarm malfunction      error              The associated switchgear load is de-energized.
The associated switchgear is de-energized.
8.3-87                                                                      Rev. 3
Required unit power reduction to the capacity supported by remaining non-Class 1E auxiliaries or may cause unit to trip.
Undervoltage alarm or breaker trip alarm
: 13. 4.16 kV non-Class 1E switchgear bus or the feeder breaker Power supply to 4.16 kV non-Class 1E loads Bus unavailable Bus insulation fail (grounded, shorted)
Feeder breaker interrupting fail The switchgear normal incoming breaker trips.
The associated switchgear is de-energized.
Required unit power reduction to the capacity supported by remaining non-Class 1E auxiliaries or may cause unit to trip.
Undervoltage alarm or breaker inoperable alarm Breaker open by malfunction Relay setting error The switchgear feeder breaker trips.
The associated switchgear load is de-energized.
Breaker trip alarm Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-7 (5 of 8)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-88 Table 8.3.1-7 (5 of 8)
Component                 Function         Failure Mode     Failure Cause                 Failure Effect and Counter Measure                 Detection
Component Function Failure Mode Failure Cause Failure Effect and Counter Measure Detection
: 14. The feeder cable of 13.8 Power supply to 480V Load center         Cable fault   The associated 13.8 kV or 4.16 kV feeder breaker trips and Switchgear kV / 480V or 4.16 kV / load center            power supply        (grounded,      isolates the fault from the system.                       breaker trip alarm 480V non-Class 1E load                        feeder              shorted)      The associated 480V load center bus is de-energized.       or load center center transformer or                        unavailable        Transformer                                                                undervoltage load center incoming                                              fault                                                                      alarm breaker                                                          Incoming breaker interrupting fail at fault Breaker open by Relay setting       The load center incoming breaker trips.                   Breaker trip malfunction    error              The associated load center bus is de-energized.           alarm or undervoltage alarm
: 14. The feeder cable of 13.8 kV / 480V or 4.16 kV /
: 15. 480V non-Class 1E load Power supply to 480V Bus unavailable       Bus           The load center incoming breaker trips.                   Load center fault center bus or 480V non- load center loads                          insulation    The associated 480V load center bus is de-energized.       alarm Class 1E load center                                               fail feeder breaker                                                    (grounded, shorted)
480V non-Class 1E load center transformer or load center incoming breaker Power supply to 480V load center Load center power supply feeder unavailable Cable fault (grounded, shorted)
Feeder breaker interrupting fail on fault Breaker open by Relay setting       The load center feeder breaker trips.                     Breaker trip malfunction    error              The associated 480V load is de-energized.                 alarm 8.3-88                                                                      Rev. 3
Transformer fault Incoming breaker interrupting fail at fault The associated 13.8 kV or 4.16 kV feeder breaker trips and isolates the fault from the system.
The associated 480V load center bus is de-energized.
Switchgear breaker trip alarm or load center undervoltage alarm Breaker open by malfunction Relay setting error The load center incoming breaker trips.
The associated load center bus is de-energized.
Breaker trip alarm or undervoltage alarm
: 15. 480V non-Class 1E load center bus or 480V non-Class 1E load center feeder breaker Power supply to 480V load center loads Bus unavailable Bus insulation fail (grounded, shorted)
Feeder breaker interrupting fail on fault The load center incoming breaker trips.
The associated 480V load center bus is de-energized.
Load center fault alarm Breaker open by malfunction Relay setting error The load center feeder breaker trips.
The associated 480V load is de-energized.
Breaker trip alarm Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-7 (6 of 8)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-89 Table 8.3.1-7 (6 of 8)
Component                 Function         Failure Mode       Failure Cause                 Failure Effect and Counter Measure                     Detection
Component Function Failure Mode Failure Cause Failure Effect and Counter Measure Detection
: 16. 4. 16 kV Class 1E       Power supply to the   Interrupting          Operating      The faulted switchgear is isolated from power source by      Undervoltage switchgear normal        4.16 kV Class 1E bus failure at fault       device fault   protective relaying and protective equipment (GCB and         alarm or breaker incoming breaker                                                    Malfunction    switchyard breaker).                                         inoperable alarm of protective  Automatic turbine and generator trips occur.
: 16. 4. 16 kV Class 1E switchgear normal incoming breaker Power supply to the 4.16 kV Class 1E bus Interrupting failure at fault Operating device fault Malfunction of protective relay The faulted switchgear is isolated from power source by protective relaying and protective equipment (GCB and switchyard breaker).
relay          All switchgears except for faulted switchgear are transferred automatically from the UATs to the SATs.
Automatic turbine and generator trips occur.
All switchgears except for faulted switchgear are transferred automatically from the UATs to the SATs.
Affected 4.16 kV Class 1E switchgear is de-energized.
Affected 4.16 kV Class 1E switchgear is de-energized.
Associated 480V buses are also de-energized.
Associated 480V buses are also de-energized.
Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system for safe shutdown of the reactor.
Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system for safe shutdown of the reactor.
Breaker open by Relay setting         The switchgear normal incoming breaker trips.                 Undervoltage malfunction      error              Affected 4.16 kV Class 1E switchgear is de-energized.         alarm or breaker Associated 480V buses are also de-energized.                 trip alarm Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system for safe shutdown of the reactor.
Undervoltage alarm or breaker inoperable alarm Breaker open by malfunction Relay setting error The switchgear normal incoming breaker trips.
: 17. 4.16 kV Class 1E         Power supply to       Bus unavailable       Bus           Incoming breakers trip and the affected 4.16 kV Class 1E     Undervoltage switchgear bus or feeder Class 1E large motors                        insulation      switchgear is de-energized.                                   alarm or breaker breakers                and load centers                            fail          The associated 480V buses are also de-energized.             inoperable alarm (grounded,    Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the shorted)        redundant Class 1E auxiliary power system for the safe Feeder          shutdown of the reactor.
Affected 4.16 kV Class 1E switchgear is de-energized.
breaker interrupting fail Breaker open by Relay setting         The switchgear feeder breaker trips.                         Breaker trip malfunction      error              The associated switchgear load is de-energized.               alarm Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E auxiliary power system for the safe shutdown of the reactor.
Associated 480V buses are also de-energized.
8.3-89                                                                          Rev. 3
Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system for safe shutdown of the reactor.
Undervoltage alarm or breaker trip alarm
: 17. 4.16 kV Class 1E switchgear bus or feeder breakers Power supply to Class 1E large motors and load centers Bus unavailable Bus insulation fail (grounded, shorted)
Feeder breaker interrupting fail Incoming breakers trip and the affected 4.16 kV Class 1E switchgear is de-energized.
The associated 480V buses are also de-energized.
Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E auxiliary power system for the safe shutdown of the reactor.
Undervoltage alarm or breaker inoperable alarm Breaker open by malfunction Relay setting error The switchgear feeder breaker trips.
The associated switchgear load is de-energized.
Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E auxiliary power system for the safe shutdown of the reactor.
Breaker trip alarm Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-7 (7 of 8)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-90 Table 8.3.1-7 (7 of 8)
Component                 Function         Failure Mode     Failure Cause               Failure Effect and Counter Measure                       Detection
Component Function Failure Mode Failure Cause Failure Effect and Counter Measure Detection
: 18. 4.16 kV Class 1E       Power supply to the Feeder breaker     Malfunction of   In case of a LOOP and a failure of EDG breaker closing, the Undervoltage emergency diesel        4.16 kV Class 1E    closing fail      operating device  associated 4.16 kV Class 1E switchgear is de-energized.         alarm or breaker generator breaker      bus                                                      Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the       inoperable alarm redundant Class 1E power system division.
: 18. 4.16 kV Class 1E emergency diesel generator breaker Power supply to the 4.16 kV Class 1E bus Feeder breaker closing fail Malfunction of operating device In case of a LOOP and a failure of EDG breaker closing, the associated 4.16 kV Class 1E switchgear is de-energized.
: 19. 4.16 kV Class 1E       Power supply to the   EDG start     Electrical and   If the EDG source is supplying power under offsite power Undervoltage emergency diesel        Class 1E bus            failure        mechanical fault  failure, the affected safety division is de-energized until the alarm or EDG generator                                      Fault after                      fault is cleared.                                               fault alarm starting                        Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the Undervoltage                      redundant Class 1E power system division.
Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system division.
Underfrequency
Undervoltage alarm or breaker inoperable alarm
: 20. The feeder cable of     Power supply to the Load center power     Cable fault   The associated switchgear feeder breaker trips and isolates     Switchgear 4.16 kV/480V Class 1E Class 1E load center supply feeder          (grounded,    the fault from the system.                                     feeder breaker load center transformer bus                unavailable            shorted)      The associated 480V load center bus is de-energized.           trip alarm or or 480V Class 1E load                                            Transformer  Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the       load center center incoming breaker                                            fault          redundant Class 1E power system for safe shutdown of the       undervoltage Incoming      reactor.                                                       alarm breaker interrupting fail Breaker open by   Relay setting     The load center incoming breaker trips.                         Breaker trip malfunction        error            The associated 480V load center bus is de-energized.           alarm or Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the       undervoltage redundant Class 1E power system for safe shutdown of the       alarm reactor.
: 19. 4.16 kV Class 1E emergency diesel generator Power supply to the Class 1E bus EDG start failure Fault after starting Undervoltage Underfrequency Electrical and mechanical fault If the EDG source is supplying power under offsite power failure, the affected safety division is de-energized until the fault is cleared.
8.3-90                                                                            Rev. 3
Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system division.
Undervoltage alarm or EDG fault alarm
: 20. The feeder cable of 4.16 kV/480V Class 1E load center transformer or 480V Class 1E load center incoming breaker Power supply to the Class 1E load center bus Load center power supply feeder unavailable Cable fault (grounded, shorted)
Transformer fault Incoming breaker interrupting fail The associated switchgear feeder breaker trips and isolates the fault from the system.
The associated 480V load center bus is de-energized.
Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system for safe shutdown of the reactor.
Switchgear feeder breaker trip alarm or load center undervoltage alarm Breaker open by malfunction Relay setting error The load center incoming breaker trips.
The associated 480V load center bus is de-energized.
Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system for safe shutdown of the reactor.
Breaker trip alarm or undervoltage alarm Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.1-7 (8 of 8)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-91 Table 8.3.1-7 (8 of 8)
Component                 Function       Failure Mode     Failure Cause                 Failure Effect and Counter Measure                 Detection
Component Function Failure Mode Failure Cause Failure Effect and Counter Measure Detection
: 21. 480V Class 1E load     Power supply to 480V Bus unavailable    Bus            The load center incoming breaker trips.                  Load center center bus or 480V     Class 1E loads                            insulation    The associated 480V load center bus is de-energized.      breaker trip alarm Class 1E load center                                              fail           Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the or fault alarm feeder breaker                                                    (grounded,     redundant Class 1E power system for the safe shutdown of shorted)       the reactor.
: 21. 480V Class 1E load center bus or 480V Class 1E load center feeder breaker Power supply to 480V Class 1E loads Bus unavailable Bus insulation fail (grounded, shorted)
Feeder breaker interrupting fail at fault Breaker open by Relay setting      The load center feeder breaker trips.                     Breaker trip malfunction    error              The associated 480V load center bus is de-energized.      alarm Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system for the safe shutdown of the reactor.
Feeder breaker interrupting fail at fault The load center incoming breaker trips.
: 22. 480V Class 1E load      Power supply to 480V MCC bus            Feeder cable  The associated load center feeder breaker trips.          Load center center feeder cable for Class 1E MCC loads unavailable            fault          The associated MCC bus is de-energized.                  breaker trip alarm motor control center                                              (grounded,    Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the and MCC (MCC) or 480V Class                                              shorted)        redundant Class 1E power system for the safe shutdown of  undervoltage 1E MCC feeder breaker                                            Feeder          the reactor.                                              alarm breaker interrupting fail at fault Breaker open by Relay setting      The MCC feeder breaker trips.                            MCC fault alarm malfunction    error              The associated MCC load is de-energized.
The associated 480V load center bus is de-energized.
Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system for the safe shutdown of the reactor.
Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system for the safe shutdown of the reactor.
8.3-91                                                                      Rev. 3
Load center breaker trip alarm or fault alarm Breaker open by malfunction Relay setting error The load center feeder breaker trips.
The associated 480V load center bus is de-energized.
Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system for the safe shutdown of the reactor.
Breaker trip alarm
: 22. 480V Class 1E load center feeder cable for motor control center (MCC) or 480V Class 1E MCC feeder breaker Power supply to 480V Class 1E MCC loads MCC bus unavailable Feeder cable fault (grounded, shorted)
Feeder breaker interrupting fail at fault The associated load center feeder breaker trips.
The associated MCC bus is de-energized.
Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system for the safe shutdown of the reactor.
Load center breaker trip alarm and MCC undervoltage alarm Breaker open by malfunction Relay setting error The MCC feeder breaker trips.
The associated MCC load is de-energized.
Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system for the safe shutdown of the reactor.
MCC fault alarm Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.2-1 (1 of 4)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-92 Table 8.3.2-1 (1 of 4)
Class 1E 125 Vdc Power System Loads
Class 1E 125 Vdc Power System Loads
: 1. Train A Load Current (A) (2) 0-1 min         1-119 min         119-120 min 121-480 min Load Description                        1               118                   1       360           Remark MOV Inverter (No Load Current)                               20.0             20.0 (1)
: 1. Train A Load Description Load Current (A) (2)
RCS Valves                                                                                      47.8               Random Load Reactor Trip Switchgear System                               3.0                                                     Momentary Load Solenoids for CVCS, SIS, MS, FW & AF Valves                 21.2             21.2               21.2       4.64 Solenoids for Miscellaneous Valves                           14.7             14.7               14.7 Lamp and Relay, Trip of SWGR and LC                         49.9             4.9                 4.9       4.9 IP Inverter                                                 389.1           389.1             389.1       104.3 EDG-A Control Power                                         11.5             11.5               11.5       11.5 TOTAL                             509.5           461.5             489.3       125.3 (1) This load is a random load of the MOV inverter.
Remark 0-1 min 1-119 min 119-120 min 121-480 min 1
118 1
360 MOV Inverter (No Load Current) 20.0 20.0 RCS Valves (1) 47.8 Random Load Reactor Trip Switchgear System 3.0 Momentary Load Solenoids for CVCS, SIS, MS, FW & AF Valves 21.2 21.2 21.2 4.64 Solenoids for Miscellaneous Valves 14.7 14.7 14.7 Lamp and Relay, Trip of SWGR and LC 49.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 IP Inverter 389.1 389.1 389.1 104.3 EDG-A Control Power 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 TOTAL 509.5 461.5 489.3 125.3 (1) This load is a random load of the MOV inverter.
(2) The dc loads can change during detail design.
(2) The dc loads can change during detail design.
8.3-92                                                      Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.2-1 (2 of 4)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-93 Table 8.3.2-1 (2 of 4)
: 2. Train B Load Current (A) (2) 0-1 min         1-119 min         119-120 min 121-480 min Load Description                  1               118                   1       360           Remark MOV Inverter (No Load Current)                       20.0             20.0 (1)
: 2. Train B Load Description Load Current (A) (2)
RCS Valves                                                                                47.8               Random Load (1)
Remark 0-1 min 1-119 min 119-120 min 121-480 min 1
CVCS Valves                                                                                29.4               Random Load Reactor Trip Switchgear System                       3.0                                                     Momentary Load Solenoids for CVCS, SIS, MS, FW & AF Valves           22.5             22.5               22.5       4.64 Solenoids for Miscellaneous Valves                   15.1             15.1               15.1 Lamp and Relay, Trip of SWGR and LC                   50.0             5.0                 5.0       5.0 IP Inverter                                         330.6           330.6             330.6       103.7 EDG-B Control Power                                   11.5             11.5               11.5       11.5 TOTAL                       452.6           404.6             461.8       124.8 (1) This load is a random load of the MOV inverter.
118 1
360 MOV Inverter (No Load Current) 20.0 20.0 RCS Valves (1) 47.8 Random Load CVCS Valves (1) 29.4 Random Load Reactor Trip Switchgear System 3.0 Momentary Load Solenoids for CVCS, SIS, MS, FW & AF Valves 22.5 22.5 22.5 4.64 Solenoids for Miscellaneous Valves 15.1 15.1 15.1 Lamp and Relay, Trip of SWGR and LC 50.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 IP Inverter 330.6 330.6 330.6 103.7 EDG-B Control Power 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 TOTAL 452.6 404.6 461.8 124.8 (1) This load is a random load of the MOV inverter.
(2) The dc loads can change during detail design.
(2) The dc loads can change during detail design.
8.3-93                                                      Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.2-1 (3 of 4)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-94 Table 8.3.2-1 (3 of 4)
: 3. Train C Load Current (A) (6) 0-1       1~5       5~60     60~65     65~480     480~485   485~957     957~958 958~959   959~960 min       min        min    min        min        min        min        min    min      min Load Description                    1         4         55       5         415         5         472         1       1         1         Remark MOV Inverter (No Load Current)             25.0       25.0       25.0     25.0       25.0       25.0       25.0 IWS Valve 1 & 2 (1), (2)                                                                                               229.6             229.6     Random Load (1)
: 3. Train C Load Description Load Current (A) (6)
RCS Valve 1                                                                                                                                47.8     Random Load (1)                                                                                                                   (4)       (5)
Remark 0-1 min 1~5 min 5~60 min 60~65 min 65~480 min 480~485 min 485~957 min 957~958 min 958~959 min 959~960 min 1
RCS Valve 2                                                                                                                    581.2    121.9      Random Load AFP Turbine LCP                             68.8       8.8       8.8     8.8         8.8       8.8       8.8       8.8     8.8       8.8 Aux. Feedwater Isolation Valves           180.0 (3)   180 (3)             180 (3)               180 (3)
4 55 5
Reactor Trip Switchgear System               3.0                                                                                                   Momentary Load Solenoids for SIS, MS & AT                 3.5       3.5         3.5     3.5         3.5       3.5       3.5       3.5     3.5       3.5 Valves Solenoids for Miscellaneous                 3.8       3.8         3.8     3.8         3.8       3.8       3.8       3.8     3.8       3.8 Valves Lamp and Relay, Trip of SWGR               39.7       4.7       4.7     4.7         4.7       4.7       4.7       4.7     4.7       4.7 and LC IP Inverter                               259.6     259.6       259.6   259.6       259.6     259.6     259.6     259.6   259.6     259.6 EDG-C Control Power                         11.5       11.5       11.5     11.5       11.5       11.5       11.5       11.5   11.5     11.5 Emergency DC Lighting                       40.0       40.0       40.0 TOTAL                       634.9     536.9       356.9   496.9       316.9     496.9      316.9      521.5  873.1    691.2 (496.9 (3))           (496.9 (3))
415 5
(1) This load is a random load of the MOV inverter.
472 1
(2) IWS Valve 1 and 2 will not be operated simultaneously.
1 1
(3) This current is loaded for the first 5 minutes every 1 hour.
MOV Inverter (No Load Current) 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 IWS Valve 1 & 2 (1), (2) 229.6 229.6 Random Load RCS Valve 1 (1) 47.8 Random Load RCS Valve 2 (1) 581.2 (4) 121.9 (5)
(4) This current is Locked Rotor Current value of RCS Valve 2.
Random Load AFP Turbine LCP 68.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 Aux. Feedwater Isolation Valves 180.0 (3) 180 (3) 180 (3) 180 (3)
(5) This current is Full Load Current value of RCS Valve 2.
Reactor Trip Switchgear System 3.0 Momentary Load Solenoids for SIS, MS & AT Valves 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 Solenoids for Miscellaneous Valves 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 Lamp and Relay, Trip of SWGR and LC 39.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 IP Inverter 259.6 259.6 259.6 259.6 259.6 259.6 259.6 259.6 259.6 259.6 EDG-C Control Power 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 Emergency DC Lighting 40.0 40.0 40.0 TOTAL 634.9 536.9 356.9 496.9 316.9 (496.9 (3))
(6) The dc loads can change during detail design.
496.9 316.9 (496.9 (3))
8.3-94                                                                  Rev. 3
521.5 873.1 691.2 (1) This load is a random load of the MOV inverter.
(2) IWS Valve 1 and 2 will not be operated simultaneously.
(3) This current is loaded for the first 5 minutes every 1 hour.
(4) This current is Locked Rotor Current value of RCS Valve 2.
(5) This current is Full Load Current value of RCS Valve 2.
(6) The dc loads can change during detail design.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.2-1 (4 of 4)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-95 Table 8.3.2-1 (4 of 4)
: 4. Train D Load Current (A) (6) 0-1       1~5       5~60     60~65     65~480     480~485   485~957     957~958 958~959   959~960 min       min        min    min        min        min        min        min    min      min Load Description                    1         4         55       5         415         5         472         1       1         1         Remark MOV Inverter (No Load Current)             25.0       25.0       25.0     25.0       25.0       25.0       25.0 IWS Valve 3 & 4 (1), (2)                                                                                               229.6             229.6   Random Load (1)
: 4. Train D Load Description Load Current (A) (6)
RCS Valve 3                                                                                                                                47.8   Random Load (1)                                                                                                                   (4)       (5)
Remark 0-1 min 1~5 min 5~60 min 60~65 min 65~480 min 480~485 min 485~957 min 957~958 min 958~959 min 959~960 min 1
RCS Valve 4                                                                                                                    581.2    121.9    Random Load AFP Turbine LCP                             68.8       8.8       8.8     8.8         8.8       8.8       8.8       8.8     8.8       8.8 Aux. Feedwater Isolation Valves           180.0 (3)   180 (3)             180 (3)               180 (3)
4 55 5
Reactor Trip Switchgear System               3.0                                                                                                   Momentary Load Solenoids for SIS, MS & AT                   3.5       3.5       3.5     3.5         3.5       3.5       3.5       3.5     3.5       3.5 Valves Solenoids for Miscellaneous Valves         3.8       3.8         3.8     3.8         3.8       3.8       3.8       3.8     3.8       3.8 Lamp and Relay, Trip of SWGR               39.7       4.7       4.7     4.7         4.7       4.7       4.7       4.7     4.7       4.7 and LC IP Inverter                               261.4     261.4       261.4   261.4       261.4     261.4     261.4     261.4   261.4     261.4 EDG-D Control Power                         11.5       11.5       11.5     11.5       11.5       11.5       11.5       11.5   11.5     11.5 Emergency DC Lighting                       40.0       40.0       40.0 TOTAL                       636.7     538.7       358.7   498.7       318.7     498.7      318.7      523.3  874.9    693.0 (498.7 (3))           (498.7 (3))
415 5
(1) This load is a random load of the MOV inverter.
472 1
(2) IWS Valve 3 and 4 will not be operated simultaneously.
1 1
(3) This current is loaded for the first 5 minutes every 1 hour.
MOV Inverter (No Load Current) 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 IWS Valve 3 & 4 (1), (2) 229.6 229.6 Random Load RCS Valve 3 (1) 47.8 Random Load RCS Valve 4 (1) 581.2 (4) 121.9 (5)
(4) This current is Locked Rotor Current value of RCS Valve 4.
Random Load AFP Turbine LCP 68.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 Aux. Feedwater Isolation Valves 180.0 (3) 180 (3) 180 (3) 180 (3)
(5) This current is Full Load Current value of RCS Valve 4.
Reactor Trip Switchgear System 3.0 Momentary Load Solenoids for SIS, MS & AT Valves 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 Solenoids for Miscellaneous Valves 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 Lamp and Relay, Trip of SWGR and LC 39.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 IP Inverter 261.4 261.4 261.4 261.4 261.4 261.4 261.4 261.4 261.4 261.4 EDG-D Control Power 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 Emergency DC Lighting 40.0 40.0 40.0 TOTAL 636.7 538.7 358.7 498.7 318.7 (498.7 (3))
(6) The dc loads can change during detail design.
498.7 318.7 (498.7 (3))
8.3-95                                                                Rev. 3
523.3 874.9 693.0 (1) This load is a random load of the MOV inverter.
(2) IWS Valve 3 and 4 will not be operated simultaneously.
(3) This current is loaded for the first 5 minutes every 1 hour.
(4) This current is Locked Rotor Current value of RCS Valve 4.
(5) This current is Full Load Current value of RCS Valve 4.
(6) The dc loads can change during detail design.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.2-2 (1 of 5)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-96 Table 8.3.2-2 (1 of 5)
Non-Class 1E DC Power System Loads
Non-Class 1E DC Power System Loads
: 1. Division I, 125 Vdc Loads Load Current (A) (1)
: 1.
Load Description              0~1 min           1~30 min       30~120 min 120~480 min 1               29               90       360 Local Control Panel                     74.7             74.7             74.7 Emergency Lighting                       72.4             72.4             72.4     72.4 Feedwater Pump Turbine                 200.0             136.0           136.0 Emergency Lube Oil Pump Local Alarm Box                           0.5               0.5             0.5 Personnel Air Lock                       3.0               3.0             3.0 Solenoids for CVCS, SIS, MS               7.1               7.1             7.1
Division I, 125 Vdc Loads Load Description Load Current (A) (1) 0~1 min 1~30 min 30~120 min 120~480 min 1
& FTValves Solenoids for Miscellaneous               7.3               7.3             7.3 Valves EDG Speed Cubicle                         7.2               7.2             7.2 EDG DMDS Cabinet                         80.0             80.0             80.0 Lamp and Relay, Trip of                 119.9             19.9             19.9 SWGR and LC IP Inverter                             969.4             969.4 TOTAL                     1541.6           1377.6           408.1     72.4 (1) The dc loads can change during detail design.
29 90 360 Local Control Panel 74.7 74.7 74.7 Emergency Lighting 72.4 72.4 72.4 72.4 Feedwater Pump Turbine Emergency Lube Oil Pump 200.0 136.0 136.0 Local Alarm Box 0.5 0.5 0.5 Personnel Air Lock 3.0 3.0 3.0 Solenoids for CVCS, SIS, MS  
8.3-96                                Rev. 3
& FTValves 7.1 7.1 7.1 Solenoids for Miscellaneous Valves 7.3 7.3 7.3 EDG Speed Cubicle 7.2 7.2 7.2 EDG DMDS Cabinet 80.0 80.0 80.0 Lamp and Relay, Trip of SWGR and LC 119.9 19.9 19.9 IP Inverter 969.4 969.4 TOTAL 1541.6 1377.6 408.1 72.4 (1) The dc loads can change during detail design.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.2-2 (2 of 5)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-97 Table 8.3.2-2 (2 of 5)
: 2. Division II, 125 Vdc Loads Load Current (A) (1)
: 2.
Load Description              0~1 min           1~30 min     30~120 min 120~480 min 1               29             90       360 Local Control Panel                     43.4             43.4           43.4 Emergency Lighting                       59.4             59.4           59.4       59.4 Feedwater Pump Turbine                 100.0             68.0           68.0 Emergency Lube Oil Pump Personnel Air Lock                       3.0             3.0             3.0 Solenoids for CVCS, MS &                 3.9             3.9             3.9 FT Valves Solenoids for Miscellaneous               5.3             5.3             5.3 Valves EDG Speed Cubicle                         7.2             7.2             7.2 EDG DMDS Cabinet                         80.0             80.0           80.0 Lamp and Relay, Trip of                 129.9             19.9           19.9 SWGR and LC IP Inverter                           1021.8           1021.8 TOTAL                     1453.9           1311.9           290.1     59.4 (1) The dc loads can change during detail design.
Division II, 125 Vdc Loads Load Description Load Current (A) (1) 0~1 min 1~30 min 30~120 min 120~480 min 1
8.3-97                                Rev. 3
29 90 360 Local Control Panel 43.4 43.4 43.4 Emergency Lighting 59.4 59.4 59.4 59.4 Feedwater Pump Turbine Emergency Lube Oil Pump 100.0 68.0 68.0 Personnel Air Lock 3.0 3.0 3.0 Solenoids for CVCS, MS &
FT Valves 3.9 3.9 3.9 Solenoids for Miscellaneous Valves 5.3 5.3 5.3 EDG Speed Cubicle 7.2 7.2 7.2 EDG DMDS Cabinet 80.0 80.0 80.0 Lamp and Relay, Trip of SWGR and LC 129.9 19.9 19.9 IP Inverter 1021.8 1021.8 TOTAL 1453.9 1311.9 290.1 59.4 (1) The dc loads can change during detail design.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.2-2 (3 of 5)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-98 Table 8.3.2-2 (3 of 5)
: 3. Division II, 250 Vdc Loads Load Current (A) (1)
: 3. Division II, 250 Vdc Loads Load Description Load Current (A) (1) 0~1 min 1~30 min 30~120 min 1
Load Description                        0~1 min     1~30 min         30~120 min 1         29               90 T/G Emergency Bearing Oil Pump                           1060.0       265.0             265.0 T/G Emergency Seal Oil Pump                               257.5       103.0             103.0 UPS Load Current                                         115.1       115.1 TOTAL                               1432.6       483.1             368.0 (1) The dc loads can change during detail design.
29 90 T/G Emergency Bearing Oil Pump 1060.0 265.0 265.0 T/G Emergency Seal Oil Pump 257.5 103.0 103.0 UPS Load Current 115.1 115.1 TOTAL 1432.6 483.1 368.0 (1) The dc loads can change during detail design.
8.3-98                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.2-2 (4 of 5)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-99 Table 8.3.2-2 (4 of 5)
: 4. 125 Vdc Loads, Compound Building Load Current (A) (1)
: 4. 125 Vdc Loads, Compound Building Load Description Load Current (A) (1) 0~30 min 30~120 min 120~480 min 30 90 360 Liquid Radwaste Control Panel 1.4 1.4 Gaseous Radwaste Control Panel 2.0 2.0 Radioactive Laundry System Control Panel 0.3 0.3 GRS Control Cabinet 12.5 12.5 Local Alarm Box 1.0 1.0 Plant Chilled Water System Control Panel 0.3 0.3 Emergency Lighting Panel 24.0 24.0 24.0 Miscellaneous Valves 5.6 5.6 Lamp and Relay, Trip of Load Center 3.0 3.0 UPS Load Current 139.9 TOTAL 189.9 50.0 24.0 (1) The dc loads can change during detail design.
Load Description                      0~30 min   30~120 min       120~480 min 30         90               360 Liquid Radwaste Control Panel                             1.4         1.4 Gaseous Radwaste Control Panel                           2.0         2.0 Radioactive Laundry System Control Panel                 0.3         0.3 GRS Control Cabinet                                       12.5       12.5 Local Alarm Box                                           1.0         1.0 Plant Chilled Water System Control Panel                 0.3         0.3 Emergency Lighting Panel                                 24.0       24.0               24.0 Miscellaneous Valves                                     5.6         5.6 Lamp and Relay, Trip of Load Center                       3.0         3.0 UPS Load Current                                         139.9 TOTAL                               189.9       50.0               24.0 (1) The dc loads can change during detail design.
Rev. 3
8.3-99                                    Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.2-2 (5 of 5)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-100 Table 8.3.2-2 (5 of 5)
: 5. 125 Vdc Loads, AAC GTG Building Load Current (A) (1)
: 5. 125 Vdc Loads, AAC GTG Building Load Description Load Current (A) (1) 0~1 min 1~120 min 1
Load Description                      0~1 min       1~120 min 1             119 AAC GTG DMDS Cabinet                                             40.0           40.0 AAC GTG Control Power                                             13.6           13.6 Lamp and Relay, Trip of SWGR and LC                               8.1             3.1 UPS Load Current                                                 13.7           13.7 TOTAL                               75.4           70.4 (1) The dc loads can change during detail design.
119 AAC GTG DMDS Cabinet 40.0 40.0 AAC GTG Control Power 13.6 13.6 Lamp and Relay, Trip of SWGR and LC 8.1 3.1 UPS Load Current 13.7 13.7 TOTAL 75.4 70.4 (1) The dc loads can change during detail design.
8.3-100                              Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.2-3 (1 of 4)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-101 Table 8.3.2-3 (1 of 4)
Class 1E 120 Vac I&C Power System Loads Train A Description                           Capacity (kVA)
Class 1E 120 Vac I&C Power System Loads Train A Description Capacity (kVA)
Auxiliary Process Cabinet (APC)                                         0.16 Plant Protection System (PPS) Cabinets                                   1.08 Core Protection Calculator System (CPCS) Cabinet and Test Simulator     1.02 Maintenance and Test Panel (MTP-A1)                                     0.6 ESF-CCS Group Controller Cabinets                                       1.2 ESF-CCS Loop Controller Cabinets                                         13.5 Safety Console                                                           1.02 Ex-core Neutron Flux Monitoring System (ENFMS)                           0.4 Safety-Related Divisionalized Cabinet (SRDC)                             0.51 Radiation Monitoring System Local Unit                                   5.66 QIAS-P Display Processor                                                 0.42 Remote Shutdown Console                                                 0.36 Transducer for 4.16 kV Switchgear and dc control center                 0.1 Pilot Operated Safety Release Valve Master Control Cabinet (PMCC)       0.43 (Channel A)
Auxiliary Process Cabinet (APC) 0.16 Plant Protection System (PPS) Cabinets 1.08 Core Protection Calculator System (CPCS) Cabinet and Test Simulator 1.02 Maintenance and Test Panel (MTP-A1) 0.6 ESF-CCS Group Controller Cabinets 1.2 ESF-CCS Loop Controller Cabinets 13.5 Safety Console 1.02 Ex-core Neutron Flux Monitoring System (ENFMS) 0.4 Safety-Related Divisionalized Cabinet (SRDC) 0.51 Radiation Monitoring System Local Unit 5.66 QIAS-P Display Processor 0.42 Remote Shutdown Console 0.36 Transducer for 4.16 kV Switchgear and dc control center 0.1 Pilot Operated Safety Release Valve Master Control Cabinet (PMCC)
Total                                 26.46 (1) The I&C loads can change during the design.
(Channel A) 0.43 Total 26.46 (1) The I&C loads can change during the design.
8.3-101                          Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.2-3 (2 of 4)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-102 Table 8.3.2-3 (2 of 4)
Train B Description                           Capacity (kVA)
Train B Description Capacity (kVA)
Auxiliary Process Cabinet (APC)                                         0.11 Plant Protection System (PPS) Cabinets                                   1.08 Core Protection Calculator System (CPCS) Cabinet and Test Simulator     1.02 Maintenance and Test Panel (MTP-B1)                                       0.6 ESF-CCS Group Controller Cabinets                                         1.2 ESF-CCS Loop Controller Cabinets                                       14.63 Safety Console                                                           1.02 Ex-core Neutron Flux Monitoring System (ENFMS)                           0.4 Safety-Related Divisionalized Cabinet (SRDC)                             0.51 Radiation Monitoring System Local Unit                                   0.6 QIAS-P Display Processor                                                 0.42 Remote Shutdown Console                                                 0.36 Transducer for 4.16 kV Switchgear and dc control center                   0.1 Pilot Operated Safety Release Valve Master Control Cabinet (PMCC)       0.43 (Channel B)
Auxiliary Process Cabinet (APC) 0.11 Plant Protection System (PPS) Cabinets 1.08 Core Protection Calculator System (CPCS) Cabinet and Test Simulator 1.02 Maintenance and Test Panel (MTP-B1) 0.6 ESF-CCS Group Controller Cabinets 1.2 ESF-CCS Loop Controller Cabinets 14.63 Safety Console 1.02 Ex-core Neutron Flux Monitoring System (ENFMS) 0.4 Safety-Related Divisionalized Cabinet (SRDC) 0.51 Radiation Monitoring System Local Unit 0.6 QIAS-P Display Processor 0.42 Remote Shutdown Console 0.36 Transducer for 4.16 kV Switchgear and dc control center 0.1 Pilot Operated Safety Release Valve Master Control Cabinet (PMCC)
Total                                 22.48 (1) The I&C loads can change during the design.
(Channel B) 0.43 Total 22.48 (1) The I&C loads can change during the design.
8.3-102                          Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.2-3 (3 of 4)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-103 Table 8.3.2-3 (3 of 4)
Train C Description                           Capacity (kVA)
Train C Description Capacity (kVA)
Auxiliary Process Cabinet (APC)                                         0.09 Plant Protection System (PPS) Cabinets                                   1.08 Core Protection Calculator System (CPCS) Cabinet and Test Simulator     1.02 ESF-CCS Group Controller Cabinets                                         1.2 ESF-CCS Loop Controller Cabinets                                         6.75 Maintenance and Test Panel (MTP-C1)                                       0.6 Safety Consoles                                                           2.2 Shift Technical Advisor Console                                         0.54 Reactor Operator Console                                                 0.36 Turbine/Electrical Operator Consoles                                     0.72 Shift Supervisor Console                                                 0.54 Remote Shutdown Console                                                 1.08 Digital Rod Control System (DRCS) Remote I/O Cabinet                     0.54 Ex-core Neutron Flux Monitoring System (ENFMS)                           0.4 Transducer for 4.16 kV Switchgear and dc control center                   0.1 Pilot Operated Safety Release Valve Master Control Cabinet (PMCC)       0.43 (Channel C)
Auxiliary Process Cabinet (APC) 0.09 Plant Protection System (PPS) Cabinets 1.08 Core Protection Calculator System (CPCS) Cabinet and Test Simulator 1.02 ESF-CCS Group Controller Cabinets 1.2 ESF-CCS Loop Controller Cabinets 6.75 Maintenance and Test Panel (MTP-C1) 0.6 Safety Consoles 2.2 Shift Technical Advisor Console 0.54 Reactor Operator Console 0.36 Turbine/Electrical Operator Consoles 0.72 Shift Supervisor Console 0.54 Remote Shutdown Console 1.08 Digital Rod Control System (DRCS) Remote I/O Cabinet 0.54 Ex-core Neutron Flux Monitoring System (ENFMS) 0.4 Transducer for 4.16 kV Switchgear and dc control center 0.1 Pilot Operated Safety Release Valve Master Control Cabinet (PMCC)
Total                                 17.65 (1) The I&C loads can change during the design.
(Channel C) 0.43 Total 17.65 (1) The I&C loads can change during the design.
8.3-103                          Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.2-3 (4 of 4)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-104 Table 8.3.2-3 (4 of 4)
Train D Description                           Capacity (kVA)
Train D Description Capacity (kVA)
Auxiliary Process Cabinet (APC)                                         0.09 Plant Protection System (PPS) Cabinets                                   1.08 Core Protection Calculator System (CPCS) Cabinet and Test Simulator     1.02 QIAS-N Display Processor                                                 0.48 ESF-CCS Group Controller Cabinets                                         1.2 ESF-CCS Loop Controller Cabinets                                         6.75 Maintenance and Test Panel (MTP-D1)                                       0.6 Safety Consoles                                                         1.84 Shift Technical Advisor Console                                         0.54 Reactor Operator Console                                                 0.36 Turbine/Electrical Operator Consoles                                     0.72 Shift Supervisor Console                                                 0.54 Remote Shutdown Console                                                 1.08 Digital Rod Control System (DRCS) Remote I/O Cabinet                     0.54 Ex-core Neutron Flux Monitoring System (ENFMS)                           0.4 Transducer for 4.16 kV Switchgear and dc control center                   0.1 Pilot Operated Safety Release Valve Master Control Cabinet (PMCC)       0.43 (Channel D)
Auxiliary Process Cabinet (APC) 0.09 Plant Protection System (PPS) Cabinets 1.08 Core Protection Calculator System (CPCS) Cabinet and Test Simulator 1.02 QIAS-N Display Processor 0.48 ESF-CCS Group Controller Cabinets 1.2 ESF-CCS Loop Controller Cabinets 6.75 Maintenance and Test Panel (MTP-D1) 0.6 Safety Consoles 1.84 Shift Technical Advisor Console 0.54 Reactor Operator Console 0.36 Turbine/Electrical Operator Consoles 0.72 Shift Supervisor Console 0.54 Remote Shutdown Console 1.08 Digital Rod Control System (DRCS) Remote I/O Cabinet 0.54 Ex-core Neutron Flux Monitoring System (ENFMS) 0.4 Transducer for 4.16 kV Switchgear and dc control center 0.1 Pilot Operated Safety Release Valve Master Control Cabinet (PMCC)
Total                                 17.77 (1) The I&C loads can change during the design.
(Channel D) 0.43 Total 17.77 (1) The I&C loads can change during the design.
8.3-104                          Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.2-4 (1 of 2)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-105 Table 8.3.2-4 (1 of 2)
Electrical Equipment Ratings - Component Data Non-Class 1E DC and I&C Power System Component             Description                               Specification Battery     AC input                     Three phase, 480 Vac +/- 10 %, 60 Hz +/- 5 %
Electrical Equipment Ratings - Component Data Non-Class 1E DC and I&C Power System Component Description Specification Battery Charger AC input Three phase, 480 Vac +/- 10 %, 60 Hz +/- 5 %
Charger DC output                     +/- 0.5 % regulation Float voltage range           124-130/248-260 V (125/250 Vdc system)
DC output  
Equalizing voltage range     130-140/260-280 V (125/250 Vdc system)
+/- 0.5 % regulation Float voltage range 124-130/248-260 V (125/250 Vdc system)
DC output current rating     1,800 A (auxiliary building, division I) 1,600 A (auxiliary building, division II) 300 A (compound building) 200 A (AAC GTG building), 600 A (TG building)
Equalizing voltage range 130-140/260-280 V (125/250 Vdc system)
Battery     Type                         Lead Acid Number of cells               116 cell for 125 Vdc (auxiliary building) 58 cell for 125 Vdc (compound and AAC GTG building) 116 cell for 250 Vdc (TG building)
DC output current rating 1,800 A (auxiliary building, division I) 1,600 A (auxiliary building, division II) 300 A (compound building) 200 A (AAC GTG building), 600 A (TG building)
Nominal voltage               125 Vdc/250 Vdc Float voltage                 2.15-2.17 V/cell Equalizing voltage           2.25-2.40 V/cell Minimum operating voltage     1.81 V/cell Voltage range                 105-140 V for 125 Vdc System 210-280 V for 250 Vdc System Battery capacity             4,000 AH (division I) 3,600 AH (division II) 700 AH (compound building) 500 AH (AAC GTG building) 3,200 AH (TG building)
Battery Type Lead Acid Number of cells 116 cell for 125 Vdc (auxiliary building) 58 cell for 125 Vdc (compound and AAC GTG building) 116 cell for 250 Vdc (TG building)
Inverter   Rating                       60 kVA DC input voltage             100-140 V Nominal output ac voltage     120 V Output voltage regulation     +/-2%
Nominal voltage 125 Vdc/250 Vdc Float voltage 2.15-2.17 V/cell Equalizing voltage 2.25-2.40 V/cell Minimum operating voltage 1.81 V/cell Voltage range 105-140 V for 125 Vdc System 210-280 V for 250 Vdc System Battery capacity 4,000 AH (division I) 3,600 AH (division II) 700 AH (compound building) 500 AH (AAC GTG building) 3,200 AH (TG building)
Output frequency             60 Hz +/- 0.5 %
Inverter Rating 60 kVA DC input voltage 100-140 V Nominal output ac voltage 120 V Output voltage regulation  
Efficiency                   85 %
+/- 2 %
Regulating   Rating                       60 kVA Transformer Input nominal voltage         1 phase 480 V Output nominal voltage       1 phase 120 V 8.3-105                                    Rev. 3
Output frequency 60 Hz +/- 0.5 %
Efficiency 85 %
Regulating Transformer Rating 60 kVA Input nominal voltage 1 phase 480 V Output nominal voltage 1 phase 120 V Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.2-4 (2 of 2)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-106 Table 8.3.2-4 (2 of 2)
Class 1E DC and I&C Power System Component           Description                                 Specification Battery   AC input                     Three phase, 480 Vac +/- 10 %, 60 Hz +/- 5 %
Class 1E DC and I&C Power System Component Description Specification Battery Charger AC input Three phase, 480 Vac +/- 10 %, 60 Hz +/- 5 %
Charger DC output                     +/- 0.5 % regulation Float voltage range           124-130/248-260 V (125/250 Vdc system)
DC output  
Equalizing voltage range     130-140/260-280 V (125/250 Vdc system)
+/- 0.5 % regulation Float voltage range 124-130/248-260 V (125/250 Vdc system)
DC output current rating     700 A (trains A&B), 1,200 A (trains C&D)
Equalizing voltage range 130-140/260-280 V (125/250 Vdc system)
Battery   Type                         Lead acid Number of cells               58 cell x 2 (parallel)
DC output current rating 700 A (trains A&B), 1,200 A (trains C&D)
Nominal voltage               125 Vdc Float voltage                 2.15-2.17 V/cell Equalizing voltage           2.25-2.40 V/cell Minimum operating voltage     1.81 V/cell Voltage range                 105-140 V for 125 Vdc System Battery capacity             2,800 AH (trains A&B) 8,800 AH (trains C&D)
Battery Type Lead acid Number of cells 58 cell x 2 (parallel)
Inverter   Rating                       40 kVA DC input voltage             100-140 V Nominal output ac voltage     120 V Output voltage regulation     +/-2%
Nominal voltage 125 Vdc Float voltage 2.15-2.17 V/cell Equalizing voltage 2.25-2.40 V/cell Minimum operating voltage 1.81 V/cell Voltage range 105-140 V for 125 Vdc System Battery capacity 2,800 AH (trains A&B) 8,800 AH (trains C&D)
Output frequency             60 Hz +/- 0.5 %
Inverter Rating 40 kVA DC input voltage 100-140 V Nominal output ac voltage 120 V Output voltage regulation  
Efficiency                   85 %
+/- 2 %
Regulating   Rating                       40 kVA Transformer Input nominal voltage         1 phase 480 V Output nominal voltage       1 phase 120 V 8.3-106                                  Rev. 3
Output frequency 60 Hz +/- 0.5 %
Efficiency 85 %
Regulating Transformer Rating 40 kVA Input nominal voltage 1 phase 480 V Output nominal voltage 1 phase 120 V Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.2-5 (1 of 2)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-107 Table 8.3.2-5 (1 of 2)
Electrical Equipment Status Information of Class 1E 125 Vdc and 120 Vac Power Systems MCR and RSR Status Description                            Alarm       Indication Battery charger output voltage low Battery charger output voltage high Loss of ac input to battery charger Loss of battery charger output power Battery charger output circuit breaker open DC control center main circuit breaker open Battery circuit breaker open Battery current (Charge and Discharge)
Electrical Equipment Status Information of Class 1E 125 Vdc and 120 Vac Power Systems MCR and RSR Description Status Alarm Indication Battery charger output voltage low Battery charger output voltage high Loss of ac input to battery charger Loss of battery charger output power Battery charger output circuit breaker open DC control center main circuit breaker open Battery circuit breaker open Battery current (Charge and Discharge)
Battery test panel feeder breaker close 125 Vdc control center undervoltage 125 Vdc control center ground 125 Vdc control center voltage Inverter 125 Vdc input failure Inverter failure Inverter ac output voltage low 120 Vac inverter distribution panel undervoltage 120 Vac inverter distribution panel ground 8.3-107                                Rev. 3
Battery test panel feeder breaker close 125 Vdc control center undervoltage 125 Vdc control center ground 125 Vdc control center voltage Inverter 125 Vdc input failure Inverter failure Inverter ac output voltage low 120 Vac inverter distribution panel undervoltage 120 Vac inverter distribution panel ground Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.2-5 (2 of 2)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-108 Table 8.3.2-5 (2 of 2)
Local Status Description                        Alarm       Indication DC bus undervoltage DC bus ground Charger dc voltage low Charger dc voltage high Battery charger ac power failure Battery charger dc power failure Battery current(Ammeter-Charge/Discharge)
Local Description Status Alarm Indication DC bus undervoltage DC bus ground Charger dc voltage low Charger dc voltage high Battery charger ac power failure Battery charger dc power failure Battery current(Ammeter-Charge/Discharge)
Battery charger output current (Ammeter)
Battery charger output current (Ammeter)
DC bus voltage (Voltmeter)
DC bus voltage (Voltmeter)
Battery charger output voltage (Voltmeter)
Battery charger output voltage (Voltmeter)
DC bus ground detector Battery charger ac on indication Charger high dc voltage shutdown relay (Main ac supply breaker to the charger open) 8.3-108                            Rev. 3
DC bus ground detector Battery charger ac on indication Charger high dc voltage shutdown relay (Main ac supply breaker to the charger open)
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.2-6 (1 of 2)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-109 Table 8.3.2-6 (1 of 2)
Failure Modes and Effects Analysis for the 125 V dc and Class 1E Vital Power System Component             Function         Failure Mode       Failure Cause                   Failure Effect and Countermeasure                       Detection
Failure Modes and Effects Analysis for the 125 V dc and Class 1E Vital Power System Component Function Failure Mode Failure Cause Failure Effect and Countermeasure Detection
: 1. 480 Vac supply to Power supply to       Loss of ac input       Loss of 480 V Power supply failure to dc MCC from charger                     Annunciation by chargers          charger                power                  load center    Power from battery is available to supply power without         charger power          interruption.                                                   undervoltage Power supply                                                                    relay feeder fault
: 1. 480 Vac supply to chargers Power supply to charger Loss of ac input power Loss of 480 V load center power Power supply feeder fault Power supply failure to dc MCC from charger Power from battery is available to supply power without interruption.
: 2. Battery chargers Power supply to 125       Loss of output Component           Power supply failure to dc MCC from charger                         Annunciation Vdc load and charge of    power          failure            Severe internal faults may cause high short-circuit currents to     by charger battery                  Opening of                          flow with resulting voltage reduction on the 125 Vdc bus until       trouble output                              the fault is cleared by the isolating circuit breakers.             detection breaker                            The 125 Vdc bus receives power from its respective battery         Annunciation Undervoltage                        without interruption.                                               by charger of output                          If the battery circuit breakers open, the complete loss of           undervoltage /
Annunciation by charger undervoltage relay
power                              voltage on one 125 Vdc bus may result but other redundant           overvoltage Overvoltage                        system can function as alternative.                                 relay of output power
: 2. Battery chargers Power supply to 125 Vdc load and charge of battery Loss of output power Opening of output breaker Undervoltage of output power Overvoltage of output power Component failure Power supply failure to dc MCC from charger Severe internal faults may cause high short-circuit currents to flow with resulting voltage reduction on the 125 Vdc bus until the fault is cleared by the isolating circuit breakers.
: 3. 125 Vdc batteries Back-up power supply Battery circuit     Battery failure     Back-up power loss                                               Annunciation by to dc MCC              breaker open                          In case a charger is available, even though the battery fails to breaker trip supply to dc MCC, the battery charger allows continued supply of power to dc MCC.
The 125 Vdc bus receives power from its respective battery without interruption.
If the battery circuit breakers open, the complete loss of voltage on one 125 Vdc bus may result but other redundant system can function as alternative.
Annunciation by charger trouble detection Annunciation by charger undervoltage /
overvoltage relay
: 3. 125 Vdc batteries Back-up power supply to dc MCC Battery circuit breaker open Battery failure Back-up power loss In case a charger is available, even though the battery fails to supply to dc MCC, the battery charger allows continued supply of power to dc MCC.
In case both battery and charger are unavailable, other redundant system can function as alternative.
In case both battery and charger are unavailable, other redundant system can function as alternative.
8.3-109                                                                            Rev. 3
Annunciation by breaker trip Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.2-6 (2 of 2)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-110 Table 8.3.2-6 (2 of 2)
Component               Function     Failure Mode   Failure Cause                   Failure Effect and Countermeasure                       Detection
Component Function Failure Mode Failure Cause Failure Effect and Countermeasure Detection
: 4. 125 Vdc control     Power supply to dc Ground fault   Grounding of a     The 125 Vdc system is an ungrounded electrical system and Annunciation by centers              loads                            single bus          therefore, ground detector is under surveillance and causes dc MCC ground alarms.                                                         detector A single ground does not cause any malfunction or prevent operation of any safety feature.
: 4. 125 Vdc control centers Power supply to dc loads Ground fault Grounding of a single bus The 125 Vdc system is an ungrounded electrical system and therefore, ground detector is under surveillance and causes alarms.
Undervoltage   Charger failure   The 125 V bus is monitored to detect the voltage decay on the   Annunciation by and battery        bus and initiate an alarm at a voltage setting where the battery dc MCC discharge          can still deliver power for safe and orderly shutdown of the     undervoltage unit.                                                           relay Upon detection, power can be restored either by correcting the deficiency or by switching to a redundant source.
A single ground does not cause any malfunction or prevent operation of any safety feature.
: 5. 125 Vdc distribution Power supply to dc Main circuit   Bus shorted       Voltage on the shorted 125 Vdc bus system of the affected       Annunciation by panel                loads              breaker open                        unit decays until isolated by the isolating circuit breakers. breaker trip Remaining redundant channels are available for the safe         [(Local Only)]
Annunciation by dc MCC ground detector Undervoltage Charger failure and battery discharge The 125 V bus is monitored to detect the voltage decay on the bus and initiate an alarm at a voltage setting where the battery can still deliver power for safe and orderly shutdown of the unit.
operation of the unit.
Upon detection, power can be restored either by correcting the deficiency or by switching to a redundant source.
8.3-110                                                                            Rev. 3
Annunciation by dc MCC undervoltage relay
: 5. 125 Vdc distribution panel Power supply to dc loads Main circuit breaker open Bus shorted Voltage on the shorted 125 Vdc bus system of the affected unit decays until isolated by the isolating circuit breakers.
Remaining redundant channels are available for the safe operation of the unit.
Annunciation by breaker trip
[(Local Only)]
Rev. 3
 
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-111 Table 8.3.2-7 Failure Modes and Effects Analysis for the 120 Vac Class 1E Vital Instrumentation and Control Power System Component Function Failure Mode Failure Cause Failure Effect and Countermeasure Detection
: 1. Inverter Power supply to vital bus panelboards Loss of output power Loss of input power Inverter failure Component failure Input power loss of 120 V vital bus distribution panel Regulating transformer supply back-up power Redundant system is available for the function Annunciation by inverter undervoltage relay
: 2. ac instrument and control power distribution panel Power supply to vital instrument loads Undervoltage Bus shorted Power supply loss of 120 V vital instrument loads Sufficient redundant system provides adequate protection.
Annunciation by power loss Rev. 3
 
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-112 NO NON-CLASS 1E 13.8KV SWGR SW01M RC PUMP 1A M
13800-480V XFMR 01M 480V LC LC01M A
C B
A C
B MCC PRESS HTRS PROPOR.
GROUP P-1 B
C A
(TYPICAL) 480V LC LC02M A
C B
13800-480V XFMR 02M MCC CONTROL ROD DRIVE MG SET 1 480V LC LC03M 13800-480V XFMR 03M MCC RC PUMP 2A M
NON-CLASS 1E 13.8KV SWGR SW02M 480V LC LC04M 13800-480V XFMR 04M MCC 480V LC LC06M 13800-480V XFMR 06M MCC 480V LC LC16M 13800-480V XFMR 16M MCC M
M M
M M
M CONDENSATE PUMP A CIRCULATING WATER PUMP A CIRCULATING WATER PUMP C CIRCULATING WATER PUMP E FEED WATER BOOSTER PUMP A FEED WATER BOOSTER PUMP C TO UAT 01M TO SAT 02M TO UAT 01M TO SAT 02M NON-CLASS 1E 13.8KV SWGR SW01N RC PUMP 1B M
13800-480V XFMR 01N 480V LC LC01N A
C B
A C
B MCC PRESS HTRS PROPOR.
GROUP P-2 B
C A
(TYPICAL) 480V LC LC02N A
C B
13800-480V XFMR 02N MCC CONTROL ROD DRIVE MG SET 2 480V LC LC03N 13800-480V XFMR 03N MCC RC PUMP 2B M
NON-CLASS 1E 13.8KV SWGR SW02N 480V LC LC04N 13800-480V XFMR 04N MCC 480V LC LC06N 13800-480V XFMR 06N MCC M
M M
M M
M CONDENSATE PUMP B CIRCULATING WATER PUMP B CIRCULATING WATER PUMP D FEED WATER BOOSTER PUMP B TO UAT 01N TO SAT 02N TO UAT 01N TO SAT 02N M
START-UP FEED WATER PUMP CONDENSATE PUMP C CIRCULATING WATER PUMP F DIVISION I DIVISION II 27 27 27 Non-Class 1E 13.8 kV AC Power System 27 MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR
* : MULTY FUNCTION RELAY COOLING TOWER FAN GROUP MFR COOLING TOWER FAN GROUP MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR NO MFR MFR MFR MFR NO MFR MFR MFR MFR NO MFR MFR MFR MFR Figure 8.3.1-1 Onsite AC Electrical Power System (1 of 3)
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.3.2-7 Failure Modes and Effects Analysis for the 120 Vac Class 1E Vital Instrumentation and Control Power System Component              Function        Failure Mode      Failure Cause                Failure Effect and Countermeasure                Detection
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-113 NO PERMANENT NON-SAFETY 4.16kV SWGR SW01M CENTRAL CHILLER 1 M
: 1. Inverter          Power supply to vital  Loss of output Component        Input power loss of 120 V vital bus distribution panel    Annunciation by bus panelboards          power          failure          Regulating transformer supply back-up power              inverter Loss of input                    Redundant system is available for the function            undervoltage power                                                                                      relay Inverter failure
4160-480V XFMR 10M 480V LC LC10M MCC B
: 2. ac instrument and  Power supply to vital Undervoltage      Bus shorted      Power supply loss of 120 V vital instrument loads        Annunciation by control power      instrument loads                                          Sufficient redundant system provides adequate protection. power loss distribution panel 8.3-111                                                                    Rev. 3
C A
480V LC LC12M A
C B
4160-480V XFMR 12M MCC CENTRAL CHILLED WATER PUMP 1 M
NON-CLASS 1E 4.16kV SWGR SW02M 480V LC LC09M 4160-480V XFMR 09M MCC 480V LC LC11M 4160-480V XFMR 11M MCC 480V LC LC08M 4160-480V XFMR 8M MCC M
TGB CCW PUMP 1 TO UAT 01M TO UAT 01M TO SAT 02M TO SAT 02M CENTRAL CHILLER 2 M
4160-480V XFMR 07M MCC 480V LC LC05M 4160-480V XFMR 05M MCC 480V LC LC07M PERMANENT NON-SAFETY 4.16kV SWGR SW01N CENTRAL CHILLER 3 M
4160-480V XFMR 10N 480V LC LC10N MCC 480V LC LC12N 4160-480V XFMR 12N MCC CENTRAL CHILLED WATER PUMP 2 M
NON-CLASS 1E 4.16kV SWGR SW02N 480V LC LC09N 4160-480V XFMR 09N MCC 480V LC LC11N 4160-480V XFMR 11N MCC 480V LC LC08N 4160-480V XFMR 08N MCC M
TGB CCW PUMP 2 TO UAT 01N TO UAT 01N TO SAT 02N TO SAT 02N CENTRAL CHILLER 4 M
4160-480V XFMR 07N MCC 480V LC LC05N 4160-480V XFMR 05N MCC 480V LC LC07N NON-CLASS 1E 4.16KV SWGR SW03N 480V LC LC19N 4160-480V XFMR19N NEUTRAL GRND XFMR B
C A
NO MCC MCC MCC


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 TO UAT 01M              TO SAT 02M                                                                  TO UAT 01M                                    TO SAT 02M                                                                                          TO UAT 01N              TO SAT 02N                                                                          TO UAT 01N                                    TO SAT 02N MFR                 MFR                                                                                 MFR                                                 MFR                                                                                         MFR               MFR                                                                                       MFR                                               MFR MFR                 MFR                                                                                 MFR                                                 MFR                                                                                         MFR               MFR                                                                                       MFR                                               MFR NO              27                                                                                                              NO                                          27                                                                          NO                    27                                                                                                              NO                                                  27 NON-CLASS 1E                                                                              NON-CLASS 1E                                                                                                                                                NON-CLASS 1E                                                                                        NON-CLASS 1E 13.8KV SWGR                                                                                13.8KV SWGR                                                                                                                                                  13.8KV SWGR                                                                                          13.8KV SWGR SW01M                                                                                      SW02M                                                                                                                                                        SW01N                                                                                                SW02N MFR               MFR         MFR                 MFR             MFR                 MFR           MFR                 MFR         MFR             MFR               MFR               MFR     MFR         MFR             MFR                     MFR               MFR         MFR               MFR                   MFR                   MFR           MFR         MFR               MFR             MFR             MFR               MFR                 MFR   MFR             MFR M                M                                                                                      M              M                M              M              M                M                                                            M                  M                                                                                              M            M              M              M                M              M                  M RC PUMP 1A        RC PUMP 2A                                                            COOLING TOWER                                                                    FEED WATER        FEED WATER                                                  RC PUMP 1B        RC PUMP 2B                                                                    COOLING TOWER                                                                                  FEED WATER        START-UP CONDENSATE  CIRCULATING      CIRCULATING      CIRCULATING                                                                                                                                                                                                      CONDENSATE  CONDENSATE      CIRCULATING      CIRCULATING    CIRCULATING FAN GROUP                    WATER PUMP A      WATER PUMP C    WATER PUMP E    BOOSTER PUMP A    BOOSTER PUMP C                                                                                                                                                FAN GROUP                                    WATER PUMP B    WATER PUMP D    WATER PUMP F    BOOSTER PUMP B    FEED WATER PUMP A                A                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      A      13800-480V A PUMP A                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            PUMP B      PUMP C 13800-480V  13800-480V          13800-480V                                                                                                                          13800-480V 13800-480V    13800-480V                                                                      13800-480V            13800-480V                                                                                                                                        13800-480V    13800-480V C      B XFMR 01M C B XFMR 02M            XFMR 03M                                                                                                                            XFMR 16M XFMR 04M        XFMR 06M                                        C      B  XFMR 01N C B      XFMR 02N              XFMR 03N                                                                                                                                          XFMR 04N      XFMR 06N A                    A                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  A                    A C      B            C                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  C      B            C B                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      B (TYPICAL)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                (TYPICAL) 480V LC                                  480V LC        480V LC                                                                                                                        480V LC    480V LC          480V LC                  480V LC                                          480V LC          480V LC                                                                                                                                                480V LC      480V LC LC01M                                    LC02M          LC03M                                                                                                                          LC16M      LC04M            LC06M                    LC01N                                            LC02N            LC03N                                                                                                                                                  LC04N        LC06N MCC                  MCC              MCC                                                                                                                                MCC        MCC          MCC                                              MCC                            MCC                  MCC                                                                                                                                                MCC          MCC PRESS HTRS          CONTROL ROD                                                                                                                                                                                                                    PRESS HTRS                    CONTROL ROD PROPOR.              DRIVE MG SET 1                                                                                                                                                                                                                  PROPOR.                        DRIVE MG SET 2 GROUP P-1                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            GROUP P-2
480V LC LC16N 4160-480V XFMR 16N MCC 480V LC LC17N 4160-480V XFMR 17N MCC 480V LC LC15N 4160-480V XFMR 15N MCC 27 27 27 TO AAC SWGR 03N TO AAC SWGR 03N 27 27 DIVISION I DIVISION II Non-Class 1E 4.16 kV AC Power System (TYPICAL)
* MFR : MULTY FUNCTION RELAY DIVISION I                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        DIVISION II Non-Class 1E 13.8 kV AC Power System Figure 8.3.1-1 Onsite AC Electrical Power System (1 of 3) 8.3-112                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Rev. 3
NO NO NO MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR 1M 1A 1B 1N 1N 1M MFR ADMIN BLDG MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR NO MFR MFR MFR MFR NO MFR MFR MFR MFR NO MFR MFR MFR MFR NO Figure 8.3.1-1 Onsite AC Electrical Power System (2 of 3)
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 TO UAT 01M TO SAT 02M                                      TO AAC SWGR 03N                            TO UAT 01M                          TO SAT 02M                                                                                  TO UAT 01N                  TO SAT 02N              TO AAC SWGR 03N                                              TO UAT 01N                    TO SAT 02N 1M                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          1N MFR                MFR                                                                      MFR                                MFR                                                                                        MFR                                  MFR                                                                            MFR                            MFR A
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-114 NO CLASS 1E 4.16KV SWGR SW01A NO NEUTRAL GRND XFMR CLASS 1E EMERGENCY DIESEL GEN. DG01A 4.16KV, 3,60HZ B
C NO                                                                                                               B MFR                MFR                                                                      MFR                                MFR                                                                                        MFR                                  MFR                                                                            MFR                            MFR MFR NO                                                                                                            NO                                                                                                      PERMANENT NO                                                                                                                          NO NON-                               27 NO PERMANENT                                                                  27                                                                  27                                                                                    27                            SAFETY                                                                                                                27 NEUTRAL                                               NON-CLASS 1E           4.16kV NON-SAFETY                                                                                            NON-CLASS 1E                                                                                                                                                                                                                          NON-CLASS 1E MFR                                                                                              GRND XFMR                                            4.16KV SWGR             SWGR                                                        MFR 4.16kV SWGR                                                                                           4.16kV SWGR                                                                                                                                                                                                                            4.16kV SWGR SW01M                                                                                                SW02M                                                                                                                                  SW03N                  SW01N                                                                  SW02N MFR              MFR              MFR                    MFR        MFR            MFR              MFR    MFR      MFR          MFR          MFR      MFR            MFR            MFR        MFR        MFR        MFR              MFR                    MFR          MFR                MFR        MFR                  MFR    MFR      MFR      MFR            MFR              MFR      MFR      MFR        MFR NO         NO            NO 1A            1B        1M                    1N M                 M                   M                                               M                                                                                                                                                             M             M             M                                    M CENTRAL          CENTRAL                                                                                                                                                                                                                            CENTRAL      CENTRAL                                                TGB CCW CENTRAL CHILLED TGB CCW CENTRAL CHILLED ADMIN CHILLER 1        CHILLER 2                                                  BLDG      PUMP 1                                                                                                                                                      CHILLER 3    CHILLER 4                                              PUMP 2 A      4160-480V                                  WATER PUMP 1                4160-480V                             4160-480V 4160-480V 4160-480V 4160-480V 4160-480V                                                   4160-480V                  4160-480V                                WATER PUMP 2             4160-480V                       4160-480V 4160-480V 4160-480V 4160-480V           4160-480V 4160-480V 4160-480V 4160-480V C      B  XFMR 12M                                                                XFMR 10M                              XFMR 05M XFMR 07M XFMR 8M XFMR 09M XFMR 11M                                                          XFMR19N                    XFMR 12N                                                          XFMR 10N                        XFMR 05N XFMR 07N XFMR 08N XFMR 09N                XFMR 11N XFMR 15N XFMR 16N XFMR 17N A
C A
NO M
M M
M M
M SC PUMP 1 SI PUMP 1 ESW PUMP 1A CCW PUMP 1A M
ESS CHILLER 1A CHARGING PUMP 1 AF PUMP A 480V LC LC01C 4160-480V XFMR 01C MCC M
M M
M M
CNMT SPRAY PUMP 1 CCW PUMP 2A COOLING TOWER FAN 2A SI PUMP 3
ESS CHILLER 2A NO NEUTRAL GRND XFMR CLASS 1E EMERGENCY DIESEL GEN. DG01C 4.16KV, 3,60HZ B
C A
NO CLASS 1E 4.16KV SWGR SW01C NO CLASS 1E 4.16KV SWGR SW01B NO NEUTRAL GRND XFMR CLASS 1E EMERGENCY DIESEL GEN. DG01B 4.16KV, 3,60HZ B
C A
NO M
M M
M M
M SC PUMP 2 SI PUMP 2 ESW PUMP 1B CCW PUMP 1B M
ESS CHILLER 1B CHARGING PUMP 2 AF PUMP B 480V LC LC01B 4160-480V XFMR 01B MCC 4160-480V XFMR13N PRESS HTRS BACK-UP GROUP B-2 A
C B
A C
B B
C A
A C
B 480V LC LC01D 4160-480V XFMR 01D MCC M
M M
M M
CNMT SPRAY PUMP 2 ESW PUMP 2B CCW PUMP 2B SI PUMP 4 ESS CHILLER 2B NO NEUTRAL GRND XFMR CLASS 1E EMERGENCY DIESEL GEN. DG01D 4.16KV, 3,60HZ B
C A
NO CLASS 1E 4.16KV SWGR SW01D TO 480V LC02 DIVISION I DIVISION II 27 480V LC LC01A 4160-480V XFMR 01A MCC NO TO 480V LC01B 480V LC02 (SWING BUS)
B C
A A
C B
4160-480V XFMR 13M PRESS HTRS BACK-UP GROUP B-1 A
C B
C B
(TYPICAL) 480V LC                                                                480V LC                                480V LC  480V LC    480V LC        480V LC  480V LC                                                          480V LC        480V LC                                                              480V LC                    480V LC  480V LC  480V LC        480V LC        480V LC  480V LC  480V LC  480V LC LC12M                                                                  LC10M                                  LC05M    LC07M      LC08M          LC09M    LC11M                                                            LC19N          LC12N                                                                LC10N                      LC05N    LC07N    LC08N          LC09N          LC11N    LC15N    LC16N    LC17N MCC                                                                    MCC                                    MCC      MCC            MCC        MCC      MCC                              MCC                MCC        MCC            MCC                                                              MCC                            MCC      MCC      MCC        MCC                MCC      MCC      MCC      MCC DIVISION I                                                                                                                                                                                                          DIVISION II Non-Class 1E 4.16 kV AC Power System Figure 8.3.1-1 Onsite AC Electrical Power System (2 of 3) 8.3-113                                                                                                                                                                                                      Rev. 3
A C
B TRAIN C TRAIN A NON-CLASS 1E 27 27 27 TRAIN B TRAIN D NON-CLASS 1E Class 1E 4.16 kV AC Power System TO UAT 01M TO SAT 02M TO AAC SWGR 03N TO UAT 01M TO SAT 02M TO UAT 01N TO SAT 02N TO AAC SWGR 03N TO UAT 01N TO SAT 02N MC01A,02A 03A,04A,05A MC01C,02C 03C,04C MC01B,02B 03B,04B,05B MC01D,02D 03D,04D B
C A
A C
B B
C A
A C
B TO CONNECTION BOX FOR MOBILE GENERATOR TO CONNECTION BOX FOR MOBILE GENERATOR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR 1B 1A MFR MFR DUMMY BRK.
(MANUAL)
TO CONNECTION BOX FOR MOBILE GTG TO CONNECTION BOX FOR MOBILE GTG NO NO NO NO M
COOLING TOWER FAN 1A MFR M
ESW PUMP 2A MFR M
COOLING TOWER FAN 1B MFR M
COOLING TOWER FAN 2B MFR Figure 8.3.1-1 Onsite AC Electrical Power System (3 of 3)
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 CLASS 1E EMERGENCY                                                                                                                                                      CLASS 1E EMERGENCY                                                                                                    CLASS 1E EMERGENCY                                                                                                                                                        CLASS 1E EMERGENCY TO UAT 01M                  TO SAT 02M                        DIESEL GEN. DG01A                                                TO AAC SWGR 03N                          TO UAT 01M TO SAT 02M                                        DIESEL GEN. DG01C                                      TO UAT 01N                  TO SAT 02N                        DIESEL GEN. DG01B                                            TO AAC SWGR 03N                                TO UAT 01N TO SAT 02N                                        DIESEL GEN. DG01D 4.16KV, 3 ,60HZ                                                                                                                                                        4.16KV, 3 ,60HZ                                                                                                      4.16KV, 3 ,60HZ                                                                                                                                                          4.16KV, 3 ,60HZ 1A                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          1B A                                                                                                                                                                       A                                                                                                                      A                                                                                                                                                                          A C                                                                                                                                                                           C                                                                                                                    C                                                                                                                                                                        C B                                                                                                                                                                      B                                                                                                                      B                                                                                                                                                                          B MFR                                                                                                                                                                    MFR                                                                                                                      MFR                                                                                                                                                                        MFR NO            NEUTRAL                                  NO                                                          NO                                      NO                            NEUTRAL                              NO                                                          NO              NEUTRAL                                NO                                                      NO                                                  NO                        NEUTRAL                                NO GRND                                                      27                                                                                                    27          GRND                                                                                                              GRND                                                                                                                                                                          GRND CLASS 1E                                                                                                                                                                 CLASS 1E                                            XFMR                                                          CLASS 1E                                            XFMR                                                27                                                           CLASS 1E                                        27 4.16KV                                            XFMR                                                                                                                    4.16KV                                                                                                              4.16KV                                                                                                                                                                4.16KV                                                      XFMR SWGR            MFR                        MFR                                                                                                                MFR        SWGR            MFR              MFR                                                                                SWGR            MFR                        MFR                                                                                                            MFR      SWGR                      MFR            MFR SW01A                                                                                                                                                                    SW01C                                                                                                              SW01B                                                                                                                                                                SW01D MFR        MFR              MFR      MFR              MFR        MFR              MFR        MFR        MFR                        MFR              MFR            MFR        MFR              MFR              MFR          MFR            MFR              MFR                    MFR      MFR                MFR      MFR              MFR          MFR          MFR      MFR            MFR                      MFR              MFR              MFR                MFR            MFR        MFR            MFR            MFR                  MFR NO                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          NO M          M                M          M                M          M                M          M                                                            M          M            M                M                M            M                                                    M          M                M          M              M            M            M        M                                                            M              M                  M            M              M          M TO CONNECTION BOX                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            TO CONNECTION BOX ESS                                                                                    ESW PUMP        CCW PUMP                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        CNMT SPRAY SC PUMP 1 CHARGING AF PUMP A ESS SI PUMP 1 ESW PUMP                            ESS                                                                                                                                        ESS COOLING                                                                                                                                                                                                                    COOLING SC PUMP 2 CHARGING AF PUMP B ESW                      CCW SI PUMP 2                                                                                                                          SI PUMP 4 CNMT      SI PUMP                                                                                                          COOLING                                                                                                                                                                                                                    COOLING CCW                                                                                                        ESW        CCW CHILLER 1A TOWER                                                                                                                                                                                                                      TOWER PUMP 1                                                                                                                                                      2A              2A                            CHILLER 2A                                                                                                                                                                                                        PUMP 2 SPRAY PUMP 1A                  PUMP 1A TOWER CHILLER 1B                                                                                                                                 CHILLER 2B 3                                                                                                                TOWER PUMP 2                      1B FAN 1A                                                                                                                                                                                                                      FAN 2A PUMP 1B                                                                                                     PUMP 2B    PUMP 2B PUMP 1 FAN 1B                                                                                                                                                                                                                     FAN 2B FOR MOBILE GENERATOR                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        FOR MOBILE GENERATOR A                                                                     TO 480V                                                                          A                                                                                                           A                           A                                                                                                                                                 A                                                                                                                 A 4160-480V                                                  LC01B                                                                                          4160-480V                                                                                                    4160-480V              4160-480V                                                                                                                                          4160-480V                                                                                                              4160-480V C      B    XFMR 01A                                                                                                                                  C      B        XFMR 13M                                                                                  C        B        XFMR 01C    C      B  XFMR 01B                                                                                                                              C      B    XFMR13N                                                                                              C      B        XFMR 01D A                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           A A                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   A                            A                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     A C                                                                                                                                                      C      B                                                                                                  C                              C                                                                                                                                                  C      B                                                                                                          C B                                                    NO          DUMMY                                                                                                                                                                                              B                            B                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    B BRK.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-115 CLASS 1E 480 V LC 1A BATTERY CHARGER 2A (STAND-BY)
(MANUAL) 480V LC                        480V LC02                                                                                                                                                                                                                              480V LC                480V LC                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    480V LC LC01A                          (SWING BUS)                                                                                                                                                                                                                            LC01C                  LC01B                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      LC01D NO                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        NO MCC                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        MCC                  MCC                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          MCC MC01A,02A                                                                                                                                              PRESS HTRS                                                                                                      MC01C,02C                MC01B,02B                                                                                                                                          PRESS HTRS                                                                                                        MC01D,02D 03A,04A,05A                                                                                                                                            BACK-UP                                                                                                          03C,04C                  03B,04B,05B                                                                                                                                        BACK-UP                                                                                                            03D,04D GROUP B-1                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    GROUP B-2 TO CONNECTION                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      TO 480V LC02 TO CONNECTION BOX FOR MOBILE                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  BOX FOR MOBILE GTG                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            GTG TRAIN A                                                                                        NON-CLASS 1E                                                                TRAIN C                                                                                                          TRAIN B                                                                                      NON-CLASS 1E                                                              TRAIN D DIVISION II DIVISION I Class 1E 4.16 kV AC Power System Figure 8.3.1-1 Onsite AC Electrical Power System (3 of 3) 8.3-114                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Rev. 3
NO 64 V
27 BATTERY TEST PNL A
ALARM ALARM 125 VDC BATTERY 1A 125 VDC DISTR. PNL 1 125 VDC DISTR. PNL 2 CLASS 1E I &C POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM INVERTER UNIT 1A LOCAL STARTER 1A, 2A MANUAL A
TRANSFER SWITCH ALARM ALARM ALARM BATTERY CHARGER 1A 125 VDC CONTROL CENTER 1A INVERTER 1A CLASS 1E 480 V LC 1C BATTERY CHARGER 2C (STAND-BY)
NO 64 V
27 BATTERY TEST PNL A
ALARM ALARM 125 VDC BATTERY 1C 125 VDC DISTR. PNL 1 125 VDC DISTR. PNL 2 CLASS 1E I &C POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM INVERTER UNIT 1C LOCAL STARTER 1C, 2C MANUAL A
TRANSFER SWITCH ALARM ALARM ALARM BATTERY CHARGER 1C 125 VDC CONTROL CENTER 1C INVERTER 1C TRAIN A TRAIN B TRAIN C TRAIN D DIVISION I DIVISION II CLASS 1E 480 V LC 1B BATTERY CHARGER 2B (STAND-BY) 64 V
27 BATTERY TEST PNL A
ALARM ALARM 125 VDC BATTERY 1B 125 VDC DISTR. PNL 1 125 VDC DISTR. PNL 2 CLASS 1E I &C POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM INVERTER UNIT 1B LOCAL STARTER 1B, 2B MANUAL A
TRANSFER SWITCH ALARM ALARM ALARM BATTERY CHARGER 1B 125 VDC CONTROL CENTER 1B INVERTER 1B CLASS 1E 480 V LC 1D BATTERY CHARGER 2D (STAND-BY) 64 V
27 BATTERY TEST PNL A
ALARM ALARM 125 VDC BATTERY 1D 125 VDC DISTR. PNL 1 125 VDC DISTR. PNL 2 CLASS 1E I &C POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM INVERTER UNIT 1D LOCAL STARTER 1D, 2D MANUAL A
TRANSFER SWITCH ALARM ALARM ALARM BATTERY CHARGER 1D 125 VDC CONTROL CENTER 1D INVERTER 1D A
37 A
37 A
37 A
37 NO NO A
37 A
37 A
37 A
37 Figure 8.3.2-1 Class 1E DC Power System Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 CLASS 1E 480 V LC 1A                                                                                  CLASS 1E 480 V LC 1B NO                                                                                                    NO BATTERY                     BATTERY                                                                    BATTERY                    BATTERY CHARGER 2A                  CHARGER 1A                                                                CHARGER 2B                  CHARGER 1B (STAND-BY)                                                                                             (STAND-BY) 37            A             37          A                                                            37            A            37          A MANUAL                                                                                                MANUAL 125 VDC                                                                                               125 VDC         BATTERY BATTERY 1A      BATTERY                TRANSFER                                                                                              TRANSFER BATTERY 1B      TEST PNL TEST PNL              SWITCH                                                                                                SWITCH ALARM       A                                        125 VDC CONTROL                                              A                                       125 VDC CONTROL ALARM                                                         CENTER 1A                              ALARM   ALARM CENTER 1B 64  V 27                                                                                              64  V 27 A                                                                                                     A ALARM                                                                                                 ALARM ALARM                 ALARM                                                                          ALARM                  ALARM 125 VDC               125 VDC                                                                       125 VDC               125 VDC DISTR. PNL 1          DISTR. PNL 2                                                                  DISTR. PNL 1          DISTR. PNL 2 INVERTER                                                                                              INVERTER 1A                                                                                                    1B CLASS 1E I &C                                                                                        CLASS 1E I &C POWER SUPPLY                                                                                          POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM INVERTER                                                                                      SYSTEM INVERTER UNIT 1A                                                                                              UNIT 1B LOCAL                                                                                                  LOCAL STARTER                                                                                                STARTER 1A, 2A                                                                                                1B, 2B TRAIN A                                                                                                    TRAIN B CLASS 1E 480 V LC 1C                                                                                    CLASS 1E 480 V LC 1D NO                                                                                                    NO BATTERY                      BATTERY                                                                  BATTERY                    BATTERY CHARGER 2C                  CHARGER 1C                                                                CHARGER 2D                  CHARGER 1D (STAND-BY)                                                                                             (STAND-BY) 37            A            37          A                                                            37            A            37          A 125 VDC       BATTERY                 MANUAL                                                        125 VDC        BATTERY                 MANUAL BATTERY 1C    TEST PNL               TRANSFER                                                        BATTERY 1D                            TRANSFER SWITCH                                                                        TEST PNL SWITCH ALARM ALARM           A                                        125 VDC CONTROL                                              A                                       125 VDC CONTROL CENTER 1C                              ALARM ALARM CENTER 1D 64  V 27                                                                                              64  V 27 A                                                                                                    A ALARM                                                                                                  ALARM ALARM                  ALARM                                                                          ALARM                  ALARM 125 VDC                125 VDC                                                                        125 VDC                125 VDC DISTR. PNL 1          DISTR. PNL 2                                                                  DISTR. PNL 1          DISTR. PNL 2 INVERTER                                                                                              INVERTER 1C                                                                                                    1D CLASS 1E I &C                                                                                        CLASS 1E I &C POWER SUPPLY                                                                                          POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM                                                                                                SYSTEM INVERTER UNIT 1C                                                                                      INVERTER UNIT 1D LOCAL                                                                                                  LOCAL STARTER                                                                                                STARTER 1C, 2C                                                                                                1D, 2D TRAIN C                                                                                                  TRAIN D DIVISION I                                                                                            DIVISION II Figure 8.3.2-1    Class 1E DC Power System 8.3-115                                                                                            Rev. 3
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-116 NON-CLASS 1E 480V LC 12M BATTERY CHARGER 5N (STAND-BY)
V 27 BATTERY TEST PNL A
ALARM ALARM 125 VDC BATTERY 1M 125 VDC DISTR. PNL 125 VDC DISTR. PNL TG. BLDG LOCAL STARTER MANUAL A
TRANSFER SWITCH ALARM ALARM BATTERY CHARGER 1M 64 V
27 BATTERY TEST PNL A
ALARM ALARM 250 VDC BATTERY 2N MANUAL A
TRANSFER SWITCH ALARM ALARM ALARM BATTERY CHARGER 2N NON-CLASS 1E 480V LC 10M NO V
27 BATTERY TEST PNL A
ALARM ALARM 125 VDC BATTERY 1N 125 VDC DISTR. PNL MANUAL A
TRANSFER SWITCH ALARM ALARM BATTERY CHARGER 1N UPS AUX. BLDG 125 VDC CONTROL CENTER 1M 250 VDC CONTROL CENTER 2N 125 VDC CONTROL CENTER 1N 125 VDC DISTR.
PNL TG. BLDG INVERTER AUX. BLDG BATTERY CHARGER 2M (STAND-BY) 125 VDC DISTR.
PNL AUX. BLDG INVERTER AUX.
BLDG BATTERY CHARGER 3N NO V
27 BATTERY TEST PNL A
ALARM ALARM 125 VDC BATTERY 3N A
ALARM ALARM 125 VDC DISTR. PNL UPS COMP.
BLDG EBOP STARTER LOCAL STARTER ESOP STARTER 125 VDC DISTR.
PNL AUX. BLDG NON-CLASS 1E 480V LC 12N 125 VDC CONTROL CENTER 3N NON-CLASS 1E 480V LC 10N NON-CLASS 1E 480V MCC 3N A
37 A
37 A
37 A
37 A
37 A
37 NON-CLASS 1E 480V LC 10N Figure 8.3.2-2 Non-Class 1E DC Power System Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 NON-CLASS 1E 480V LC 10M                                                                                                    NON-CLASS 1E 480V LC 12M NO BATTERY CHARGER 2M                                                                                                                BATTERY                      BATTERY (STAND-BY)                                                                                                                CHARGER 5N                    CHARGER 1M (STAND-BY) 37          A 37            A                37        A 125 VDC               BATTERY        MANUAL BATTERY 1M            TEST PNL        TRANSFER SWITCH ALARM        A                                 125 VDC CONTROL CENTER 1M V         27 A
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-117 480 V MCC 1A REG. XFMR 1A 120 VAC DISTR. PNL CLASS 1E INVERTER UNIT 1A 125 VDC CONT.
ALARM ALARM                ALARM 125 VDC DISTR. PNL 125 VDC     125 VDC DISTR. INVERTER AUX.
CENTER 1A AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH TRAIN A TRAIN C TRAIN B TRAIN D DIVISION I DIVISION II 480 V MCC 1B REG. XFMR 1B 120 VAC DISTR. PNL CLASS 1E INVERTER UNIT 1B 125 VDC CONT.
LOCAL                DISTR. PNL   PNL            BLDG STARTER              TG. BLDG    AUX. BLDG NON-CLASS 1E 480V LC 10N                                                                  NON-CLASS 1E 480V LC 12N                NON-CLASS 1E 480V LC 10N NON-CLASS 1E 480V MCC 3N BATTERY                                                                    BATTERY                                                                            NO CHARGER                                                                    CHARGER 2N                                                                          1N                                                                  BATTERY CHARGER 3N 37          A                                                            37          A 37          A 250 VDC              BATTERY      MANUAL                                  125 VDC           BATTERY          MANUAL                                           125 VDC              BATTERY BATTERY 2N            TEST PNL      TRANSFER                                BATTERY 1N        TEST PNL        TRANSFER                                         BATTERY 3N          TEST PNL SWITCH                                                                      SWITCH A                          250 VDC CONTROL CENTER 2N                      A                          125 VDC CONTROL CENTER 1N                                  A                  125 VDC CONTROL CENTER 3N ALARM ALARM                                                                        ALARM                                                                                ALARM 64  V 27                                                                  V        27                                                                        V          27 A                                                                          A                                                                                A ALARM                                                                      ALARM                                                                                ALARM ALARM                ALARM                                                ALARM                ALARM                                                            ALARM            ALARM 125 VDC                                                                          125 VDC DISTR. PNL                                                                        DISTR. PNL EBOP        ESOP              UPS AUX. BLDG              LOCAL        125 VDC DISTR. 125 VDC DISTR.                    INVERTER                                                                      UPS COMP.
CENTER 1B AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH 480 V MCC 1C REG. XFMR 1C 120 VAC DISTR. PNL CLASS 1E INVERTER UNIT 1C 125 VDC CONT.
STARTER      STARTER                                      STARTER      PNL            PNL                              AUX. BLDG                                                                    BLDG TG. BLDG      AUX. BLDG Figure 8.3.2-2      Non-Class 1E DC Power System 8.3-116                                                                                                                      Rev. 3
CENTER 1C AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH 480 V MCC 1D REG. XFMR 1D 120 VAC DISTR. PNL CLASS 1E INVERTER UNIT 1D 125 VDC CONT.
CENTER 1D AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH Figure 8.3.2-3 Class 1E 120 Vac Instrumentation and Control Power System Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 480 V                            125 VDC CONT.                               480 V                            125 VDC CONT.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-118 480V MCC 03M REG. XFMR 120 VAC DISTR. PNL INVERTER UNIT 1M REG. XFMR 120 VAC DISTR. PNL INVERTER UNIT 2M 125 VDC CONT.
MCC 1A                            CENTER 1A                                    MCC 1B                            CENTER 1B REG. XFMR 1A                                                                  REG. XFMR 1B AUTOMATIC                                                                      AUTOMATIC TRANSFER                                                                      TRANSFER SWITCH                                                                        SWITCH MANUAL                                                                        MANUAL TRANSFER                                                                      TRANSFER SWITCH                                                                        SWITCH CLASS 1E                                                                      CLASS 1E 120 VAC DISTR. PNL           INVERTER UNIT 1A                                  120 VAC DISTR. PNL           INVERTER UNIT 1B TRAIN A                                                                        TRAIN B 480 V                            125 VDC CONT.                               480 V                            125 VDC CONT.
CENTER 1M 480V MCC 28N 250 VDC CONT.
MCC 1C                            CENTER 1C                                    MCC 1D                            CENTER 1D REG. XFMR 1C                                                                  REG. XFMR 1D AUTOMATIC                                                                     AUTOMATIC TRANSFER                                                                       TRANSFER SWITCH                                                                         SWITCH MANUAL                                                                        MANUAL TRANSFER                                                                       TRANSFER SWITCH                                                                         SWITCH CLASS 1E                                                                      CLASS 1E 120 VAC DISTR. PNL           INVERTER UNIT 1C                                  120 VAC DISTR. PNL           INVERTER UNIT 1D TRAIN C                                                                        TRAIN D DIVISION I                                                                     DIVISION II Figure 8.3.2-3 Class 1E 120 Vac Instrumentation and Control Power System 8.3-117                                                                Rev. 3
CENTER 2N 125 VDC CONT.
CENTER 4N 480V MCC 03N REG. XFMR 120 VAC DISTR. PNL INVERTER UNIT 1N REG. XFMR 120 VAC DISTR. PNL UPS 1N REG. XFMR 120 VAC DISTR. PNL UPS 3N AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH UPS 2N 125 VDC CONT.
CENTER 3N REG. XFMR 120 VAC DISTR. PNL MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 125 VDC CONT.
CENTER 1N 120 VAC DISTR. PNL INVERTER UNIT 2N AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH AUX. BLDG.
AUX. BLDG.
AUX. BLDG.
AAC. GTG. BLDG.
COMPOUND BLDG.
AUX. BLDG.
AUX. BLDG.
REG. XFMR DIVISION I DIVISION II 480V MCC 25N 480V MCC 37N Figure 8.3.2-4 Non-Class 1E 120 Vac Instrumentation and Control Power System Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 480V MCC 03M                                                                                                                                                                        480V MCC 03N 125 VDC CONT.                                   480V                250 VDC CONT. 480V              125 VDC CONT. 480V                  125 VDC CONT.                          125 VDC CONT.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-1 8.4 Station Blackout 8.4.1
CENTER 1M                                        MCC 28N            CENTER 2N      MCC 25N            CENTER 3N    MCC 37N              CENTER 4N                              CENTER 1N REG. XFMR                                                REG. XFMR                                                                                                                REG. XFMR                                                  REG. XFMR REG. XFMR                          REG. XFMR                        REG. XFMR AUTOMATIC                AUTOMATIC                                          AUTOMATIC                          AUTOMATIC                          AUTOMATIC                    AUTOMATIC                AUTOMATIC TRANSFER                TRANSFER                                            TRANSFER                          TRANSFER                            TRANSFER                    TRANSFER                  TRANSFER SWITCH                  SWITCH                                              SWITCH                            SWITCH                              SWITCH                      SWITCH                    SWITCH MANUAL                            MANUAL                                    MANUAL                            MANUAL                            MANUAL                        MANUAL                            MANUAL TRANSFER                          TRANSFER                                  TRANSFER                          TRANSFER                          TRANSFER                      TRANSFER                          TRANSFER SWITCH                            SWITCH                                    SWITCH                            SWITCH                            SWITCH                        SWITCH                            SWITCH 120 VAC                                            120 VAC                    120 VAC                            120 VAC                          120 VAC                        120 VAC                                            120 VAC DISTR. PNL  INVERTER UNIT 1M    INVERTER UNIT 2M DISTR. PNL                  DISTR. PNL          UPS 1N        DISTR. PNL          UPS 2N        DISTR. PNL            UPS 3N  DISTR. PNL  INVERTER UNIT 1N    INVERTER UNIT 2N  DISTR. PNL AUX. BLDG.                              AUX. BLDG.                          AUX. BLDG.                    COMPOUND BLDG.                      AAC. GTG. BLDG.                AUX. BLDG.                                AUX. BLDG.
DIVISION I                                                                                                                      DIVISION II Figure 8.3.2-4 Non-Class 1E 120 Vac Instrumentation and Control Power System 8.3-118                                                                                                                          Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4        Station Blackout 8.4.1        System Description Station blackout (SBO) is the complete loss of alternating current (AC) electric power to the Class 1E and non-Class 1E switchgear buses in the APR1400. The SBO involves the loss of offsite power (LOOP) concurrent with a turbine trip and failure of the onsite emergency ac power system, but it does not include the loss of available ac power to buses fed by station batteries through inverters or the loss of the power from the alternate ac (AAC) source.
===System Description===
8.4.1.1         Description The offsite and onsite power systems are designed with sufficient independence, capacity, and capability to meet the requirements of General Design Criterion (GDC) 17 (Reference 1). The offsite and onsite systems are also designed to permit periodic inspection and testing in accordance with GDC 18 (Reference 2). The electrical connections between the offsite power system and onsite power systems are described in Section 8.2. The onsite power system is described in Section 8.3.
Station blackout (SBO) is the complete loss of alternating current (AC) electric power to the Class 1E and non-Class 1E switchgear buses in the APR1400. The SBO involves the loss of offsite power (LOOP) concurrent with a turbine trip and failure of the onsite emergency ac power system, but it does not include the loss of available ac power to buses fed by station batteries through inverters or the loss of the power from the alternate ac (AAC) source.
8.4.1.1 Description The offsite and onsite power systems are designed with sufficient independence, capacity, and capability to meet the requirements of General Design Criterion (GDC) 17 (Reference 1). The offsite and onsite systems are also designed to permit periodic inspection and testing in accordance with GDC 18 (Reference 2). The electrical connections between the offsite power system and onsite power systems are described in Section 8.2. The onsite power system is described in Section 8.3.
During an SBO, a non-Class 1E AAC gas turbine generator (GTG) with sufficient capacity, capability, and reliability provides power for the set of required shutdown loads (non-design-basis accident) to bring the plant to safe shutdown. The AAC GTG is started and manually connected to the shutdown bus within 10 minutes in accordance with Position C.3.2.5 of NRC RG 1.155 (Reference 3). The application of the AAC GTG to cope with an SBO meets 10 CFR 50.63 (Reference 4) and SECY-90-016 (Reference 8).
During an SBO, a non-Class 1E AAC gas turbine generator (GTG) with sufficient capacity, capability, and reliability provides power for the set of required shutdown loads (non-design-basis accident) to bring the plant to safe shutdown. The AAC GTG is started and manually connected to the shutdown bus within 10 minutes in accordance with Position C.3.2.5 of NRC RG 1.155 (Reference 3). The application of the AAC GTG to cope with an SBO meets 10 CFR 50.63 (Reference 4) and SECY-90-016 (Reference 8).
Conformance of APR1400 with NRC RG 1.155 regulatory position C.3.3 is addressed as shown in Table 8.4.1-1.
Conformance of APR1400 with NRC RG 1.155 regulatory position C.3.3 is addressed as shown in Table 8.4.1-1.
Training and procedures necessary to cope with an SBO for APR1400 plant operators are described in Section 13.2 and Section 13.5.
Training and procedures necessary to cope with an SBO for APR1400 plant operators are described in Section 13.2 and Section 13.5.
8.4.1.2         Station Blackout Coping Duration The SBO coping duration is determined by the following four design factors as specified in 10 CFR 50.63 and NRC RG 1.155 Position C.3.1.
8.4.1.2 Station Blackout Coping Duration The SBO coping duration is determined by the following four design factors as specified in 10 CFR 50.63 and NRC RG 1.155 Position C.3.1.
8.4-1                                  Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-2
: a. The first design factor is the redundancy of the onsite emergency alternating current (EAC) power system. The onsite EAC power system for the APR1400 consists of two redundant systems that have four independent Class 1E EDGs.
: a.
The first design factor is the redundancy of the onsite emergency alternating current (EAC) power system. The onsite EAC power system for the APR1400 consists of two redundant systems that have four independent Class 1E EDGs.
One Class 1E EDG (train A or B) is required to operate the ac-powered decay heat removal systems. Therefore, the EAC power configuration group selected for the APR1400 is group C in accordance with Table 3 of NRC RG 1.155.
One Class 1E EDG (train A or B) is required to operate the ac-powered decay heat removal systems. Therefore, the EAC power configuration group selected for the APR1400 is group C in accordance with Table 3 of NRC RG 1.155.
: b. The second design factor is the reliability of the onsite EAC power sources. The APR1400 selects a target EDG reliability of 0.95. The reliable operation of the EAC power sources is provided reasonable assurance by a reliability program that is in accordance with NRC RG 1.9 (Reference 5) and NRC RG 1.155 Position C.1.2.
: b. The second design factor is the reliability of the onsite EAC power sources. The APR1400 selects a target EDG reliability of 0.95. The reliable operation of the EAC power sources is provided reasonable assurance by a reliability program that is in accordance with NRC RG 1.9 (Reference 5) and NRC RG 1.155 Position C.1.2.
: c. The third design factor is the expected frequency of a LOOP. The offsite power system is site-specific and not part of the APR1400. Therefore, the offsite power design characteristic group for the APR1400 is selected as P3 for conservatism in accordance with Table 4 of NRC RG 1.155.
: c.
The third design factor is the expected frequency of a LOOP. The offsite power system is site-specific and not part of the APR1400. Therefore, the offsite power design characteristic group for the APR1400 is selected as P3 for conservatism in accordance with Table 4 of NRC RG 1.155.
: d. The fourth design factor is the probable time needed to restore offsite power.
: d. The fourth design factor is the probable time needed to restore offsite power.
This factor is incorporated into the P3 grouping addressed previously.
This factor is incorporated into the P3 grouping addressed previously.
Based on the above condition, the SBO coping duration for the APR1400 is 16 hours in accordance with Table 2 of NRC RG 1.155. The AAC GTG is capable of supplying power for the shutdown loads required to bring the plant to the hot shutdown condition during an SBO.
Based on the above condition, the SBO coping duration for the APR1400 is 16 hours in accordance with Table 2 of NRC RG 1.155. The AAC GTG is capable of supplying power for the shutdown loads required to bring the plant to the hot shutdown condition during an SBO.
However, since the preceding factors are subject to change as per the site conditions and site-specific design, the COL applicant is to validate the SBO coping duration according to the method specified in NRC RG 1.155 (COL 8.4(1)).
However, since the preceding factors are subject to change as per the site conditions and site-specific design, the COL applicant is to validate the SBO coping duration according to the method specified in NRC RG 1.155 (COL 8.4(1)).
8.4.1.3           Alternate AC Power Source The 4.16 kV non-Class 1E AAC GTG is provided as an AAC source to mitigate the SBO in accordance with Position C.3.3 of NRC RG 1.155. The AAC GTG has sufficient capacity to operate the system necessary for coping with the SBO for the time required to bring and maintain the plant in a safe shutdown condition. This design meets the requirements of Criterion 4 for NRC RG 1.155, Position C.3.3.5. The reliability of the AAC power system meets or exceeds 95 percent as determined in accordance with NSAC-108 (Reference 6).
8.4.1.3 Alternate AC Power Source The 4.16 kV non-Class 1E AAC GTG is provided as an AAC source to mitigate the SBO in accordance with Position C.3.3 of NRC RG 1.155. The AAC GTG has sufficient capacity to operate the system necessary for coping with the SBO for the time required to bring and maintain the plant in a safe shutdown condition. This design meets the requirements of Criterion 4 for NRC RG 1.155, Position C.3.3.5. The reliability of the AAC power system meets or exceeds 95 percent as determined in accordance with NSAC-108 (Reference 6).
8.4-2                                  Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 The SBO loads for the AAC GTG are shown in Table 8.3.1-4. The AAC power source for the APR1400 is designed to meet the requirements of 10 CFR 50.63, NRC RG 1.155, and NUMARC 87-00 (Reference 7).
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-3 The SBO loads for the AAC GTG are shown in Table 8.3.1-4. The AAC power source for the APR1400 is designed to meet the requirements of 10 CFR 50.63, NRC RG 1.155, and NUMARC 87-00 (Reference 7).
The AAC GTG is designed to attain rated voltage and frequency within 2 minutes after receipt of a starting signal. The loads required for plant safe shutdown are manually connected by the operator in the main control room (MCR) and remote shutdown room (RSR) in accordance with the emergency operating procedures (EOPs) described in Subsection 13.5.2. Normally, the AAC GTG is not directly connected to both the preferred offsite power sources and any onsite Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear buses. One normally open non-Class 1E circuit breaker is provided between the AAC GTG and the non-Class 1E AAC 4.16 kV switchgear and two normally open circuit breakers in series are provided between the non-Class 1E AAC switchgear and each Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear (train A and train B). The connection between the AAC power source and the onsite or offsite ac power systems meets the requirements of Criterion 1 for NRC RG 1.155, Position C.3.3.5. The AAC GTG is manually connected to the designated Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgears (train A or train B) by the operator within 10 minutes from the beginning of the SBO event. This operation meets the requirements of Criterion 3 for NRC RG 1.155, Position C.3.3.5. The isolation between the Class 1E and the non-Class 1E system is provided by two circuit breakers in series in accordance with the Appendix B requirements of NRC RG 1.155 and with NUMARC 87-00.
The AAC GTG is designed to attain rated voltage and frequency within 2 minutes after receipt of a starting signal. The loads required for plant safe shutdown are manually connected by the operator in the main control room (MCR) and remote shutdown room (RSR) in accordance with the emergency operating procedures (EOPs) described in Subsection 13.5.2. Normally, the AAC GTG is not directly connected to both the preferred offsite power sources and any onsite Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear buses. One normally open non-Class 1E circuit breaker is provided between the AAC GTG and the non-Class 1E AAC 4.16 kV switchgear and two normally open circuit breakers in series are provided between the non-Class 1E AAC switchgear and each Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear (train A and train B). The connection between the AAC power source and the onsite or offsite ac power systems meets the requirements of Criterion 1 for NRC RG 1.155, Position C.3.3.5. The AAC GTG is manually connected to the designated Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgears (train A or train B) by the operator within 10 minutes from the beginning of the SBO event. This operation meets the requirements of Criterion 3 for NRC RG 1.155, Position C.3.3.5. The isolation between the Class 1E and the non-Class 1E system is provided by two circuit breakers in series in accordance with the Appendix B requirements of NRC RG 1.155 and with NUMARC 87-00.
The non-Class 1E AAC 4.16 kV switchgear has connection provisions to two permanent non-safety (PNS) 4.16 kV switchgear (divisions I and II). During a LOOP condition, the AAC GTG is manually aligned to power two PNS 4.16 kV switchgear. The configuration of the electrical connections between the AAC GTG, Class 1E, and non-Class 1E switchgear are shown in Figures 8.1-1 and 8.3.1-1. To minimize the potential for common-cause failures with Class 1E EDGs, the AAC GTG is provided with a gas turbine engine with a diverse starting and cooling system. The independence of the AAC GTG from the offsite power source and EAC power sources is realized by physical separation, electrical isolation of power and control circuits, and control and protection scheme of the AAC power source.
The non-Class 1E AAC 4.16 kV switchgear has connection provisions to two permanent non-safety (PNS) 4.16 kV switchgear (divisions I and II). During a LOOP condition, the AAC GTG is manually aligned to power two PNS 4.16 kV switchgear. The configuration of the electrical connections between the AAC GTG, Class 1E, and non-Class 1E switchgear are shown in Figures 8.1-1 and 8.3.1-1. To minimize the potential for common-cause failures with Class 1E EDGs, the AAC GTG is provided with a gas turbine engine with a diverse starting and cooling system. The independence of the AAC GTG from the offsite power source and EAC power sources is realized by physical separation, electrical isolation of power and control circuits, and control and protection scheme of the AAC power source.
The AAC GTG, including the related auxiliary equipment, is located in the AAC GTG building and the Class 1E switchgear are located in the auxiliary building. The circuits between the AAC GTG and Class 1E switchgear are separated from the circuits connecting the Class 1E switchgear to the offsite power source as practicable such that impact on the 8.4-3                                    Rev. 3
The AAC GTG, including the related auxiliary equipment, is located in the AAC GTG building and the Class 1E switchgear are located in the auxiliary building. The circuits between the AAC GTG and Class 1E switchgear are separated from the circuits connecting the Class 1E switchgear to the offsite power source as practicable such that impact on the Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 connections of the AAC GTG is minimized for events that affect the offsite power source.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-4 connections of the AAC GTG is minimized for events that affect the offsite power source.
The power and control circuits of the Class 1E switchgear are isolated by using isolation devices from the non-Class 1E AAC switchgear to prevent malfunctions in the non-Class 1E switchgear causing unacceptable impacts to the Class 1E switchgear.
The power and control circuits of the Class 1E switchgear are isolated by using isolation devices from the non-Class 1E AAC switchgear to prevent malfunctions in the non-Class 1E switchgear causing unacceptable impacts to the Class 1E switchgear.
The two circuit breakers in series between the non-Class 1E AAC switchgear and Class 1E switchgear are provided with interlock and permissive schemes and there is no control interface between the load shedding and sequencing schemes of the Class 1E EDGs and the AAC GTG control schemes. Therefore, no single-point vulnerability exists in which a weather-related event or single active failure disables any portion of the onsite EAC sources or the offsite power sources and simultaneously fails the AAC source. The design factors for the AAC GTG meet the requirements of Criterion 2 for NRC RG 1.155, Position C.3.3.5.
The two circuit breakers in series between the non-Class 1E AAC switchgear and Class 1E switchgear are provided with interlock and permissive schemes and there is no control interface between the load shedding and sequencing schemes of the Class 1E EDGs and the AAC GTG control schemes. Therefore, no single-point vulnerability exists in which a weather-related event or single active failure disables any portion of the onsite EAC sources or the offsite power sources and simultaneously fails the AAC source. The design factors for the AAC GTG meet the requirements of Criterion 2 for NRC RG 1.155, Position C.3.3.5.
The COL applicant is to identify local power sources and transmission paths that could be made available to resupply power to the plant following the loss of a grid or an SBO (COL 8.4(2)).
The COL applicant is to identify local power sources and transmission paths that could be made available to resupply power to the plant following the loss of a grid or an SBO (COL 8.4(2)).
The power supply from the AAC GTG and the recovery from the SBO are described in Subsections 8.4.1.4 and 8.4.1.5.
The power supply from the AAC GTG and the recovery from the SBO are described in Subsections 8.4.1.4 and 8.4.1.5.
8.4.1.3.1         AAC Instrumentation and Control Various monitoring and control devices are provided to provide the operator with control and operational status information for the AAC system. The COL applicant is to specify the specific parameters for monitoring, alarms, mechanical and electrical trip for testing, and emergency trips (COL 8.4(3)). Generally, parameters described in this Subsection are used.
8.4.1.3.1 AAC Instrumentation and Control Various monitoring and control devices are provided to provide the operator with control and operational status information for the AAC system. The COL applicant is to specify the specific parameters for monitoring, alarms, mechanical and electrical trip for testing, and emergency trips (COL 8.4(3)). Generally, parameters described in this Subsection are used.
The following mechanical trips are provided to protect the AAC GTG during testing:
The following mechanical trips are provided to protect the AAC GTG during testing:
: a. Low lube oil pressure
: a. Low lube oil pressure
Line 1,649: Line 2,301:
: c. High pressure in crank case
: c. High pressure in crank case
: d. High high lube oil temperature
: d. High high lube oil temperature
: e. low fuel oil pressure 8.4-4                                    Rev. 3
: e. low fuel oil pressure Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 These mechanical trips are bypassed during the operation of the AAC GTG in the emergency mode. The following electrical trips are provided to protect the AAC GTG during testing:
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-5 These mechanical trips are bypassed during the operation of the AAC GTG in the emergency mode. The following electrical trips are provided to protect the AAC GTG during testing:
: a. Generator electrical protection
: a. Generator electrical protection
: b. Electronic governor failure All signals of the protective relay trip, except the trip signals listed below, are bypassed during the operation of the AAC GTG in the emergency mode.
: b. Electronic governor failure All signals of the protective relay trip, except the trip signals listed below, are bypassed during the operation of the AAC GTG in the emergency mode.
Line 1,662: Line 2,314:
: d. Air pressure (if air is used for starting)
: d. Air pressure (if air is used for starting)
The status of each Class 1E 4.16 kV breaker position is indicated in the MCR, RSR, and the circuit breaker cubicle. The instrumentation for the AAC GTG provides the following indicators in the MCR and RSR:
The status of each Class 1E 4.16 kV breaker position is indicated in the MCR, RSR, and the circuit breaker cubicle. The instrumentation for the AAC GTG provides the following indicators in the MCR and RSR:
: a. Output voltage
: a.
Output voltage
: b. Output frequency
: b. Output frequency
: c. Output ampere
: c.
Output ampere
: d. Output watts
: d. Output watts
: e. Output vars
: e.
: f. Power factor
Output vars
: g. Output watt-hours 8.4-5                                  Rev. 3
: f.
Power factor
: g. Output watt-hours Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 The following status indication are provided in local control panel.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-6 The following status indication are provided in local control panel.
: a. Engine over speed
: a. Engine over speed
: b. Low oil pressures
: b. Low oil pressures
Line 1,676: Line 2,332:
: d. GTG output breaker position
: d. GTG output breaker position
: e. Loss of control power
: e. Loss of control power
: f. Generator fault 8.4.1.4         Power Supply from AAC GTG The power supply from the AAC GTG to the dedicated train of the onsite Class 1E switchgear buses (train A or train B) is accomplished with the following operating procedures:
: f. Generator fault 8.4.1.4 Power Supply from AAC GTG The power supply from the AAC GTG to the dedicated train of the onsite Class 1E switchgear buses (train A or train B) is accomplished with the following operating procedures:
: a. The undervoltage signals on the PNS 4.16 kV buses automatically initiate the starting of the AAC GTG and the tripping of incoming circuit breakers from the offsite power supply sources.
: a.
The undervoltage signals on the PNS 4.16 kV buses automatically initiate the starting of the AAC GTG and the tripping of incoming circuit breakers from the offsite power supply sources.
: b. The AAC GTG circuit breaker in the AAC switchgear is closed manually after the AAC GTG attains the rated voltage and frequency. The power supply from the AAC GTG is restored to the PNS 4.16 kV buses manually. The loads on the PNS 4.16 kV buses are started manually by operator action.
: b. The AAC GTG circuit breaker in the AAC switchgear is closed manually after the AAC GTG attains the rated voltage and frequency. The power supply from the AAC GTG is restored to the PNS 4.16 kV buses manually. The loads on the PNS 4.16 kV buses are started manually by operator action.
: c. The Class 1E bus tie circuit breaker in the AAC switchgear and the AAC bus tie circuit breaker in the Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear are normally open.
: c.
The Class 1E bus tie circuit breaker in the AAC switchgear and the AAC bus tie circuit breaker in the Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear are normally open.
: d. All loads on the Class 1E 4.16 kV buses except the 480V load centers are tripped automatically by undervoltage signals on the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus. All loads on the PNS buses, as shown in Table 8.3.1-5, are tripped by manually opening the respective tie breakers.
: d. All loads on the Class 1E 4.16 kV buses except the 480V load centers are tripped automatically by undervoltage signals on the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus. All loads on the PNS buses, as shown in Table 8.3.1-5, are tripped by manually opening the respective tie breakers.
: e. The dedicated Class 1E 4.16 kV bus is energized from the AAC GTG by manually closing the associated Class 1E bus tie circuit breaker in the AAC switchgear and the AAC bus tie circuit breaker in the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus.
: e.
8.4-6                                  Rev. 3
The dedicated Class 1E 4.16 kV bus is energized from the AAC GTG by manually closing the associated Class 1E bus tie circuit breaker in the AAC switchgear and the AAC bus tie circuit breaker in the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-7
: f. The SBO loads for the AAC GTG, as shown in Table 8.3.1-4, are energized by manual operation. Power factors of 0.8 for the AAC GTG and 0.85 for the SBO loads were conservatively used for calculating the capacity of the AAC GTG since the specific load data will be determined at the time of procurement. The resulting capacity of the AAC GTG was established to be 12,125 kVA and the SBO loads 10,228 kVA.
: f.
The SBO loads for the AAC GTG, as shown in Table 8.3.1-4, are energized by manual operation. Power factors of 0.8 for the AAC GTG and 0.85 for the SBO loads were conservatively used for calculating the capacity of the AAC GTG since the specific load data will be determined at the time of procurement. The resulting capacity of the AAC GTG was established to be 12,125 kVA and the SBO loads 10,228 kVA.
The COL applicant is to develop detailed procedures for manually aligning the alternate AC power supply when two (Trains A and B) of the four diesel generators are unavailable during a loss of offsite power event (COL 8.4(4)).
The COL applicant is to develop detailed procedures for manually aligning the alternate AC power supply when two (Trains A and B) of the four diesel generators are unavailable during a loss of offsite power event (COL 8.4(4)).
The manual operation on the above procedures meets Appendix B requirements of NUMARC 87-00.
The manual operation on the above procedures meets Appendix B requirements of NUMARC 87-00.
8.4.1.5         Recovery from SBO Power is restored to the Class 1E buses from the onsite Class 1E EDGs or the offsite power sources within the SBO coping duration:
8.4.1.5 Recovery from SBO Power is restored to the Class 1E buses from the onsite Class 1E EDGs or the offsite power sources within the SBO coping duration:
: a. Restore onsite power system from offsite power sources
: a.
Restore onsite power system from offsite power sources
: 1) The output of AAC GTG is adjusted to synchronize with the offsite power source.
: 1) The output of AAC GTG is adjusted to synchronize with the offsite power source.
: 2) If the offsite source from UATs (or SATs) is available, the incoming breakers from the UATs (or SATs) to the Class 1E 4.16 kV buses are closed after synchronizing the AAC GTG with the offsite power source.
: 2) If the offsite source from UATs (or SATs) is available, the incoming breakers from the UATs (or SATs) to the Class 1E 4.16 kV buses are closed after synchronizing the AAC GTG with the offsite power source.
Line 1,696: Line 2,357:
: 1) The AAC bus tie circuit breaker in the Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear and the Class 1E bus tie circuit breaker in the AAC switchgear are tripped to isolate the Class 1E bus from the AAC GTG.
: 1) The AAC bus tie circuit breaker in the Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear and the Class 1E bus tie circuit breaker in the AAC switchgear are tripped to isolate the Class 1E bus from the AAC GTG.
: 2) The EDG is connected to required loads by EOP.
: 2) The EDG is connected to required loads by EOP.
8.4-7                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4.1.6         Periodic Testing and Inspection Periodic testing and inspection of the AAC meets the requirement of Criterion 5 for NRC RG 1.155 Position C.3.3.5 to demonstrate equipment operability and reliability.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-8 8.4.1.6 Periodic Testing and Inspection Periodic testing and inspection of the AAC meets the requirement of Criterion 5 for NRC RG 1.155 Position C.3.3.5 to demonstrate equipment operability and reliability.
As specified in NUMARC 87-00 Appendix B, the AAC power source is started and brought to operating conditions that are consistent with its function as an AAC power source at least every 3 months. The AAC GTG is started once every refueling outage to verify its availability within 10 minutes and the rated load capacity test is performed. The portions of the AAC GTG and its support systems subjected to maintenance activities will be tested before returning the AAC GTG and its support systems to service.
As specified in NUMARC 87-00 Appendix B, the AAC power source is started and brought to operating conditions that are consistent with its function as an AAC power source at least every 3 months. The AAC GTG is started once every refueling outage to verify its availability within 10 minutes and the rated load capacity test is performed. The portions of the AAC GTG and its support systems subjected to maintenance activities will be tested before returning the AAC GTG and its support systems to service.
8.4.2         Analysis 8.4.2.1         Conformance with 10 CFR Part 50 10 CFR 50.63 - Loss of All Alternating Current Power The AAC power systems, including the AAC GTG support systems, which are provided to mitigate an SBO conform to the Maintenance Rule requirements in 10 CFR 50.65 since they are included in the emergency operation procedures (EOPs).
8.4.2 Analysis 8.4.2.1 Conformance with 10 CFR Part 50 10 CFR 50.63 - Loss of All Alternating Current Power The AAC power systems, including the AAC GTG support systems, which are provided to mitigate an SBO conform to the Maintenance Rule requirements in 10 CFR 50.65 since they are included in the emergency operation procedures (EOPs).
The APR1400 is designed to be able to withstand or cope with and recover from an SBO for a specified duration as defined in 10 CFR 50.63. Conformance with 10 CFR 50.63 is described in Subsections 8.4.1.2, 8.4.1.3, and 8.4.1.4.
The APR1400 is designed to be able to withstand or cope with and recover from an SBO for a specified duration as defined in 10 CFR 50.63. Conformance with 10 CFR 50.63 is described in Subsections 8.4.1.2, 8.4.1.3, and 8.4.1.4.
10 CFR 50.65 - Requirements for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants The AAC GTG performance monitoring is included as a part of the reliability assurance program and the maintenance rule program described in Section 17.4 and Section 17.6.
10 CFR 50.65 - Requirements for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants The AAC GTG performance monitoring is included as a part of the reliability assurance program and the maintenance rule program described in Section 17.4 and Section 17.6.
Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50, General Design Criterion 17 and 18 Conformance with GDC 17 and 18 is described in Subsection 8.4.1.1.
Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50, General Design Criterion 17 and 18 Conformance with GDC 17 and 18 is described in Subsection 8.4.1.1.
8.4-8                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4.2.2         Conformance with NRC Regulatory Guides NRC Regulatory Guide 1.9 The guideline of NRC RG 1.9 is related to the design application and testing program of the Class 1E EDG in the nuclear power plant.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-9 8.4.2.2 Conformance with NRC Regulatory Guides NRC Regulatory Guide 1.9 The guideline of NRC RG 1.9 is related to the design application and testing program of the Class 1E EDG in the nuclear power plant.
Conformance with NRC RG 1.9 is described in Subsection 8.3.1.2.2.
Conformance with NRC RG 1.9 is described in Subsection 8.3.1.2.2.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.155 The following requirements of NRC RG 1.155 are related to the AAC GTG and the loads applied for SBO coping conditions.
NRC Regulatory Guide 1.155 The following requirements of NRC RG 1.155 are related to the AAC GTG and the loads applied for SBO coping conditions.
: a. NRC RG 1.155 requires that each nuclear power plant have the capability to withstand and recover from an SBO lasting a specified minimum duration. The specified duration of SBO is based on the four factors as described in Subsection 8.4.1.2. Conformance with NRC RG 1.155 Position C.3.1 is described in Subsection 8.4.1.2.
: a.
NRC RG 1.155 requires that each nuclear power plant have the capability to withstand and recover from an SBO lasting a specified minimum duration. The specified duration of SBO is based on the four factors as described in Subsection 8.4.1.2. Conformance with NRC RG 1.155 Position C.3.1 is described in Subsection 8.4.1.2.
: b. There are two SBO coping methods. The first method is the AC-Independent approach. In this approach, nuclear power plants rely on available process steam, dc power, and compressed air to operate equipment necessary to achieve safe shutdown conditions until offsite power sources or EAC power sources are restored. The second method is the Alternate AC approach. This method is named for its use of equipment that is capable of being electrically isolated from the preferred offsite and emergency onsite ac power sources. The APR1400 selects the Alternate AC approach. NRC RG 1.155 specifies that no coping analysis is needed if the AAC power source is available within 10 minutes of the onset of an SBO. Therefore, the APR1400 is not required to perform an SBO coping analysis. Conformance with NRC RG 1.155 Position C.3.2.5 and C.3.3 is described in Subsection 8.4.1.
: b. There are two SBO coping methods. The first method is the AC-Independent approach. In this approach, nuclear power plants rely on available process steam, dc power, and compressed air to operate equipment necessary to achieve safe shutdown conditions until offsite power sources or EAC power sources are restored. The second method is the Alternate AC approach. This method is named for its use of equipment that is capable of being electrically isolated from the preferred offsite and emergency onsite ac power sources. The APR1400 selects the Alternate AC approach. NRC RG 1.155 specifies that no coping analysis is needed if the AAC power source is available within 10 minutes of the onset of an SBO. Therefore, the APR1400 is not required to perform an SBO coping analysis. Conformance with NRC RG 1.155 Position C.3.2.5 and C.3.3 is described in Subsection 8.4.1.
: c. NRC RG 1.155 Position C.3.4 is related to the training and procedures for all operator actions necessary to cope with an SBO, Position C.1.3 is related to the procedure for the action to restore emergency ac power when the emergency ac power system is unavailable, and Position C.2 is related to the procedure for the actions to restore offsite power when offsite power is unavailable. The 8.4-9                                      Rev. 3
: c.
NRC RG 1.155 Position C.3.4 is related to the training and procedures for all operator actions necessary to cope with an SBO, Position C.1.3 is related to the procedure for the action to restore emergency ac power when the emergency ac power system is unavailable, and Position C.2 is related to the procedure for the actions to restore offsite power when offsite power is unavailable. The Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 procedures that address NRC RG 1.155 Positions C1.3, C.2 and C3.4 are included in the emergency operating procedures (EOPs), which are to be developed and implemented by the COL applicant as specified in COL 13.5(5).
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-10 procedures that address NRC RG 1.155 Positions C1.3, C.2 and C3.4 are included in the emergency operating procedures (EOPs), which are to be developed and implemented by the COL applicant as specified in COL 13.5(5).
The training per NRC RG 1.155 Position C.3.4 is included in the licensed plant staff training program, which is to be provided by the COL applicant as specified in COL 13.2(3).
The training per NRC RG 1.155 Position C.3.4 is included in the licensed plant staff training program, which is to be provided by the COL applicant as specified in COL 13.2(3).
: d. NRC RG 1.155 Position C.3.5 is related to the quality assurance (QA) activities and specification for a non-safety-related AAC that is installed to meet an SBO.
: d. NRC RG 1.155 Position C.3.5 is related to the quality assurance (QA) activities and specification for a non-safety-related AAC that is installed to meet an SBO.
The non-safety equipment installed to meet an SBO does not degrade the existing safety-related systems. The QA guidance for the AAC GTG is described in Chapter 17. The AAC GTG follows the quality requirements in accordance with regulatory position 3.5 and Appendix A in NRC RG 1.155. Appendix B to NRC RG 1.155 will be considered as a criteria to the technical specifications for the AAC GTG and its support systems.
The non-safety equipment installed to meet an SBO does not degrade the existing safety-related systems. The QA guidance for the AAC GTG is described in Chapter 17. The AAC GTG follows the quality requirements in accordance with regulatory position 3.5 and Appendix A in NRC RG 1.155. Appendix B to NRC RG 1.155 will be considered as a criteria to the technical specifications for the AAC GTG and its support systems.
: e. The AAC GTG is designed and installed to meet the station blackout rule and has its own independent support systems not subject to a water source, instrument air or water delivery system of any other safety related system described in NRC RG 1.155, Appendix B. Thus, system and station equipment specifications for such functions as water source, instrument air, and water delivery system do not need to account for the AAC GTG. Conformance or justification of AAC Sources (AAC GTG) with NRC RG 1.155 Appendix B is addressed as shown in Table 8.4.2-1.
: e.
8.4.2.3           Conformance with 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) and 10 CFR 52.80(a)
The AAC GTG is designed and installed to meet the station blackout rule and has its own independent support systems not subject to a water source, instrument air or water delivery system of any other safety related system described in NRC RG 1.155, Appendix B. Thus, system and station equipment specifications for such functions as water source, instrument air, and water delivery system do not need to account for the AAC GTG. Conformance or justification of AAC Sources (AAC GTG) with NRC RG 1.155 Appendix B is addressed as shown in Table 8.4.2-1.
8.4.2.3 Conformance with 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) and 10 CFR 52.80(a)
See Subsection 8.2.2.4.
See Subsection 8.2.2.4.
8.4.2.4           Conformance with NUREG-0800 Standard Review Plan, Section 8.4.III.3, Criteria D to I and K to M Conformance of APR1400 design with the NUREG-0800, Section 8.4.III.3, Criteria D to I and K to M is addressed as shown in Table 8.4.2-2.
8.4.2.4 Conformance with NUREG-0800 Standard Review Plan, Section 8.4.III.3, Criteria D to I and K to M Conformance of APR1400 design with the NUREG-0800, Section 8.4.III.3, Criteria D to I and K to M is addressed as shown in Table 8.4.2-2.
8.4-10                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4.3           Combined License Information COL 8.4(1)       The COL applicant is to validate the SBO coping duration according to the method specified in NRC RG 1.155.
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-11 8.4.3 Combined License Information COL 8.4(1)
COL 8.4(2)       The COL applicant is to identify local power sources and transmission paths that could be made available to resupply power to the plant following the loss of a grid or the SBO.
The COL applicant is to validate the SBO coping duration according to the method specified in NRC RG 1.155.
COL 8.4(3)       The COL applicant is to specify the specific parameters for monitoring, alarms, mechanical and electrical trip for testing, and emergency trips.
COL 8.4(2)
COL 8.4(4)       The COL applicant is to develop detailed procedures for manually aligning the alternate AC power supply when two (Trains A and B) of the four diesel generators are unavailable during a loss of offsite power event.
The COL applicant is to identify local power sources and transmission paths that could be made available to resupply power to the plant following the loss of a grid or the SBO.
8.4.4           References
COL 8.4(3)
: 1. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 17, Electric Power Systems, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
The COL applicant is to specify the specific parameters for monitoring, alarms, mechanical and electrical trip for testing, and emergency trips.
: 2. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 18, Inspection and Testing of Electric Power Systems, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
COL 8.4(4)
: 3. Regulatory Guide 1.155, Station Blackout, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, August 1988.
The COL applicant is to develop detailed procedures for manually aligning the alternate AC power supply when two (Trains A and B) of the four diesel generators are unavailable during a loss of offsite power event.
: 4. 10 CFR 50.63, Loss of All Alternating Current Power, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
8.4.4 References
: 5. Regulatory Guide 1.9, Application and Testing of Safety-Related Diesel Generators in Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 4, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2007.
: 1.
: 6. NSAC-108, Reliability of Emergency Diesel Generators at U.S. Nuclear Power Plants, Electric Power Research Institute, September 1986.
10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 17, Electric Power Systems, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 7. NUMARC 87-00, Guidelines and Technical Bases for NUMARC Initiatives Addressing Station Blackout at Light Water Reactors, Rev. 1, Nuclear Energy Institute, August 1991.
: 2.
8.4-11                                      Rev. 3
10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 18, Inspection and Testing of Electric Power Systems, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 3.
Regulatory Guide 1.155, Station Blackout, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, August 1988.
: 4.
10 CFR 50.63, Loss of All Alternating Current Power, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
: 5.
Regulatory Guide 1.9, Application and Testing of Safety-Related Diesel Generators in Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 4, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2007.
: 6.
NSAC-108, Reliability of Emergency Diesel Generators at U.S. Nuclear Power Plants, Electric Power Research Institute, September 1986.
: 7.
NUMARC 87-00, Guidelines and Technical Bases for NUMARC Initiatives Addressing Station Blackout at Light Water Reactors, Rev. 1, Nuclear Energy Institute, August 1991.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-12
: 8. SECY-90-016, Evolutionary Light Water Reactor (LWR) Certification Issues and Their Relationship to Current Regulatory Requirements, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, January 12, 1990.
: 8.
8.4-12                                  Rev. 3
SECY-90-016, Evolutionary Light Water Reactor (LWR) Certification Issues and Their Relationship to Current Regulatory Requirements, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, January 12, 1990.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.4.1-1 (1 of 5)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-13 Table 8.4.1-1 (1 of 5)
Conformance with NRC RG 1.155 Regulatory Position C.3.3 Regulatory Position of NRC RG 1.155                             Conformance or Justification If the plants station blackout capability, as             APR1400 design conformance to each regulatory determined according to the guidance in Regulatory         position is described below.
Conformance with NRC RG 1.155 Regulatory Position C.3.3 Regulatory Position of NRC RG 1.155 Conformance or Justification If the plants station blackout capability, as determined according to the guidance in Regulatory Position 3.2, is significantly less than the minimum acceptable plant-specific station blackout duration (as developed according to Regulatory Position 3.1 or as justified by the licensee or applicant on some other basis and accepted by the staff), modifications to the plant may be necessary to extend the time the plant is able to cope with a station blackout. If modifications are needed, the following items should be considered:
Position 3.2, is significantly less than the minimum acceptable plant-specific station blackout duration (as developed according to Regulatory Position 3.1 or as justified by the licensee or applicant on some other basis and accepted by the staff), modifications to the plant may be necessary to extend the time the plant is able to cope with a station blackout. If modifications are needed, the following items should be considered:
APR1400 design conformance to each regulatory position is described below.
3.3.1 If, after considering load shedding to extend       The battery duty cycles of the APR1400 are 8 hours the time until battery depletion, battery          for Train A and Train B, and 16 hours for Train C and capacity must be extended further to meet the      Train D. In the event of an SBO, since the AAC station blackout duration recommended in          GTG will energize the shutdown bus (Train A or B)
3.3.1 If, after considering load shedding to extend the time until battery depletion, battery capacity must be extended further to meet the station blackout duration recommended in Regulatory Position 3.1, it is considered acceptable either to add batteries or to add a charging system for the existing batteries that is independent of both the offsite and the blacked-out unit's onsite emergency ac power systems, such as a dedicated diesel generator.
Regulatory Position 3.1, it is considered          within 10 minutes of the onset of SBO, and the acceptable either to add batteries or to add a    shutdown bus provides power for the DC loads charging system for the existing batteries that necessary for the SBO coping duration via the battery is independent of both the offsite and the charger and distribution bus, no additional DC blacked-out unit's onsite emergency ac power equipment is required.
The battery duty cycles of the APR1400 are 8 hours for Train A and Train B, and 16 hours for Train C and Train D. In the event of an SBO, since the AAC GTG will energize the shutdown bus (Train A or B) within 10 minutes of the onset of SBO, and the shutdown bus provides power for the DC loads necessary for the SBO coping duration via the battery charger and distribution bus, no additional DC equipment is required.
systems, such as a dedicated diesel generator.
3.3.2. If the capacity of the condensate storage tank is not sufficient to remove decay heat for the station blackout duration recommended in Regulatory Position 3.1, a system meeting the requirements of Regulatory Position 3.5 to resupply the tank from an alternative water source is an acceptable means to increase its capacity provided any power source necessary to provide additional water is independent of both the offsite and the blacked-out unit's onsite emergency ac power systems.
3.3.2. If the capacity of the condensate storage tank     The APR1400 design utilizes two (one per division) is not sufficient to remove decay heat for the    auxiliary feedwater (AFW) storage tanks for decay station blackout duration recommended in          heat removal instead of a condensate storage tank.
The APR1400 design utilizes two (one per division) auxiliary feedwater (AFW) storage tanks for decay heat removal instead of a condensate storage tank.
Regulatory Position 3.1, a system meeting the      During an SBO, the auxiliary feedwater system requirements of Regulatory Position 3.5 to        (AFWS) provides decay heat removal by supplying resupply the tank from an alternative water        makeup water to the steam generator through source is an acceptable means to increase its operation of a turbine driven AFW pump or a motor capacity provided any power source necessary driven AFW pump. The motor driven AFW pumps to provide additional water is independent of can be powered from the AAC-GTG and made both the offsite and the blacked-out unit's available within 10 minutes from the onset of an onsite emergency ac power systems.
During an SBO, the auxiliary feedwater system (AFWS) provides decay heat removal by supplying makeup water to the steam generator through operation of a turbine driven AFW pump or a motor driven AFW pump. The motor driven AFW pumps can be powered from the AAC-GTG and made available within 10 minutes from the onset of an SBO.
SBO.
As stated in Subsection 10.4.9, each AFW storage tank provides the required water volume to provide sufficient flow to the steam generator(s) and has 100% capacity water volume to achieve a safe cold shutdown. Thus, no additional make-up water source to the AFW storage tanks is required.
As stated in Subsection 10.4.9, each AFW storage tank provides the required water volume to provide sufficient flow to the steam generator(s) and has 100% capacity water volume to achieve a safe cold shutdown. Thus, no additional make-up water source to the AFW storage tanks is required.
8.4-13                                              Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.4.1-1 (2 of 5)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-14 Table 8.4.1-1 (2 of 5)
Regulatory Position of NRC RG 1.155                             Conformance or Justification 3.3.3. If the compressed air capacity is not sufficient   A loss of compressed air during an SBO causes all to remove decay heat and to maintain              pneumatically operated safety-related valves and appropriate containment integrity for the          control dampers served by the instrument air system station blackout duration recommended in          to fail to the safe position. No alternative sources of Regulatory Position 3.1, a system to provide      compressed air are necessary to support an SBO sufficient capacity from an alternative source    condition for the APR1400. Therefore, that meets Regulatory Position 3.5 is an unavailability of compressed air does not affect the acceptable means to increase the air capacity capability to remove decay heat or to maintain provided any power source necessary to containment integrity. Related descriptions are provide additional air is independent of both mentioned in Subsection 9.3.1.3.
Regulatory Position of NRC RG 1.155 Conformance or Justification 3.3.3. If the compressed air capacity is not sufficient to remove decay heat and to maintain appropriate containment integrity for the station blackout duration recommended in Regulatory Position 3.1, a system to provide sufficient capacity from an alternative source that meets Regulatory Position 3.5 is an acceptable means to increase the air capacity provided any power source necessary to provide additional air is independent of both the offsite and the blacked-out unit's onsite emergency ac power systems.
the offsite and the blacked-out unit's onsite emergency ac power systems.
A loss of compressed air during an SBO causes all pneumatically operated safety-related valves and control dampers served by the instrument air system to fail to the safe position. No alternative sources of compressed air are necessary to support an SBO condition for the APR1400. Therefore, unavailability of compressed air does not affect the capability to remove decay heat or to maintain containment integrity. Related descriptions are mentioned in Subsection 9.3.1.3.
3.3.4. If a system is required for primary coolant       The MCR and RSR contain all of the control and/or charging and makeup, reactor coolant pump         monitoring provision for the operator to manually seal cooling or injection, decay heat removal,     actuate the components of the systems necessary to or maintaining appropriate containment             cope with an SBO condition.
3.3.4. If a system is required for primary coolant charging and makeup, reactor coolant pump seal cooling or injection, decay heat removal, or maintaining appropriate containment integrity specifically to meet the station blackout duration recommended in Regulatory Position 3.1, the following criteria should be met: 1. The system should be capable of being actuated and controlled from the control room, or if other means of control are required, it should be demonstrated that these steps can be carried out in a timely fashion, and 2. If the system must operate within 10 minutes of a loss of all ac power, it should be capable of being actuated from the control room.
integrity specifically to meet the station blackout duration recommended in Regulatory Position 3.1, the following criteria should be met: 1. The system should be capable of being actuated and controlled from the control room, or if other means of control are required, it should be demonstrated that these steps can be carried out in a timely fashion, and 2. If the system must operate within 10 minutes of a loss of all ac power, it should be capable of being actuated from the control room.
The MCR and RSR contain all of the control and/or monitoring provision for the operator to manually actuate the components of the systems necessary to cope with an SBO condition.
3.3.5. If an AAC power source is selected                 The APR1400 design is compliant with the specifically for satisfying the requirements for   requirement. The design considerations of AAC station blackout, the design should meet the       power source and its periodic testing are described in following criteria:                               Subsections 8.4.1.3, and 8.4.1.6.
3.3.5. If an AAC power source is selected specifically for satisfying the requirements for station blackout, the design should meet the following criteria:
: 1. The AAC power source should not normally be directly connected to the preferred or the blacked-out unit's onsite emergency ac power system.
: 1. The AAC power source should not normally be directly connected to the preferred or the blacked-out unit's onsite emergency ac power system.
8.4-14                                              Rev. 3
The APR1400 design is compliant with the requirement. The design considerations of AAC power source and its periodic testing are described in Subsections 8.4.1.3, and 8.4.1.6.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.4.1-1 (3 of 5)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-15 Table 8.4.1-1 (3 of 5)
Regulatory Position of NRC RG 1.155                         Conformance or Justification
Regulatory Position of NRC RG 1.155 Conformance or Justification
: 2. There should be a minimum potential for common -cause failure with the preferred or the blacked-out unit's onsite emergency ac power sources. No single-point vulnerability should exist whereby a weather-related event or single active failure could disable any portion of the blacked-out unit's onsite emergency ac power sources or the preferred power sources and simultaneously fail the AAC power source.
: 2. There should be a minimum potential for common -cause failure with the preferred or the blacked-out unit's onsite emergency ac power sources. No single-point vulnerability should exist whereby a weather-related event or single active failure could disable any portion of the blacked-out unit's onsite emergency ac power sources or the preferred power sources and simultaneously fail the AAC power source.
: 3. The AAC power source should be available in a timely manner after the onset of station blackout and have provisions to be manually connected to one or all of the redundant safety buses as required. The time required for making this equipment available should not be more than 1 hour as demonstrated by test.
: 3. The AAC power source should be available in a timely manner after the onset of station blackout and have provisions to be manually connected to one or all of the redundant safety buses as required. The time required for making this equipment available should not be more than 1 hour as demonstrated by test.
Line 1,770: Line 2,446:
: 5. The AAC power system should be inspected, maintained, and tested periodically to demonstrate operability and reliability. The reliability of the AAC power system should meet or exceed 95 percent as determined in accordance with NSAC-108 (Ref. 11) or equivalent methodology.
: 5. The AAC power system should be inspected, maintained, and tested periodically to demonstrate operability and reliability. The reliability of the AAC power system should meet or exceed 95 percent as determined in accordance with NSAC-108 (Ref. 11) or equivalent methodology.
An AAC power source serving a multiple-unit site where onsite emergency ac sources are not shared between units should have, as a minimum, the capacity and capability for coping with station blackout in any of the units.
An AAC power source serving a multiple-unit site where onsite emergency ac sources are not shared between units should have, as a minimum, the capacity and capability for coping with station blackout in any of the units.
8.4-15                                    Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.4.1-1 (4 of 5)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-16 Table 8.4.1-1 (4 of 5)
Regulatory Position of NRC RG 1.155                           Conformance or Justification At sites where onsite emergency sources are shared between units, the AAC power sources should have the capacity and capability to ensure that all units can be brought to and maintained in safe shutdown (i.e., those plant conditions defined in plant technical specifications as Hot Standby or Hot Shutdown, as appropriate). Plants have the option of maintaining the RCS at normal operating temperatures or at reduced temperatures.
Regulatory Position of NRC RG 1.155 Conformance or Justification At sites where onsite emergency sources are shared between units, the AAC power sources should have the capacity and capability to ensure that all units can be brought to and maintained in safe shutdown (i.e., those plant conditions defined in plant technical specifications as Hot Standby or Hot Shutdown, as appropriate). Plants have the option of maintaining the RCS at normal operating temperatures or at reduced temperatures.
Plants that have more than the required redundancy of emergency ac sources for loss-of-offsite-power conditions, on a per nuclear unit basis, may use one of the existing emergency sources as an AAC power source provided it meets the applicable criteria for an AAC source. Additionally, emergency diesel generators with 1-out-of-2-shared and 2-out-of-3-shared ac power configurations may not be used as AAC power sources.
Plants that have more than the required redundancy of emergency ac sources for loss-of-offsite-power conditions, on a per nuclear unit basis, may use one of the existing emergency sources as an AAC power source provided it meets the applicable criteria for an AAC source. Additionally, emergency diesel generators with 1-out-of-2-shared and 2-out-of-3-shared ac power configurations may not be used as AAC power sources.
3.3.6. If a system or component is added specifically   The APR1400 design includes the AAC GTG as the to meet the recommendations on station            AAC power source for SBO mitigation. A test blackout duration in Regulatory Position 3.1,    program will be conducted by the manufacturer /
3.3.6. If a system or component is added specifically to meet the recommendations on station blackout duration in Regulatory Position 3.1, system walk downs and initial tests of new or modified, systems or critical components should be performed to verify that the modifications were performed properly.
system walk downs and initial tests of new or    equipment vendor to verify the major equipment modified, systems or critical components          performance objectives (e.g., start time, rated speed should be performed to verify that the            and voltage times, stable voltage outputs, etc.).
Failures of added components that may be vulnerable to internal or external hazards within the design basis (e.g., seismic events) should not affect the operation of systems required for the design basis accident.
modifications were performed properly.
The APR1400 design includes the AAC GTG as the AAC power source for SBO mitigation. A test program will be conducted by the manufacturer /
These tests will be conducted prior to the AAC GTG Failures of added components that may be installation at the plant site. Prior to plant vulnerable to internal or external hazards operation, the AAC power source and support within the design basis (e.g., seismic events) components will be subject to pre-operational testing should not affect the operation of systems to demonstrate that the AAC GTG will perform its required for the design basis accident.
equipment vendor to verify the major equipment performance objectives (e.g., start time, rated speed and voltage times, stable voltage outputs, etc.).
intended function.
These tests will be conducted prior to the AAC GTG installation at the plant site. Prior to plant operation, the AAC power source and support components will be subject to pre-operational testing to demonstrate that the AAC GTG will perform its intended function.
8.4-16                                              Rev. 3
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.4.1-1 (5 of 5)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-17 Table 8.4.1-1 (5 of 5)
Regulatory Position of NRC RG 1.155                           Conformance or Justification Failure of the AAC power source or associated components due to operational events (internal or external hazards) will not affect the operation of safety-related systems required for the design basis accidents. The AAC GTG is located in an independent building from the power block that contains the plant safety systems. The effects caused by failure of the AAC power source due to operational events are limited since the AAC power source is physically, mechanically and electrically isolated from the design basis engineered safety features in the power block.
Regulatory Position of NRC RG 1.155 Conformance or Justification Failure of the AAC power source or associated components due to operational events (internal or external hazards) will not affect the operation of safety-related systems required for the design basis accidents. The AAC GTG is located in an independent building from the power block that contains the plant safety systems. The effects caused by failure of the AAC power source due to operational events are limited since the AAC power source is physically, mechanically and electrically isolated from the design basis engineered safety features in the power block.
The independence of the AAC power source from the PPS and Class 1E power sources is realized by physical separation of the AAC power source, electrical isolation of power and control circuits, and control and protection scheme for the AAC power source. These measures for independence of the AAC power source ensures that the AAC power source and failures of the AAC power source components do not adversely affect the function of PPS and the Class 1E onsite power systems.
The independence of the AAC power source from the PPS and Class 1E power sources is realized by physical separation of the AAC power source, electrical isolation of power and control circuits, and control and protection scheme for the AAC power source. These measures for independence of the AAC power source ensures that the AAC power source and failures of the AAC power source components do not adversely affect the function of PPS and the Class 1E onsite power systems.
Further discussion on the independence and separation of the AAC GTG components from system required for DBAs is provided in Subsection 8.4.1.3.
Further discussion on the independence and separation of the AAC GTG components from system required for DBAs is provided in Subsection 8.4.1.3.
3.3.7. A system or component added specifically to     This regulatory position is covered by Criterion 5 of meet the recommendations on station blackout    Regulatory Position 3.3.5, which pertains to the AAC duration in Regulatory Position 3.1 should be    power source. The AAC GTG will be subject to inspected, maintained, and tested periodically  periodic testing and inspection in order to verify the to demonstrate equipment operability and        operability and reliability goals in the plant reliability reliability.                                    assurance program as mentioned in Subsection 8.4.1.6. Periodic maintenance of the AAC GTG and its support systems will be planned and implemented under the framework of the Maintenance Rule program.
3.3.7. A system or component added specifically to meet the recommendations on station blackout duration in Regulatory Position 3.1 should be inspected, maintained, and tested periodically to demonstrate equipment operability and reliability.
8.4-17                                                Rev. 3
This regulatory position is covered by Criterion 5 of Regulatory Position 3.3.5, which pertains to the AAC power source. The AAC GTG will be subject to periodic testing and inspection in order to verify the operability and reliability goals in the plant reliability assurance program as mentioned in Subsection 8.4.1.6. Periodic maintenance of the AAC GTG and its support systems will be planned and implemented under the framework of the Maintenance Rule program.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.4.2-1 (1 of 2)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-18 Table 8.4.2-1 (1 of 2)
Conformance to NRC RG 1.155 Appendix B, Alternate AC Sources NRC RG 1.155, Appendix B, Alternate AC Sources                     Conformance or Justification Safety-Related   Not required, but the existing     The AAC is non-safety-related, but the existing Equipment        Class 1E electrical systems must    onsite emergency power sources, buses and loads (Compliance with  continue to meet all applicable    will continue to meet all applicable safety-related IEEE Std. 279)    safety-related criteria.            criteria since the AAC source is independent of the Class 1E electrical systems as noted in Table 1 Items E, G, I, and K.
Conformance to NRC RG 1.155 Appendix B, Alternate AC Sources NRC RG 1.155, Appendix B, Alternate AC Sources Conformance or Justification Safety-Related Equipment (Compliance with IEEE Std. 279)
Diversity from   See Regulatory Position 3.3.5 of   The APR1400 design will utilize an AAC power Existing EDGs    this guide.                        source that is diverse from that of the EDGs. A qualified gas turbine generator will be used as the AAC source.
Not required, but the existing Class 1E electrical systems must continue to meet all applicable safety-related criteria.
Independence     Required if connected to Class     The two breakers in series, which are nor+mally from Existing    1E buses. Separation to be          open, are provided between the Class 1E SWGR Safety-Related    provided by 2 circuit breakers in  buses and AAC SWGR bus (one Class 1E at the Systems          series (1 Class 1 E at the Class    Class 1E buses and anther non-Class 1E at the AAC 1E bus and 1 non-Class 1E).        SWGR bus).
The AAC is non-safety-related, but the existing onsite emergency power sources, buses and loads will continue to meet all applicable safety-related criteria since the AAC source is independent of the Class 1E electrical systems as noted in Table 1 Items E, G, I, and K.
Environmental     If normal cooling is lost, needed   Equipment and environment cooling loss will be Consideration    for station blackout event only    limited to 10 minutes (SBO duration). Normal plant and not for design basis            cooling loads will be restored after shutdown loads accident (DBA) conditions.          are reestablished. Temperature rise conditions will Procedures should be in place to    be on the order of minutes rather than hours and no effect the actions necessary to    additional equipment or measures are necessary to maintain acceptable                supply interim cooling. Therefore, associated environmental conditions for        procedures are also not required.
Diversity from Existing EDGs See Regulatory Position 3.3.5 of this guide.
the required equipment. See Regulatory Position 3.2.4.
The APR1400 design will utilize an AAC power source that is diverse from that of the EDGs. A qualified gas turbine generator will be used as the AAC source.
Capacity         Specified in § 50.63 and           The AAC GTG has the sufficient capacity to supply Regulatory Position 3.3.5.          required shutdown loads to bring and maintain the plant in a safe shutdown condition.
Independence from Existing Safety-Related Systems Required if connected to Class 1E buses. Separation to be provided by 2 circuit breakers in series (1 Class 1 E at the Class 1E bus and 1 non-Class 1E).
Quality Assurance Indicated in Regulatory Position   The AAC GTG follows the quality requirements in 3.5.                                accordance with regulatory position 3.5 and Appendix A in NRC RG 1.155.
The two breakers in series, which are nor+mally open, are provided between the Class 1E SWGR buses and AAC SWGR bus (one Class 1E at the Class 1E buses and anther non-Class 1E at the AAC SWGR bus).
8.4-18                                              Rev. 3
Environmental Consideration If normal cooling is lost, needed for station blackout event only and not for design basis accident (DBA) conditions.
Procedures should be in place to effect the actions necessary to maintain acceptable environmental conditions for the required equipment. See Regulatory Position 3.2.4.
Equipment and environment cooling loss will be limited to 10 minutes (SBO duration). Normal plant cooling loads will be restored after shutdown loads are reestablished. Temperature rise conditions will be on the order of minutes rather than hours and no additional equipment or measures are necessary to supply interim cooling. Therefore, associated procedures are also not required.
Capacity Specified in § 50.63 and Regulatory Position 3.3.5.
The AAC GTG has the sufficient capacity to supply required shutdown loads to bring and maintain the plant in a safe shutdown condition.
Quality Assurance Indicated in Regulatory Position 3.5.
The AAC GTG follows the quality requirements in accordance with regulatory position 3.5 and Appendix A in NRC RG 1.155.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.4.2-1 (2 of 2)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-19 Table 8.4.2-1 (2 of 2)
NRC RG 1.155, Appendix B, Alternate AC Sources                                     Conformance or Justification Technical         Should be consistent with the     The AAC GTG and its support systems conform to Specification for Interim Commission Policy        the maintenance rule (MR) requirements in 10 CFR Maintenance,      Statement on Technical            50.65. The Interim Commission Policy Statement Limiting          Specifications (Federal Register  on Technical Specifications will be considered as Condition, FSAR,  Notice 52 FR 3789) as            applicable.
NRC RG 1.155, Appendix B, Alternate AC Sources Conformance or Justification Technical Specification for Maintenance, Limiting Condition, FSAR, etc.
etc.              applicable.
Should be consistent with the Interim Commission Policy Statement on Technical Specifications (Federal Register Notice 52 FR 3789) as applicable.
Instrumentation   Must meet system functional       The AAC power source instrumentation, controls and and Monitoring    requirements.                    monitoring will be of sufficient number, type and quality to assure that the AAC GTG reliability goals are met.
The AAC GTG and its support systems conform to the maintenance rule (MR) requirements in 10 CFR 50.65. The Interim Commission Policy Statement on Technical Specifications will be considered as applicable.
Common Cause     Design should, to the extent     The AAC power source will be physically, Failure (CCF)    practicable, minimize CCF        mechanically and electrically independent of the between safety-related and non-  offsite and onsite power systems to the extent safety-related systems.          practicable in order to minimize CCF between safety-related and non-safety-related systems.
Instrumentation and Monitoring Must meet system functional requirements.
8.4-19                                            Rev. 3
The AAC power source instrumentation, controls and monitoring will be of sufficient number, type and quality to assure that the AAC GTG reliability goals are met.
Common Cause Failure (CCF)
Design should, to the extent practicable, minimize CCF between safety-related and non-safety-related systems.
The AAC power source will be physically, mechanically and electrically independent of the offsite and onsite power systems to the extent practicable in order to minimize CCF between safety-related and non-safety-related systems.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.4.2-2 (1 of 3)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-20 Table 8.4.2-2 (1 of 3)
Conformance to NUREG-0800, Section 8.4.III.3 Criteria D to I and K to M NUREG-0800, Section 8.4.III.3 Criteria                         Conformance or Justification D. Plant staff in the control room monitor the       The performance monitoring parameters of the AAC performance of the AAC power source. As a         power source from the control room consist of the minimum, monitoring should include the            voltage, current, frequency, VARs, watts, watt-hour, voltage, current, frequency, and circuit          and power factor. Also, the status of the circuit breaker position.                                  breaker position is monitored from the main control room and remote shutdown room.
Conformance to NUREG-0800, Section 8.4.III.3 Criteria D to I and K to M NUREG-0800, Section 8.4.III.3 Criteria Conformance or Justification D.
E. The AAC source components are enclosed             The structure of AAC GTG building, in which the within structures that conform to the Uniform     AAC source components are located, will be Building Code. Electrical cables connecting       designed to conform to the Uniform Building Code.
Plant staff in the control room monitor the performance of the AAC power source. As a minimum, monitoring should include the voltage, current, frequency, and circuit breaker position.
the AAC power source to the shutdown buses are protected against the events that affect the   The AAC power source components are located in preferred ac power system. Buried cables or        the AAC GTG building and the Class 1E (shutdown other appropriate methods can be used to          buses) are located in the auxiliary building. The accomplish this.                                  non-Class 1E AAC power source SWGR (3N) has connection provisions each to the Class 1E SWGRs 1A and 1B.
The performance monitoring parameters of the AAC power source from the control room consist of the voltage, current, frequency, VARs, watts, watt-hour, and power factor. Also, the status of the circuit breaker position is monitored from the main control room and remote shutdown room.
E.
The AAC source components are enclosed within structures that conform to the Uniform Building Code. Electrical cables connecting the AAC power source to the shutdown buses are protected against the events that affect the preferred ac power system. Buried cables or other appropriate methods can be used to accomplish this.
The structure of AAC GTG building, in which the AAC source components are located, will be designed to conform to the Uniform Building Code.
The AAC power source components are located in the AAC GTG building and the Class 1E (shutdown buses) are located in the auxiliary building. The non-Class 1E AAC power source SWGR (3N) has connection provisions each to the Class 1E SWGRs 1A and 1B.
The connections between the AAC power source and Class 1E SWGR 1A and 1B are made by cables, which run through an underground common tunnel (UCT) installed between the AAC GTG building and the auxiliary building. The connections, between the AAC power source and each Class 1E SWGR 1A and 1B, are appropriately separated from the cables connecting the Class 1E SWGR 1A and 1B to the preferred ac power system (PPS) as practicable such that impact on the connections of the AAC power source is minimized for the events that affect the PPS.
The connections between the AAC power source and Class 1E SWGR 1A and 1B are made by cables, which run through an underground common tunnel (UCT) installed between the AAC GTG building and the auxiliary building. The connections, between the AAC power source and each Class 1E SWGR 1A and 1B, are appropriately separated from the cables connecting the Class 1E SWGR 1A and 1B to the preferred ac power system (PPS) as practicable such that impact on the connections of the AAC power source is minimized for the events that affect the PPS.
F. Non safety-related AAC power source(s) and         The AAC GTG follows the quality requirements in associated dedicated dc system(s) should meet     accordance with regulatory position 3.5 and the QA guidance in Section 3.5, Appendix A,       Appendix A in NRC RG 1.155. Compliance with and Appendix B to NRC RG 1.155.                   Appendix B to NRC RG 1.155 is provided as following Table Conformance to NRC RG 1.155, Appendix B, Alternate AC Sources.
F.
8.4-20                                              Rev. 3
Non safety-related AAC power source(s) and associated dedicated dc system(s) should meet the QA guidance in Section 3.5, Appendix A, and Appendix B to NRC RG 1.155.
The AAC GTG follows the quality requirements in accordance with regulatory position 3.5 and Appendix A in NRC RG 1.155. Compliance with Appendix B to NRC RG 1.155 is provided as following Table Conformance to NRC RG 1.155, Appendix B, Alternate AC Sources.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.4.2-2 (2 of 3)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-21 Table 8.4.2-2 (2 of 3)
NUREG-0800, Section 8.4.III.3 Criteria                         Conformance or Justification G. The AAC power system is equipped with a           A dedicated non-Class 1E 125 Vdc power system is dedicated dc power system that is electrically    provided in the AAC GTG building to supply the dc independent from the blacked-out units          power necessary to start and operate the AAC GTG.
NUREG-0800, Section 8.4.III.3 Criteria Conformance or Justification G.
preferred and Class 1E power systems and is      The system consists of a battery, battery chargers, a of sufficient capability and capacity for        dc control center, and distribution panels. The operation of dc loads associated with the AAC    battery is sized based on the worst-case duty cycle of source for the maximum necessary duration of dc loads for the AAC system. The sizing of the AAC source operation.
The AAC power system is equipped with a dedicated dc power system that is electrically independent from the blacked-out units preferred and Class 1E power systems and is of sufficient capability and capacity for operation of dc loads associated with the AAC source for the maximum necessary duration of AAC source operation.
battery is performed in accordance with IEEE Std. 485. The battery capacity for AAC system is 500 AH.
A dedicated non-Class 1E 125 Vdc power system is provided in the AAC GTG building to supply the dc power necessary to start and operate the AAC GTG.
I. The AAC power system is provided with a           The AAC GTG has a diesel fuel oil storage tank and fuel supply that is separate from the fuel       a day tank separate from the onsite EDG system.
The system consists of a battery, battery chargers, a dc control center, and distribution panels. The battery is sized based on the worst-case duty cycle of dc loads for the AAC system. The sizing of the battery is performed in accordance with IEEE Std. 485. The battery capacity for AAC system is 500 AH.
supply for the onsite EAC power system. A         Related descriptions are described in DCD, Tier 2 separate day tank, supplied from a common         Subsection 9.5.9.2 storage tank, is acceptable if the fuel is sampled and analyzed using methods consistent with applicable standards before its transfer to the day tank.
I.
K. The AAC power system is capable of               The AAC GTG will be manually started to supply the operating during and after an SBO without        electric power of Class 1E SWGR bus without any support system receiving power from the       receiving any externally provided AC or DC power preferred power supply or the blacked-out         source. DC power necessary for establishing the units EAC power sources. The capability of       electric field excitation of generator and for control the AAC to start on demand depends on the         and protection of AAC power system is supplied availability of the necessary support systems from the dedicated battery set for the AAC power to fulfill their required function. These system.
The AAC power system is provided with a fuel supply that is separate from the fuel supply for the onsite EAC power system. A separate day tank, supplied from a common storage tank, is acceptable if the fuel is sampled and analyzed using methods consistent with applicable standards before its transfer to the day tank.
support systems may need varying combinations of dc or ac power for varying periods to maintain operational readiness.
The AAC GTG has a diesel fuel oil storage tank and a day tank separate from the onsite EDG system.
Related descriptions are described in DCD, Tier 2 Subsection 9.5.9.2 K.
The AAC power system is capable of operating during and after an SBO without any support system receiving power from the preferred power supply or the blacked-out units EAC power sources. The capability of the AAC to start on demand depends on the availability of the necessary support systems to fulfill their required function. These support systems may need varying combinations of dc or ac power for varying periods to maintain operational readiness.
Information Notice (IN) 97-21 (Ref. 17) discusses two examples of a failure of the AAC to start on demand because of an extended loss of auxiliary electrical power sources.
Information Notice (IN) 97-21 (Ref. 17) discusses two examples of a failure of the AAC to start on demand because of an extended loss of auxiliary electrical power sources.
8.4-21                                                Rev. 3
The AAC GTG will be manually started to supply the electric power of Class 1E SWGR bus without receiving any externally provided AC or DC power source. DC power necessary for establishing the electric field excitation of generator and for control and protection of AAC power system is supplied from the dedicated battery set for the AAC power system.
Rev. 3


APR1400 DCD TIER 2 Table 8.4.2-2 (3 of 3)
APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-22 Table 8.4.2-2 (3 of 3)
NUREG-0800, Section 8.4.III.3 Criteria                       Conformance or Justification L. The portions of the AAC power system             As specified in NUMARC 87-00 Appendix B, the subjected to maintenance activities are/will be  AAC power source is started and brought to tested before returning the AAC power system    operating conditions that are consistent with its to service.                                      function as an AAC power source at least every 3 months. The AAC GTG is started once every refueling outage to verify its availability within 10 minutes and the rated load capacity test is performed.
NUREG-0800, Section 8.4.III.3 Criteria Conformance or Justification L.
The portions of the AAC power system subjected to maintenance activities are/will be tested before returning the AAC power system to service.
As specified in NUMARC 87-00 Appendix B, the AAC power source is started and brought to operating conditions that are consistent with its function as an AAC power source at least every 3 months. The AAC GTG is started once every refueling outage to verify its availability within 10 minutes and the rated load capacity test is performed.
In addition, the portions of the AAC GTG and its support systems subjected to maintenance activities will be tested before returning the AAC GTG and its support systems to service.
In addition, the portions of the AAC GTG and its support systems subjected to maintenance activities will be tested before returning the AAC GTG and its support systems to service.
M. Plant-specific technical guidelines and         All operator actions necessary for SBO coping emergency operating procedures will be          including placing the AAC power source in service implemented (or are in place, as applicable)    will be identified in the emergency operating that identify those actions necessary for        procedures (EOPs) and associated technical placing the AAC power source in service.        guidelines. The COL applicant is to provide a program for developing the EOPs as specified in COL 13.5(5).
M.
8.4-22                                                Rev. 3}}
Plant-specific technical guidelines and emergency operating procedures will be implemented (or are in place, as applicable) that identify those actions necessary for placing the AAC power source in service.
All operator actions necessary for SBO coping including placing the AAC power source in service will be identified in the emergency operating procedures (EOPs) and associated technical guidelines. The COL applicant is to provide a program for developing the EOPs as specified in COL 13.5(5).
Rev. 3}}

Latest revision as of 14:29, 5 January 2025

Korea Hydro-Nuclear Power Co., Ltd (Design Control Document) Rev.3 - Tier2 Chapter08-Electric Power
ML18228A655
Person / Time
Site: 05200046
Issue date: 08/13/2018
From: Kim H
Korea Hydro & Nuclear Power Co, Ltd
To:
Office of New Reactors
Ward W
References
KOREAHYDRONUC, KOREAHYDRONUC.SUBMISSION.10, APR1400.DCD.NS, APR1400.DCD.NS.4
Download: ML18228A655 (195)


Text

APR1400 DESIGN CONTROL DOCUMENT TIER 2 CHAPTER 8 ELECTRIC POWER APR1400-K-X-FS-14002-NP REVISION 3 AUGUST 2018

2018 KOREA ELECTRIC POWER CORPORATION KOREA HYDRO & NUCLEAR POWER CO., LTD All Rights Reserved This document was prepared for the design certification application to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission and contains technological information that constitutes intellectual property of Korea Hydro & Nuclear Power Co., Ltd.

Copying, using, or distributing the information in this document in whole or in part is permitted only to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission and its contractors for the purpose of reviewing design certification application materials. Other uses are strictly prohibited without the written permission of Korea Electric Power Corporation and Korea Hydro & Nuclear Power Co., Ltd.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 i

CHAPTER 8 - ELECTRIC POWER TABLE OF CONTENTS NUMBER TITLE PAGE CHAPTER 8 - ELECTRIC POWER........................................................................... 8.1-1 8.1 Introduction.......................................................................................................... 8.1-1 8.1.1 Offsite Power System.............................................................................. 8.1-1 8.1.2 Onsite Power System............................................................................... 8.1-1 8.1.3 Design Bases........................................................................................... 8.1-3 8.1.3.1 Offsite Power System............................................................ 8.1-3 8.1.3.2 Onsite Power System............................................................. 8.1-3 8.1.3.3 General Design Criteria, NRC Regulatory Guides, Branch Technical Positions, Generic Letters, and Industry Standards................................................................... 8.1-5 8.1.4 Combined License Information............................................................. 8.1-15 8.1.5 References............................................................................................. 8.1-15 8.2 Offsite Power System........................................................................................... 8.2-1 8.2.1 System Description.................................................................................. 8.2-1 8.2.1.1 Transmission Network.......................................................... 8.2-1 8.2.1.2 Switchyard............................................................................. 8.2-2 8.2.1.3 Offsite Power System Components and Circuits.................. 8.2-3 8.2.1.4 Separation Between Preferred Power Supply I and Preferred Power Supply II..................................................... 8.2-6 8.2.2 Analysis................................................................................................... 8.2-7 8.2.2.1 Conformance with 10 CFR Part 50....................................... 8.2-7 8.2.2.2 Conformance with NRC Regulatory Guides....................... 8.2-10 8.2.2.3 Conformance with NUREG-0800....................................... 8.2-11 8.2.2.4 Conformance with 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) and 10 CFR 52.80(a)................................................................................ 8.2-11 8.2.3 Combined License Information............................................................. 8.2-12 8.2.4 References............................................................................................. 8.2-13 Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 ii 8.3 Onsite Power Systems.......................................................................................... 8.3-1 8.3.1 AC Power Systems.................................................................................. 8.3-1 8.3.1.1 Description............................................................................ 8.3-1 8.3.1.2 Analysis............................................................................... 8.3-28 8.3.1.3 Electrical Power System Calculations and Distribution System Studies for AC System....................... 8.3-38 8.3.2 DC Power System................................................................................. 8.3-42 8.3.2.1 System Description.............................................................. 8.3-42 8.3.2.2 Analysis............................................................................... 8.3-48 8.3.2.3 Electrical Power System Calculations and Distribution System Studies for DC System....................... 8.3-56 8.3.3 Combined License Information............................................................. 8.3-58 8.3.4 References............................................................................................. 8.3-59 8.4 Station Blackout................................................................................................... 8.4-1 8.4.1 System Description.................................................................................. 8.4-1 8.4.1.1 Description............................................................................ 8.4-1 8.4.1.2 Station Blackout Coping Duration........................................ 8.4-1 8.4.1.3 Alternate AC Power Source.................................................. 8.4-2 8.4.1.4 Power Supply from AAC GTG............................................. 8.4-6 8.4.1.5 Recovery from SBO.............................................................. 8.4-7 8.4.1.6 Periodic Testing and Inspection............................................ 8.4-8 8.4.2 Analysis................................................................................................... 8.4-8 8.4.2.1 Conformance with 10 CFR Part 50....................................... 8.4-8 8.4.2.2 Conformance with NRC Regulatory Guides......................... 8.4-9 8.4.2.3 Conformance with 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) and 10 CFR 52.80(a)................................................................................ 8.4-10 8.4.2.4 Conformance with NUREG-0800....................................... 8.4-10 8.4.3 Combined License Information............................................................. 8.4-11 8.4.4 References............................................................................................. 8.4-11 Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 iii LIST OF TABLES NUMBER TITLE PAGE Table 8.1-1 Safety-Related Loads........................................................................... 8.1-16 Table 8.1-2 Criteria and Guidelines for Electric Power Systems............................ 8.1-18 Table 8.2-1 Ratings of Main Components............................................................... 8.2-17 Table 8.2-2 Protective Relay List of the MT, UATs, and SATs............................. 8.2-19 Table 8.3.1-1 Electrical Bus Loads............................................................................ 8.3-66 Table 8.3.1-2 Class 1E Loads (Division I)................................................................. 8.3-70 Table 8.3.1-3 Class 1E Loads (Division II)................................................................ 8.3-75 Table 8.3.1-4 AAC GTG Loads (SBO)...................................................................... 8.3-80 Table 8.3.1-5 AAC GTG Loads (LOOP)................................................................... 8.3-81 Table 8.3.1-6 Electrical Equipment Ratings and Component Data............................ 8.3-82 Table 8.3.1-7 Failure Modes and Effects Analysis for the Onsite AC Power System.................................................................................................. 8.3-84 Table 8.3.2-1 Class 1E 125 Vdc Power System Loads.............................................. 8.3-92 Table 8.3.2-2 Non-Class 1E DC Power System Loads.............................................. 8.3-96 Table 8.3.2-3 Class 1E 120 Vac I&C Power System Loads.................................... 8.3-101 Table 8.3.2-4 Electrical Equipment Ratings - Component Data............................. 8.3-105 Table 8.3.2-5 Electrical Equipment Status Information of Class 1E 125 Vdc and 120 Vac Power Systems.............................................................. 8.3-107 Table 8.3.2-6 Failure Modes and Effects Analysis for the 125 V dc and Class 1E Vital Power System...................................................................... 8.3-109 Table 8.3.2-7 Failure Modes and Effects Analysis for the 120 Vac Class 1E Vital Instrumentation and Control Power System............................. 8.3-111 Table 8.4.1-1 Conformance with NRC RG 1.155 Regulatory Position C.3.3............ 8.4-13 Table 8.4.2-1 Conformance to NRC RG 1.155 Appendix B, Alternate AC Sources................................................................................................. 8.4-18 Table 8.4.2-2 Conformance to NUREG-0800, Section 8.4.III.3 Criteria D to I and K to M........................................................................................... 8.4-20 Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 iv LIST OF FIGURES NUMBER TITLE PAGE Figure 8.1-1 Electric Power System Single-Line Diagram (Division I)................... 8.1-25 Figure 8.1-1 Electric Power System Single-Line Diagram (Division II)................. 8.1-26 Figure 8.2-1 Layout Drawing Showing MT, UAT, SAT, MV Buses...................... 8.2-20 Figure 8.3.1-1 Onsite AC Electrical Power System.................................................. 8.3-112 Figure 8.3.2-1 Class 1E DC Power System............................................................... 8.3-115 Figure 8.3.2-2 Non-Class 1E DC Power System....................................................... 8.3-116 Figure 8.3.2-3 Class 1E 120 Vac Instrumentation and Control Power System......... 8.3-117 Figure 8.3.2-4 Non-Class 1E 120 Vac Instrumentation and Control Power System................................................................................................ 8.3-118 Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 v

ACRONYM AND ABBREVIATION LIST AAC alternate alternating current AC alternating current AFAS auxiliary feedwater actuation signal AOO anticipated operational occurrence ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers bhp brake horsepower BTP Branch Technical Position CFR Code of Federal Regulations C&L closing and latching COL combined license CSAS containment spray actuation signal DBA design basis accident DBE design basis event DC

1) direct current
2) Design Certification EAC emergency alternating current ECCS emergency core cooling system EDG emergency diesel generator EOP emergency operating procedure EPA electrical penetration assembly EPRI Electric Power Research Institute ESF engineered safety features ESFAS engineered safety features actuation system ESF-CCS engineered safety features-component control system ETAP electrical transient analyzer program FLC full-load current FMEA failure modes and effects analysis GCB generator circuit breaker GDC general design criteria (of 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A)

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 vi GL Generic Letter GTG gas turbine generator HVAC heating, ventilation, and air conditioning I&C instrumentation and control IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IPB isolated phase bus IPS information processing system LC load center LOCA loss-of-coolant accident LOOP loss-of-offsite power LRC locked rotor current LWR light water reactor MCC motor control center MCR main control room MG main generator MOV motor-operated valve MT main transformer NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NRC Nuclear Regulatory Commission OPC Open Phase Condition OPDP Open Phase Detection and Protection OFAF oil forced air forced P-CCS process-component control system PNS permanent non-safety PPS

1) plant protection system
2) preferred power supply QA quality assurance QIAS qualified indication and alarm system QIAS-N qualified indication and alarm system - non-safety Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 vii QIAS-P qualified indication and alarm system - post-accident monitoring instrument RCS reactor coolant system RG Regulatory Guide RPS reactor protection system RSR remote shutdown room SAT standby auxiliary transformer SBO station blackout SIAS safety injection actuation signal SRP standard review plan SSC structure, system, or component T/G turbine-generator THD total harmonic distortion TMI Three Mile Island TSO transmission system operator TSP transmission system provider UAT unit auxiliary transformer UPS uninterruptible power supply Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-1 CHAPTER 8 - ELECTRIC POWER 8.1 Introduction The electric power system is the source of power for station auxiliaries during normal operation and for the reactor protection system (RPS) and engineered safety features (ESF) during abnormal and accident conditions.

The electric power system single-line diagrams in Figure 8.1-1 depict the onsite and offsite electric power system for the APR1400.

8.1.1 Offsite Power System The APR1400 is connected to the switchyard through two independent circuits.

The switchyard is connected to the main transformer (MT) by a normal preferred power circuit. The main generator (MG) is connected to the low-voltage winding of the MT and the high-voltage winding of the unit auxiliary transformers (UATs) through the generator circuit breaker (GCB). Under the normal power operating condition, the MG supplies power through an isolated phase bus (IPB) and GCB to the MT and two UATs. The UATs are connected to the IPB between the GCB and the MT.

The alternate preferred power circuit is connected to the switchyard through two standby auxiliary transformers (SATs) to provide an immediately available independent source of offsite power to the onsite power distribution system for safety and non-safety loads when power is not available through the UATs.

8.1.2 Onsite Power System The onsite power system for the APR1400, as shown in Figure 8.1-1, consists of the following systems and components:

a.

Alternating current (ac) power system: non-Class 1E 13.8 kV power system, non-Class 1E and Class 1E 4.16 kV systems, non-Class 1E and Class 1E low-voltage systems, emergency diesel generators (EDGs), and an alternate alternating current (AAC) source

b. Direct current (dc) power system: batteries, battery chargers, dc control centers, and distribution panels for both non-Class 1E and Class 1E Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-2

c.

Instrumentation and control (I&C) power system: inverter, automatic transfer switch, manual transfer switch, regulating transformer, and ac distribution panel for both non-Class 1E and Class 1E During normal power operation, the GCB is closed and onsite power is supplied from the MG through the UATs. During startup and shutdown, onsite power is supplied from the switchyard through the MT and UATs.

The Class 1E loads are divided into two redundant load groups: division I and division II.

Each division has two independent subsystem trains: trains A and C (division I) and trains B and D (division II). Safety-related loads that require Class 1E electric power to perform their safety functions are listed in Table 8.1-1. Each train can be supplied with electric power from the following sources, listed in decreasing order of preference:

a.

MG and UAT

b. MT and UAT
c.

SAT

d. EDG
e.

AAC gas turbine generator (GTG)

If both offsite power sources and the EDGs are unavailable, Class 1E train A or train B can be powered independently by the AAC GTG according to 10 CFR 50.63 (Reference 1) and U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.155 (Reference 2).

The Class 1E 125 Vdc power system is available to provide power to the Class 1E dc loads.

Additionally, this system provides power to Class 1E 120 Vac I&C loads through inverters.

The APR1400 has the non-Class 1E 125 Vdc and 250 Vdc power systems to supply non-Class 1E dc loads. These systems provide power to non-Class 1E 120 Vac I&C loads through inverters.

The onsite power systems are described in Section 8.3.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-3 8.1.3 Design Bases 8.1.3.1 Offsite Power System The design bases for the offsite power system are as follows:

a.

The two or more transmission lines from the transmission network are connected to the switchyard. The offsite power circuits to the switchyard are designed to be independent and physically separate to provide reasonable assurance of availability under normal and postulated accident conditions.

b. Each of the two preferred power circuits between the switchyard and onsite power system has sufficient capacity and is available to supply power to the plant safety-related systems within a few seconds following a loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA) to provide reasonable assurance that core cooling, containment integrity, and other vital safety functions are maintained.
c.

The MT rating is selected to transfer the power generated by the APR1400 to an offsite power system and permit the offsite power source to supply power to the onsite loads.

d. The two UATs and two SATs are sized to provide the full load requirements of the main buses in their respective load groups.
e.

The protection is provided to detect, alarm, protect against an open phase condition (OPC) at the primary sides of the MT or SAT, and automatically transfer the Class 1E switchgear buses to the alternate reliable offsite power source or onsite standby power system.

8.1.3.2 Onsite Power System The design bases for the onsite power system are as follows:

a.

The Class 1E onsite power systems are located in seismic Category I structures to provide protection from natural phenomena.

b. The redundant equipment of the Class 1E onsite power system is located in separate rooms and different fire areas with adequate independence to provide Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-4 reasonable assurance that the plant protection system (PPS) and safety functions are performed assuming a single failure.

c.

The voltage levels at each bus are optimized for full and minimum load conditions that are expected throughout the anticipated range of voltage variations of the power source by adjusting the voltage tap settings on the transformers.

d. Each redundant division of the Class 1E onsite power systems has sufficient capacity to safely shut down the APR1400 and mitigates the effects of an accident assuming a loss of offsite power (LOOP).
e. The Class 1E onsite power systems are designed to permit appropriate surveillance, periodic inspections, testing of important areas, assessing the continuity of the systems, and the condition of their components.
f.

The EDGs are designed to be automatically initiated in the event of an accident or a LOOP. They are rated to have a continuous load rating plus margin. They are also sized to accelerate all of the loads in the loading sequence without exceeding the allowable voltage and frequency limits stated in NRC RG 1.9 (Reference 3).

g. The Class 1E 125 Vdc batteries have adequate capacity, without chargers, to provide the necessary dc power to perform the required safety functions in the event of a postulated accident assuming a single failure.
h. Each battery charger has adequate capacity to supply its assigned steady-state loads while simultaneously recharging its associated battery.
i.

The non-Class 1E AAC source is provided to help mitigate the effects of station blackout (SBO) conditions in accordance with NRC RG 1.155. In addition, the AAC source is designed to supply ac power to the non-Class 1E permanent non-safety (PNS) 4.16 kV buses during a LOOP.

j.

Non-Class 1E electrical equipment is designed to preclude adverse effects on Class 1E electrical equipment due to its failure during normal, accident, or post-accident modes of plant operation.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-5 8.1.3.3 General Design Criteria, NRC Regulatory Guides, Branch Technical Positions, Generic Letters, and Industry Standards The electric power system is designed to meet the following requirements of General Design Criteria (GDC), Regulatory Guides (RGs), Branch Technical Positions (BTPs),

Generic Letters (GLs), and industry standards. Conformance with NRC RGs and BTPs for electric power systems is addressed in Table 8.1-2 and Section 1.9.

General Design Criteria GDC 1, Quality Standards and Records GDC 2, Design Bases for Protection Against Natural Phenomena GDC 4, Environmental and Dynamic Effects Design Bases GDC 17, Electric Power Systems GDC 18, Inspection and Testing of Electric Power Systems GDC 33, Reactor Coolant Makeup GDC 34, Residual Heat Removal GDC 35, Emergency Core Cooling GDC 38, Containment Heat Removal GDC 41, Containment Atmosphere Cleanup GDC 44, Cooling Water GDC 50, Containment Design Basis NRC Regulatory Guides NRC RG 1.6, Independence Between Redundant Standby (Onsite) Power Sources and Between Their Distribution Systems, (Safety Guide 6), March 1971.

NRC RG 1.9, Application and Testing of Safety-Related Diesel Generators in Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 4, March 2007.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-6 NRC RG 1.22, Periodic Testing of Protection System Actuation Functions (Safety Guide 22), February 1972.

NRC RG 1.29, Seismic Design Classification, Rev. 4, March 2007.

NRC RG 1.30, Quality Assurance Requirements for the Installation, Inspection and Testing of Instrumentation and Electric Equipment (Safety Guide 30), August 1972.

NRC RG 1.32, Criteria for Power Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 3, March 2004.

NRC RG 1.40, Qualification of Continuous Duty Safety-Related Motors for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 1, February 2010.

NRC RG 1.41, Preoperational Testing of Redundant On-site Electric Power Systems to Verify Proper Load Group Assignments, March 1973.

NRC RG 1.47, Bypassed and Inoperable Status Indication for Nuclear Power Plant Safety Systems, Rev. 1, February 2010.

NRC RG 1.53, Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Safety Systems, Rev. 2, November 2003.

NRC RG 1.62, Manual Initiation of Protective Actions, Rev. 1, June 2010.

NRC RG 1.63, Electric Penetration Assemblies in Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 3, February 1987.

NRC RG 1.73, Qualification Tests for Safety-Related Actuators in Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 1, October 2013.

NRC RG 1.75, Criteria for Independence of Electrical Safety Systems, Rev. 3, February 2005.

NRC RG 1.89, Environmental Qualification of Certain Electric Equipment Important to Safety for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 1, June 1984.

NRC RG 1.93, Availability of Electric Power Sources, Rev. 1, March 2012.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-7 NRC RG 1.100, Seismic Qualification of Electric and Active Mechanical Equipment and Functional Qualification of Active Mechanical Equipment for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 3, September 2009.

NRC RG 1.106, Thermal Overload Protection for Electric Motors on Motor-Operated Valves, Rev. 2, February 2012.

NRC RG 1.118, Periodic Testing of Electric Power and Protection Systems, Rev. 3, April 1995.

NRC RG 1.128, Installation Design and Installation of Vented Lead-Acid Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 2, February 2007.

NRC RG 1.129, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 3, September 2013.

NRC RG 1.137, Fuel Oil Systems for Emergency Power Supplies, Rev. 2, June 2013.

NRC RG 1.153, Criteria for Safety Systems, Rev. 1, June 1996.

NRC RG 1.155, Station Blackout, August 1988.

NRC RG 1.156, Qualification of Connection Assemblies for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 1, July 2011.

NRC RG 1.158, Qualification of Safety-Related Lead Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Plants, February 1989.

NRC RG 1.160, Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 3, May 2012.

NRC RG 1.180, Guidelines for Evaluating Electromagnetic and Radio-Frequency Interference in Safety-Related Instrumentation and Control Systems, Rev. 1, October 2003.

NRC RG 1.189, Fire Protection for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 2, October 2009.

NRC RG 1.204, Guidelines for Lightning Protection of Nuclear Power Plants, November 2005.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-8 NRC RG 1.206, Combined License Applications for Nuclear Power Plants (LWR Edition), June 2007.

NRC RG 1.210, Qualification of Safety-Related Battery Chargers and Inverters for Nuclear Power Plants, June 2008.

NRC RG 1.211, Qualification of Safety-Related Cables and Field Splices for Nuclear Power Plants, April 2009.

NRC RG 1.212, Sizing of Large Lead-Acid Storage Batteries, November 2008.

NRC RG 1.213, Qualification of Safety-Related Motor Control Centers for Nuclear Power Plants, May 2009.

NRC RG 1.218, Condition-Monitoring Techniques for Electric Cables Used in Nuclear Power Plants, April 2012.

Branch Technical Positions BTP 8-1, Requirements for Motor-Operated Valves in the ECCS Accumulator Lines, Rev. 3, March 2007.

BTP 8-2, Use of Diesel Generator Sets for Peaking, Rev. 3, March 2007.

BTP 8-3, Stability of Offsite Power Systems, Rev. 3, March 2007.

BTP 8-4, Application of Single Failure Criterion to Manually Controlled Electrically Operated Valves, Rev. 3, March 2007.

BTP 8-5, Supplemental Guidance for Bypass and Inoperable Status Indication for Engineered Safety Features Systems, Rev. 3, March 2007.

BTP 8-6, Adequacy of Station Electric Distribution System Voltages, Rev. 3, March 2007.

BTP 8-7, Criteria for Alarms and Indications Associated with Diesel Generator Unit Bypassed and Inoperable Status, Rev. 3, March 2007.

BTP 8-9, Open Phase Conditions in Electric Power System, July 2015.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-9 Generic Letters GL 77-07, Reliability of Standby Diesel Generator (DG) Units, December 15, 1977.

GL 79-17, Reliability of Onsite Diesel Generators at Light Water Reactors, April 18, 1979.

GL 84-15, Proposed Staff Actions to Improve and Maintain Diesel Generator Reliability, July 2, 1984.

GL 88-15, Electric Power Systems - Inadequate Control Over Design Processes, September 12, 1988.

GL 91-11, Resolution of Generic Issues 48, LCOs for Class 1E Vital Instrument Buses, and 49, Interlocks and LCOs for Class 1E Tie Breakers, Pursuant to 10 CFR 50.54(f), July 18, 1991.

GL 94-01, Removal of Accelerated Testing and Special Reporting Requirements for Emergency Diesel Generators, May 31, 1994.

GL 96-01, Testing of Safety-Related Logic Circuits, January 10, 1996.

GL 2006-02, Grid Reliability and the Impact on Plant Risk and the Operability of Offsite Power, February 1, 2006.

GL 2007-01, Inaccessible or Underground Power Cable Failures That Disable Accident Mitigation System or Cause Plant Transients, February 7, 2007.

Industrial Standards ASME NQA-1-2008, Quality Assurance Requirements for Nuclear Facility Applications, 2008.

ASME NQA-1a-2009, Quality Assurance Requirements for Nuclear Facility Applications, 2009.

IEEE Std. 80, IEEE Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding, 2000.

IEEE Std. 141, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants, 1993.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-10 IEEE Std. 142, IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems, 2007.

IEEE Std. 242, IEEE Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems, 2001.

IEEE Std. 308, IEEE Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2001.

IEEE Std. 317, IEEE Standard for Electric Penetration Assemblies in Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 1983.

IEEE Std. 323, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2003.

IEEE Std. 334, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Continuous Duty Class 1E Motors for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2006.

IEEE Std. 336, IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection, and Testing Requirements for Instrumentation and Electric Equipment During the Construction of Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 1971.

IEEE Std. 338, IEEE Standard Criteria for the Periodic Surveillance Testing of Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems, 1987.

IEEE Std. 344, IEEE Recommended Practice for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2005.

IEEE Std. 379, IEEE Standard Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems, 2000.

IEEE Std. 382, IEEE Standard for Qualification of Safety-Related Actuators for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2006.

IEEE Std. 383, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Electric Cables and Field Splices for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2003.

IEEE Std. 384, IEEE Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and Circuits, 1992.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-11 IEEE Std. 387, IEEE Standard Criteria for Diesel-Generator Units Applied as Standby Power Supplies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 1995.

IEEE Std. 420, IEEE Standard for the Design and Qualification of Class 1E Control Boards, Panels, and Racks Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2001 IEEE Std. 450, IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, 2010.

IEEE Std. 484, IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, 2002.

IEEE Std. 485, IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, 2010.

IEEE Std. 497, IEEE Standard Criteria for Accident Monitoring Instrumentation for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2002.

IEEE Std. 519, IEEE Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems, 1992.

IEEE Std. 535, IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Vented Lead Acid Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2013.

IEEE Std. 572, IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Connection Assemblies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2006.

IEEE Std. 603, IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 1991.

IEEE Std. 622, IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design and Installation of Electric Heat Tracing Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Systems, 1987.

IEEE Std. 649, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Motor Control Centers for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2006.

IEEE Std. 650, IEEE Standard Qualification of Class 1E Static Battery Chargers and Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2006.

IEEE Std. 665, IEEE Guide for Generating Station Grounding, 1995.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-12 IEEE Std. 666, IEEE Design Guide for Electric Power Service Systems for Generating Stations, 1991.

IEEE Std. 690, IEEE Standard for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems for Class 1E Circuits in Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2004.

IEEE Std. 741, IEEE Standard Criteria for the Protection of Class 1E Power Systems and Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2007.

IEEE Std. 765, IEEE Standard for Preferred Power Supply (PPS) for Nuclear Power Generating Stations (NPGS), 2006.

IEEE Std. 835, IEEE Standard Power Cable Ampacity Tables, 1994.

IEEE Std. 944, IEEE Recommended Practice for the Application and Testing of Uninterruptible Power Supplies for Power Generating Stations, 1986.

IEEE Std. 946, IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of DC Auxiliary Power Systems for Generating Stations, 2004.

IEEE Std. 1023, IEEE Recommended Practice for the Application of Human Factors Engineering to Systems, Equipment and Facilities of Nuclear Power Generating Stations and Other Nuclear Facilities, 2004.

IEEE Std. 1050, IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in Generating Stations, 1996.

IEEE Std. 1313.2, IEEE Guide for the Application of Insulation Coordination, 1999.

IEEE Std. C37.010, IEEE Application Guide for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis, 1999.

IEEE Std. C37.013, IEEE Standard for AC High-Voltage Generator Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis, 1997.

IEEE Std. C37.04, IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers, 1999.

IEEE Std. C37.13, IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures, 2008.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-13 IEEE Std. C37.14, IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures, 2002.

IEEE Std. C37.16, IEEE Standard for Preferred Ratings, Related Requirements, and Application Recommendations for Low-Voltage AC (635 V and below) and DC (3200 V and below) Power Circuit Breakers, 2009.

IEEE Std. C37.20.1, IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear, 2002.

IEEE Std. C37.20.2, IEEE Standard for Metal-Clad Switchgear, 1999.

IEEE Std. C37.21, IEEE Standard for Control Switchboards, 2005.

IEEE Std. C37.23, IEEE Standard for Metal-Enclosed Bus, 2003.

IEEE Std. C37.27, IEEE Application Guide for Low-Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Applied with Separately-Mounted Current-Limiting Fuses, 2008.

IEEE Std. C37.81, IEEE Guide for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Metal-Enclosed Power Switchgear Assemblies, 1989.

IEEE Std. C37.82, IEEE Standard for the Qualification of Switchgear Assemblies for Class 1E Applications in Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 1987.

IEEE Std. C37.90, IEEE Standard for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power Apparatus, 2005.

IEEE Std. C37.90.1, IEEE Standard for Surge Withstand Capability (SWC) Tests for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electrical Power Apparatus, 2004.

IEEE Std. C37.90.2, IEEE Standard for Withstand Capability of Relay Systems to Radiated Electromagnetic Interference from Transceivers, 2004.

IEEE Std. C37.91, IEEE Guide for Protecting Power Transformers, 2008.

IEEE Std. C37.105, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Protective Relays and Auxiliaries for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, 2010.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-14 IEEE Std. C57.12.00, IEEE Standard for General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers, 2010.

IEEE Std. C57.13, IEEE Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers, 2008.

IEEE Std. C62.23, IEEE Application Guide for Surge Protection of Electric Generating Plants, 1995.

IEEE Std. C62.41, IEEE Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits, 1991.

IEEE Std. C62.45, IEEE Guide on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits, 1992.

  • IEEE Std. C62.82.1, IEEE Standard for Insulation Coordination - Definitions, Principles, and Rules, 2010.

NEMA C50.41, American National Standard Polyphase Induction Motors for Power Generating Stations, 2000.

NEMA MG 1, Motors and Generators, 2009.

NEMA VE 1, Metal Cable Tray Systems, 2009.

NEMA WC 51, Ampacities of Cables Installed in Cable Trays, 2009.

NEMA WC 57, Standard for Control, Thermocouple Extension, and Instrumentation Cables, 2004.

NEMA WC 70, Power Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less for the Distribution of Electrical Energy, 2009.

NEMA WC 74, 5-46 kV Shielded Power Cable for Use in the Transmission and Distribution of Electric Energy, 2006.

NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 2008.

NFPA 780, Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems, 2004.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-15 NSAC-108, Reliability of Emergency Diesel Generators at U.S Nuclear Power Plants, September 1986.

NUMARC 87-00, Guidelines and Technical Bases for NUMARC Initiatives Addressing Station Blackout at Light Water Reactors, Rev. 1, August 1991.

NUMARC 93-01, Industry Guideline for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 4A, 2011.

8.1.4 Combined License Information No COL information is required with regard to Section 8.1.

8.1.5 References

1.

10 CFR 50.63, Loss of All Alternating Current Power, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

2.

Regulatory Guide 1.155, Station Blackout, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, August 1988.

3.

Regulatory Guide 1.9, Application and Testing of Safety-Related Diesel Generators in Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 4, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2007.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-16 Table 8.1-1 (1 of 2)

Safety-Related Loads Load Function Power Safety injection system Performs emergency core cooling AC Shutdown cooling system Performs shutdown cooling and emergency core cooling AC Containment spray system Performs emergency containment cooling and fission product removal AC Component cooling water system Provides cooling water for engineered safety features equipment, emergency diesel generator, and safety-related ac equipment AC Essential service water system Provides cooling for component cooling water heat exchanger AC Essential chilled water system Provides cooling for safety-related heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) loads AC Auxiliary feedwater system Provides water to steam generator when main feedwater is not available AC Chemical and volume control system Controls chemistry and volume of the water in the reactor coolant system AC Spent fuel pool cooling and cleanup system Provides cooling for the spent fuel pool AC Safety-related HVAC system Provides cooling for Class 1E electrical areas, control areas, and ESF areas AC Motor-operated valves (Class 1E only)

Provide the system alignment to allow the associated system to perform its functions AC Diesel generator support loads (Class 1E only)

Provide support for maintaining availability and for operation AC Containment hydrogen control system Controls combustible gas, mainly hydrogen gas inside containment AC Radiation monitoring system (Class 1E only)

Monitors radiation level of reactor containment building, auxiliary building, fuel handling area, and main control room (MCR) air intake AC Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-17 Table 8.1-1 (2 of 2)

Load Function Power Reactor protection system Protects reactor core DC Engineered safety features actuation system Protects reactor core and containment DC Essential instrumentation Provides monitoring and essential control for safety-related systems DC Post-accident monitoring system (Class 1E only)

Provides post-accident indication and recording DC Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-18 Table 8.1-2 (1 of 7)

Criteria and Guidelines for Electric Power Systems Criteria DCD Section Remarks 8.2 8.3.1 8.3.2 8.4

1. Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 - GDC Requirements GDC 2 Design Bases for Protection Against Natural Phenomena A

A A

GDC 4 Environmental and Dynamic Effects Design Bases A

A A

GDC 5 Sharing of Structures, Systems, and Components Not applicable GDC 17 Electric Power Systems A

A A

A GDC 18 Inspection and Testing of Electric Power Systems A

A A

A GDC 33 Reactor Coolant Makeup A

A A

GDC 34 Residual Heat Removal A

A A

GDC 35 Emergency Core Cooling A

A A

GDC 38 Containment Heat Removal A

A A

GDC 41 Containment Atmosphere Cleanup A

A A

GDC 44 Cooling Water A

A A

GDC 50 Containment Design Basis A

A (A) Requirements and criteria provided in the subject document are applied to the noted section.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-19 Table 8.1-2 (2 of 7)

Criteria DCD Section Remarks 8.2 8.3.1 8.3.2 8.4

2. Regulations (10 CFR Part 50 and 10 CFR Part 52)

Requirements 10 CFR 50.34 Contents of Applications; Technical Information i

50.34(f)(2)(v)

Automatic indication of the bypassed and operable status of safety systems A

A TMI Item I.D.3 ii 50.34(f)(2)(xiii)

Power supplies to establish and maintain natural circulation A

TMI Item II.E.3.1 iii 50.34(f)(2)(xx)

Power supplies for pressurizer relief valves, block valves, and level indicators A

TMI Item II.G.1 10 CFR 50.55a Codes and Standards A

A 10 CFR 50.63 Loss of All Alternating Current Power A

A A

A 10 CFR 50.65(a)(4)

Requirements for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants A

A A

A 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1)

Contents of Applications; Technical Information A

A A

A Inspections, Tests, Analysis, and Acceptance Criteria 10 CFR 52.80(a)

Contents of Applications; Additional Technical Information A

A A

A (A) Requirements and criteria provided in the subject document are applied to the noted section.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-20 Table 8.1-2 (3 of 7)

Criteria DCD Section Remarks 8.2 8.3.1 8.3.2 8.4

3. NRC RG Guidance RG 1.6 Independence Between Redundant Standby (Onsite)

Power Sources and Between Their Distribution Systems G

G RG 1.9 Application, and Testing of Safety-Related Diesel Generators in Nuclear Power Plants G

G RG 1.32 Criteria for Power Systems for Nuclear Power Plants G

G G

RG 1.47 Bypassed and Inoperable Status Indication for Nuclear Power Plant Safety Systems G

G RG 1.53 Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Safety Systems G

G RG 1.63 Electric Penetration Assemblies in Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Plants G

G RG 1.75 Physical Independence of Electric Systems G

G RG 1.81 Shared Emergency and Shutdown Electric Systems for Multi-Unit Nuclear Power Plants Not applicable RG 1.93 Availability of Electric Power Sources G

G G

(G) Guidance provided in the subject document is applied to the noted section.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-21 Table 8.1-2 (4 of 7)

Criteria DCD Section Remarks 8.2 8.3.1 8.3.2 8.4

3. NRC RG Guidance RG 1.106 Thermal Overload Protection for Electric Motors on Motor-Operated Valves G

G RG 1.118 Periodic Testing of Electric Power and Protection Systems G

G RG 1.128 Installation Design and Installation of Vented Lead-Acid Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Plants G

RG 1.129 Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Plants G

RG 1.153 Criteria for Safety Systems G

G RG 1.155 Station Blackout G

G G

G RG 1.160 Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants G

G G

G RG 1.204 Guidelines for Lightning Protection of Nuclear Power Plants G

G RG 1.206 Combined License Application for Nuclear Power Plants (LWR Edition)

G G

G G

(G) Guidance provided in the subject document is applied to the noted section.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-22 Table 8.1-2 (5 of 7)

Criteria DCD Section Remarks 8.2 8.3.1 8.3.2 8.4

4. Branch Technical Position Guidance BTP 8-1 Requirements on Motor-Operated Valves in the ECCS Accumulator Lines G

BTP 8-2 Use of Diesel-Generator Sets for Peaking G

BTP 8-3 Stability of Offsite Power Systems G

BTP 8-4 Application of the Single Failure Criterion to Manually Controlled Electrically Operated Valves G

BTP 8-5 Supplemental Guidance for Bypass and Inoperable Status Indication for Engineered Safety Features Systems G

G BTP 8-6 Adequacy of Station Electric Distribution System Voltages G

G BTP 8-7 Criteria for Alarms and Indications Associated with Diesel-Generator Unit Bypassed and Inoperable Status G

BTP 8-8 Onsite (Emergency Diesel Generators) and Offsite Power Sources Allowed Outage Time Extensions Not applicable BTP 8-9 Open Phase Conditions in Electric Power System G

(G) Guidance provided in the subject document is applied to the noted section.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-23 Table 8.1-2 (6 of 7)

Criteria DCD Section Remarks 8.2 8.3.1 8.3.2 8.4

5. NRC Technical Report Designation Requirements/Guidance NUREG-0718 Licensing Requirements for Pending Applications for Construction Permits and Manufacturing License G

G NUREG-0737 Clarification of TMI Action Plan Requirements A

NUREG/CR-0660 Enhancement of Onsite Diesel Generator Reliability G

NUREG-1793 Final Safety Evaluation Report Related to Certification of the AP1000 Standard Design Not applicable (A) Requirements and criteria provided in the subject document are applied to the noted section.

(G) Guidance provided in the subject document is applied to the noted section.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-24 Table 8.1-2 (7 of 7)

Criteria DCD Section Remarks 8.2 8.3.1 8.3.2 8.4

6. Commission Papers (SECY)

Requirements SECY-90-016 Evolutionary Light Water Reactor Certification Issues and Their Relationships to Current Regulatory Requirements, 1990 A

A A

SECY-94-084 Policy and Technical Issues Associated with the Regulatory Treatment of Non-Safety Systems in Passive Plant Designs, 1994 Not applicable SECY-95-132 Policy and Technical Issues Associated with the Regulatory Treatment of Non-Safety Systems (RTNSS) in Passive Plant Designs, 1995 Not applicable SECY-91-078 EPRIs Requirements Document and Additional Evolutionary LWR Certification Issues, 1991 A

A SECY-12-0025 Proposed Orders and Requests for Information in Response to Lessons Learned from Japans March 11, 2011, Great Tohoku Earthquake and Tsunami A

A SECY-05-0227 Final Rule -AP1000 Design Certification, 2005 Not applicable (A) Requirements and criteria provided in the subject document are applied to the noted section.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-25 MAIN GEN 24KV GEN. CIRCUIT BRK.

TO UNIT AUX. XFMR 1N NO NON-CLASS 1E 13.8KV SWGR 1M RC PUMP 1A,2A M

UNIT AUX. XFMR 1M H

EXCITATION XFMR EXCITATION SYSTEM Y

X 13.8KV 4.16KV CONDENSATE PUMP A FW BOOSTER A,C CW PUMP A,C,E M

NON-CLASS 1E 13.8KV SWGR 2M 13800-480V XFMR 480V LC MCC 480V LC 13800-480V XFMR MCC BATT.

CHARGER (STAND-BY)

TO 250V DC CONT.

CENTER REG. XFMR 480-120V, 1

NO TGBCCW PUMP 1 M

BATT.

CHARGER (STAND-BY)

BATT.

CHARGER TO 125V DC CONT.

CENTER M

480V LC A

M REG. XFMR 480-120V, 1

120V AC DISTR. PNL INVERTER MCC NON-CLASS 1E 4.16KV SWGR 2M NO 125V DC CONT.

CENTER NO CLASS 1E 4.16KV SWGR 1A SC PUMP 1 SI PUMP 1 ESW PUMP 1A AF PUMP A CCW PUMP 1A ESS CHILLER 1A CHARGING PUMP 1 COOLING TOWER FAN 1A M

480V LC 1A 4160-480V XFMR MCC 1A BATT.

CHARGER 1A REG. XFMR 1A 480-120V, 1 480V LC 2(SWING BUS) 125V DC CONT.

CENTER 1A 480V LC 1C 4160-480V XFMR MCC 1C REG. XFMR 1C 480-120V, 1 NO NO NO CS PUMP 1 SI PUMP 3 ESW PUMP 2A CCW PUMP 2A ESS CHILLER 2A COOLING TOWER FAN 2A M

IPB 13.8KV 4.16KV CLASS 1E 4.16KV SWGR 1C Y

X H

480V LC 4160-480V XFMR MCC CENTRAL CHILLER 1,2 CENTRAL CHILLED WATER PUMP 1 M

PERMANENT NON-SAFETY 4.16KV SWGR 1M 4160-480V XFMR PRESS HTRS BACK-UP GROUP B-1 MCC NO NO M

BATT.

CHARGER 1C M

BATT.

CHARGER 2A (STAND-BY)

BATT.

CHARGER 2C (STAND-BY) 4160-480V XFMR 480V LC 4160-480V XFMR MCC NO NO NO NO 24KV NON-CLASS 1E TO STAND-BY AUX XFMR 2N MAIN XFMR CLASS 1E TRAIN A TRAIN C 125V DC CONT.

CENTER 1C NO TO 480V LC 1B NON-CLASS 1E SWITCHYARD SWITCHYARD NO TO AAC SWGR TO AAC SWGR A

M 120V AC DISTR. PNL A

M 120V AC DISTR. PNL A

M 120V AC DISTR. PNL INVERTER 1A INVERTER 1C INVERTER 125V DC BATTERY 125V DC BATTERY 1A 125V DC BATTERY 1C CONNECTION BOX FOR MOBILE GENERATOR 1M 1

2 3

4 A

B A

B 5

1A AUX. CHARGING PUMP3 M

DUMMY BRK.

DUMMY BRK.

CONNECTION BOX FOR 480V MOBILE GTG NO NO COOLING TOWER FAN GROUP ADMIN BLDG Note

1) Simplified AC Power Distribution System.

Detailed drawing is provided in Figure 8.3.1-1.

(Note 1)

(Note 1)

(Note 1)

PLANT CLASS 1E EMERGENCY DIESEL GEN. 1A PLANT STAND-BY AUX. XFMR 2M CLASS 1E EMERGENCY DIESEL GEN. 1C Figure 8.1-1 Electric Power System Single-Line Diagram (Division I) (1 of 2)

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.1-26 1

TO MAIN GENERATOR NO NON-CLASS 1E 13.8KV SWGR 1N RC PUMP 1B,2B M

UNIT AUX. XFMR 1N H

Y X

13.8KV 4.16KV CONDENSATE PUMP B,C FW BOOSTER B CW PUMP B,D,F START-UP FW PUMP M

NON-CLASS 1E 13.8KV SWGR 2N 13800-480V XFMR 480V LC MCC 480V LC 13800-480V XFMR MCC BATT.

CHARGER REG. XFMR 480-120V, 1 TGBCCW PUMP 2 M

480V LC 4160-480V XFMR MCC BATT.

CHARGER M

480V LC REG. XFMR 480-120V, 1 MCC NON-CLASS 1E 4.16KV SWGR 2N NO 125V DC CONTROL CENTER NO SC PUMP 2 SI PUMP 2 ESW PUMP 1B AF PUMP B CCW PUMP 1B ESS CHILLER 1B CHARGING PUMP 2 COOLING TOWER FAN 1B M

480V LC 1B 4160-480V XFMR BATT.

CHARGER 1B REG. XFMR 1B 480-120V, 1 125V DC CONT.

CENTER 1B 480V LC 1D 4160-480V XFMR MCC 1D BATT.

CHARGER 1D REG. XFMR 1D 480-120V, 1 125V DC CONT.

CENTER 1D NO NO NO CS PUMP 2 SI PUMP 4 ESW PUMP 2B CCW PUMP 2B ESS CHILLER 2B COOLING TOWER FAN 2B M

IPB STAND-BY AUX. XFMR 2N 13.8KV 4.16KV CLASS 1E 4.16KV SWGR 1D Y

X H

SWITCHYARD 480V LC 4160-480V XFMR MCC CENTRAL CHILLER 3,4 CENTRAL CHILLED WATER PUMP 2 M

PERMANENT NON-SAFETY 4.16KV SWGR 1N TO 480V LC 2 5

M TO STAND-BY BATT. CHARGER 250V DC CONT.

CENTER REG. XFMR 480-120V, 1 UPS BATT.

CHARGER F

125V DC CONT.

CENTER 3

NON-CLASS 1E 4.16KV AAC SWGR 3N 480V LC 4160-480V XFMR NO 1

N MCC 125V DC BATTERY 125V DC CONT.

CENTER NO NO NO M

M BATT.

CHARGER 2B (STAND-BY)

BATT.

CHARGER 2D (STAND-BY) 4160-480V XFMR MCC 1B BATT.

CHARGER NO NO 1

B 4160-480V XFMR PRESS HTRS BACK-UP GROUP B-2 MCC CLASS 1E 4.16KV SWGR 1B TRAIN B TRAIN D CLASS 1E NON-CLASS 1E NON-CLASS 1E NON-CLASS 1E 2

NO NO NO A

M 120V AC DISTR. PNL INVERTER A

M 120V AC DISTR. PNL INVERTER A

M 120V AC DISTR. PNL INVERTER 1B A

M 120V AC DISTR. PNL INVERTER 1D 120V AC DISTR. PNL U P S REG. XFMR 480-120V, 1 TG UPS 120V AC DISTR. PNL U P S 125V DC BATTERY 1D 125V DC BATTERY 1B 125V DC BATTERY 125V DC BATTERY 250V DC BATTERY MCC REG. XFMR 480-120V, 1 AAC UPS 120V AC DISTR. PNL U P S TO STAND-BY BATT. CHARGER CONNECTION BOX FOR MOBILE GENERATOR 4

1N 1B K

E C

D C

D E

F 3

1 2

1B 1N 1A 1M NO CONNECTION BOX FOR 480V MOBILE GTG NO COOLING TOWER FAN GROUP TO CPB MCC TO AAC SWGR TO AAC SWGR F

FK (Note 1)

(Note 1)

(Note 1)

Note

1) Simplified AC Power Distribution System.

Detailed drawing is provided in Figure 8.3.1-1.

CLASS 1E EMERGENCY DIESEL GEN. 1B CLASS 1E EMERGENCY DIESEL GEN. 1D AAC GTG TO 4.16KV SWGR 1A TO 4.16KV SWGR 1B TO 4.16KV SWGR 1M TO 4.16KV SWGR 1N MCC H

NO H

Figure 8.1-1 Electric Power System Single-Line Diagram (Division II) (2 of 2)

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-1 8.2 Offsite Power System 8.2.1

System Description

The offsite power system is the preferred source of power for the reactor protection system (RPS) and engineered safety features (ESF) during normal, abnormal, and accident conditions. It encompasses the transmission network, overhead or underground transmission lines, transmission line towers, switchyard components and control systems, switchyard battery systems, transmission tie lines, main generator (MG), generator circuit breaker (GCB), main transformer (MT), unit auxiliary transformers (UATs), standby auxiliary transformers (SATs), isolated phase bus (IPB), and the electrical components associated with them. The boundaries between the offsite power system and the onsite power system are the incoming circuit breakers of the switchgears, which are included in the onsite power system.

The switchyard is connected to the transmission lines to transmit the electricity produced by the APR1400 to the transmission network and to the transmission tie lines to provide offsite power to the auxiliary and service loads of the APR1400.

Electric power from the transmission network to the onsite electrical distribution system is supplied by two physically independent circuits. The COL applicant is to identify those independent circuits (COL 8.2(1)). The APR1400 is designed to meet the requirements in 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, and GDC 2, 4, 17, and 18 (References 1, 2, 4, and 5, respectively).

8.2.1.1 Transmission Network The transmission network is not included in the scope of the APR1400 design. However, this subsection describes the transmission network in general terms. The transmission network is a source of reliable and stable power for the onsite power system. The transmission network design includes at least two preferred power supplies and each one has sufficient capacity and capability to supply power to the APR1400 safety-related and non-safety-related systems during all design modes.

The COL applicant is to provide information on the location of rights-of-way, transmission towers, voltage level, and length of each transmission line from the site to the first major substation that connects the line to the transmission network (COL 8.2(2)). The COL applicant is to describe the switchyard voltage related to the transmission system Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-2 provider/operator (TSP/TSO) and the formal agreement between the nuclear power plant and the TSP/TSO. The COL applicant is to describe the capability and the analysis tool of the TSP. The COL applicant is also to describe the protocols for the plant to remain cognizant of grid vulnerabilities (COL 8.2(3)).

8.2.1.2 Switchyard The plant switchyard design is site-specific and not within the scope of the APR1400 design. The COL applicant is to describe and provide layout drawings of the circuits connecting the onsite distribution system to the preferred power supply (COL 8.2(4)). The layout drawings are to include switchyard arrangement (breakers and bus arrangements),

transmission lines, switchyard control systems, power supplies, and cable routing. The COL applicant is to describe the site-specific design for the switchyard equipment, including breaker arrangement, electrical schematics of breaker control system, protective devices and their settings, and auxiliary power supplies (ac and dc) for control and protection (COL 8.2(5)).

The COL applicant is to provide a high-impedance ground fault detection feature that actuates an alarm in the main control room (MCR) and remote shutdown room (RSR) upon detection of a high-impedance ground fault at the primary side of MT or SATs (COL 8.2(6)).

At least two physically independent transmission lines connect the offsite transmission network to the high-voltage switchyard of the plant. Two physically independent transmission tie lines supply offsite electric power from the switchyard to the APR1400 for plant maintenance, startup, shutdown, and postulated accident conditions. The interface requirement is that the TSP/TSO maintains operating frequency within 5 percent and operating voltage within 10 percent on nominal value bases at the interface boundary between the transmission network and the switchyard.

The COL applicant is to provide a failure modes and effects analysis (FMEA) of the switchyard in accordance with the following items:

a.

The two preferred power circuits from the transmission network are linked to the onsite power system by passing through the switchyard. Because a switchyard can be common to both offsite circuits, the COL applicant is to provide an FMEA of the switchyard components to assess the possibility of simultaneous failure of both circuits as a result of single events (COL 8.2(7)).

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-3

b. When the normal preferred power supply is not available, the alternate preferred power supply maintains its availability.
c.

The switchyard buses where the preferred power source circuits are connected are arranged as follows:

1) Any incoming or outgoing transmission line for one preferred power source circuit can be switched without affecting the other preferred power source circuit.
2) When a switchyard circuit breaker is isolated under maintenance condition, there is no disruption of service to either preferred power sources circuit.

8.2.1.3 Offsite Power System Components and Circuits The offsite power system components consist of the MG, IPB, GCB, MT, two UATs, and two SATs. The MG is connected to the transmission network when the generator reaches rated speed and output voltage, and paralleling to the transmission network is accomplished automatically or manually by using the synchroscope and synchronizer. In the event that the MG is not in service, this system is used to supply power from the transmission network to the station auxiliaries.

The APR1400 design includes two offsite circuits to each independent safety train that is supplied directly from an offsite power source with no intervening non-safety buses, thereby permitting the offsite source to supply power to safety buses upon a failure or presence of transients on non-Class 1E electrical equipment. Discussion on the impact of faults or transients of non-Class 1E electrical equipment on the Class 1E loads is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.2.3. This design feature complies with GDC 17 and the staffs position in SECY-91-078 (Reference 29). The preferred power supply system has provisions to minimize the probability of losing electric power from any of the remaining supplies as a result of, or coincident with, the loss of power generated by the MG or loss of power from the onsite electric power sources. Two physically independent circuits connect the switchyard to the APR1400.

Each preferred power source has the capacity and capability to permit functioning of structures, systems, and components important to safety and all other auxiliary systems under normal, abnormal, and accident conditions. The normal preferred power circuit is connected to the high-voltage side of the MT. During power operation mode, the GCB is Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-4 closed and the MG is connected to the transmission system through the MT and also supplies power to the UATs. The alternate preferred power circuit is connected to the high-voltage side of the SATs. In case the power supply is unavailable from the UATs, the power supply is maintained because the onsite non-safety-related and safety-related bus connections are transferred automatically from the UATs to the SATs. This design feature satisfactorily addresses SECY-91-078. When the normal preferred power supply is restored, the transfer from the SATs to the UATs is accomplished manually. The UATs and SATs are three-winding transformers connected to the onsite non-safety-related and safety-related buses through their low-voltage side windings. Both non-safety-related and safety-related buses are normally supplied from the UATs.

The protection schemes including overcurrent, differential current, sudden pressure and ground fault protection for the MT, UATs, and SATs are provided in accordance with the recommendations in IEEE Std. 666(Reference 23). The protective relay list of the MT, UATs, and SATs is shown in Table 8.2-2.

The IPB is used to connect the MG to the GCB. The IPB provides the electrical connection among the GCB, the MT, and the two UATs. The MT is composed of three single-phase transformers that are connected to the two UATs through the IPB.

The GCB is used as a means of providing immediate access of the onsite ac power systems to the offsite power system by isolating the MG from the MT and the UATs and allowing backfeeding of offsite power to the onsite ac power system. The GCB is capable of interrupting normal load current and maximum fault current during transient and various fault conditions. The APR1400 is designed to follow the guidance in Appendix A of Standard Review Plan (SRP) Section 8.2 (Reference 6). After the MT is connected to the transmission network by closing the switchyard breakers with the GCB open, the UATs supply plant startup power to auxiliary and service loads of the APR1400. As part of the normal turbine-generator shutdown process, the GCB is opened to separate the MG from the switchyard when the MG output has been reduced to almost no-load condition. After the MG is disconnected from the switchyard by opening the GCB, the MT remains connected to the network system and backfeeds plant shutdown power to the APR1400 through the UATs during plant shutdown.

The APR1400 electric power system is provided with the open phase detection and protection (OPDP) system to detect, alarm in the MCR and RSR, and mitigate against open Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-5 phase conditions (OPCs) with and without a high-impedance ground fault during all plant operation.

In case OPCs with or without a high-impedance ground fault occur on the primary side of MT or SATs and safe shutdown capability is not assured due to the OPCs while the transformer(s) is(are) under loading condition, the Class 1E and non-Class 1E medium voltage (MV) switchgear buses are automatically separated from the degraded offsite power source after a time delay, and transferred to the alternate offsite power source or the onsite standby source as designed.

During all plant operation, OPDP system provides continuous monitoring of OPCs, and self-diagnostics of its system if practicable, for the surveillance functions to ensure that the OPDP system maintains the capability of providing the detection and protection for the OPCs. In order to prevent an unintended separation from the normal or alternate offsite power source by misoperation, maloperation, or spurious actuation of the OPDP system, the OPDP system is comprised of redundant detection subsystems or devices such that a failure in any one of the constituent system (or device) will not cause a spurious trip and offsite power supply to all safety-related equipment remains unaffected. This redundant detection feature of the OPDP system is made up of a voting logic scheme (e.g., 2-out-of-2, 2-out-of-3, or 2-out-of-4) of the constituent system (or device).

The OPDP system shall have sufficient capacity and capability to properly address and meet the requirements of B.1. and B.2. of Branch Technical Position (BTP) 8-9 (Reference 7).

The COL applicant is to determine the specific type of the OPDP system which properly address and meet the requirements of B.1. and B.2. of BTP 8-9, taking into account the site-specific design configuration, installation condition, (field) performance testing and qualification status, and operation experiences of the OPDP system. The COL applicant is also to provide the detailed design of the OPDP system selected for the APR1400 site.

The COL applicant is to perform a field simulation on the site-specific design of the offsite power system to ensure that the settings of the OPDP system are adequate and appropriate for the site (COL 8.2(8)).

The COL applicant is to describe how testing is performed on the offsite power system components and identify the potential effects that must be considered during testing Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-6 (COL 8.2(9)). The ratings of the MG, GCB, MT, UATs, SATs, and IPB are shown in Table 8.2-1.

8.2.1.4 Separation Between Preferred Power Supply I and Preferred Power Supply II The normal and alternate preferred power supplies are physically and electrically separated to minimize the chance of simultaneous failure. The two circuits of the offsite preferred power sources are designed in accordance with IEEE Std. 765(Reference 8) so that a failure of one offsite preferred power source does not affect the capacity and capability of the other offsite preferred power source. The preferred power supply I (normal preferred power supply) and preferred power supply II (alternate preferred power supply) are routed from the switchyard to their respective transformers.

The separation distances between the MT, UATs, SATs, and cables are as follows:

a.

The UATs are separated from each other and from the SATs and MT by a minimum distance of 15 m (50 ft) or by a 3-hour-rating fire barrier.

b. The IPB associated with the UATs is separated from the SATs by a minimum distance of 15 m (50 ft) or by a 3-hour-rating fire barrier.
c.

The cables that are routed from the SATs to the switchgears are separated from the UATs and MT by a minimum distance of 15 m (50 ft) or by a 3-hour-rating fire barrier.

Once the cables enter the plant, separation is maintained so that a single failure does not affect both of the preferred power circuits. Separation of preferred power supply I and preferred power supply II within the turbine generator building and the auxiliary building is maintained by dedicated cable trays.

The I&C cables that are affiliated with the preferred power supplies I and II are routed in dedicated metal raceways. The preferred power supply I and preferred power supply II I&C cables do not share raceways with any other cables.

The separation between I&C cables of the preferred power supplies I and II is the same as the separation between power cables of the preferred power supplies I and II.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-7 8.2.2 Analysis The offsite power system is designed to meet the following criteria.

8.2.2.1 Conformance with 10 CFR Part 50 10 CFR 50.63 - Loss of All Alternating Current Power A light-water-cooled nuclear power plant is required by 10 CFR 50.63 (Reference 9) to be able to withstand or cope with, and recover from, an SBO. Electrical systems that are necessary to support systems in an SBO have sufficient capability and capacity to provide reasonable assurance that core cooling and appropriate containment integrity are maintained.

The APR1400 design has minimal potential for common-cause failures between the AAC power source used for an SBO and the offsite power system. Electrical ties and physical arrangement between these systems are designed not to prevent the use of an AAC power source during loss of the offsite power system. Conformance with the requirements of 10 CFR 50.63 is described in Section 8.4.

Criterion 2 - Design Bases for Protection Against Natural Phenomena GDC 2 requires that structures, systems, and components (SSCs) important to safety of the offsite power system be capable of withstanding the effects of natural phenomena (excluding earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, and floods) without the loss of the capability to perform their intended functions.

The components of the offsite power system, determined to be risk-significant non-safety-related SSCs by the design reliability assurance program (RAP), are designed to withstand the effects of natural phenomena such as high and low atmospheric temperatures, high wind, rain, lightning discharges, ice and snow conditions, and weather events within the conditions given in Table 2.0-1. The lightning protection of the offsite power system is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.8. The offsite power system has two physically independent circuits with provisions to minimize the probability of simultaneous failure.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-8 Criterion 4 - Environmental and Dynamic Effects Design Bases GDC 4 requires that SSCs associated with the offsite power system be appropriately protected against dynamic effects, including the effects of missiles that can result from equipment failures during normal operation, maintenance, testing, and postulated accidents.

The offsite power system is designed to provide power to systems important to safety during normal, abnormal, accident, and post-accident conditions. The offsite power system supplies electric power required for the operation of systems important to safety even if/when they are subject to adverse dynamic effects. The offsite power system is designed to meet the requirements of IEEE Std. 765.

Criterion 5 - Sharing of Structures, Systems, and Components GDC 5 (Reference 3) is related to the sharing of SSCs. There are no shared SSCs because the APR1400 design is a single-unit plant. Therefore, this GDC is not applicable to the APR1400.

Criterion 17 - Electric Power Systems GDC 17 requires that offsite electric power be provided to facilitate the functioning of SSCs important to safety. The offsite power system has sufficient capacity and capability to permit functioning of SSCs important to safety. It also requires that two physically independent circuits from the offsite power system to the onsite power system be designed and located to minimize the likelihood of their simultaneous failure under operating, postulated accident, and postulated environmental conditions. The offsite power sources are fully independent from the onsite power sources and AAC power source.

Conformance with this requirement is described in Subsection 8.2.1.3.

The COL applicant is to provide the results of grid stability analyses to demonstrate that the offsite power system does not degrade the normal and alternate preferred power sources to a level where the preferred power sources do not have the capacity or capability to support the onsite Class 1E electrical distribution system in performing its intended safety function.

The stability analyses include the following contingencies (COL 8.2(7)):

a.

APR1400 turbine-generator trip

b. Loss of the largest unit supplying the grid Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-9

c.

Loss of the largest transmission circuit or inter-tie

d. Loss of the largest load on the grid The COL applicant is to provide the required number of immediate access circuits from the transmission network (COL 8.2(10)).

Criterion 18 - Inspection and Testing of Electric Power Systems GDC 18 is related to the inspection and testing of the offsite electric power system. It requires that electric power systems important to safety be designed to permit the appropriate periodic inspection and testing of important areas and features to assess the continuity of the system and the condition of their components: (1) the operability and functional performance of the components of systems, such as onsite power sources, relays, switches, and buses and (2) the operability of the systems as a whole and the full operational sequence that brings the systems into operation, including operation of the protection system, the transfer of power among the nuclear power unit, the offsite power systems, and the onsite power systems.

The offsite power system of the APR1400 has the capability to perform integral testing on a periodic basis. It includes appropriate and unobtrusive access for required periodic inspection and testing, enabling verification of important system parameters, performance characteristics, and features, and detection of degradation and/or impending failure under controlled conditions.

Criteria 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, and 44 GDC 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, and 44 (References 10 through 15, respectively) require that offsite power supplies including electrical distribution systems be available for reactor coolant makeup during small breaks, residual heat removal, emergency core cooling, containment atmosphere cleanup, and cooling water for SSCs important to safety during normal and accident conditions.

The necessary electric power is provided for all the facilitys operating modes, including transients and design basis accidents (DBAs), to meet these criteria. Conformance with these requirements is accomplished by meeting the requirements of GDC 17.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-10 8.2.2.2 Conformance with NRC Regulatory Guides NRC Regulatory Guide 1.32 NRC RG 1.32 (Reference 16) is related to the criteria for power systems for nuclear power plants.

The design, operation, and testing of offsite power system for the APR1400 meet the requirements of NRC RG 1.32.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.93 NRC RG 1.93 is related to the LCO (Limiting Conditions for Operation) for availability of electric power sources. The LCO for availability of electric power sources is addressed in Technical Specification 3.8.1, 3.8.4, 3.8.7, and 3.8.9.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.155 NRC RG 1.155 (Reference 17) is related to an SBO.

The APR1400 has an AAC power source of sufficient capacity, capability, and reliability for operation of all systems necessary for coping with an SBO. The offsite power sources are fully independent from the AAC power source. Conformance with NRC RG 1.155 is described in Section 8.4.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.160 NRC RG 1.160 (Reference 18) is related to monitoring the effectiveness of maintenance at nuclear power plants.

NRC RG 1.160 endorses Revision 4A of NUMARC 93-01 (Reference 19), which provides methods for complying with the provisions of 10 CFR 50.65 (Reference 20) with some provisions and clarifications. Conformance with NRC RG 1.160 is addressed in Section 1.9.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.204 NRC RG 1.204 (Reference 21) is related to the guidelines for lightning protection of nuclear power plants.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-11 The lightning protection of the APR1400 is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.8. The APR1400 is designed to meet the requirements related to the lightning protection of nuclear power plants in IEEE Std. 665(Reference 22), IEEE Std. 666, IEEE Std. 1050 (Reference 24), and IEEE Std. C62.23 (Reference 25).

8.2.2.3 Conformance with NUREG-0800 Standard Review Plan, Section 8.2, Appendix A The APR1400 has a GCB that is designed and tested in accordance with the SRP 8.2, Appendix A. The GCB is designed to perform its intended function during steady-state operation, power system transients, and major faults. The ratings and required characteristics of the GCB are the designated limits of operating characteristics based on definite conditions as defined in IEEE Std. C37.013 (Reference 28).

BTP 8-3 (Reference 27), Stability of Offsite Power Systems The COL applicant is to analyze the stability of the offsite power systems, as described in GDC 17 (COL 8.2(7)).

BTP 8-6, Adequacy of Station Electric Distribution System Voltages BTP 8-6 (Reference 26) is related to adverse effects on the Class 1E loads that are caused by sustained low grid voltage conditions when the Class 1E buses are connected to offsite power. The APR1400 provides a second level of undervoltage protection with time delays to protect the Class 1E equipment from sustained undervoltages. Conformance with BTP 8-6 is addressed in Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.11.

BTP 8-9, Open Phase Conditions in Electric Power System BTP 8-9 is related to detect, alarm, and protect against an open phase condition which occurs in the offsite electric power system. Conformance with BTP 8-9 is addressed in Subsection 8.2.1.3.

8.2.2.4 Conformance with 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) and 10 CFR 52.80(a) 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) requires that a design certification (DC) application contain the proposed inspections, tests, analyses, and acceptance criteria (ITAAC) that are necessary and sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that, if the inspections, tests, and analyses Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-12 are performed and the acceptance criteria met, than a plant that incorporates the APR1400 design certification has been constructed and will be operated in accordance with the design certification.

10 CFR 52.80(a) requires that a DC or a combined license (COL) application contain the proposed inspections, tests, and analyses, including those applicable to emergency planning, that the licensee will perform, and the acceptance criteria that are necessary and sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that, if the inspections, tests, and analyses are performed and the acceptance criteria met, the facility has been constructed and will be operated in conformity with the combined license.

The proposed ITAAC and those applicable to emergency planning are described in Subsection 14.3.2.6 and Section 13.3, respectively. Thus, the electrical design of the APR1400 conforms with 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) and 10 CFR 52.80(a).

8.2.3 Combined License Information COL 8.2(1)

The COL applicant is to identify the circuits from the transmission network to the onsite electrical distribution system that are supplied by two physically independent circuits.

COL 8.2(2)

The COL applicant is to provide information on the location of rights-of-way, transmission towers, voltage level, and length of each transmission line from the site to the first major substation that connects the line to the transmission network.

COL 8.2(3)

The COL applicant is to describe the switchyard voltage related to the transmission system provider/operator (TSP/TSO) and the formal agreement between the nuclear power plant and the TSP/TSO. The COL applicant is to describe the capability and the analysis tool of the TSP.

The COL applicant is also to describe the protocols for the plant to remain cognizant of grid vulnerabilities.

COL 8.2(4)

The COL applicant is to describe and provide layout drawings of the circuits connecting the onsite distribution system to the preferred power supply.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-13 COL 8.2(5)

The COL applicant is to describe the site-specific design for the switchyard equipment, including breaker arrangement, electrical schematics of breaker control system, protective devices and their settings, and auxiliary power supplies (ac and dc) for control and protection.

COL 8.2(6)

The COL applicant is to provide a high-impedance ground fault detection feature that actuates an alarm in the MCR and RSR upon detection of a high-impedance ground fault at the primary side of MT or SATs.

COL 8.2(7)

The COL applicant is to provide an FMEA of the switchyard components to assess the possibility of simultaneous failure of both circuits as a result of single events. In addition, the COL applicant is to provide the results of grid stability analyses to demonstrate that the offsite power system does not degrade the normal and alternate preferred power sources to a level where the preferred power sources do not have the capacity or capability to support the onsite Class 1E electrical distribution system in performing its intended safety function.

COL 8.2(8)

The COL applicant is to determine the specific type of the OPDP system which properly address and meet the requirements of B.1. and B.2. of BTP 8-9, taking into account the site-specific design configuration, installation condition, (field) performance testing and qualification status, and operation experiences of the OPDP system. The COL applicant is also to provide the detailed design of the OPDP system selected for the APR1400 site.

The COL applicant is to perform a field simulation on the site-specific design of the offsite power system to ensure that the settings of the OPDP system are adequate and appropriate for the site.

COL 8.2(9)

The COL applicant is to describe how testing is performed on the offsite power system components and identify the potential effects that must be considered during testing.

COL 8.2(10)

The COL applicant is to provide the required number of immediate access circuits from the transmission network.

8.2.4 References Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-14

1.

10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 2, Design Bases for Protection Against Natural Phenomena, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

2.

10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 4, Environmental and Dynamic Effects Design Bases, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

3.

10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 5, Sharing of Structures, Systems, and Components, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

4.

10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 17, Electric Power Systems, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

5.

10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 18, Inspection and Testing of Electric Power Systems, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

6.

NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, Section 8.2, Appendix A, Guidelines for Generator Circuit Breakers/Load Break Switches, Rev. 5, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, May 2010.

7.

NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, BTP 8-9, Open Phase Conditions in Electric Power System, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, July 2015.

8.

IEEE Std. 765-2006, IEEE Standard for Preferred Power Supply (PPS) for Nuclear Power Generating Stations (NPGS), Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2006.

9.

10 CFR 50.63, Loss of All Alternating Current Power, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

10. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 33, Reactor Coolant Makeup, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
11. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 34, Residual Heat Removal, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
12. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 35, Emergency Core Cooling, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-15

13. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 38, Containment Heat Removal, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
14. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 41, Containment Atmosphere Cleanup, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
15. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 44, Cooling Water, U.S.

Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

16. Regulatory Guide 1.32, Criteria for Power Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 3, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2004.
17. Regulatory Guide 1.155, Station Blackout, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, August 1988.
18. Regulatory Guide 1.160, Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 3, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, May 2012.
19. NUMARC 93-01, Industry Guideline for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 4A, Nuclear Energy Institute, 2011.
20. 10 CFR 50.65, Requirements for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
21. Regulatory Guide 1.204, Guidelines for Lightning Protection of Nuclear Power Plants, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, November 2005.
22. IEEE Std. 665-1995, IEEE Standard for Generating Station Grounding, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1995.
23. IEEE Std. 666-1991, IEEE Design Guide for Electric Power Service Systems for Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1991.
24. IEEE Std. 1050-1996, IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1996.
25. IEEE Std. C62.23-1995, IEEE Application Guide for Surge Protection of Electric Generating Plants, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1995.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-16

26. NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, BTP 8-6, Adequacy of Station Electric Distribution System Voltages, Rev. 3, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2007.
27. NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, BTP 8-3, Stability of Offsite Power Systems, Rev. 3, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2007.
28. IEEE Std. C37.013, IEEE Standard for AC High-Voltage Generator Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1997.
29. SECY-91-078, Chapter 11 of the Electric Power Research Institutes (EPRIs)

Requirements Document and Additional Evolutionary Light Water Reactor (LWR)

Certification Issues, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 25, 1991.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-17 Table 8.2-1 (1 of 2)

Ratings of Main Components Equipment Rating Main generator

  • Maximum MVA: 1,690 MVA
  • Voltage: 24 kV, 3 phase, 60 Hz Generator circuit breaker
  • Rated maximum voltage: 25.2 kV, rms Minimum continuous current: 43 kA, rms (60 Hz and 40 °C [104 °F])
  • Three-single phase with two windings, Y/ (High/Low voltage side)
  • Transformer size: 1,670/1,870 MVA (OFAF 55 °C [131 °F]/65 °C [149 °F])
  • Rated frequency: 60 Hz
  • Rated voltage of low-voltage side: 24 kV
  • Rated voltage of high-voltage side: site-specific Unit auxiliary transformers (UAT 1 and UAT 2)

For each UAT

  • Continuous MVA ratings (H-Winding) 71.0/94.7 MVA (ONAN/ONAF, 55 °C [131 °F])

79.6/106.0 MVA (ONAN/ONAF, 65 °C [149 °F])

  • Rated frequency: 60 Hz
  • Nominal system voltage (line-to-line)

High voltage (H-Winding): 24 kV Low voltage (X-Winding): 14.49 kV Low voltage (Y-Winding): 4.37 kV Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-18 Table 8.2-1 (2 of 2)

Equipment Rating Standby auxiliary transformers (SAT 1 and SAT 2)

For each SAT

  • Continuous MVA ratings (H-Winding) 67.0/89.4 MVA (ONAN/ONAF, 55 °C [131 °F])

75.1/100.0 MVA (ONAN/ONAF, 65 °C [149 °F])

  • Rated frequency: 60 Hz
  • Nominal system voltage (line-to-line)

High voltage (H-Winding): site-specific Low voltage (X-Winding): 13.8 kV Low voltage (Y-Winding): 4.16 kV Isolated phase bus

  • Number of phase: 3
  • Rated frequency: 60 Hz
  • Insulation level: 125 kV
  • Continuous current of main generator bus: 43,000 A Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-19 Table 8.2-2 Protective Relay List of the MT, UATs, and SATs Application Relay Device No. (1)

Description Remark MT 687MT MT differential relay Protection and alarm MT 687GMT MT ground differential relay Protection and alarm MT 650/651GN MT neutral ground overcurrent relay Alarm and supervision of out-of-step relay MT 359GB Isolated phase bus ground fault relay Protection and alarm MT 650B Sudden pressure relay blocking relay Alarm and supervision of 663MT MT 663MT MT sudden pressure relay Protection and alarm MT 687U Unit overall differential relay Protection and alarm MT Thermal overload protection (2)

Protection and alarm UAT 151GN UAT neutral ground overcurrent relay Protection and alarm UAT 251GN UAT neutral ground overcurrent relay Protection and alarm UAT 387AT UAT differential relay Protection and alarm UAT 350/351 UAT overcurrent relay Protection and alarm UAT 363AT UAT sudden pressure relay Protection and alarm UAT Thermal overload protection (2)

Protection and alarm SAT 151GN SAT neutral ground overcurrent relay Protection and alarm SAT 251GN SAT neutral ground overcurrent relay Protection and alarm SAT 451GN SAT neutral ground overcurrent relay with instantaneous element Alarm only SAT 450/451 SAT overcurrent relay with instantaneous element Protection and alarm SAT 487ST SAT differential relay Protection and alarm SAT 487GT SAT ground differential relay Protection and alarm SAT 463ST SAT sudden pressure relay Protection and alarm SAT Thermal overload protection (2)

Protection and alarm (1)

Relay device prefix codes represent the voltage levels as follows :

1 : 4.16 kV 2 : 13.8 kV 3 : 24 kV 4 : High voltage side of SAT 6 : High voltage side of MT (2)

The thermal overload protection function is included as part of supplier furnished provisions.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.2-20 CABLE TRAY TUNNEL ISOLATED PHASE BUS UAT UAT MT MT MT SAT SAT CABLES FOR PPS1 CABLES FOR PPS2 3 HOUR BARRIER NON-CLASS 1E SWITCHGEAR RM PERMANENT NON-SAFETY SWITCHGEAR 01N RM CLASS 1E SWITCHGEAR 01D RM CLASS 1E SWITCHGEAR 01B RM CLASS 1E SWITCHGEAR 01A RM CLASS 1E SWITCHGEAR 01C RM PERMANENT NON-SAFETY SWITCHGEAR 01M RM NON-CLASS 1E SWITCHGEAR 01M RM NON-CLASS 1E SWITCHGEAR 01N RM TURBINE GENERATOR BUILDING AUXILIARY BUILDING EDG BUILDING COMPOUND BUILDING REACTOR CONTAINMENT BUILDING Figure 8.2-1 Layout Drawing Showing MT, UAT, SAT, MV Buses Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-1 8.3 Onsite Power Systems 8.3.1 AC Power Systems 8.3.1.1 Description The onsite ac power system includes standby power sources, distribution systems, and auxiliary supporting systems that are provided to supply power to safety-related equipment or equipment important to safety for all normal operating and accident conditions. There are four Class 1E emergency diesel generators (EDGs) and one non-Class 1E gas turbine generator (GTG). The alternate alternating current (AAC) source is used as a standby power source for the onsite ac power system. The four Class 1E EDGs provide backup power to the Class 1E 4.16 kV buses in the event of a loss of offsite power (LOOP). One Class 1E EDG is dedicated to the respective Class 1E 4.16 kV bus. The non-Class 1E AAC GTG provides backup power to the permanent non-safety (PNS) buses during a LOOP and the dedicated Class 1E 4.16 kV bus during a station blackout (SBO).

The Class 1E ac power system is supplied power from one 4.16 kV mobile generator or one of two 480V mobile GTGs in case of a beyond-design-basis external event. The 4.16 kV mobile generator is connected to the 4.16 kV switchgear 1A (or 1B), and the 480V mobile GTG is connected to 480V load center 1A (or 1B). The watertight connection boxes are installed for the cable connection from the 4.16 kV mobile generator or 480V mobile GTGs to the respective Class 1E bus. The connection boxes are installed in the entry and exit of the auxiliary building where the connection boxes are readily accessible to the 4.16 kV mobile generator and the 480V mobile GTGs. The COL applicant is to provide and to design the 4.16 kV mobile generator and the 480V mobile GTGs and their support equipment (COL 8.3(1)). In addition, Class 1E switchgear rooms are also designed with watertight exterior barriers and doors to prevent the inflow of floodwater.

The mitigation strategies for beyond-design-basis external events, which involve operation of the mobile generators, are described in Section 19.3 of Chapter 19.

The onsite power system consists of the Class 1E power system and the non-Class 1E power system. The onsite power system is normally powered from two unit auxiliary transformers (UATs). If the normal preferred power source from UATs is unavailable, all Class 1E and non-Class 1E buses are automatically transferred to the alternate preferred power source from standby auxiliary transformers (SATs) by the fast and residual transfer scheme. For the automatic fast transfer, the synchro-check relay for each bus is used to Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-2 supervise the voltage difference between the switchgear bus and upstream of the alternate feed incoming breaker and to provide a permissive for closing of the alternate feed incoming breaker to preclude unintended bus transfer. In case the fast transfer is not successful, residual transfer is performed automatically. The fast and residual transfer on each bus are permitted only when the alternate preferred power source from the SATs is available and the protection relay for the bus is not tripped.

The onsite ac power system consists of the 13.8 kV and 4.16 kV switchgears, 480V load centers, and 480V motor control centers (MCCs). The configuration of the onsite ac power system and offsite power system is shown in Figure 8.1-1.

8.3.1.1.1 Non-Class 1E Onsite AC Power System There are two 3-winding UATs and two 3-winding SATs in the APR1400, and each transformer provides 13.8 kV and 4.16 kV power. During normal plant operation, two non-Class 1E 13.8 kV switchgears, one non-Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear, and one PNS 4.16 kV switchgear are powered from a UAT in each division. One non-Class 1E AAC 4.16 kV switchgear can be aligned to either of PNS 4.16 kV switchgears.

The AAC GTG is automatically started by a starting signal from an undervoltage relay and supplies power to two PNS buses (division I and division II) manually during a LOOP.

The loads that are not safety-related, but require operation during a LOOP, are connected to these buses manually. The AAC source is provided with diverse starting mechanisms compared to the Class 1E EDG. The AAC source is selected to minimize common-mode failures with the Class 1E EDG. The AAC source rating is adequate to meet the load requirements shown in Tables 8.3.1-4 and 8.3.1-5 during an SBO and a LOOP conditions.

Two independent circuit breakers (referred to as double incoming circuit breakers),

connected in series, are used as a set of incoming breakers for all non-Class 1E 13.8 kV and 4.16 kV switchgear incomers, thereby significantly reducing the probability of failure of the non-Class 1E incoming breakers in case of bus fault. Of the two independent circuit breakers, only one breaker is used for switching operation and protection and the other only for protection as shown in Figure 8.3.1-1.

The double incoming circuit breakers to the non-Class 1E 13.8 kV and 4.16 kV buses are provided with undervoltage and timed overcurrent protections. The feeders on 13.8 kV and 4.16 kV buses are provided with instantaneous and timed overcurrent protection.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-3 Load center transformers are connected to 13.8 kV or 4.16 kV switchgears and provide power to 480V load center buses. The non-Class 1E MCC buses are connected to the non-Class 1E load center buses.

8.3.1.1.1.1 13.8 kV Onsite AC Power System The 13.8 kV onsite ac power system consists of four non-Class 1E switchgears and supplies power to large motors such as the reactor coolant pump motors, condensate pump motors, feedwater booster pump motors, circulating water pump motors, startup feedwater pump motor, and associated 480V load centers.

Preliminary fault studies under bounding conditions are performed using IEEE Std. 141(Reference 1) to determine the fault levels.

The protective relaying for the 13.8 kV switchgear feeders and buses is classified as follows:

a.

Protection of large motors and transformers

b. Protection of buses and feeders The protective schemes are designed to isolate the faulted equipment from the rest of the system, minimize the effect of the fault, and maximize availability of the remaining equipment. The scheme limits the damage and the time out of service of the faulted equipment. The basic protective schemes consist of ground fault protection and instantaneous overcurrent and timed overcurrent protection. Other forms of protection, such as undervoltage and differential protections, are provided where applicable.

The non-Class 1E 13.8 kV switchgear buses and breaker ratings are listed in Table 8.3.1-6.

8.3.1.1.1.2 4.16 kV Onsite AC Power System The 4.16 kV onsite ac power system consists of two non-Class 1E switchgears, two PNS switchgears, and one non-Class 1E switchgear with the non-Class 1E AAC source. The two non-Class 1E switchgears supply power to the closed cooling water pump in the turbine building and 480V load centers. The PNS switchgear supplies power to the central chiller, central chilled water pump, and 480V load centers, which are required to operate in a LOOP condition.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-4 Preliminary fault studies under bounding conditions are performed using IEEE Std. 141 to determine the fault levels.

The protective relaying for the 4.16 kV switchgear feeders and buses is classified into three protection configurations as follows:

a.

Protection of the motors and transformers

b. Protection of the gas turbine generator (AAC source)
c.

Protection of the buses and feeders The protective schemes are designed to isolate the faulted equipment from the rest of the system, minimize the effect of the fault, and maximize availability of the remaining equipment. The schemes also limit the damage and the time out of service of the faulted equipment. The basic protective schemes consist of ground fault protection, instantaneous overcurrent, and timed overcurrent protection. Other forms of protection, such as undervoltage, are provided where applicable.

The non-Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear and breaker ratings are as shown in Table 8.3.1-6.

8.3.1.1.1.3 480V Onsite AC Power System The 480V onsite ac power system is energized by the 13.8 kV and 4.16 kV switchgears through 13.8 kV/480V and 4.16 kV/480V transformers. The transformer secondary side is connected to a 480V load center bus through a 480V load center incoming breaker. The 480V load center breakers are three-pole, metal-enclosed, draw-out, and stored-energy operating mechanism type. These load centers are distributed throughout the plant and are located indoors. The load center and transformer ratings are shown in Table 8.3.1-6.

Loads of the load centers are large low-voltage motors, large heaters, and 480V MCCs.

The 480V load center main and feeder breakers are selectively coordinated so that the breaker closest to a fault trips. The breaker interrupting rating is selected to meet the required fault duty. The main breakers are equipped with overcurrent trip devices having long-time and short-time delay functions and the feeder breakers are equipped with overcurrent trip devices having long-timed and instantaneous functions.

Non-Class 1E MCCs are located indoors in various areas of the plant. Each MCC is totally enclosed and the MCC ratings are shown in Table 8.3.1-6.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-5 8.3.1.1.2 Class 1E Onsite AC Power System The Class 1E onsite ac power system consists of two redundant load groups (division I and division II). Each load group has two EDGs. The Class 1E onsite ac power system consists of 4.16 kV switchgears, 480V load centers, 480V MCCs, and miscellaneous low-voltage ac supplies.

The Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgears are connected to offsite power sources through the UAT and SAT. Each Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear is also powered by an EDG during a LOOP condition. The dedicated Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear (train A or train B) has access to the non-Class 1E AAC source for an SBO event. Each 4.16 kV bus supplies power to the motor loads and 4.16 kV/480V load center transformers.

The Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgears are located in the auxiliary building. Each switchgear is arranged as an independent distribution system, located in separate fire zones in a seismic Category I room. The switchgear is a metal-clad, three-phase lineup with draw-out, stored-energy operating mechanism type circuit breakers. Each switchgear is provided with potential transformers, relays, and current transformers. The switchgear ratings are shown in Table 8.3.1-6.

Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgears A and B supply power to the non-Class 1E load of the pressurizer heaters back-up group in their division as required by the Three Mile Island (TMI) Action Item Plan in NUREG-0737, Item II.E.3.1 (Reference 2). These non-Class 1E loads are connected to the Class 1E buses by Class 1E circuit breakers, which serve as isolation devices.

The 480V Class 1E load centers and MCCs are located indoors in seismic Category I buildings. Each load center and MCC is provided with potential transformers, relays, and current transformers. The Class 1E load center transformer rating is shown in Table 8.3.1-

6.

Load center transformers connected to the Class 1E 4.16 kV buses provide power to Class 1E 480V load center buses. The Class 1E 480V MCC buses are connected to the Class 1E load center buses.

The load center (LC02) located at the train B area of auxiliary building is used as a swing bus for the auxiliary charging pump. LC02 is connected to the train A load center (LC01A) during normal operation. In case of a loss of power from LC01A, LC02 is manually Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-6 transferred to the train B load center (LC01B) through a dummy breaker. The auxiliary charging pump is manually controlled by the train A or train B hand switches in the main control room (MCR) and remote shutdown room (RSR).

8.3.1.1.2.1 System Redundancy The onsite ac power system has the required redundancy of safety-related components and systems assuming a single failure. The Class 1E onsite ac power system consists of two redundant load groups (division I and division II), with four independent trains (A, B, C, and D), as shown in Figure 8.3.1-1. One of the two divisions (trains A and C or trains B and D), including associated Class 1E EDGs and electrical distribution systems, is required to supply the loads for safe shutdown during a LOCA concurrent with a LOOP.

Safety-related loads within a division are distributed between its two safety trains. Power for instrumentation and control (I&C) devices for Class 1E loads is supplied from the same safety train that supplies power to their loads, and 120 V power for Class 1E I&C devices is supplied through the inverter of the same safety train as described in Subsection 8.3.2.1.2.2.

The configuration of the onsite ac power distribution system, including busing arrangements, loads supplied from each medium-voltage bus, safety-related equipment identification, and power connections to the I&C devices of the power systems is shown in a simplified electric power system single-line diagram in Figure 8.1-1. Switchgear locations are shown in Figure 8.2-1.

8.3.1.1.2.2 Single Failure Criteria The Class 1E power system has sufficient capability to perform its safety function assuming a single failure. The independent trains of the Class 1E power system are provided with the required electrical and physical separation between trains to meet the single failure criterion. If one-out-of-two divisions is not available assuming a single failure, the other division (trains A and C or trains B and D) is capable of performing a safe shutdown of the plant. The capability to perform the safety function assuming postulated accidents (including a single failure) is verified as a failure modes and effects analysis (FMEA) for the onsite ac power system. The FMEA is presented in Table 8.3.1-7.

Each independent electrical train distribution system consisting of Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear, 480V load center, and MCC are physically separated and located in separate rooms within the seismic Category I auxiliary building. The structures of the auxiliary building are designed to withstand the effects of natural phenomena such as hurricanes, Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-7 floods, tornadoes, tsunami, and earthquakes without a failure to perform their safety functions.

There are no bus tie connections among the four Class 1E trains or between Class 1E and non-Class 1E system buses, except that an AAC switchgear bus for an SBO and swing bus for the auxiliary charging pump are manually connected to the Class 1E system buses. No automatic connection is provided among the Class 1E buses and between non-Class 1E loads and Class 1E buses. The Class 1E EDGs are not shared with any common bus.

The criteria and bases governing the installation of electrical cables for redundant power systems are described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.10.

The onsite power system is designed to conform with the single failure criterion requirements in accordance with IEEE Std. 603(Reference 3) and NRC RG 1.153 (Reference 4).

8.3.1.1.2.3 System Independence There are two physically independent offsite preferred power supply circuits connected to each Class 1E 4.16 kV bus: the normal preferred power supply connection through the UAT and the alternate preferred power supply connection through the SAT. Separation between the normal and alternate preferred power supply within the plant boundary is described in Subsection 8.2.1.4. Although the preferred power supply circuits are non-safety-related, the Class 1E bus incoming circuit breakers serve as isolation devices in accordance with IEEE Std. 384(Reference 5) as endorsed by NRC RGs 1.32 and 1.75 (References 6 and 7, respectively).

The onsite power system is designed with the physical and electrical independence from an offsite power system so that single failure does not prevent separation of the redundant portions of the onsite power system from the offsite power system. If power from the normal preferred power source is lost, the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus initiates an automatic fast transfer and residual transfer to the alternate preferred power source. If the fast transfer and residual transfer fail, the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus is automatically isolated from the preferred power sources and connected to its dedicated Class 1E EDG by the load sequencer.

The four independent Class 1E buses of the onsite power system and the connection between the onsite and offsite power systems are provided with physical separation and electrical isolation. The arrangement is shown in Figure 8.3.1-1.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-8 Following a LOOP, the associated Class 1E EDGs are started and the safety buses are isolated from offsite sources and fed solely from the associated EDG. The four load sequencers (one for each Class 1E bus) used for bus load shedding and load sequencing are independent from one another. The Class 1E 4.16 kV bus degraded voltage relay scheme is designed to meet the requirements of Branch Technical Position (BTP) 8-6 (Reference 8).

The protective relay scheme is described in detail in Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.11.

Non-Class 1E loads are connected to the Class 1E bus by Class 1E isolation devices. The isolation devices meet Regulatory Position (1) of NRC RG 1.75. Periodic testing of the isolation devices (e.g., visual inspection of fuses and fuse holders, circuit breaker operability tests, etc.) is performed during every refueling outage to demonstrate that the overall coordination scheme under multiple faults of non-safety-related loads remains within the limits specified in the design criteria. Pressurizer heater backup groups are provided power from the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus in accordance with 10 CFR 50.34 (Reference 9). Emergency ac lighting is powered from the Class 1E 480V MCC buses.

Emergency lighting is described in Subsection 9.5.3.

The Class 1E and non-Class 1E onsite power system is designed such that the Class 1E loads will not fail upon a failure or presence of transients on non-Class 1E electrical equipment. In the event of a fault on non-Class 1E buses, the faulted bus is securely isolated by protective devices while the other Class 1E and non-Class 1E buses remain connected to the offsite power source by proper coordination of protective devices. In case of a fault at UAT or SAT winding or its connection to the Class 1E and non-Class 1E buses, the faulted non-Class 1E equipment or circuit is properly isolated by protective devices and the power supply to Class 1E buses is automatically transferred to the SATs or EDGs. The operational occurrences and incidental conditions of the non-Class 1E power system, such as voltage regulation, large motor starting, re-acceleration of motors during bus transfer, and short circuit conditions, are evaluated by the electrical power system studies as described in Subsection 8.3.1.3 to demonstrate that the Class 1E onsite ac power system retains its intended function during the operational and incidental conditions caused or affected by the non-Class 1E offsite and onsite power systems. This design feature properly satisfies GDC 17 and the staff position in SECY-91-078 (Reference 68).

The physical separation between the redundant equipment, including cables and raceways, is designed in accordance with IEEE Std. 384 as endorsed by NRC RG 1.75. The design criteria for the cable designs are described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.10. The identification of Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-9 onsite power system components, including cables and raceways, is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.10.

8.3.1.1.2.4 System Capacity and Capability The Class 1E onsite power system has four independent trains. Each train is connected to one EDG. The selected two EDGs (trains A and C or trains B and D) are sufficient to meet the emergency load requirements for a safe shutdown during a LOOP concurrent with LOCA conditions.

The Class 1E EDG rating shown in Tables 8.3.1-2 and 8.3.1-3 is based on the characteristics of each load and the combined bus load demand connected to each diesel generator during the worst-case operating condition. Trains A and B EDGs are rated at 9,100 kW continuous rating and 10,010 kW short-time rating (2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />), and trains C and D EDGs are rated at 7,500 kW continuous rating and 8,250 kW short-time rating.

Each EDG is designed to attain a rated voltage and frequency within 17 seconds after receipt of a start signal, supply power to its Class 1E 4.16 kV bus within 19 seconds, and begin to accept sequenced loads to meet the response times assumed in Chapter 15 analyses.

The loading sequence and bases are shown in Tables 8.3.1-2 and 8.3.1-3.

The characteristics of the generator exciter and voltage regulator provide satisfactory starting and acceleration of sequenced loads and provide reasonable assurance of rapid voltage recovery when starting large motors. The ratings of the switchgear, load center, and MCC shown in Table 8.3.1-6 indicate sufficient capacity to supply power to the safety equipment during all operating modes.

8.3.1.1.3 Class 1E Emergency Diesel Generators Each EDG train and its associated auxiliaries are installed in a separate room within physically separate seismic Category I structures that provide protection against tornadoes, hurricanes, external missiles, and seismic phenomena and are electrically isolated from the circuits of other EDGs trains and non-Class 1E circuits. Each EDG room is a separate fire area with 3-hour fire-rated walls, floors, and ceilings. Each EDG room is provided with its own independent ventilation system that automatically maintains the design room temperature for proper equipment operation and personnel access. The EDG room HVAC system and other EDG support auxiliaries are powered from the same electrical train as the EDG.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-10 The EDG controls and monitoring instrumentation, with exception of the sensors and other equipment that are necessarily mounted on the EDG or its associated piping, are installed in free-standing, floor-mounted panels. These panels are designed for their normal vibration environment and are qualified to seismic Category I requirements.

The EDG units have the minimum target reliability factor of 0.95 in accordance with NRC RG 1.9 (Reference 10) and NRC RG 1.155 (Reference 11).

The COL applicant is to establish procedures to monitor and maintain EDG reliability during plant operations to verify the selected reliability level target is being achieved as intended in NRC RG 1.155 (COL 8.3(3)).

The EDG system provides the requirements with respect to the bypassed and inoperable status indication as described in Subsection 7.5.1.3.

8.3.1.1.3.1 Starting Initiating Circuits The EDGs are started in the event of the following occurrences:

a.

Automatic (through load sequencer logic shown in Figure 7.3-21)

1) Initiation of an engineered safety features (ESF) actuation signal:

a) Safety injection actuation signal (SIAS) b) Auxiliary feedwater actuation signal (AFAS) c) Containment spray actuation signal (CSAS)

2) Initiation of a two-out-of-four loss of voltage or degraded voltage signal from the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus to which the EDG is connected
b. Normal manual Local switch actuation in EDG control room
c.

Emergency manual Emergency manual actuation is accomplished by the emergency start and stop pushbuttons in the MCR and RSR.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-11 8.3.1.1.3.2 EDG Support Systems The EDG support systems consist of EDG fuel oil system, EDG engine cooling system, EDG starting air system, EDG lubrication system, air intake and exhaust system, and HVAC system. The following DCD Tier 2 sections provide a description of the associated EDG support system: The EDG fuel oil system is described in Subsection 9.5.4. The EDG engine cooling system is described in Subsection 9.5.5. The EDG starting air system is described in Subsection 9.5.6. The EDG lubrication system is described in Subsection 9.5.7. The air intake and exhaust system is described in Subsection 9.5.8.

The HVAC system is described in Subsection 9.4.5.

8.3.1.1.3.3 Tripping Devices The following mechanical trips are provided to protect the EDGs during testing:

a.

High temperature - in the high temperature cooling water loop

b. Low temperature - in the high or low temperature cooling water loop
c.

High pressure - in the crankcase

d. Low pressure - in the lubrication system
e.

High temperature - in the lubrication system

f.

Low level - in the lubrication system

g. Low level - in the fuel oil day-tank
h. High temperature - at the diesel engine or generator bearings
i.

High temperature - at the diesel generator winding

j.

Governor failure These mechanical trips are bypassed in the event of an engineered safety features (ESF) actuation condition concurrent with a LOOP. The design of the bypass circuitry meets the requirements of IEEE Std. 603 and NRC RG 1.9.

The following electrical trips are provided to protect the EDGs during testing:

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-12

a.

Generator overcurrent protection

b. Generator overvoltage or undervoltage protection
c.

Generator negative sequence current protection

d. Generator underfrequency protection
e.

Excitation fault protection

f.

Generator loss-of-field protection

g. Generator reverse power protection
h. Generator ground fault protection
i.

Generator voltage controlled overcurrent protection All signals of the protective relay trip, except the trip signals listed below, are bypassed during the operation of the Class 1E EDG in a LOCA condition.

a.

Engine overspeed

b. Generator differential current
c.

Manual emergency trip

d. Diesel engine stop lever The operating condition of each Class 1E EDG is monitored in the MCR and RSR. The following alarms from the following relays are provided in the MCR and RSR:
a.

Differential/overspeed/emergency stop

b. Reverse power
c.

Loss of field

d. Overcurrent with voltage restraint
e.

Ground overvoltage Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-13

f.

Phase (negative phase sequence) unbalance

g. Diesel generator fail to start
h. Running unloaded
i.

Cranking

j.

Subsystem trouble (ac generator, fuel oil system, lube oil system, cooling water system, starting system, excitation loss, and miscellaneous).

8.3.1.1.3.4 Interlocks Each Class 1E 4.16 kV bus can be powered by either of the two offsite power sources or the Class 1E EDG of each train. In addition, each of train A and train B Class 1E 4.16 kV bus can also be powered by non-Class 1E AAC GTG or 4.16 kV mobile generator.

a.

The interlock circuits of incoming breakers prevent parallel operation between normal and alternate preferred power supplies during manual transfer between UAT and SAT.

b. The EDG is permitted to operate in parallel with an offsite power source after synchronizing both sources during periodic testing.
c.

The incoming circuit breakers are manually closed after synchronizing the offsite power sources with the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus when the preferred power supply is restored from a LOOP or an SBO event.

d. The electrical interlocks of the circuit breaker are provided to prevent the automatic closing of an EDG breaker onto an energized or faulted bus.

8.3.1.1.3.5 Permissive The EDG operational mode selection is provided at the EDG local control panel through a LOCAL/REMOTE selector switch and a NORMAL/MAINTENANCE selector switch.

Emergency start and emergency trip functions are not blocked by LOCAL mode selection.

Selection of the NORMAL mode also enables the selection of REMOTE/LOCAL mode switch. Selection of the MAINTENANCE mode blocks all automatic or manual Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-14 start functions. All automatic or manual start functions are restored after switching to NORMAL mode.

8.3.1.1.3.6 Load Shedding and Sequencing Circuits Shedding of all loads at the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus, except for the 4.16 kV/480V load center transformers, occurs whenever a sustained bus degraded voltage or loss of voltage condition is detected by the undervoltage relays. Separate sets of undervoltage relays are provided for each function.

A loss of voltage is detected by four time-delay undervoltage relays. Degraded voltage is detected by four time-delay undervoltage relays whose setting is higher than the setpoint value of the undervoltage relay for loss of voltage and lower than the required minimum operating voltage of the equipment. These relays consist of a two-out-of-four coincidence logic and a detection signal is provided to the engineered safety features-component control system (ESF-CCS) when two or more relays are operated. After the EDG attains the rated speed and voltage, circuit breakers for ESF loads are closed sequentially.

The EDGs are started on an ESF actuation signal (SIAS, AFAS, CSAS) and ready for operation within 17 seconds. However, the EDG is not connected to the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus when preferred power is available. The Class 1E loads are powered sequentially from the preferred power source in a predetermined order. The EDG is manually stopped after 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> when preferred power is continuously available.

Following an ESF actuation signal and an undervoltage relay operation signal, the Class 1E bus is separated from the offsite source and the Class 1E EDG is connected after it achieves a rated voltage and frequency. The Class 1E EDG load sequencer automatically sequences the required loads on the Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear listed in Tables 8.3.1-2 and 8.3.1-3, as described in Subsection 7.3.1.8. The required safety-related loads are connected to the bus in the preselected interval time. A time interval is provided between motor starts to allow motor terminal voltage to sustain a minimum 75 percent of the motor rated voltage in accordance with requirements of NRC RG 1.9 and the quick-response excitation system and voltage regulation system are applied to restore voltage before loading the next step loads. The generator voltage and frequency variations between sequencing steps are in compliance with the intent of NRC RG 1.9.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-15 8.3.1.1.3.7 Testability The following preoperational onsite acceptance tests and periodic tests are conducted on each EDG and its associated auxiliary systems:

a.

Preoperational testing These preoperational tests conform with the provisions of NRC RG 1.9 and IEEE Std. 387(Reference 12) regarding tests to be performed on EDGs. In addition, this test includes a minimum of 25 valid start and load tests without failure on each EDG to demonstrate required reliability.

b. Periodic testing Periodic testing of the EDG meets the requirements of NRC RG 1.9, IEEE Std. 387, and GL 84-15 (Reference 13). Periodic testing of each EDG demonstrates capability of load sequencing during an interval of not less than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />. Testing is performed by manually synchronizing the EDG with the offsite power system. This synchronization is supervised by a synchronism check relay.

In case the preferred power sources are lost while paralleled to the EDG during testing, the diesel generator circuit breaker is tripped automatically by electrical protective devices such as an overcurrent relay. Upon detection of undervoltage on the Class 1E 4.16 kV buses, load shedding and sequencing are initiated.

8.3.1.1.3.8 Electric Generator and Subsystems The electric generator is a horizontal open drip-proof type air-cooled AC synchronous generator. The generator subsystems include the exciter and voltage regulator.

The excitation system is an external DG shaft-driven static exciter that controls the field current of generator, thereby controlling the output of the generator. The exciter is designed to operate in conjunction with the voltage regulator and include provisions to permit local manual adjustment of generator output voltage if the regulator is out of service.

The voltage regulator system is provided to adjust the DG output voltage and manual adjustment of the setpoint. The regulator type is typically static solid-state type. The Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-16 electric generator, excitation and voltage regulator systems are Class 1E and seismic Category I.

8.3.1.1.3.9 Instrumentation and Control Systems Controls are provided in the MCR and RSR for each EDG for the following operations:

a.

Manual synchronization

b. Manual speed, load, and voltage adjustment
c.

Emergency start and stop pushbuttons A local control panel is provided at the EDG room for the following operations:

a.

Normal or maintenance selection

b. Remote or local selection
c.

Automatic or manual selection

d. Manual or automatic voltage regulation
e.

Manual start and stop

f.

Manual emergency stop

g. Reset (normal/emergency stop)
h. Manual voltage adjustment
i.

Manual speed adjustment

j.

Auxiliary equipment control switches The dc power source for the EDG I&C system is a part of the same load group as the respective EDG and is described in Subsection 8.3.2.

The status of each Class 1E 4.16 kV breaker position is indicated in the MCR and RSR and at the circuit breaker cubicle. The analog instrumentation for the EDG provides the following indicators in the MCR and RSR:

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-17

a.

Output voltage

b. Output frequency
c.

Output ampere

d. Output watts
e.

Output vars

f.

Power factor Each emergency diesel generator set is equipped with one diagnostic monitoring and display system (DMDS).

The DMDS is designed to ensure the maximum availability and reliability of the diesel generator set. The main functions of the DMDS are as follows:

a.

Monitoring and recording the DG system alarms

b. Validation of start configuration
c.

Starting sequence: monitoring and failure identification

d. Diesel generator operating assistance, including CRT based emergency and normal procedures
e.

Identification of the causes for diesel generator malfunction causes identification

f.

Support diesel generator engine predictive maintenance The DMDS equipment for each diesel generator set is located in the local EDG control room.

8.3.1.1.3.10 Prototype Qualification Program The qualification program of Class 1E equipment is in accordance with IEEE Std. 323(Reference 14), IEEE Std. 344(Reference 15), and the applicable equipment standards.

The environmental qualifications of mechanical and electrical equipment are described in Section 3.11.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-18 8.3.1.1.3.11 Protective Relaying System The basic criterion for the protective relaying system in accordance with IEEE Std. 242(Reference 16) is that it promptly initiates, with precision and reliability, the operation of isolation devices that serve to remove from service any element of the onsite power system when that element is subjected to an abnormal condition that may prove detrimental to the effective operation or integrity of the unit.

Protective devices for the Class 1E ac power system are designed with the same as non-Class 1E ac power system described in Subsections 8.3.1.1.1.1, 8.3.1.1.1.2, and 8.3.1.1.1.3.

Protective device coordination studies are performed in accordance with IEEE Std. 141 and IEEE Std. 242 to verify that breakers closest to a fault open before upstream breakers.

The protective relaying system for the Class 1E ac distribution system, dc distribution system, I&C system, electrical penetrations in the reactor containment building, and motor-operated valves (MOVs) is designed in accordance with IEEE Std. 741(Reference 17) as endorsed by NRC RG 1.106 (Reference 18).

Class 1E buses are provided with separate bus voltage monitoring and protection schemes for degraded voltage and loss of voltage conditions, respectively. These schemes are designed in accordance with the recommendations of BTP 8-6. Two separate time delays are selected for degraded voltage protection as recommended in IEEE Std. 741 Appendix A.

There are of four first-level undervoltage relays to detect loss of voltage and four second-level undervoltage relays to detect degraded voltage on each of the four Class 1E buses.

These relays consist of a two-out-of-four coincidence logic in the component control system (CCS) that starts the EDG, trips the incoming breakers of the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus, sheds load, closes the EDG breaker on the switchgear, and begins sequencing.

The dropout for the first-level undervoltage relays for the Class 1E distribution system is set at a level below minimum voltage during motor starting. Its associated time delay is set to ride out power system transients and initiate action in a time that is consistent with the accident analysis.

The dropout for the second-level undervoltage relays for the Class 1E distribution system is set at a level above the minimum voltage that allows proper operation of safety loads with the worst-case line-up and minimum switchyard voltage. Its associated first time delay is set to establish existence of a sustained undervoltage longer than motor starting.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-19 Following the first time delay, an alarm is provided in the MCR and RSR. The subsequent occurrence of a safety injection actuation signal (SIAS) immediately separates the Class 1E bus from the offsite power system. The second time delay is limited so that the connected Class 1E equipment is not damaged.

Voltage studies are to be performed in conformance with BTP 8-6, Subsection B.3. The results are to be verified by testing as described in BTP 8-6, Subsection B.4.

Voltage studies are used to determine the relay pickup and time delays of all levels of the undervoltage protection described above. The capability to test and calibrate during power operation is provided and annunciation in the MCR and RSR is provided for any bypasses incorporated into the design.

8.3.1.1.4 Electrical Equipment Layout The locations of Class 1E and non-Class 1E electrical equipment rooms shown in Figure 8.2-1 are selected to minimize vulnerability to physical damage. The electrical equipment is located away from mechanical piping in order to minimize the damaging effects of pipe ruptures. Separation is achieved by locating equipment and circuits in separate rooms, maintaining distance, or use of barriers. The potential hazard of non-safety-related equipment failure on safety-related redundant equipment is considered in the choice of equipment location or protection.

The followings are the general features of the electrical equipment layout:

a.

The Class 1E switchgears, load centers, and MCCs of the independent train are located in four separate rooms of the auxiliary building. Separate ventilation systems are used for each room powered from the corresponding train.

b. Class 1E batteries are located in the auxiliary building. Each battery is located in a separate room and each room is equipped with a separate ventilation system powered from the corresponding train.
c.

Four separate and independent cable routes are provided for the four Class 1E trains A, B, C, and D in accordance with IEEE Std. 384.

d. Class 1E EDGs and associated equipment are located in separate rooms of the auxiliary building and EDG building.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-20

e.

The Class 1E battery chargers, inverters, and dc buses associated with each of the independent trains are located in four separate rooms of the auxiliary building.

f.

In addition to the preceding, two Class 1E MCCs (Train A and Train B) are each located in geographically separated ESW buildings.

g. Piping containing fluids is excluded from the Class 1E electrical distribution equipment rooms. Class 1E electrical distribution equipment rooms of different trains are separated from each other by concrete walls and floors. Any electrical or physical failure in one room has no effect on the redundant equipment in the other rooms.

8.3.1.1.5 Design Criteria for Class 1E Equipment Motor Size The motor horsepower rating is selected to be equal or greater than maximum horsepower requirement of the driven load when operating at design condition.

Minimum Motor Accelerating Voltage Class 1E motors are designed to accelerate with 75 percent rated voltage at the motor terminals throughout the starting period and are capable of accelerating their connected loads without overheating. All other motors are designed to accelerate to the rated speed with 80 percent rated voltage at the motor terminal throughout the starting period and are capable of accelerating their connected loads without exceeding the thermal limits.

Motor Starting Torque The torque of 225 hp and smaller motors is designed in accordance with standard NEMA MG 1 (Reference 19). The torque of 250 hp and larger motors is designed in accordance with NEMA C50.41 (Reference 20), except that locked rotor torques and pull-up torques for normal torque type motors are not less than 80 percent of full-load torque.

The motor starting torque at minimum specified voltage is adequate for starting and accelerating the connected load to normal speed within motor starting time to perform its safety function during the motor acceleration time.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-21 Minimum Motor Torque Margin Over Pump Torque The minimum motor torque is larger than the pump torque so that the motor reaches normal speed within the starting time that is required to perform its safety function at minimum motor terminal voltage.

Motor Insulation Motor insulation is selected on the basis of the particular ambient conditions to which the insulation is exposed. The insulation system for the safety-related motors within the reactor containment building is selected to withstand the postulated accident environment.

Temperature Monitoring Devices The 4.16 kV motors have at least six (two per phase) dual-type, stator winding, resistance temperature detectors with 100 platinum resistance at 0 °C (32 °F).

Interrupting Capacities Circuit breakers are designed with sufficient interruption rating under the maximum short-circuit current. The short-circuit current is calculated by the Electrical Transient Analyzer Program (ETAP, version 12.0.0N) based on IEEE Std. 141. The interrupting capacity of switchgears, load centers, and MCCs is shown in Table 8.3.1-6.

Electric Circuit Protection The electric circuit protection is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.11.

Grounding Requirements Grounding requirements are described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.8.

8.3.1.1.6 Testing of Onsite AC Power System Testing of onsite ac power system equipment is performed in accordance with GDC 18 (Reference 21), NRC RG 1.9, and NRC RG 1.118 (Reference 22). All Class 1E circuit breakers and motor starters, except for the equipment associated with certain safety loads described in Subsection 7.1.2.37, are testable during normal operation.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-22 During periodic testing of Class 1E systems, engineered safety features actuation system (ESFAS) subsystems are actuated or simulated to verify the appropriate circuit breaker or contactor operational response. The Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear and 480V load center circuit breakers can also be tested independently while the equipment is shut down. These circuit breakers can be placed in a test position and exercised without operation of the associated equipment.

LOOP testing or combined LOOP and LOCA testing is performed during a plant shutdown condition. The EDG testing capability is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.7.

Surveillance testing of the Class 1E distribution system is described in Section 3.8 of Chapter 16.

8.3.1.1.7 Heat Tracing The heat tracing system is provided with non-Class 1E power to prevent freezing of fluid in pipes and equipment and to maintain the required temperature in critical process control systems.

The heater is energized by a signal from the temperature sensor attached to each system.

The heat tracing system is operated by an automatic control device in the heat tracing panel when the temperature is below the required setpoint.

8.3.1.1.8 Grounding and Lightning Protection Criteria Station grounding is provided for personnel and equipment protection from the effects of transient overvoltage that can occur in electrical systems due to electrical faults or lightning strikes. Station grounding is designed in accordance with IEEE Std. 665(Reference 23),

IEEE Std. 666(Reference 24), and IEEE Std. 1050 (Reference 25), as endorsed by NRC RG 1.204 (Reference 26). The primary function of the grounding system is to limit the step and touch potentials for plant personnel to safe levels at any location on the plant site.

The COL applicant is to describe and provide detailed ground grid and lightning protection (COL 8.3(4)).

The guidelines for the design of the plant grounding and lightning protection systems are as follows:

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-23

a.

The plant ground grid, consisting of bare copper cables, limits the step and touch potentials to safe values under all fault conditions. The design and analysis are based on the procedures and recommendations of IEEE Std. 80 (Reference 27).

b. The grounding system has bare copper cables for connections to all electrical underground ducts, equipment, and the grounding systems within buildings.
c.

The design of the grounding system follows the procedures and recommendations of IEEE Std. 665.

d. Each building has grounding systems connected to the plant grounding grid. As a minimum, every other steel column of the building perimeter is connected directly to the grounding grid.
e.

The main generator (MG) is grounded with a neutral grounding device having high impedance that limits the maximum phase current under short-circuit conditions. Protective relays are provided for ground fault protection.

f.

The isolated phase bus (IPB) is electrically continuous with three phase enclosures bonded together at the generator end and transformer end. The bus enclosures are electrically insulated from the support structures and adjoining equipment.

The IPB supports located inside the turbine building are connected to the building ground grid. Outdoor supports are grounded by connecting the base of each support to the ground grid with two grounding conductors bonded to the ground grid in two locations. The IPB is grounded in accordance with manufacturers recommendation.

g. The onsite medium-voltage ac distribution system is resistance grounded at the neutral point of the low-voltage windings of the UATs and SATs. The UAT and SAT secondary neutral relays are provided protection against internal ground faults in transformer low-voltage windings, as well as the backup ground fault protection for the medium-voltage bus.
h. The neutral point of the EDG and AAC GTG windings is grounded through distribution transformers and loading resistors sized for continuous operation with a ground fault. A ground overvoltage relay connected to the secondary winding of each distribution transformer provides protection against generator stator ground fault.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-24

i.

Ground fault protection of the low-voltage ac distribution system is provided by an overcurrent relay located in the neutral of the transformer secondary winding. It is set to coordinate with downstream ground fault protective devices.

j.

The ground buses of all switchgears, load centers, and MCCs are connected to the plant ground grid through at least two parallel paths. The ground buses of other electrical cabinets are connected to the plant ground grid through at least one path.

k. Each major piece of equipment, metal structure, or metallic tank has two diagonally opposed ground connections.
l.

The underground electrical duct bank and door frame are grounded with bare copper cable.

m. The dc systems are ungrounded.
n. Plant instrumentation is grounded through separate radial grounding systems that consist of isolated instrumentation ground buses and insulated cables. The instrumentation grounding systems are connected to the station grounding grid at one point only and insulated from all other grounding circuits. The I&C equipment grounding is designed based on the recommendations of the latest revision of IEEE Std. 142(Reference 28) and IEEE Std. 1050.
o. Plant instrumentation and monitoring equipment located outdoors or connected to outdoor cables are provided with built-in surge suppression devices to protect the equipment from lightning-induced surges.
p. Lightning protection is provided for all major plant structures, including the reactor containment building. The lightning protection is in accordance with the National Fire Protection Associations Lightning Protection Code, NFPA 780 (Reference 29).
q. Each phase of all tie lines connecting the plant electrical systems to the switchyard and offsite transmission system is protected by lightning arresters. The arresters are connected to the high-voltage terminals of the MT and SATs. The UAT is fed from the MG terminals using IPB and therefore does not require lightning protection.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-25 8.3.1.1.9 Containment Electrical Penetrations The electrical penetration assemblies (EPAs) are designed, fabricated, qualified, and tested in accordance with IEEE Std. 317(Reference 30), IEEE Std. 323, and IEEE Std. 383(Reference 31).

Class 1E containment EPAs are physically separated and electrically isolated to maintain the independence of Class 1E circuits and equipment. These EPAs are located in four quadrants of the reactor containment building. The minimum separation between the Class 1E and non-Class 1E cables is maintained in accordance with IEEE Std. 384, as endorsed by NRC RG 1.75. Class 1E EPAs are classified as seismic Category I and are qualified for a harsh environment.

Containment EPAs are designed and tested in accordance with IEEE Std. 317, as endorsed by NRC RG 1.63 (Reference 32). Selection and setting of protective devices for containment EPAs are in accordance with IEEE Std. 741 to provide proper coordination with thermal capability of the containment EPA defined in IEEE Std. 317. In order to protect the EPAs from damage due to short-circuit current or overload, primary and backup protections are provided. For MCCs, backup protection is provided with two thermal-magnetic breakers in series. For 480V load centers and 13.8 kV medium-voltage switchgears for the reactor coolant pump, backup protection is provided by the main breaker and overcurrent relays coordinated with the feeder breaker to protect the electrical penetration assemblies.

The COL applicant is to conduct periodic inspection and testing of the protection devices for the EPA conductors. All circuit breakers for the EPA conductors shall be inspected and tested in 60 months, low voltage circuit breaker overcurrent protection devices for the EPA conductors shall be inspected and tested once per 18 months for 10 % of each type of circuit breakers, and overcurrent relay for medium voltage circuit breakers for the EPA conductors shall be inspected and tested once per 18 months (COL 8.3(5)).

8.3.1.1.10 Cable and Raceway Design Criteria The power cables are designed, fabricated, and tested in accordance with NEMA WC 74 (Reference 33) and NEMA WC 70 (Reference 34). The control cables are designed, fabricated, and tested in accordance with NEMA WC 57 (Reference 35). The instrumentation cables are designed, fabricated, and tested in accordance with Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-26 NEMA WC 57. Safety-related cables are qualified for the design life of the plant in accordance with IEEE Std. 323.

Cable conductor size selection for medium and low-voltage power and control cables is based on cable ampacity and voltage drop considerations. In addition, the conductors of all medium-and low-voltage power cables are sized to withstand the maximum available fault current. The cable ampacity is based on the maximum cable ambient temperature, the rated cable insulation temperature of 90 ºC (194 ºF), the cable raceway design, and cable routing paths. IEEE Std. 835(Reference 36) and NEMA WC 51/ICEA P-54-440 (Reference 37) are used for cable conductor size selections.

In order to properly address the concerns of cable degradation as per NRC GL 2007-01 (Reference 62), electrical duct banks (EDB) and underground tunnels in which electric cables are installed are designed not to degrade cables due to the submergence by means of slope of EDB and sump pumps for drainage. Furthermore, cables are monitored in accordance with NRC RG 1.218 (Reference 38).

NRC RG 1.218 requires that the plant have monitoring techniques for electric cables.

Cable monitoring programs include cable tests to measure and trend the condition of the cable. Tests that can be used for detecting insulation degradation in underground cable include partial discharge testing, time-domain reflectometry, dissipation factor testing, and very-low-frequency ac testing.

The COL applicant is to provide testing, inspection, and monitoring programs for detecting insulation degradation of underground and inaccessible power cables within the scope of 10 CFR 50.65 (Reference 39) (COL 8.3(6)).

All cables and raceways are identified by permanent color coding for divisions and trains according to IEEE Std. 384. The color coding uses five basic colors. These colors correspond to the following Class 1E and non-Class 1E divisions and trains:

Class 1E Cables and Raceways Train A:

Red Train B:

Green Train C:

Yellow Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-27 Train D:

Blue Non-Class 1E Cables and Raceways Division I:

Black Division II:

Black Raceway identifications are permanently marked at an interval not exceeding 4.6 m (15 ft) within an area where the tray enters and exits. Conduits are marked in the same manner.

All Class 1E and non-Class 1E equipment is identified with a corresponding color-coded engraving name plate per train and division. The color coding of the name plate is the same as that of the raceway.

Cables of different voltage levels are installed in separate raceways. The voltage levels are classified as follows:

a.

Medium-voltage power (13.8 kV)

b. Medium-voltage power (4.16 kV)
c.

Low-voltage power (480V and dc power)

d. Control
e.

Instrumentation If the trays are stacked, the order from top to bottom is as shown above.

Cables of each train run in separate raceways are physically separated from cables of the other trains. Separation of trains is in accordance with IEEE Std. 384, as endorsed by NRC RG 1.75. Raceways for non-Class 1E are separated from each Class 1E train A, B, C, and D in accordance with IEEE Std. 384. The raceway in the cable spreading area, main control room, and other congested areas is designed in accordance with IEEE Std. 384.

The power and control wiring in control boards or panels is separated in accordance with IEEE Std. 420(Reference 40).

Medium-voltage power cables are routed in an open-top ladder-type cable tray in a single layer with maintained spacing. The distance between adjacent cables within a tray is one-Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-28 quarter the diameter of the larger cable. The cable tray fill criterion for low-voltage power cables does not exceed 30 percent of the cross-sectional area of the open-top ladder-type tray. The cable tray fill criterion for control cable does not exceed 50 percent of the cross-sectional area of the open-top ladder-type tray. Solid-bottom and solid-cover type cable trays are used for routing instrumentation cables, with an allowable fill of 50 percent of tray cross-sectional area. Cable splicing in a raceway is prohibited.

The COL applicant is to establish Administrative Program(s), including application of dedicated cable and raceway management database tool as necessary, which is (are) developed on the basis of the cable and raceway numbering system to efficiently manage cable routing and cable termination and verify that the cable design fulfills the acceptance criteria (i.e., separation, filling criteria, and ampacity) (COL 8.3(7)).

8.3.1.1.11 Cathodic Protection The cathodic protection system disturbs the electrochemical reaction that causes corrosion of metal structures and piping of which protection is decided as per the site conditions.

Basically, two methods of cathodic protection are applied. One is the sacrificial system, which is a passive method, and the other is impressed current system, which is an active method.

The COL applicant is to provide the detailed design of the cathodic protection system as applicable to the site conditions (COL 8.3(8)).

8.3.1.2 Analysis The APR1400 Class 1E ac power system is designed to meet the requirements of GDCs 2, 4, 17 (Reference 41), 18, 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, and 44, 50; and the intent of NRC RGs 1.6, 1.9, 1.32, 1.47, 1.53, 1.63, 1.75, 1.93, 1.106, 1.118, 1.153, 1.155, 1.160, 1.204, 1.218, 10 CFR 50.34, 10 CFR 50.55a(h), 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1), 10 CFR 52.80(a), BTPs 8-1 (Reference 63),

8-2 (Reference 64), 8-4 (Reference 65), 8-5 (Reference 66), and 8-7 (Reference 67). The criteria and guidelines are shown in Table 8.1-2 and include their applicability in the electrical system design.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-29 8.3.1.2.1 Conformance with General Design Criteria Criterion 2 - Design Bases for Protection Against Natural Phenomena GDC 2 requires that systems and components important to safety be designed to withstand the effects of natural phenomena such as earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, tsunami, and seiches without the loss of their safety function capabilities.

The Class 1E onsite ac power system and its components are located in seismic Category I structures that provide protection from the effects of natural phenomena. Class 1E equipment is seismically qualified, and its mounting and installation are seismically designed to worst-case design basis earthquake for the site. Conformance with GDC 2 against earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, and floods is provided in Sections 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, and 3.7, respectively.

Criterion 4 - Environmental and Dynamic Effects Design Bases GDC 4 requires that systems and components important to safety be designed to accommodate the effects of, and be compatible with, the environmental conditions associated with normal operation, maintenance, testing, and postulated accidents and be appropriately protected against dynamic effects, including the effects of missiles, that may result from equipment failures.

The Class 1E ac power system is designed to provide power to systems important to safety during normal, abnormal, accident, and post-accident conditions. The equipment and components of the Class 1E onsite ac power system are designed to meet IEEE Std. 323 for qualifying Class 1E application equipment in nuclear power plants. Class 1E electrical distribution equipment is located away from high-or moderate-energy lines and potential internal missile areas. Conformance with GDC 4 is addressed in Section 3.1.

Criterion 5 - Sharing of Structures, Systems, and Components GDC 5 is related to the sharing of SSCs. There are no shared SSCs because the APR1400 design is a single-unit plant. Therefore, this GDC is not applicable to the APR1400.

Criterion 17 - Electric Power Systems GDC 17 requires that an onsite electric power system be provided to facilitate the functioning of SSCs important to safety. The onsite electric power system has sufficient Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-30 capacity and capability to perform its intended safety functions for all plant operating modes, including anticipated operational occurrences (AOOs) and design basis accidents (DBAs). The specified acceptable fuel design limits and design conditions of the reactor coolant pressure boundary are not exceeded as a result of an AOO, the core is cooled, and containment integrity and other vital functions are maintained in the event of a postulated accident.

The onsite ac power sources and onsite electrical distribution system have sufficient independence, redundancy, and testability to perform their safety functions assuming a single failure. Therefore, no single failure prevents the onsite ac power system from supplying electric power, thereby permitting safety functions and other vital functions needing electric power to be performed in the event of any single failure in the power system. Conformance with the requirements of GDC 17 is addressed in Subsection 8.3.1.1.2.

Criterion 18 - Inspection and Testing of Electric Power Systems GDC 18 requires that electric power systems important to safety be designed to permit appropriate periodic inspection and testing of important areas and features to assess the continuity of the system and the condition of their components.

The onsite ac power system of the APR1400 is designed to have the capability to perform integral testing of a Class 1E system periodically. The periodic test for EDGs is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.7. The testing of the onsite ac power system is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.6. Conformance with the requirements of GDC 18 is addressed in Subsection 8.3.1.1.6.

Criteria 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, and 44 GDC 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, and 44 require that the onsite power supplies including electrical distribution systems be available for reactor coolant makeup during small breaks, residual heat removal, emergency core cooling, containment heat removal, containment atmosphere cleanup, and cooling water for SSCs important to safety during normal and accident conditions. These GDC also require the safety system to have redundancy. Redundant safety loads are distributed between redundant divisions of the Class 1E electrical distribution systems, and associated redundant division of the Class 1E electrical distribution systems supply the I&C devices for safety-related loads.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-31 The necessary electric power is provided for all facility operating modes including transients and DBA to meet these criteria. Conformance with these requirements is accomplished by meeting the requirements of GDC 17.

Criterion 50 - Containment Design Basis GDC 50 requires that the reactor containment structure, including access opening, penetrations, and containment heat removal systems be designed to accommodate, without exceeding the design leakage rate and with sufficient margin, the calculated pressure and temperature conditions resulting from a LOCA.

Electrical penetration assemblies are designed to accommodate the calculated pressure and temperature conditions resulting from a LOCA without exceeding their design leakage rate in accordance with and IEEE Std. 323 and IEEE Std. 317.

The design and protection of the electrical penetration assemblies conform with IEEE Std. 741 and NRC RG 1.63 requirements. The selection and settings of electrical protective devices provides reasonable assurance that the containment electrical penetration conductors do not exceed their design withstand ratings for overload and maximum short-circuit current. Electrical penetrations are provided with primary and backup protection.

Each protection scheme has a separate interrupting device. Reactor containment electrical penetration assembly protection is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.9.

8.3.1.2.2 Conformance with NRC Regulatory Guides NRC Regulatory Guide 1.6 NRC RG 1.6 is related to the independence between redundant standby (onsite) power sources and between their distribution systems.

Class 1E onsite ac loads are separated into two redundant and independent load groups (divisions). Each load group is further separated into two independent small load groups (trains). Each Class 1E electrical distribution train has two connections to the preferred offsite power sources and a connection to an onsite standby power source. The Class 1E switchgear buses have no automatic connection to any loads or buses in different trains.

Each EDG is connected exclusively to its associated Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgears, which provides reasonable assurance of the independence of the onsite Class 1E standby power sources.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-32 No single failure prevents operation of the minimum number of required safety loads, and the loss of any one division does not prevent the operation of the required safety functions.

The redundancy and independence of the APR1400 are described in Subsections 8.3.1.1.2.1 and 8.3.1.1.2.3.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.9 NRC RG 1.9 is related to the application and testing of safety-related emergency diesel generators in nuclear power plants.

The design of the EDGs used as standby power sources conforms with the intent of NRC RG 1.9. Each EDG set is capable of starting and accelerating to rated speed and energizing all the required ESF and emergency shutdown loads. The EDGs conform with the requirements specified by NRC RG 1.9.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.32 NRC RG 1.32 is related to the criteria for power systems for nuclear power plants.

The design, operation and testing of the onsite ac power system for the APR1400 meet the guidelines of IEEE Std. 308(Reference 42), endorsed by NRC RG 1.32, with an exception that pertains to sharing of Class 1E dc power systems at multi-unit nuclear power plants.

This exception is not applicable to the APR1400 because it is a single unit. The onsite power system is designed to conform with the requirements of NRC RG 1.32.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.47 NRC RG 1.47 is related to the criteria for bypassed and inoperable status indication for nuclear power plants.

NRC RG 1.47 provides the requirements with respect to the bypassed and inoperable status indication of a Class 1E ac power system for a nuclear power plant. The APR1400 conforms with the requirements of NRC RG 1.47.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.53 NRC RG 1.53 is related to application of the single-failure criterion to safety systems.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-33 The Class 1E onsite ac electric power system has two redundant divisions divided into four independent trains: division I with trains A and C and division II with trains B and D.

Each Class 1E electrical train consists of Class 1E EDG and power distribution equipment.

Each component and the equipment of the four independent trains is electrically isolated and housed in a physically separate seismic Category I building. HVAC systems that support the operation of the Class 1E ac power systems are powered from the same electrical train they serve. A single failure of any component in one train does not affect the other trains. NRC RG 1.53 endorses IEEE Std. 379(Reference 43), which provides guidance on the application of the single-failure criterion and describes an acceptable method of single-failure analysis. The onsite power system is designed to conform with requirements specified by NRC RG 1.53. Conformance with NRC RG 1.53 is addressed in Subsection 8.3.1.1.2.2.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.63 NRC RG 1.63 is related to the EPAs in the containment structures of nuclear power plants.

The EPAs in containment structures are designed to meet NRC RG 1.63 and IEEE Std. 317, which is endorsed by the NRC. Conformance with NRC RG 1.63 is addressed in Subsection 8.3.1.1.9.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.75 NRC RG 1.75 is related to the criteria for independence of electrical safety systems.

The independence of the onsite power system is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.2.3. The cable and raceway design related to NRC RG 1.75 is addressed in Subsection 8.3.1.1.10.

The Class 1E onsite power system is designed to meet the requirements of NRC RG 1.75.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.81 NRC RG 1.81 is related to the criteria for shared emergency and shutdown electric systems for multi-unit nuclear power plants.

The APR1400 is a single-unit plant. Therefore, NRC RG 1.81 is not applicable to the APR1400.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-34 NRC Regulatory Guide 1.93 NRC RG 1.93 is related to the LCO (Limiting Conditions for Operation) for availability of electric power sources. The LCO for availability of electric power sources is addressed in Technical Specification 3.8.1, 3.8.4, 3.8.7, and 3.8.9.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.106 NRC RG 1.106 is related to the thermal overload protection for electric motors on motor-operated valves (MOVs).

NRC RG 1.106 provides criteria to provide reasonable assurance that safety-related MOVs, whose motors are equipped with thermal overload protection devices integral with the motor starter, perform their safety function. The thermal overload protection devices for safety-related MOVs conform with the requirements of NRC RG 1.106.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.118 NRC RG 1.118 is related to the periodic testing of electric power and protection systems.

Class 1E onsite electric power and protection systems are designed to be testable during operation of the nuclear power generating station as well as when the station is shut down.

IEEE Std. 338(Reference 44), which is endorsed by NRC RG 1.118, provides design and operational criteria for the performance of periodic testing as part of the surveillance program of nuclear power plant safety systems. Class 1E onsite electric power and protection systems are designed to conform with GDC 18, NRC RG 1.9, and NRC RG 1.118.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.153 NRC RG 1.153 is related to the criteria for safety systems.

IEEE Std. 603, endorsed by NRC RG 1.153, provides minimum functional and design requirements for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of safety systems for nuclear power plants. The Class 1E onsite ac power system is designed to conform with the requirements of NRC RG 1.153 and IEEE Std. 603.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-35 NRC Regulatory Guide 1.155 NRC RG 1.155 is related to an SBO.

The APR1400 has an AAC power source of sufficient capacity, capability, and reliability for operation of all systems necessary for coping with an SBO. The AAC power source is designed to be available to power the shutdown buses within 10 minutes of the onset of an SBO. The AAC power source is fully independent from the offsite power sources and Class 1E onsite ac power sources. Conformance with NRC RG 1.155 is described in Section 8.4.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.160 NRC RG 1.160 is related to monitoring the effectiveness of maintenance at nuclear power plants.

NRC RG 1.160 endorses Revision 4A of NUMARC 93-01 (Reference 45), which provides methods for complying with the provisions of 10 CFR 50.65 with some provisions and clarifications. Conformance with NRC RG 1.160 is addressed in Section 1.9.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.204 NRC RG 1.204 is related to the guidelines for lightning protection of nuclear power plants.

The APR1400 onsite ac power system is designed to meet the requirements of IEEE Std. 665, IEEE Std. 666, IEEE Std. 1050, and IEEE Std. C62.23 (Reference 46),

which are related to the lightning protection of nuclear power plants.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.218 NRC RG 1.218 provides the cable design and maintenance criteria for the performance of periodic testing as part of the condition-monitoring techniques for the electric cables that are used in nuclear power plants. The inaccessible cable condition-monitoring techniques related to NRC RG 1.218 are addressed in Subsection 8.3.1.1.10.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-36 8.3.1.2.3 Conformance with 10 CFR 50.34 Related to TMI Action Plan Requirements 10 CFR 50.34(f)(2)(v) (TMI Item I.D.3) requires the applicant to provide for automatic indication of the bypassed and operable status of safety systems. Information regarding bypassed and inoperable status indication of the Class 1E onsite ac and dc power system and the Class 1E EDG system is described in Subsection 7.5.1.3. Conformance with the requirement of 10 CFR 50.34(f)(2)(v) is addressed in Subsection 7.5.2.3.

10 CFR 50.34(f)(2)(xiii) (TMI Item II.E.3.1) is related to providing pressurizer heater power supply and conformance with the requirement of 10 CFR 50.34(f)(2)(xiii) is addressed in Subsection 8.3.1.1.2.

10 CFR 50.34(f)(2)(xx) (TMI Item II.G.1) is related to providing power supplies for pressurizer relief valves, block valves, and level indicators. For the APR1400, there is no power-operated relief valve (PORV) or block valve which requires any electrical power.

The Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system, backed up by EDGs and batteries, supplies power for pressurizer level indication instruments as described in Subsection 7.1.2.11.

Thus, it conforms with 10 CFR 50.34(f)(2)(xx).

8.3.1.2.4 Conformance with Branch Technical Positions BTP 8-1, Requirements on Motor-Operated Valves in the ECCS Accumulator Lines The design of motor operated valves in the ECCS accumulator lines conforms with BTP 8-1.

Conformance with BTP 8-1 is addressed in DCD Tier 2, Subsections 6.3.2.5.1, 6.3.2.1.1, 6.3.5.3.2, 7.3.1.3 and Figure 7.6-2.

BTP 8-2, Use of Diesel-Generator Sets for Peaking The Class 1E EDGs are not used for peaking service. They provide standby power in the event of a loss of the offsite preferred power source(s). They are connected to the offsite power source, one at a time, for periodic testing as described in DCD Tier 2, Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.7.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-37 BTP 8-4, Application of the Single Failure Criterion to Manually Controlled Electrically Operated Valves The APR1400 design of manually controlled electrically operated valves conforms with BTP 8-4.

The following provides descriptions of the electrically operated valves, for which electric power is required be removed and restored to meet the single failure criterion addressed in BTP 8-4.

a.

Safety injection tank (SIT) isolation valves are motor-operated gate valves provided in each SIT discharge line and are administratively controlled to open from the MCR during normal operation. Power to the motor operator of each valve is removed to prevent inadvertent closure as described in Subsection 6.3.2.1.1, 6.3.5.3.2.a and verified by surveillance requirement 3.5.1.5.

b. SIT atmospheric vent isolation valves are solenoid globe valves provided for tank venting. The valves are locked closed and power to each valve is removed during normal operating to prevent inadvertent SIT venting as described in Subsection 6.3.2.1.1 and 6.3.2.5.1.
c.

Valves in the cavity flooding system of the in-containment water storage system consist of the holdup volume tank (HVT) flooding valves and the reactor cavity flooding valves. The HVT flooding valves are motor-operated gate valves in the flow paths that connect the IRWST to the HVT, and the reactor cavity flooding valves are motor-operated gate valves in the flow paths that connect HVT to the reactor cavity. The valves are only used to flood the reactor cavity through the HVT for severe accident mitigation in the event of a severe accident. The valves remain locked closed with the power connections for the valves separated from the power source during all plant conditions. Connections are established to the power source during severe accidents as described in Subsection 6.8.2.1.2 and 6.8.2.2.4.

All safety-related electrically operated valves are operated from the MCR and the position of these valves is indicated on the Information Flat Panel Display (IFPD) and the Large Display Panel (LDP), which are driven by the Information Processing System (IPS). The valve position indications are also provided on the Qualified Indication and Alarm System-N (QIAS-N) FPD. The IPS is electrically isolated, physically separated, and diverse from Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-38 the QIAS-N. Therefore, any failure of the IPS does not adversely affect the operation of the QIAS-N. Also, the position of safety-related electrically operated valves is indicated on the safety-related soft control display (ESCM).

BTP 8-5, Supplement Guidance for Bypass and Inoperable Status Indication for Engineered Safety Features Systems The Bypassed and Inoperable Status Indication for onsite power system complies with BTP 8-5. Descriptions of the bypassed and inoperable status indication for engineered safety features systems are provided in Subsection 7.5.1.3.

BTP 8-7, Criteria for Alarms and Indications Associated with Diesel-Generator Unit Bypassed and Inoperable Status The bypassed and inoperable status indication (BISI) design for the EDGs conforms to the recommendations of BTP 8-7, except the position number 3. The EDG units of APR1400 are not shared with other units. Descriptions of the system-level BISI for the plant auxiliary systems including EDGs are provided in Subsection 7.5.1.3.

8.3.1.2.5 Conformance with 10 CFR 50.55a(h) 10 CFR 50.55a(h) is related to the codes and standards for protection and safety systems.

IEEE Std. 603, incorporated and specified in 10 CFR 50.55a(h), provides minimum functional and design requirements for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of safety systems for nuclear power plants. The Class 1E ac and dc power system is designed to conform with the requirements of 10 CFR 50.55a(h) and IEEE Std. 603.

8.3.1.2.6 Conformance with 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) and 10 CFR 52.80(a)

See Subsection 8.2.2.4.

8.3.1.3 Electrical Power System Calculations and Distribution System Studies for AC System The analysis of load flow, voltage regulation, and short-circuit studies is performed by using ETAP, version 12.0.0N, which is qualified for nuclear power plants in accordance with 10 CFR Part 21, 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix B (Reference 47), and ASME NQA-1 (Reference 48).

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-39 8.3.1.3.1 Load Flow/Voltage Regulation Studies and Under/Overvoltage Protection Load flow studies of onsite power systems are performed to demonstrate that acceptance voltage regulation is maintained within 90 to 110 percent of the rated voltage at the equipment terminals under the worst-case condition among normal, startup, hot standby, and LOCA operation mode. Lager motor starting studies calculate the voltage drop so that motor terminal voltages are maintained at not less than acceptance voltage of 75 percent of motor rating for Class 1E motors and 80 percent of motor rating for non-Class 1E motors.

Acceptance criteria for EDG loading are described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.6. Safety and non-safety motors, switchgears, load centers, MCCs, and distribution transformers are included in load flow and voltage regulation studies.

8.3.1.3.2 Short-Circuit Studies Analysis is performed to demonstrate maximum short-circuit current by considering the bus fault in the onsite ac power system. ETAP, based on IEEE Std. C37 series, is used for short-circuit studies. Short-circuit current for each study case is less than the acceptance criteria, which are the applicable circuit breaker interrupting and close and latch ratings described in Table 8.3.1-6. Buses of switchgears and load centers are considered for maximum fault current analysis. Containment electrical penetration assemblies are protected by overload and short-circuit current in accordance with IEEE Std. 741.

8.3.1.3.3 Equipment Sizing Studies Electrical equipment sizing of the distribution system is performed using the spreadsheet load list and verified using ETAP analysis. The ratings of major electrical system components are not exceeded when load flow, short-circuit, and motor starting analysis are performed under normal and abnormal operation modes, including DBAs. The medium-voltage switchgear loads are listed in Table 8.3.1-1. The Class 1E EDG loads are shown in Tables 8.3.1-2 and 8.3.1-3. The AAC GTG loads are shown in Tables 8.3.1-4 and 8.3.1-5.

8.3.1.3.4 Equipment Protection and Coordination Studies The protective relaying coordination of onsite distribution system is performed so that the circuit breaker separates the faulted electrical equipment from service in sufficient time to minimize the extent of damage to the faulted equipment and to prevent damage to other electrical equipment. The degraded voltage and loss of voltage protection and time delay Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-40 function are in accordance with BTP 8-6. The COL applicant is to provide protective device coordination (COL 8.3(9)).

8.3.1.3.5 Insulation Coordination (Surge and Lightning Protection)

Surge and lightning protection is provided for the security of equipment and personnel from transient overvoltage due to lightning and electrical faults. Electrical equipment protected from lightning includes the main transformer, unit auxiliary transformer, standby auxiliary transformer, and switchyard facilities. The guidelines for the design of the surge and lightning protection are described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.8. Insulation coordination is performed in accordance with IEEE Std. C62.82.1 (Reference 49) and IEEE Std. 1313.2 (Reference 50). The COL applicant is to provide the analysis and underlying assumptions used to demonstrate adequacy for the insulation coordination of surge and lightning (COL 8.3(10)).

8.3.1.3.6 Power Quality Limits Nonlinear loads such as battery chargers and inverters contribute total harmonic distortion (THD) to the distribution power system. THD degrades electric power quality, causing increased heating due to copper and iron losses at harmonic frequencies on electrical equipment such as motors, transformers, and switchgears. Therefore, the electrical distribution system is designed so that THD does not affect Class 1E equipment. THD is maintained within the acceptance criteria in accordance with IEEE Std. 519(Reference 51).

The power quality analyses are performed in accordance with NRC RG 1.206 and allowable THD is limited to less than or equal to 5 percent. Reasonable assurance of the protective device application within the power quality that is needed for the device to operate, is provided. The COL applicant is to provide the analysis and underlying assumptions used to demonstrate adequacy for power quality limits (harmonic distortion)

(COL 8.3(11)).

8.3.1.3.7 Monitoring and Testing Monitoring of the distribution power system is provided with information such as the quantitative value of equipment, circuit breaker status, and the protective device alarm by ESF-CCS and QIAS-P for Class 1E and the P-CCS and IPS for non-Class 1E equipment in the main control room and remote shutdown console. The operator can use the information that is necessary for efficient operation of the unit. All control room I&C is Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-41 designed in accordance with the human factors engineering design criteria and implementation methods as described in Chapter 18.

Testing of the onsite ac power system is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.6.

Load sequence testing for LOOP or combined LOOP and LOCA is performed during the plant shutdown condition. EDG testing capability is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.3.7.

8.3.1.3.8 Grounding The grounding system complies with the guidelines in IEEE Std. 665 and IEEE Std. 1050, as endorsed by NRC RG 1.204. The grounding system consists of station grounding, system grounding, equipment grounding, safety grounding, and instrumentation grounding.

The station grounding consisting of interconnected bare copper conductors is provided to protect personnel and equipment from the hazard voltages. System grounding is intended to provide grounds of neutral points of MG, UATs, SATs, load center transformers, EDG, and AAC GTG. Equipment grounding is provided for the ground fault return path via the raceway system. Safety grounding is for protecting personnel from injury and property from damage. Instrumentation grounding is intended to establish the signal reference and minimize degradation of instrumentation signals by grounding signal cable shields, instrumentation applications, and signal return conductors. Guidelines for the design of the grounding system are described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.8. The COL applicant is to provide the analysis for the station and switchyard grounding system with underlying assumptions, based on the site-specific parameters including soil resistivity and site layout (COL 8.3(12)).

8.3.1.3.9 Bus Transfer Study Analysis is performed to check if a fast bus transfer is expected on each bus upon a fault on the normal offsite power source and to demonstrate the bus transfer (fast transfer or residual voltage transfer) will be performed successfully at each bus without failure of motor re-acceleration in the Class 1E and non-Class 1E power system. The COL applicant is to provide a bus transfer study of the onsite power system. Based on the bus transfer study, the COL applicant is also to provide final relay selection and settings for the bus transfer (COL 8.3(2)).

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-42 8.3.2 DC Power System 8.3.2.1

System Description

The onsite dc power system includes the dc power sources and their distribution systems and auxiliary supporting systems that are provided to supply motive or control power to the safety-related and non-safety-related equipment. Batteries and battery chargers serve as the power sources for the dc power system, and inverters convert dc power to ac power for I&C power, as required. These three components, when combined, provide an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) that furnishes a continuous and reliable source of 120 Vac power. Under normal conditions, the dc distribution systems are designed to provide power for switchgear group controls, uninterruptible power supplies, inverters, diesel generator control, relays, solenoid valves, dc motors, emergency dc lighting, and other electric devices and components. Under abnormal and accident conditions when there is no ac power, batteries provide power to the assigned loads.

The onsite dc power system is divided into independent Class 1E and non-Class 1E dc power systems. The Class 1E dc power system consists of four separate subsystem trains.

The onsite Class 1E dc power system has the capacity and capability to permit the functioning of structures, systems, and components (SSCs) important to safety and the independence and redundancy necessary to perform their safety functions, assuming a single failure.

The SSCs of the Class 1E dc power systems are capable of withstanding the effects of missiles and environmental conditions associated with normal operation and postulated accidents.

Class 1E batteries are designed to provide control power for emergency operation of safety-related equipment or equipment important to safety, including power for automatic operation of the RPS and ESF protection systems during abnormal and accident conditions through associated inverters.

The dc power system is designed to be testable during power operation of the plant as well as when the plant is shut down.

The system configuration is shown in Figures 8.3.2-1 and 8.3.2-2. The dc power system loads are listed in Tables 8.3.2-1 and 8.3.2-2.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-43 8.3.2.1.1 Non-Class 1E DC Power Systems 8.3.2.1.1.1 Non-Class 1E 125 Vdc Power System The non-Class 1E 125 Vdc power system is composed of four independent subsystems.

Two subsystems are installed in the auxiliary building, one subsystem is installed in the compound building, and one subsystem is installed in the AAC GTG building. The system in the AAC GTG building is designed to supply the dc power necessary to start and operate the AAC GTG. The 125 Vdc power system is shown in Figure 8.3.2-2. Each of these dc systems consists of a battery, battery chargers, a dc control center, and distribution panels. Each dc control center is powered from its respective battery or battery charger depending on the plant condition.

The two non-Class 1E 125 Vdc power systems located in the auxiliary building share a standby battery charger that is designed to replace one of the two normal battery chargers for maintenance outage or a normal battery charger failure. The normal battery chargers and standby battery charger are interlocked to prevent paralleling.

The dc loads for the non-Class 1E dc power system are listed in Table 8.3.2-2. The electrical equipment rating of the non-Class 1E dc power system is shown in Table 8.3.2-4.

8.3.2.1.1.2 Non-Class 1E 250 Vdc Power System The 250 Vdc power system in the turbine generator building consists of a battery, two battery chargers (normal and standby), and a dc control center. This system is shown in Figure 8.3.2-2.

The 250 Vdc power system supplies power to high-inrush dc loads that generally serve as backups to turbine generator ac loads. The electrical equipment rating of the non-Class 1E dc power system is shown in Table 8.3.2-4.

8.3.2.1.1.3 Non-Class 1E 120 Vac Instrumentation and Control Power System The non-Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system supplies continuous, reliable, and regulated ac power to the plant non-safety-related I&C equipment, information processing system (IPS), and process-component control system (P-CCS), which require uninterruptable ac power for operation.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-44 The non-Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system consists of inverters, regulating transformers, manual and automatic transfer switches, and distribution panels, as shown in Figure 8.3.2-4.

The I&C power system is designed to provide an output frequency of 60 Hz +/- 0.5 percent and voltage regulation within +/- 2 percent at full rated load for a load power factor greater than 0.8.

The 120 Vac distribution panel receives power from its associated inverter or regulating transformer through transfer switches. The automatic transfer switch is to automatically transfer total load from the normal ac power source to the alternate ac power source without interruption. The automatic transfer switch is a make-before-break type with automatic synchronization between the inverter and regulating transformer upon inverter faults and overload condition. A manual transfer switch transfers full load to the alternate power source, bypassing inverter and automatic transfer switch, for maintenance purposes. The two power sources are interlocked to prevent paralleling.

8.3.2.1.2 Class 1E DC Power System 8.3.2.1.2.1 Class 1E 125 Vdc Power System The onsite Class 1E 125 Vdc power system is composed of four independent subsystems (trains A, B, C, and D) and supplies reliable power to the plant safety system dc loads and essential I&C system loads. Each dc power subsystem consists of a battery, two battery chargers (normal and standby), a dc control center, and distribution panels. The standby battery charger is designed to replace the normal battery charger in case of a maintenance outage or a normal battery charger failure. The normal and standby battery chargers are interlocked to prevent paralleling.

Each dc control center is powered from its respective battery or battery charger depending on the plant condition. The 125 Vdc power system is shown in Figure 8.3.2-1.

The Class 1E 125 Vdc power systems, located in a seismic Category I structure, are designed to remain functional in the event of a safe shutdown earthquake, operating basis earthquake, tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, and other design basis events including missile impact and internal accidents.

The Class 1E dc loads are listed in Table 8.3.2-1. The electrical equipment rating of the Class 1E dc power system is shown in Table 8.3.2-4.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-45 8.3.2.1.2.2 Class 1E 120 Vac Instrumentation and Control Power System The Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system is required for all plant operating conditions.

The Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system supplies a continuous, reliable, and regulated ac power to the safety-related plant instruments, control equipment, and engineered safety features-component control system (ESF-CCS), which are required to be operational during the momentary or complete loss of onsite ac power. Class 1E 120 Vac I&C loads are listed in Table 8.3.2-3.

The Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system consists of four separate and independent 120 Vac power systems. Each Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system has an inverter, regulating transformer, distribution panel, manual and automatic transfer switch, and distribution panel, as shown in Figure 8.3.2-3. The Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system is designed to provide an output frequency of 60 Hz +/- 0.5 percent and voltage regulation within +/- 2 percent at full rated load for a load power factor greater than 0.8.

The four trains are separated in accordance with NRC RG 1.75 so that a single failure cannot cause multiple train malfunctions or interactions between trains. Independence is provided between safety trains and non-safety equipment. The distribution panel receives power from its associated inverter or regulating transformer through the transfer switches.

The inverter is the normal and preferred power source and the regulating transformer serves as an alternate source when the inverter fails. The automatic transfer switch is a make-before-break type with automatic synchronization between the inverter and regulating transformer upon inverter faults and overload condition. A manual transfer switch transfers full load to the alternate power source, bypassing the inverter and auto transfer switch, for maintenance purposes. Two power sources are interlocked to prevent paralleling.

The Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system, located in a seismic Category I structure, is designed to remain functional in the event of a safe shutdown earthquake, operating basis earthquake, tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, and other design basis events including missile impact or internal accidents.

8.3.2.1.2.3 System Redundancy The Class 1E dc power system has the required redundancy of the safety-related components and systems assuming a single failure. Class 1E dc power systems and components are designed to perform their safety function in the event of a single failure.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-46 The Class 1E dc power system is divided into four subsystems (trains A, B, C, and D), two per division: trains A and C for division I and trains B and D for division II. The Class 1E dc power system consists of two redundant divisions as shown in Figure 8.3.2-1. The configuration of the dc power distribution system including the batteries, battery chargers, and associated distribution systems is shown in a simplified single-line diagram in Figure 8.3.2-1.

8.3.2.1.2.4 Single Failure Criteria The Class 1E dc power system has sufficient capability to perform its safety function assuming a single failure. The redundant divisions of Class 1E dc power system provide electrical and physical separation, respectively, to meet the single failure criterion. If one safety-related power division is inoperable due to a single failure, the other division accomplishes the intended safety function.

The batteries, battery chargers, and associated distribution systems, including their connected loads, are designed to meet the requirements of IEEE Std. 384 and NRC RG 1.75.

The battery charger of each train is powered from the same train of the Class 1E onsite ac power system. Each battery charger normally supplies the loads of its associated train while maintaining a float charge on its associated battery.

The Class 1E dc power system is designed to conform with the single failure criterion requirements in accordance with IEEE Std. 603 and NRC RG 1.153.

8.3.2.1.2.5 System Independence Two redundant divisions of the Class 1E dc power system, located in a seismic Category I structure, are separated so that a single failure does not cause multiple malfunctions or interactions between divisions. There is no interconnection or inadvertent closure of interconnecting devices between redundant divisions.

The physical separation between the redundant equipment, including cables and raceways, is designed in accordance with IEEE Std. 384, as endorsed by NRC RG 1.75. The cable and raceway design criteria are described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.10. Subsection 8.3.1.1.10 also describes the means for identifying the onsite power system components.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-47 8.3.2.1.2.6 System Capacity and Capability The battery is sized based on the duty cycle of the respective subsystems. Each battery is capable of supplying power to the worst-case operating loads for a period of the battery duty cycle. The sizing of the battery is performed in accordance with the IEEE Std. 485(Reference 52). Class 1E battery loads and duty cycles are shown in the Table 8.3.2-1 and the battery rating is shown in Table 8.3.2-4. The Class 1E batteries are qualified in accordance with IEEE Std. 535(Reference 53).

The each Class 1E dc power system has one normal battery charger and one standby battery charger. A standby battery charger provides complementary redundancy to a normal battery charger. The power supply for the connected dc power system is transferred using a manual transfer switch from the normal battery charger to the standby battery charger when the normal battery charger needs maintenance or repair. Interlocks are provided to prevent normal and standby chargers from operating in parallel. Each battery charger is capable of supplying the largest combined demand of the various steady-state loads and charging simultaneously the battery from the design minimum charged state to the fully charged state, irrespective of plant status when these demands occur. Sizing of the battery chargers is in accordance with the recommendations in IEEE Std. 946(Reference 54).

The battery charger rating is shown in Table 8.3.2-4.

The inverters that provide reliable I&C power have sufficient capacity and capability to perform their intended function. The Class 1E 120 Vac I&C power system loads are listed in Table 8.3.2-3 and the inverter rating is shown in Table 8.3.2-4.

A 125 Vdc control center is provided for each of the 125 Vdc power system load groups.

Each control center supplies power to its assigned bus and equipment and is powered directly from its associated 125 Vdc battery and battery chargers irrespective of the condition of other control centers. The Class 1E dc control center supplies power to one dc distribution panel and one static inverter.

8.3.2.1.2.7 Class 1E 125 Vdc Power System and 120 Vac Instrumentation and Control Power System Status Information The parameters or status that are monitored in the MCR for the 125 Vdc power system and 120 Vac I&C power system are listed in Table 8.3.2-5.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-48 Ammeters provided to monitor battery current have the capability to monitor both charge and discharge currents. Voltmeters are supplied to monitor dc and ac voltage of the buses and inverter distribution panels. The indications and alarms in the dc control center, battery charger control panel, and inverter distribution panel are listed in Table 8.3.2-5.

Ground fault detectors and their corresponding ground monitoring alarms are provided with sufficient sensitivity.

8.3.2.2 Analysis The APR1400 Class 1E 125 Vdc power system is designed to meet the requirements of GDCs 2, 4, 17, 18, 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, 44, and 50 and the intent of NRC RGs 1.6, 1.32, 1.47, 1.53, 1.63, 1.75, 1.93, 1.106, 1.118, 1.128, 1.129, 1.153, 1.155, 1.160, 1.212, and 10 CFR 50.34, 10 CFR 50.55a(h), 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1), and 10 CFR 52.80(a). Table 8.1-2 includes their applicability of the GDC and NRC RGs to the electrical system design.

8.3.2.2.1 Conformance with General Design Criteria Criterion 2 - Design Bases for Protection Against Natural Phenomena GDC 2 requires that systems and components important to safety be designed to withstand the effects of natural phenomena such as earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, tsunami, and seiches without loss of capability to perform their safety functions.

The Class 1E 125 Vdc power system and 120 Vac I&C power system and their components are located in seismic Category I structures that provide protection from the effects of natural phenomena. Class 1E equipment is seismically qualified and the mounting and installations are seismically designed to the worst-case design basis earthquake for the site.

Conformance with GDC 2 against earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, and floods is provided in Sections 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, and 3.7, respectively.

Criterion 4 - Environmental and Dynamic Effect Design Bases GDC 4 requires that systems and components important to safety be designed to accommodate the effects of, and be compatible with, the environmental conditions associated with normal operation, maintenance, testing, and postulated accidents and be appropriately protected against dynamic effects, including the effects of missiles, that may result from equipment failures. The Class 1E 125 Vdc power system is designed to Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-49 provide power to systems important to safety during normal, abnormal, accident, and post-accident conditions. The equipment and components of the Class 1E 125 Vdc power systems are designed to meet the IEEE Std. 323 for qualifying Class 1E application equipment in nuclear power plants. The Class 1E 125 Vdc electrical distribution equipment is located away from high-or moderate-energy lines and potential missile areas.

Conformance with GDC 4 is described in Subsection 8.3.2.1.2.

Criterion 5 - Sharing of Structures, Systems and Components GDC 5 is related to the sharing of SSCs. There are no shared SSCs because the APR1400 design is a single-unit plant. Therefore, this GDC is not applicable to the APR1400.

Criterion 17 - Electric Power Systems GDC 17 requires that the onsite electric power system be provided in order to facilitate the function of SSCs important to safety. The onsite electric power system has sufficient capacity and capability to perform intended safety functions during all normal and emergency modes of plant operation including DBEs.

The Class 1E 125 Vdc power system has two independent and redundant divisions and four independent trains. Class 1E 125 Vdc division loads are distributed between divisions, and Class 1E 125 Vdc train loads are distributed between trains, trains A and C on division I, and trains B and D on division II. Each independent train consists of a battery, normal and standby battery chargers, and associated power distribution equipment. The Class 1E 125 Vdc power system, including the batteries and onsite electrical distribution system, has sufficient independence, redundancy, and testability to perform its safety functions assuming a single failure. Therefore, no single failure prevents the onsite dc power system from supplying electric power, thereby permitting safety functions and other vital functions that require dc electric power to be performed after any single failure in the power system. Conformance with GDC 17 is described in Subsection 8.3.2.1.2.

Criterion 18 - Inspection and Testing of Electric Power Systems GDC 18 requires that electric power systems important to safety be designed to permit appropriate periodic inspection and testing of important areas and features to assess the continuity of the system and the condition of their components.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-50 The Class 1E dc power system provides the capability to perform integral, periodic testing of Class 1E dc systems. Conformance with GDC 18 is described in Subsection 8.3.2.3.6.

Criteria 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, and 44 GDC 33, 34, 35, 38, 41, and 44 require that onsite power supplies, including electrical distribution systems, be available for reactor coolant makeup during small breaks, residual heat removal, emergency core cooling, containment heat removal, containment atmosphere cleanup, and cooling water for SSCs important to safety during normal and accident conditions. These GDC also require the safety system to have redundancy. Redundant safety loads are distributed between redundant divisions of the Class 1E 125 Vdc electrical distribution systems, and associated redundant divisions of the Class 1E 125 Vdc distribution systems supply the I&C devices for the Class 1E loads and power system.

The necessary electric power is provided for all facility operating modes including transients and DBAs to meet these criteria. Conformance with these requirements is accomplished by meeting the requirements of GDC 17.

Criterion 50 - Containment Design Basis GDC 50 requires that the reactor containment structure, including access opening, penetrations, and containment heat removal systems be designed to accommodate, without exceeding the design leakage rate and with sufficient margin, the calculated pressure and temperature conditions resulting from a LOCA.

Electrical penetration assemblies are designed to accommodate the calculated pressure and temperature conditions resulting from a LOCA without exceeding their design leakage rate in accordance with IEEE Std. 323 and IEEE Std. 317.

The design and protection of the electric penetration assemblies conform with IEEE Std. 741 and NRC RG 1.63 requirements. The selection and settings of electrical protection devices provide reasonable assurance that the containment electrical penetration conductors do not exceed their design ratings for overload and for the maximum short-circuit current. Electrical penetrations are provided with primary and backup protection.

Conformance with GDC 50 is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.9.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-51 8.3.2.2.2 Conformance with NRC Regulatory Guides NRC Regulatory Guide 1.6 NRC RG 1.6 is related to the independence between redundant standby (onsite) power sources and their distribution systems.

Regulatory Position D.1 The load groups of the Class 1E dc power system are divided into two redundant divisions, division I and division II, and each division has two independent subsystem trains (A and C for division I and B and D for division II). Each load group of the Class 1E 125 Vdc power system is separated into redundant load groups so that loss of any one group does not prevent the minimum safety functions from being performed.

Regulatory Position D.3 Each redundant division load group consists of two independent subsystem trains (A and C for the division I load group and B and D for the division II load group). The dc load of each train is powered by its own battery and battery charger. The redundant load groups are electrically independent and physically separate and have no automatic connection to any other load group.

Regulatory Position D.4 Each redundant divisional load group consists of two independent subsystem trains (A and C for division I load group and B and D for division II load group). Each train has its own dc power source and distribution system for the train dc loads, which are independent from the other trains. The dc power source of one load group is not automatically paralleled with the power source of another load group under accident conditions. No provisions exist for automatically connecting one load group to another load group. No provisions exist for automatically transferring loads between redundant power sources.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.32 NRC RG 1.32 is related to the criteria for power systems of nuclear power plants.

The design, operation, and testing of the Class 1E dc power systems for the APR1400 meet the guidelines of IEEE Std. 308, which is endorsed by NRC RG 1.32, with an exception Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-52 that pertains to sharing of Class 1E dc power systems at multi-unit nuclear power plants.

This exception is not applicable to the APR1400 because it is a single unit. The onsite power system is designed to conform with the requirements of NRC RG 1.32.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.47 NRC RG 1.47 is related to the criteria for bypassed and inoperable status indication for nuclear power plants.

NRC RG 1.47 provides the requirements with respect to the bypassed and inoperable status indication of a Class 1E dc power system for a nuclear power plant. The APR1400 conforms with the requirements provided in NRC RG 1.47.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.53 NRC RG 1.53 is related to the application of single-failure criterion to safety systems.

The Class 1E dc power system has the required redundancy of safety-related components and systems assuming a single failure. The Class 1E dc power system is divided into two redundant divisions and four subsystems, two per division: trains A and C for division I, and trains B and D for division II. The redundant divisions of the Class 1E dc power system provide electrical and physical separation and independence to meet the single failure criterion. If one safety-related power division is inoperable because of a single failure, the other division can accomplish the intended safety function.

The components and equipment of the redundant divisions are installed in a physically separate seismic Category I building. Therefore, DBEs do not prevent the safety function of the Class 1E dc power system. NRC RG 1.53 endorses IEEE Std. 379, which provides guidance on the application of the single-failure criterion and describes an acceptable method of single-failure analysis. The onsite power system is designed to conform with requirements specified in NRC RG 1.53. Conformance with NRC RG 1.53 is described in Subsection 8.3.2.1.2.4.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.63 NRC RG 1.63 is related to the electric penetration assemblies (EPAs) in containment structures for nuclear power plants and endorses IEEE Std. 317. EPAs in containment Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-53 structures are designed to meet NRC RG 1.63 and IEEE Std. 317. Conformance with NRC RG 1.63 is described in Subsection 8.3.1.1.9.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.75 NRC RG 1.75 is related to the criteria for the independence of electrical safety systems.

The independence of the onsite power system is described in Subsection 8.3.2.1.2.5. The cable and raceway design related to NRC RG 1.75 is addressed in Subsection 8.3.1.1.10.

The Class 1E 125 Vdc onsite power system is designed to meet the requirements of NRC RG 1.75. Redundant Class 1E batteries are placed in separate safety class structures as required in IEEE Std. 384, which is endorsed by NRC RG 1.75.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.81 NRC RG 1.81 is related to the criteria for shared emergency and shutdown electric systems for multi-unit nuclear power plants.

The APR1400 is a single-unit plant. Therefore, NRC RG 1.81 is not applicable to the APR1400.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.93 NRC RG 1.93 is related to the LCO (Limiting Conditions for Operation) for availability of electric power sources. The LCO for availability of electric power sources is addressed in Technical Specification 3.8.1, 3.8.4, 3.8.7, and 3.8.9.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.106 NRC RG 1.106 is related to the thermal overload protection for electric motors on motor-operated valves (MOVs).

NRC RG 1.106 provides the criteria to ensure that safety-related MOVs whose motors are equipped with thermal overload protection devices integral to the motor starter perform their safety function. The thermal overload protection devices for safety-related MOVs are in conformance with the requirements of NRC RG 1.106.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.118 NRC RG 1.118 is related to the periodic testing of electric power and protection systems.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-54 Class 1E dc power systems are designed to be testable during operation of the nuclear power generating station as well as when the station is shut down. IEEE Std. 338, which is endorsed by NRC RG 1.118, provides design and operational criteria for the performance of periodic testing as part of the surveillance program of nuclear power plant safety systems.

Class 1E dc power systems are designed to conform with the GDC 18 and NRC RG 1.118.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.128 NRC RG 1.128 is related to the installation design and installation of vented lead-acid storage batteries in nuclear power plants. IEEE Std. 484(Reference 55), endorsed by NRC RG 1.128, provides the recommended design practice and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, pre-assembly, assembly, and charging of vented lead-acid batteries.

The Class 1E batteries of the APR1400 are installed in a separate seismic Category I room for each train. The battery cells are arranged on the racks to provide for the inspection of cell plates. Class 1E batteries, racks, and anchors are installed to withstand a safe shutdown earthquake to allow continuous battery service during and following the event in accordance with IEEE Std. 344, as endorsed by NRC RG 1.100 (Reference 56). The battery installation area is clean, dry, and well ventilated and provides adequate space and illumination for inspection, maintenance, testing, and battery cell replacement.

Each ventilation system of the Class 1E battery rooms limits hydrogen accumulation to less than 1 percent of the total volume of the battery area. An automatic fire detection system is installed in each battery room with provision for local alarm and annunciation in the MCR.

The APR1400 is designed to meet the requirements of NRC RG 1.128.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.129 NRC RG 1.129 is related to the maintenance, testing, and replacement of vented lead-acid storage batteries for nuclear power plants. IEEE Std. 450(Reference 57), endorsed by the NRC RG 1.129, provides recommended practices for maintenance, testing, and replacement of vented lead-acid batteries for stationary applications.

The Class 1E onsite dc power system of the APR1400 is designed to meet the requirements of GDCs 1 (Reference 58), 17, 18, and Criterion III of Appendix B to 10 CFR Part 50 Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-55 (Reference 59). Therefore, the APR1400 conforms with the requirements of NRC RG 1.129. The COL applicant is to develop the maintenance program to optimize the life and performance of the batteries (COL 8.3(13)).

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.153 NRC RG 1.153 is related to the criteria for safety systems.

IEEE Std. 603, endorsed by NRC RG 1.153, provides minimum functional and design requirements for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of safety systems for nuclear power plants. The Class 1E dc power system is designed to conform with the requirements of NRC RG 1.153 and IEEE Std. 603.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.155 NRC RG 1.155 is related to an SBO.

Class 1E onsite dc power systems are designed to meet the requirements of 10 CFR 50.63 and to have sufficient capacity and capability to enable the APR1400 to withstand and recover from an SBO event. The AAC GTG is available to supply the electrical loads that are required to be operational within 10 minutes of the initiation of an SBO event.

Restoration of ac power also restores power to the battery charger that supplies the auxiliary dc power for those loads and their I&Cs. The Class 1E battery has sufficient capacity to provide uninterrupted dc power from the initiation of the SBO event to the restoration of the ac power for the battery charger. Conformance with NRC RG 1.155 is described on Section 8.4.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.160 NRC RG 1.160 is related to monitoring the effectiveness of maintenance at nuclear power plants.

NRC RG 1.160 endorses Revision 4A of NUMARC 93-01, which provides methods for complying with 10 CFR 50.65 with some provisions and clarifications. Conformance with NRC RG 1.160 is described in Section 1.9.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-56 NRC Regulatory Guide 1.212 NRC RG 1.212 is related to sizing of lead-acid storage batteries. IEEE Std. 485, endorsed by NRC RG 1.212, provides recommended practice for sizing lead-acid batteries for stationary applications.

The Class 1E dc batteries are designed to conform with the requirements of NRC RG 1.212 and IEEE Std. 485.

8.3.2.2.3 Conformance with 10 CFR 50.34 Related to TMI Action Plan Requirements See Subsection 8.3.1.2.3.

8.3.2.2.4 Conformance with 10 CFR 50.55a(h)

See Subsection 8.3.1.2.5.

8.3.2.2.5 Conformance with 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) and 10 CFR 52.80(a)

See Subsection 8.2.2.4.

8.3.2.3 Electrical Power System Calculations and Distribution System Studies for DC System Analysis of load flow, voltage regulation, short-circuit studies, and equipment sizing studies is performed in accordance with the guidance provided in IEEE Std. 946 and other referenced IEEE standards.

8.3.2.3.1 Load Flow and Under/Overvoltage Protection Load flow studies are implemented to check whether the equipment terminal voltage is maintained within the acceptable voltage range under the most severe loading condition.

Voltage drops at equipment terminals are also derived from the largest discharge current conditions. Consequently, terminal voltages of equipment meet the voltage range that is recommended in IEEE Std. 946.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-57 8.3.2.3.2 Short-Circuit Studies Short-circuit studies are implemented to calculate the magnitudes of the expected currents in the power system during the most severe fault condition. In case of Class 1E dc bus short-circuit calculations, the contributing short-circuit current sources are the batteries and battery chargers because there are no dc motors directly connected to the Class 1E dc buses.

The maximum short-circuit current in the calculation is used to select the circuit breaker rating based on IEEE Std. C37.16 (Reference 61). The COL applicant is to provide the short-circuit analysis of onsite dc power system with actual data (COL 8.3(14)).

8.3.2.3.3 Equipment Sizing Studies Battery sizing is performed in accordance with IEEE Std. 485. Battery loads and durations are shown in Table 8.3.2-1. The calculation of battery charger rating is based on IEEE Std. 946. The rating of the dc control center and the circuit breaker is determined by the result of the load flow and short-circuit studies.

8.3.2.3.4 Equipment Protection and Coordination Studies Analyses of the dc equipment protection and coordination are performed using a methodology similar to that used in analyses of the onsite ac power system, which is described in Subsection 8.3.1.3.4. The COL applicant is to perform the equipment protection and coordination study with actual data (COL 8.3(9)).

8.3.2.3.5 Power Quality Limits Battery chargers and inverters are the main harmonic contributors of the dc power system.

The power quality limits are analyzed by methods that are similar to the onsite ac power system as described in Subsection 8.3.1.3.6.

8.3.2.3.6 Monitoring and Testing The Class 1E dc power system is designed to be testable during normal operation as well as when the station is shut down. Batteries are tested and inspected in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations, IEEE Std. 450, and IEEE Std. 484. The COL applicant is to describe any special features of the design that would permit online replacement of an individual cell, group of cells, or entire battery (COL 8.3(15)).

The dc power system monitoring capability is described in Subsection 8.3.2.1.2.7.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-58 8.3.2.3.7 Grounding The dc power system is designed to be an ungrounded system, which enhances the system reliability and service continuity because a single ground has no adverse effect on the system operation. Each train has a ground detector to isolate and monitor the fault area.

The ground detector has an alarm in the MCR and RSR to monitor constant grounding and recording. The ground detector has high sensitivity.

8.3.3 Combined License Information COL 8.3(1)

The COL applicant is to provide and to design the 4.16 kV mobile generator and the 480V mobile GTGs and their support equipment.

COL 8.3(2)

The COL applicant is to provide a bus transfer study of the onsite power system. Based on the bus transfer study, the COL applicant is also to provide final relay selection and settings for the bus transfer.

COL 8.3(3)

The COL applicant is to establish procedures to monitor and maintain EDG reliability during plant operations to verify the selected reliability level target is being achieved as intended in NRC RG 1.155.

COL 8.3(4)

The COL applicant is to describe and provide detailed ground grid and lightning protection.

COL 8.3(5)

The COL applicant is to conduct periodic inspection and testing of the protection devices for the EPA conductors. All circuit breakers for the EPA conductors shall be inspected and tested in 60 months, low voltage circuit breaker overcurrent protection devices for the EPA conductors shall be inspected and tested once per 18 months for 10 % of each type of circuit breakers, and overcurrent relay for medium voltage circuit breakers for the EPA conductors shall be inspected and tested once per 18 months.

COL 8.3(6)

The COL applicant is to provide testing, inspection, and monitoring programs for detecting insulation degradation of underground and inaccessible power cables within the scope of 10 CFR 50.65.

COL 8.3(7)

The COL applicant is to establish Administrative Program(s), including application of dedicated cable and raceway management database tool as Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-59 necessary, which is(are) developed on the basis of the cable and raceway numbering system to efficiently manage cable routing and cable termination and verify that the cable design fulfills the acceptance criteria (i.e., separation, filling criteria, and ampacity).

COL 8.3(8)

The COL applicant is to provide the detailed design of the cathodic protection system as applicable to the site conditions.

COL 8.3(9)

The COL applicant is to provide protective device coordination.

COL 8.3(10)

The COL applicant is to provide the analysis and underlying assumptions used to demonstrate adequacy for insulation coordination of surge and lightning protection.

COL 8.3(11)

The COL applicant is to provide the analysis and underlying assumptions used to demonstrate adequacy for power quality limits (harmonic distortion).

COL 8.3(12)

The COL applicant is to provide the analysis for the station and switchyard grounding system with underlying assumptions, based on the site-specific parameters including soil resistivity and site layout.

COL 8.3(13) The COL applicant is to develop the maintenance program to optimize the life and performance of the batteries.

COL 8.3(14)

The COL applicant is to provide a short-circuit analysis of the onsite dc power system with actual data.

COL 8.3(15)

The COL applicant is to describe any special features of the design that would permit online replacement of an individual cell, group of cells, or entire battery.

8.3.4 References

1.

IEEE Std. 141-1993, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1993.

2.

NUREG-0737, Clarification of TMI Action Plan Requirements, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, 1980.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-60

3.

IEEE Std. 603-1991, IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1991.

4.

Regulatory Guide 1.153, Criteria for Safety Systems, Rev. 1, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, June 1996.

5.

IEEE Std. 384-1992, IEEE Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and Circuits, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1992.

6. Regulatory Guide 1.32, Criteria for Power Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 3, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2004.
7.

Regulatory Guide 1.75, Criteria for Independence of Electrical Safety Systems, Rev. 3, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, February 2005.

8.

NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, BTP 8-6, Adequacy of Station Electric Distribution System Voltage, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2007.

9.

10 CFR 50.34, Contents of Applications; Technical Information, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

10. Regulatory Guide 1.9, Application and Testing of Safety-Related Diesel Generators in Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 4, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2007.
11. Regulatory Guide 1.155, Station Blackout, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, August 1988.
12. IEEE Std. 387-1995, IEEE Standard Criteria for Diesel-Generator Units Applied as Standby Power Supplies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1995.
13. Generic Letter 84-15, Proposed Staff Actions to Improve and Maintain Diesel Generator Reliability, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, July 2, 1984.
14. IEEE Std. 323-2003, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2003.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-61

15. IEEE Std. 344-2004, IEEE Recommended Practice for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2005.
16. IEEE Std. 242-2001, IEEE Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2001.
17. IEEE Std. 741-2007, IEEE Standard Criteria for the Protection of Class 1E Power Systems and Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2007.
18. Regulatory Guide 1.106, Thermal Overload Protection for Electric Motors on Motor-Operated Valves, Rev. 2, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, February 2012.
19. NEMA MG 1, Motors and Generators, National Electrical Manufacturers Association, 2009.
20. NEMA C50.41, American National Standard for Polyphase Induction Motors for Power Generating Stations, National Electrical Manufacturers Association, 2000.
21. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 18, Inspection and Testing of Electrical Power Systems, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
22. Regulatory Guide 1.118, Periodic Testing of Electric Power and Protection Systems, Rev. 3, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, April 1995.
23. IEEE Std. 665-1995, IEEE Standard for Generating Station Grounding, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1995.
24. IEEE Std. 666-1991, IEEE Design Guide for Electric Power Service Systems for Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1991.
25. IEEE Std. 1050-1996, IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1996.
26. Regulatory Guide 1.204, Guidelines for Lightning Protection of Nuclear Power Plants, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, November 2005.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-62

27. IEEE Std. 80-2000, IEEE Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2000.
28. IEEE Std. 142-2007, IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2007.
29. NFPA 780, Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems, National Fire Protection Association, 2004.
30. IEEE Std. 317-1983, IEEE Standard for Electric Penetration Assemblies in Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1983.
31. IEEE Std. 383-2003, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Electric Cables and Field Splices for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2003.
32. Regulatory Guide 1.63, Electric Penetration Assemblies in Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 3, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, February 1987.
33. NEMA WC 74, 5-46 kV Shielded Power Cable for Use in the Transmission and Distribution of Electric Energy, National Electrical Manufacturers Association, 2006.
34. NEMA WC 70, Power Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less for the Distribution of Electrical Energy, National Electrical Manufacturers Association, 2009.
35. NEMA WC 57, Standard for Control, Thermocouple Extension, and Instrumentation Cables, National Electrical Manufacturers Association, 2004.
36. IEEE Std. 835-1994, IEEE Standard Power Cable Ampacity Tables, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1994.
37. NEMA WC 51, Ampacities of Cables Installed in Cable Trays, National Electrical Manufacturers Association, 2009.
38. Regulatory Guide 1.218, Condition-Monitoring Techniques for Electric Cables Used In Nuclear Power Plants, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, April 2012.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-63

39. 10 CFR 50.65, Requirements for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
40. IEEE Std. 420-2001, IEEE Standard for the Design and Qualification of Class 1E Control Boards, Panels, and Racks Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2001.
41. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 17, Electric Power Systems, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
42. IEEE Std. 308-2001, IEEE Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2001.
43. IEEE Std. 379-2000, IEEE Standard Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2000.
44. IEEE Std. 338-1987, IEEE Standard Criteria for the Periodic Surveillance Testing of Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1987.
45. NUMARC 93-01, Industry Guideline for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 4A, Nuclear Energy Institute, 2011.
46. IEEE Std. C62.23-1995, IEEE Application Guide for Surge Protection of Electric Generating Plants, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1995.
47. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix B, Quality Assurance Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants and Fuel Reprocessing Plants, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
48. ASME NQA-1, Quality Assurance Requirements for Nuclear Facility Applications, The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, the 2008 Edition with the 2009 Addenda.
49. IEEE Std. C62.82.1-2010, IEEE Standard for Insulation Coordination - Definitions, Principles, and Rules, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2010.
50. IEEE Std. 1313.2-1999, IEEE Guide for the Application of Insulation Coordination, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1999.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-64

51. IEEE Std. 519-1992, IEEE Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1992.
52. IEEE Std. 485-2010, IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2010.
53. IEEE Std. 535-2013, IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Vented Lead Acid Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2013.
54. IEEE Std. 946-2004, IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of DC Auxiliary Power Systems for Generating Stations, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2004.
55. IEEE Std. 484-2002, IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2002.
56. Regulatory Guide 1.100, Seismic Qualification of Electric and Active Mechanical Equipment and Functional Qualification of Active Mechanical Equipment for Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 3, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, September 2009.
57. IEEE Std. 450-2010, IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2010.
58. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 1, Quality Standards and Records, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
59. 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix B, Criterion III, Design Control, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
60. 10 CFR Part 21, Reporting of Defects and Noncompliance, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-65

61. IEEE Std. C37.16-2009, IEEE Standard for Preferred Ratings, Related Requirements, and Application Recommendations for Low-Voltage AC (635 V and below) and DC (3200 V and below) Power Circuit Breakers, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 2009.
62. Generic Letter 2007-01, Inaccessible or Underground Power Cable Failures that Disable Accident Mitigation Systems or Cause Plant Transients, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, February 7, 2007
63. NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, BTP 8-1, Requirements for Motor-Operated Valves in the ECCS Accumulator Lines, Rev. 3, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2007.
64. NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, BTP 8-2, Use of Diesel Generator Sets for Peaking, Rev. 3, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2007.
65. NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, BTP 8-4, Application of Single Failure Criterion to Manually Controlled Electrically Operated Valves, Rev. 3, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2007.
66. NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, BTP 8-5, Supplemental Guidance for Bypass and Inoperable Status Indication for Engineered Safety Features Systems, Rev. 3, U.S.

Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2007.

67. NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan, BTP 8-7, Criteria for Alarms and Indications Associated with Diesel Generator Unit Bypassed and Inoperable Status, Rev. 3, U.S.

Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2007.

68. SECY-91-078, Chapter 11 of the Electric Power Research Institutes (EPRIs)

Requirements Document and Additional Evolutionary Light Water Reactor (LWR)

Certification Issues, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 25, 1991.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-66 Table 8.3.1-1 (1 of 4)

Electrical Bus Loads Bus Component Load (Estimated)

Class 1E 4.16 kV Bus Train A Motor-driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump A 1,260 hp Safety Injection Pump 1 1,000 hp Essential Service Water Pump 1A 1,248 hp Cooling Tower Fan Group 900 hp Component Cooling Water Pump 1A 2,355 hp Shutdown Cooling Pump 1 1,000 hp Essential Chiller 1A 1,100 hp Charging Pump 1 780 hp Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)

Motor Control Center (Press HTRs Back-up Group B-1) 350 kVA Train B Motor-driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump B 1,260 hp Safety Injection Pump 2 1,000 hp Essential Service Water Pump 1B 1,248 hp Cooling Tower Fan Group 900 hp Component Cooling Water Pump 1B 2,355 hp Shutdown Cooling Pump 2 1,000 hp Essential Chiller 1B 1,100 hp Charging Pump 2 780 hp Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)

Motor Control Center (Press HTRs Back-up Group B-2) 350 kVA Train C Safety Injection Pump 3 1,000 hp Essential Service Water Pump 2A 1,248 hp Cooling Tower Fan Group 900 hp Component Cooling Water Pump 2A 2,355 hp Containment Spray Pump 1 1,000 hp Essential Chiller 2A 1,100 hp Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)

(1) FA rating of the load center transformer Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-67 Table 8.3.1-1 (2 of 4)

Bus Component Load (Estimated)

Class 1E 4.16 kV Bus (cont.)

Train D Safety Injection Pump 4 1,000 hp Essential Service Water Pump 2B 1,248 hp Cooling Tower Fan Group 900 hp Component Cooling Water Pump 2B 2,355 hp Containment Spray Pump 2 1,000 hp Essential Chiller 2B 1,100 hp Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)

Permanent Non-safety 4.16 kV Bus Division I

Central Chiller 1 1,100 hp Central Chiller 2 1,100 hp Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 1,333 kVA (1)

Load Center (Turbine Building) 1,333 kVA (1)

Central Chilled Water Pump 1 500 hp Division II Central Chiller 3 1,100 hp Central Chiller 4 1,100 hp Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)

Load Center (Turbine Building) 1,333 kVA (1)

Central Chilled Water Pump 2 500 hp Non-Class 1E 4.16 kV Bus Division I

Load Center (Turbine Building) 2,000 kVA (1)

Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)

Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)

Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)

Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 1,000 kVA (1)

TGB CCW Pump 1 672 hp Administration BLDG 1,000 kVA (1) FA rating of the load center transformer Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-68 Table 8.3.1-1 (3 of 4)

Bus Component Load (Estimated)

Non-Class 1E 4.16 kV Bus (cont.)

Division II Load Center (Turbine Building) 1,333 kVA (1)

Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)

Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)

Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)

Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 1,000 kVA (1)

Load Center (Compound Building) 2,000 kVA (1)

Load Center (Compound Building) 2,000 kVA (1)

Load Center (Compound Building) 2,000 kVA (1)

TGB CCW Pump 2 672 hp Non-Class 1E 4.16 kV AAC Bus Division II Load Center (AAC Building) 1,333 kVA (1)

Non-Class 1E 13.8 kV Bus Division I

Reactor Coolant Pump 1A 13,500 hp Reactor Coolant Pump 2A 13,500 hp Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 1,333 kVA (1)

Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 1,333 kVA (1)

Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)

Division II Reactor Coolant Pump 1B 13,500 hp Reactor Coolant Pump 2B 13,500 hp Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 1,333 kVA (1)

Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 1,333 kVA (1)

Load Center (Auxiliary Building) 2,000 kVA (1)

Division I

Circulating Water Pump A 4,357 hp Circulating Water Pump C 4,357 hp Circulating Water Pump E 4,357 hp Condensate Pump A 4,600 hp Feedwater Booster Pump A 5,000 hp Feedwater Booster Pump C 5,000 hp Cooling Tower Fan A Load Group 5,220 kW (1) FA rating of load center transformer Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-69 Table 8.3.1-1 (4 of 4)

Bus Component Load (Estimated)

Non-Class 1E 13.8 kV Bus (cont.)

Division I

(Cont.)

Load Center (CW Pump House) 667 kVA (1)

Load Center (Turbine Building) 2,000 kVA (1)

Load Center (Auxiliary Boiler Building) 1,333 kVA (1)

Division II Circulating Water pump B 4,357 hp Circulating Water pump D 4,357 hp Circulating Water pump F 4,357 hp Condensate Pump B 4,600 hp Condensate Pump C 4,600 hp Feedwater Booster Pump B 5,000 hp Cooling Tower Fan B 5,220 kW Startup Feedwater Pump 2,681 hp Load Center (CW Pump House) 667 kVA (1)

Load Center (Turbine Building) 2,000 kVA (1)

(1) FA rating of load center transformer Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-70 Table 8.3.1-2 (1 of 5)

Class 1E Loads (Division I)

Train A Equipment Volts Component Estimated (bhp/kW/

kVA) (1)

Power Factor Motor Efficiency Equivalent Load (kW)

LOOP Load (kW)

DBA Concurrent with a LOOP Load (kW)

Load Sequence Time (Seconds) (2)

Medium Voltage Safety Injection Pump 1 4,160 898.5 (bhp) 0.9 744.8 744.8 5

Cooling Tower Fan 1A 4,160 750 (bhp) 0.9 621.7 621.7 621.7 10 Motor-driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump A 4,160 1,15 (bhp) 0.9 954.1 954.1 954.1 15 Shutdown Cooling Pump 1 4,160 940 (bhp) 0.9 779.2 779.2 23 Component Cooling Water Pump 1A 4,160 2,000 (bhp) 0.9 1657.8 1657.8 1657.8 28 Essential Service Water Pump 1A 4,160 1,021 (bhp) 0.9 846.3 846.3 846.3 33 Essential Chiller 1A 4,160 930 (bhp) 0.9 760.9 760.9 760.9 38 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence of Medium Voltage 4,840.8 6,364.8 Load Sequence Group A (3), (4) - Low Voltage 480V LC - CH A Battery Charger 480 125 kVA 0.9 112.5 112.5 112.5 480V LC - EDG Room Elec. Heating Coil 11A 480 211 kW 1.0 211 211 211 480V LC - Control Room Elec. Heating Coil 01A 480 225 kW 1.0 225 225 225 480V LC - Control Room Supply AHU HV01A Fan 480 104 (bhp) 0.9 86.2 86.2 86.2 Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-71 Table 8.3.1-2 (2 of 5)

Train A Equipment Volts Component Estimated (bhp/kW

/kVA) (1)

Power Factor Motor Efficiency Equivalent Load (kW)

LOOP Load (kW)

DBA Concurrent with a LOOP Load (kW)

Load Sequence Time (Seconds) (2)

Load Sequence Group A (3), (4) - Low Voltage 480V LC - Battery Room Elec. Duct Heater 480 77 kW 1.0 77 77 77 480V LC - Aux. Charging Pump 460 100 (bhp) 0.9 82.9 82.9 82.9 480V LC - Essential Chilled Water Pump 01A 460 81.3 (bhp) 0.9 67.4 67.4 67.4 480V LC - CCW HX EDH A 460 180 kW 1.0 180 180 180 480V LC - Cooling Tower Makeup Pump 3A 460 139.8 0.9 115.9 115.9 115.9 480V MCC Loads (4) 480 522.2 kW 1.0 1.0 522.2 522.2 522.2 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence Group B 1,680.1 1,680.1 0

Manual Load Group (5) 480V LC - Pressurizer Heaters Back-up Group B1 480 300 kW 1.0 300 300 300 480V LC - Spent Fuel Pool Cooling Pump 480 93.4 (bhp) 0.9 77.4 77.4 77.4 Subtotal, Loading for Manual Load 377.4 377.4 EDG Loads of Train A Total Diesel Load on LOOP excluding Manual Load 6,520.9 Total Diesel Load on LOOP including Manual Load 6,898.3 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP excluding Manual Load 8,044.9 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP including Manual Load 8,422.3 Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-72 Table 8.3.1-2 (3 of 5)

Train C Equipment Volts Component Estimated (bhp/kW

/kVA) (1)

Power Factor Motor Efficiency Equivalent Load (kW)

LOOP Load (kW)

DBA Concurrent with a LOOP Load (kW)

Load Sequence Time (Seconds) (2)

Safety Injection Pump 3 4,160 898.5 (bhp) 0.9 744.8 744.8 10 Cooling Tower Fan 2A 4,160 750 (bhp) 0.9 621.7 621.7 621.7 15 Containment Spray Pump 1 4,160 920 (bhp) 0.9 762.6 762.6 23 Component Cooling Water Pump 2A 4,160 2,000 (bhp) 0.9 1,657.8 1,657.8 1,657.8 28 Essential Service Water Pump 2A 4,160 1,021 (bhp) 0.9 846.3 846.3 846.3 33 Essential Chiller 2A 4,160 930 (bhp) 0.9 760.9 760.9 760.9 38 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence of Medium Voltage 3,886.7 5,394.1 Load Sequence Group C (3), (4) - Low Voltage 480V LC - CH C Battery Charger 480 210 0.9 189 189 189 480V LC - EDG Room Elec. Heating Coil 11C 480 240 kW 1.0 240 240 240 480V LC - Control Room Supply AHU HV01C Fan 460 104 (bhp) 0.9 86.2 86.2 86.2 480V LC - Control Room Elec. Heating Coil 01A 480 225 kW 1.0 225 225 225 480V LC - Essential Chilled Water Pump 02A 460 81.3 (bhp) 0.9 67.4 67.4 67.4 480V LC - Battery Room Elec. Duct Heater 480 74 kW 1.0 74 74 74 Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-73 Table 8.3.1-2 (4 of 5)

Train C Equipment Volts Component Estimated (bhp/kW

/kVA) (1)

Power Factor Motor Efficiency Equivalent Load (kW)

LOOP Load (kW)

DBA Concurrent with a LOOP Load (kW)

Load Sequence Time (Seconds) (2)

Load Sequence Group C (3), (4) - Low Voltage 480V LC - Cooling Tower Makeup Pump 4A 460 139.8 0.9 115.9 115. 9 115.9 480V MCC (4EA) Loads (4) 480 375.7 kW 1.0 1.0 375.7 375.7 375.7 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence Group C 1,373.2 1,373.2 0

Manual Load Group (5)

Subtotal, Loading for Manual Load 0

0 EDG Loads of Train C Total Diesel Load on LOOP excluding Manual Load 5,259.9 Total Diesel Load on LOOP including Manual Load 5,259.9 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP excluding Manual Load 6,767.3 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP including Manual Load 6,767.3 Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-74 Table 8.3.1-2 (5 of 5)

(1) Conversion into equivalent kilowatts for rated horsepower involves multiplying rated horsepower by the conversion factor 0.746 kW/hp. When unit of brake horsepower (bhp) is assumed, a motor efficiency of 0.9 is used in addition to this conversion factor to calculate equivalent load. Unless designated as bhp, all horsepower is rated.

(2) The following components and times apply to accident scenarios coincident with a LOOP.

Train A Sequencer 480V load center load group A 0.0 second Safety injection pump 1 5.0 seconds Cooling Tower Fan 1A 10.0 seconds Motor-driven AFW pump A (if required) 15.0 seconds Shutdown cooling pump 1 23.0 seconds Component cooling water pump 1A 28.0 seconds Essential service water pump 1A 33.0 seconds Essential chiller 1A 38.0 seconds Train C Sequencer 480V load center load group C 0.0 second Safety injection pump 3 10.0 seconds Cooling Tower Fan 1C 15.0 seconds Containment spray pump 1 23.0 seconds Component cooling water pump 2A 28.0 seconds Essential service water pump 2A 33.0 seconds Essential chiller 2A 38.0 seconds (3) The 480V loads are energized immediately upon closure of the EDG incoming breaker.

(4) Although motor-operated valves (MOVs) are connected to the Class 1E MCC buses, they are considered to be zero for purpose of EDG sizing due to their intermittent and short operating time.

480V HVAC loads were classified into summer season loads and winter season loads, and the worst-case loads of winter season were allocated in the 480V MCC loads for EDG sizing.

(5) Manual loads are added to the Class 1E buses by operator in case plant conditions require their usage.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-75 Table 8.3.1-3 (1 of 5)

Class 1E Loads (Division II)

Train B Equipment Volts Component Estimated (bhp/kW

/kVA) (1)

Power Factor Motor Efficiency Equivalent Load (kW)

LOOP Load (kW)

DBA Concurrent with a LOOP Load (kW)

Load Sequence Time (Seconds) (2)

Medium Voltage Safety Injection Pump 2 4,160 898.5 (bhp) 0.9 744.8 744.8 5

Cooling Tower Fan 1B 4,160 750 (bhp) 0.9 621.7 621.7 621.7 10 Motor-driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump B 4,160 1,151 (bhp) 0.9 954.1 954.1 954.1 15 Shutdown Cooling Pump 2 4,160 940 (bhp) 0.9 779. 2 779.2 23 Component Cooling Water Pump 1B 4,160 2,000 (bhp) 0.9 1,657.8 1,657.8 1,657.8 28 Essential Service Water Pump 1B 4,160 1,021 (bhp) 0.9 846.3 846.3 846.3 33 Essential Chiller 1B 4,160 930 (bhp) 0.9 760.9 760.9 760.9 38 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence of Medium Voltage 4,840.8 6,364.8 Load Sequence Group B (3), (4) - Low Voltage 480V LC CH B Battery Charger 480 125 kVA 0.9 112.5 112. 5 112.5 480V LC - EDG Room Elec. Heating Coil 11B 480 211 kW 1.0 211 211 211 480V LC - Control Room Elec. Heating Coil 01B 480 225 kW 1.0 225 225 225 480V LC - Control Room Supply AHU HV01B Fan 480 104 (bhp) 0.9 86.2 86.2 86.2 480V LC - Battery Room Elec. Duct Heater 480 109 kW 1.0 109 109 109 Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-76 Table 8.3.1-3 (2 of 5)

Train B Equipment Volts Component Estimated (bhp/kW

/kVA) (1)

Power Factor Motor Efficiency Equivalent Load (kW)

LOOP Load (kW)

DBA Concurrent with a LOOP Load (kW)

Load Sequence Time (Seconds) (2)

Load Sequence Group B (3), (4) - Low Voltage 480V LC - Aux. Charging Pump 460 100 (bhp) 0.9 82.9 82.9 82.9 480V LC - Essential Chilled Water Pump 01B 460 81.3 (bhp) 0.9 67.4 67.4 67.4 480V LC - CCW HX EDH B 480 180 kW 1.0 180 180 180 480V LC - Cooling Tower Makeup Pump 3B 460 139.8 0.9 115.9 115.9 115.9 480V MCC Loads (4) 480 511.9 kW 1.0 1.0 511.9 511.9 511.9 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence Group B 1,701.8 1,701.8 0

Manual Load Group (5) 480V LC - Pressurizer Heaters Backup Group B2 480 300 kW 1.0 300 300 300 480V LC - Spent Fuel Pool Cooling Pump B 480 93.4 0.9 77.4 77.4 77.4 Subtotal, Loading for Manual Load 377.4 377.4 EDG Loads of Train B Total Diesel Load on LOOP excluding Manual Load 6,542.6 Total Diesel Load on LOOP including Manual Load 6,920.0 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP excluding Manual Load 8,066.6 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP including Manual Load 8,444.0 Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-77 Table 8.3.1-3 (3 of 5)

Train D Equipment Volts Component Estimated (bhp/kW

/kVA) (1)

Power Factor Motor Efficiency Equivalent Load (kW)

LOOP Load (kW)

DBA Concurrent with a LOOP Load (kW)

Load Sequence Time (Seconds) (2)

Medium Voltage Safety Injection Pump 4 4,160 898.5 (bhp) 0.9 744.8 744.8 10 Cooling Tower Fan 2B 4,160 750 (bhp) 0.9 621.7 621.7 621.7 15 Containment Spray Pump 2 4,160 920 (bhp) 0.9 762.6 762.6 23 Component Cooling Water Pump 2B 4,160 2,000 (bhp) 0.9 1,657.8 1,657.8 1,657.8 28 Essential Service Water Pump 2B 4,160 1,201 (bhp) 0.9 846.3 846.3 846.3 33 Essential Chiller 2B 4,160 930 (bhp) 0.9 760.9 760.9 760.9 38 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence of Medium Voltage 3,886.7 5,394.1 Load Sequence Group D (3), (4) - Low Voltage 480V LC - CH D Battery Charger 480 210 kVA 0.9 189 189 189 480V LC - EDG Room Elec. Heating Coil 11D 480 240 kW 1.0 240 240 240 480V LC - Control Room Supply AHU HV01D Fan 460 104 (bhp) 0.9 86.2 86.2 86.2 480V LC - Control Room Elec. Heating Coil 01D 480 225 kW 1.0 225 225 225 480V LC - Essential Chilled Water Pump 02 B 460 81.3 (bhp) 0.9 67.4 67.4 67.4 480V LC - Battery Room Elec. Duct Heater 480 74 kW 1.0 74 74 74 Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-78 Table 8.3.1-3 (4 of 5)

Train D Equipment Volts Component Estimated (bhp/kW

/kVA) (1)

Power Factor Motor Efficiency Equivalent Load (kW)

LOOP Load (kW)

DBA Concurrent with a LOOP Load (kW)

Load Sequence Time (Seconds) (2)

Load Sequence Group D (3), (4) - Low Voltage 480V LC - Cooling Tower Makeup Pump 4B 460 139.8 0.9 115.9 115.9 115.9 480V MCC (4EA) Loads (4) 480 375.6 kW 1.0 1.0 375.6 375.6 375.6 Subtotal, Loading for Load Sequence Group D 1,373.1 1,373.1 0

Manual Load Group (5)

Subtotal, Loading for Manual Load 0

0 EDG Loads of Train D EDG Loads of Train D Total Diesel Load on LOOP excluding Manual Load 5,259.8 Total Diesel Load on LOOP including Manual Load 5,259.8 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP excluding Manual Load 6,767.2 Total Diesel Load on DBA/LOOP including Manual Load 6,767.2 Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-79 Table 8.3.1-3 (5 of 5)

(1) Conversion into equivalent kilowatts for rated horsepower involves multiplying rated horsepower by the conversion factor 0.746 kW/hp. When unit of brake horsepower (bhp) is assumed, a motor efficiency of 0.9 is used in addition to this conversion factor to calculate equivalent load. Unless designated as bhp, all horsepower is rated.

(2) The following components and times apply to accident scenarios coincident with LOOP.

Train B Sequencer 480V load center load group B 0.0 second Safety injection pump 2 5.0 seconds Cooling Tower Fan 1B 10.0 seconds Motor-driven AFW pump B (if required) 15.0 seconds Shutdown cooling pump 2 23.0 seconds Component cooling water pump 1B 28.0 seconds Essential service water pump 1B 33.0 seconds Essential chiller 1B 38.0 seconds Train D Sequencer 480V load center load group D 0.0 second Safety injection pump 4 10.0 seconds Cooling Tower Fan 1D 15.0 seconds Containment spray pump 2 23.0 seconds Component cooling water pump 2B 28.0 seconds Essential service water pump 2B 33.0 seconds Essential chiller 2B 38.0 seconds (3) The 480V loads are energized immediately upon closure of the EDG incoming breaker.

(4) Although motor-operated valves (MOVs) are connected to the Class 1E MCC buses, they are considered to be zero for purpose of EDG sizing due to their intermittent and short operating time.

480V HVAC loads were classified into summer season loads and winter season loads, and the worst-case loads of winter season were allocated in the 480V MCC loads for EDG sizing.

(5) Manual loads are added to the Class 1E buses by operator in case plant conditions are required their usage.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-80 Table 8.3.1-4 AAC GTG Loads (SBO)

Load Name Quantity Installed Voltage

[V]

Load Rating

[hp or kW]

Brake Horse Power

[bhp]

Eff.

[%]

Capacity

[kW]

SBO Quantity Capacity [kW]

(Winter season)

Safety Injection Pump 1

4,000 1,000 hp 898.5 90.0 744.76 1

744.76 Shutdown Cooling Pump 1

4,000 1,000 hp 940 90.0 779.16 1

779.16 Component Cooling Water Pump 1

4,000 2,355 hp 2,000 90.0 1,657.78 1

1,657.78 Essential Service Water Pump 1

4,000 1,248 hp 1,021 90.0 846.3 1

846.3 Cooling Tower Fan 1

4,000 900 hp 750 90.0 621.67 1

621.67 Motor-driven Auxiliary Feedwater Pump 1

4,000 1,260 hp 1,151 90.0 954.05 1

954.05 Essential Chiller 1

4,000 1,100 hp 930 90.0 770.87 1

760.92 Subtotal (4.16 kV Loads) 6,364.64 Auxiliary Charging Pump 1

460 100 hp 100 90.0 82.89 1

82.89 Cooling Tower Makeup Pump 1

460 157 hp 139.8 90.0 115.88 1

115.88 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling Pump 1

460 100 hp 93.4 90.0 77.42 1

77.42 Control Room Supply AHU Fan 1

460 125 hp 104 90.0 86.2 1

86.2 Control Room Supply AHU Elec. Heating Coil 1

480 225 kW 100.0 225.00 1

225 EDG Room Normal Supply AHU Elec. Heating Coil 1

480 211 kW 100.0 211.00 1

211 Class 1E Battery Room Elec. Duct Heater 1

480 109 kW 100.0 109 1

109 Class 1E 125 Vdc Battery Charger 1

480 125 kVA 112.5 1

112.5 Class 1E 480V MCC Loads 698.93 698.93 Subtotal (480V Loads) 1,718.82 AAC Facility Loads 610.54 Total loads of AAC GTG 8,694 Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-81 Table 8.3.1-5 AAC GTG Loads (LOOP)

Load Name Quantity Installed Voltage

[V]

Load Rating

[hp or kW]

Brake Horse Power

[bhp]

Eff.

[%]

Capacity

[kW]

LOOP Quantity Capacity [kW]

Central Chiller 4

4,000 1,100 hp 1,050 90.0 870.33 3

2,610.99 Central Chilled Water Pump 2

4,000 500 hp 405 90.0 335.7 1

335.7 Sub-total (4.16 kV Loads) 2,946.69 Turning Gear Motor 1

460 75 hp 55.8 93.0 46.25 1

46.25 Turning Gear Oil Pump 1

460 100 hp 83.5 94.5 69.21 1

69.21 Computer Room Packaged ACU 2

480 60 kW 100.0 60 1

60 Regulating Transformer (VBPSS Inverter) 4 480 60 kVA 95.0 48.00 0

0 Guard House Distribution Panel 1

480 125 kVA 90.0 72.3 1

72.30 Compound Bldg. Non-1E 125 Vdc Battery Charger 1

480 44.11 kW 100.0 44.11 1

44.11 Non-1E 125 Vdc Battery Charger 2

480 264.7/

235.3 kW 100.0 264.7/235.3 2

518 Non-1E 250 Vdc Battery Charger 2

480 176.5 kW 100.0 176.5 1

176.5 Compound Building Lighting Transformer 10 480 75 kVA 40 30.00 10 300.00 Fire Pump and Waste Water Treatment Building Lighting Transformer 1

480 75 kVA 80 60.00 1

60.00 Auxiliary Building Lighting Transformer 1

480 75 kVA 40 30.00 1

30.00 Turbine Building Lighting Transformer 6

480 100 kVA 45 45.00 6

270.00 Permanent Non-Safety 480V MCC Loads 870.75 Subtotal (480V Loads) 2,517.12 AAC Facility Loads 610.54 Total loads of AAC GTG 6,074.35 Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-82 Table 8.3.1-6 (1 of 2)

Electrical Equipment Ratings and Component Data 13.8 kV Medium-Voltage Switchgears 13.8 kV Medium-Voltage System Non-Class 1E Switchgear Type Nominal voltage Rated current Metal Clad 13.8 kV, 3 phase, 60 Hz 2,000 A Circuit Breaker Maximum voltage Rated short-circuit current Peak current (C and L crest)

Control voltage Breaker closing coil Breaker trip coil 15 kV 50 kA, rms, symmetrical 130 kA, peak 125 Vdc (90~140 V) 125 Vdc (70~140 V) 4.16 kV Medium-Voltage Switchgears 4.16 kV Medium-Voltage System Class 1E Non-Class 1E Permanent Non-Class 1E Switchgear Type Nominal voltage Rated current Metal Clad 4.16 kV, 3 phase, 60 Hz 2,000 A Metal Clad 4.16 kV, 3 phase, 60 Hz 3,000 A, 2,000 A Metal Clad 4.16 kV, 3 phase, 60 Hz 1,200 A Circuit Breaker Maximum voltage Rated short-circuit current Peak current (C and L crest)

Control voltage Breaker closing coil Breaker trip coil 4.76 kV 50 kA, rms, symmetrical 130 kA, peak 125 Vdc (90~140 V) 125 Vdc (70~140 V)

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-83 Table 8.3.1-6 (2 of 2) 480V Load Centers Low-Voltage System (Load Center)

Class 1E Non-Class 1E Permanent Non-Class 1E Circuit breaker type Rated short-circuit current Rated current Load Center transformer (AA/FA)

Control power Air Circuit Breaker 50 kA 3,000 A 1,500/2,000 kVA 125 Vdc (90 V ~ 140 V)

Air Circuit Breaker 50 kA, 30 kA 3,000 A, 2,000 A, 1,600 A 1,500/2,000 kVA, 1,000/1,333 kVA, 750/1,000 kVA, 500/667 kVA 125 Vdc (90 V ~ 140 V)

Air Circuit Breaker 50 kA, 30 kA 3,000 A, 2,000 A 1,500/2,000kVA, 1,000/1,333 kVA 125 Vdc (90 V ~ 140 V) 480V Motor Control Centers 480Vac Motor Control Centers Circuit Breaker Type Rated short-circuit current Rated current MCCB 42 kA, 30 kA 600 A 4.16 kV Generators Generators Class 1E EDG Non-Class 1E AAC Generators Rated voltage Rated output 4.16 kV 9,100 kW for trains A&B 7,500 kW for trains C&D 4.16 kV 9,700 kW Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-84 Table 8.3.1-7 (1 of 8)

Failure Modes and Effects Analysis for the Onsite AC Power System Component Function Failure Mode Failure Cause Failure Effect and Counter Measure Detection

1. The isolated phase bus (IPB) from the main transformer (MT) to the generator circuit breaker (GCB) or to the unit auxiliary transformer (UAT) or the UAT Power supply to the onsite ac power system Loss of power Open circuit Short circuit UATs fault The faulted equipment is isolated by protective relaying and protective equipment.

The main generator (MG) and turbine automatically trip and the GCB opens.

The other independent preferred offsite circuit remains unaffected.

The switchgears are transferred automatically from the UATs to the standby auxiliary transformers (SATs).

Annunciation by protective relays

2. Standby auxiliary transformer (SAT)

In case of a loss of power from the UAT, power supply to the onsite ac power system Loss of power Open circuit Short circuit SATs fault The faulted equipment is isolated by protective relaying and protective equipment.

The other independent preferred offsite circuit remains unaffected.

No effect on unit power generation or essential safety buses since not normally connected to onsite system.

Annunciation by protective relays

3. IPB connecting the GCB and the MG or MG Power supply to transmission network and the onsite ac power system Loss of power Open circuit Short circuit MG fault The GCB opens.

The turbine and the MG are tripped automatically.

All unit and Class 1E auxiliaries continue to receive uninterrupted offsite power from the UATs.

Annunciation by protective relays

4. GCB Supplying and breaking of the MG output power Breaker open by breaker malfunction Interrupting failure at fault Breaker fault, failure, or pole disagreement The other two poles of the breaker trip.

The faulted equipment is isolated by protective relaying and protective equipment.

The other independent preferred offsite circuit remains unaffected.

Automatic reactor and turbine trips occur.

The switchgears are transferred automatically from the UATs to the SATs.

Breaker fail alarm Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-85 Table 8.3.1-7 (2 of 8)

Component Function Failure Mode Failure Cause Failure Effect and Counter Measure Detection

5. IPB cooling system Cooling of IPB Loss of cooling of IPB Mechanical or electrical fault No immediate consequence.

The unit and Class 1E auxiliaries continue to receive an uninterrupted flow of power through the UATs.

The continued unit operation is dependent upon bus design capacities without forced cooling.

Cooling system fault alarm

6. UATs cooling system Cooling of UATs Loss of one of the cooler banks Mechanical or electrical fault No immediate consequence.

The unit and the Class 1E auxiliaries continue to receive an uninterrupted flow of power from this source.

The continued transformer and unit operation is dependent upon its rated design capacities without cooling.

Cooling system fault alarm

7. MT Transferring of power to the transmission network and the onsite ac power system Loss of power Open circuit Short circuit Main transformer fault The faulted equipment is isolated by protective relaying and protective equipment.

The MG automatically trips and the GCB opens.

The other independent preferred offsite circuit remains unaffected.

The switchgears are transferred automatically from the UATs to the SATs.

Annunciation by protective relays

8. MT cooling system Cooling of MT Loss of one of the cooler banks Mechanical or electrical fault No immediate consequence with the MT at full load.

The continued transformer and unit operation is dependent upon its rated design capacities without cooling.

Cooling system fault alarm

9. Power cables from the UAT (or SAT) to 4.16 kV Class 1E switchgear Transferring of power from the UAT (or SAT) to the 4.16 kV Class 1E switchgear Loss of switchgear power Cable fault (grounded, shorted)

The associated switchgear feeder breaker trips and isolates the fault from the system.

The associated Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear bus is de-energized.

Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system for safe shutdown of the reactor.

Annunciation by protective relays Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-86 Table 8.3.1-7 (3 of 8)

Component Function Failure Mode Failure Cause Failure Effect and Counter Measure Detection

10. 13.8 kV non-Class 1E switchgear normal incoming feeder breaker Power supply to 13.8 kV non-Class 1E switchgear Interrupting failure at fault Operating device fault Malfunction of the protective relay The faulted switchgear is isolated from power source by protective relaying and protective equipment (GCB and Switchyard breaker).

Automatic turbine and generator trips occur.

All switchgears except for faulted switchgear are transferred automatically from the UATs to the SATs.

Undervoltage alarm or breaker inoperable alarm Breaker open by malfunction Relay setting error The switchgear normal incoming breaker trips.

The associated switchgear bus is de-energized.

Required unit power reduction to the capacity supported by remaining non-Class 1E auxiliaries or may cause unit to trip.

If reactor coolant pump (RCP) switchgear bus is unavailable, the plant will experience a reactor trip due to the loss of RCPs. Turbine and generator also trip.

Undervoltage alarm or breaker trip alarm

11. 13.8 kV non-Class 1E Switchgear Bus or Feeder Breaker Power supply for 13.8 kV Loads Bus unavailable Bus insulation fail (Grounded, Shorted)

Feeder breaker interrupting fail on fault The switchgear normal incoming breaker trips.

The associated switchgear bus is de-energized.

Required unit power reduction to the capacity supported by remaining non-Class 1E auxiliaries or may cause unit to trip.

If RCP switchgear bus is unavailable, the plant will experience a reactor trip due to the loss of RCPs. Turbine and generator also trip.

Undervoltage alarm or breaker inoperable alarm Breaker open by malfunction Relay setting error Switchgear Feeder Breaker trips.

The associated switchgear load is de-energized.

If RCP feeder breaker trips, the plant will experience a reactor trip due to the loss of RCPs. Turbine and generator also trip.

Undervoltage alarm or breaker inoperable alarm Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-87 Table 8.3.1-7 (4 of 8)

Component Function Failure Mode Failure Cause Failure Effect and Counter Measure Detection

12. 4.16 kV non-Class 1E switchgear normal incoming breaker Power supply to the switchgear bus Interrupting failure at fault Operating device fault Malfunction of the protective relay The faulted switchgear is isolated from power source by protective relaying and protective equipment (GCB and switchyard breaker).

Automatic turbine and generator trips occur.

All switchgears except for faulted switchgear are transferred automatically from the UATs to the SATs.

Undervoltage alarm or breaker inoperable alarm Breaker open by malfunction Relay setting error The switchgear normal incoming breaker trips.

The associated switchgear is de-energized.

Required unit power reduction to the capacity supported by remaining non-Class 1E auxiliaries or may cause unit to trip.

Undervoltage alarm or breaker trip alarm

13. 4.16 kV non-Class 1E switchgear bus or the feeder breaker Power supply to 4.16 kV non-Class 1E loads Bus unavailable Bus insulation fail (grounded, shorted)

Feeder breaker interrupting fail The switchgear normal incoming breaker trips.

The associated switchgear is de-energized.

Required unit power reduction to the capacity supported by remaining non-Class 1E auxiliaries or may cause unit to trip.

Undervoltage alarm or breaker inoperable alarm Breaker open by malfunction Relay setting error The switchgear feeder breaker trips.

The associated switchgear load is de-energized.

Breaker trip alarm Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-88 Table 8.3.1-7 (5 of 8)

Component Function Failure Mode Failure Cause Failure Effect and Counter Measure Detection

14. The feeder cable of 13.8 kV / 480V or 4.16 kV /

480V non-Class 1E load center transformer or load center incoming breaker Power supply to 480V load center Load center power supply feeder unavailable Cable fault (grounded, shorted)

Transformer fault Incoming breaker interrupting fail at fault The associated 13.8 kV or 4.16 kV feeder breaker trips and isolates the fault from the system.

The associated 480V load center bus is de-energized.

Switchgear breaker trip alarm or load center undervoltage alarm Breaker open by malfunction Relay setting error The load center incoming breaker trips.

The associated load center bus is de-energized.

Breaker trip alarm or undervoltage alarm

15. 480V non-Class 1E load center bus or 480V non-Class 1E load center feeder breaker Power supply to 480V load center loads Bus unavailable Bus insulation fail (grounded, shorted)

Feeder breaker interrupting fail on fault The load center incoming breaker trips.

The associated 480V load center bus is de-energized.

Load center fault alarm Breaker open by malfunction Relay setting error The load center feeder breaker trips.

The associated 480V load is de-energized.

Breaker trip alarm Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-89 Table 8.3.1-7 (6 of 8)

Component Function Failure Mode Failure Cause Failure Effect and Counter Measure Detection

16. 4. 16 kV Class 1E switchgear normal incoming breaker Power supply to the 4.16 kV Class 1E bus Interrupting failure at fault Operating device fault Malfunction of protective relay The faulted switchgear is isolated from power source by protective relaying and protective equipment (GCB and switchyard breaker).

Automatic turbine and generator trips occur.

All switchgears except for faulted switchgear are transferred automatically from the UATs to the SATs.

Affected 4.16 kV Class 1E switchgear is de-energized.

Associated 480V buses are also de-energized.

Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system for safe shutdown of the reactor.

Undervoltage alarm or breaker inoperable alarm Breaker open by malfunction Relay setting error The switchgear normal incoming breaker trips.

Affected 4.16 kV Class 1E switchgear is de-energized.

Associated 480V buses are also de-energized.

Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system for safe shutdown of the reactor.

Undervoltage alarm or breaker trip alarm

17. 4.16 kV Class 1E switchgear bus or feeder breakers Power supply to Class 1E large motors and load centers Bus unavailable Bus insulation fail (grounded, shorted)

Feeder breaker interrupting fail Incoming breakers trip and the affected 4.16 kV Class 1E switchgear is de-energized.

The associated 480V buses are also de-energized.

Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E auxiliary power system for the safe shutdown of the reactor.

Undervoltage alarm or breaker inoperable alarm Breaker open by malfunction Relay setting error The switchgear feeder breaker trips.

The associated switchgear load is de-energized.

Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E auxiliary power system for the safe shutdown of the reactor.

Breaker trip alarm Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-90 Table 8.3.1-7 (7 of 8)

Component Function Failure Mode Failure Cause Failure Effect and Counter Measure Detection

18. 4.16 kV Class 1E emergency diesel generator breaker Power supply to the 4.16 kV Class 1E bus Feeder breaker closing fail Malfunction of operating device In case of a LOOP and a failure of EDG breaker closing, the associated 4.16 kV Class 1E switchgear is de-energized.

Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system division.

Undervoltage alarm or breaker inoperable alarm

19. 4.16 kV Class 1E emergency diesel generator Power supply to the Class 1E bus EDG start failure Fault after starting Undervoltage Underfrequency Electrical and mechanical fault If the EDG source is supplying power under offsite power failure, the affected safety division is de-energized until the fault is cleared.

Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system division.

Undervoltage alarm or EDG fault alarm

20. The feeder cable of 4.16 kV/480V Class 1E load center transformer or 480V Class 1E load center incoming breaker Power supply to the Class 1E load center bus Load center power supply feeder unavailable Cable fault (grounded, shorted)

Transformer fault Incoming breaker interrupting fail The associated switchgear feeder breaker trips and isolates the fault from the system.

The associated 480V load center bus is de-energized.

Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system for safe shutdown of the reactor.

Switchgear feeder breaker trip alarm or load center undervoltage alarm Breaker open by malfunction Relay setting error The load center incoming breaker trips.

The associated 480V load center bus is de-energized.

Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system for safe shutdown of the reactor.

Breaker trip alarm or undervoltage alarm Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-91 Table 8.3.1-7 (8 of 8)

Component Function Failure Mode Failure Cause Failure Effect and Counter Measure Detection

21. 480V Class 1E load center bus or 480V Class 1E load center feeder breaker Power supply to 480V Class 1E loads Bus unavailable Bus insulation fail (grounded, shorted)

Feeder breaker interrupting fail at fault The load center incoming breaker trips.

The associated 480V load center bus is de-energized.

Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system for the safe shutdown of the reactor.

Load center breaker trip alarm or fault alarm Breaker open by malfunction Relay setting error The load center feeder breaker trips.

The associated 480V load center bus is de-energized.

Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system for the safe shutdown of the reactor.

Breaker trip alarm

22. 480V Class 1E load center feeder cable for motor control center (MCC) or 480V Class 1E MCC feeder breaker Power supply to 480V Class 1E MCC loads MCC bus unavailable Feeder cable fault (grounded, shorted)

Feeder breaker interrupting fail at fault The associated load center feeder breaker trips.

The associated MCC bus is de-energized.

Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system for the safe shutdown of the reactor.

Load center breaker trip alarm and MCC undervoltage alarm Breaker open by malfunction Relay setting error The MCC feeder breaker trips.

The associated MCC load is de-energized.

Sufficient redundant auxiliaries remain operable from the redundant Class 1E power system for the safe shutdown of the reactor.

MCC fault alarm Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-92 Table 8.3.2-1 (1 of 4)

Class 1E 125 Vdc Power System Loads

1. Train A Load Description Load Current (A) (2)

Remark 0-1 min 1-119 min 119-120 min 121-480 min 1

118 1

360 MOV Inverter (No Load Current) 20.0 20.0 RCS Valves (1) 47.8 Random Load Reactor Trip Switchgear System 3.0 Momentary Load Solenoids for CVCS, SIS, MS, FW & AF Valves 21.2 21.2 21.2 4.64 Solenoids for Miscellaneous Valves 14.7 14.7 14.7 Lamp and Relay, Trip of SWGR and LC 49.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 IP Inverter 389.1 389.1 389.1 104.3 EDG-A Control Power 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 TOTAL 509.5 461.5 489.3 125.3 (1) This load is a random load of the MOV inverter.

(2) The dc loads can change during detail design.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-93 Table 8.3.2-1 (2 of 4)

2. Train B Load Description Load Current (A) (2)

Remark 0-1 min 1-119 min 119-120 min 121-480 min 1

118 1

360 MOV Inverter (No Load Current) 20.0 20.0 RCS Valves (1) 47.8 Random Load CVCS Valves (1) 29.4 Random Load Reactor Trip Switchgear System 3.0 Momentary Load Solenoids for CVCS, SIS, MS, FW & AF Valves 22.5 22.5 22.5 4.64 Solenoids for Miscellaneous Valves 15.1 15.1 15.1 Lamp and Relay, Trip of SWGR and LC 50.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 IP Inverter 330.6 330.6 330.6 103.7 EDG-B Control Power 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 TOTAL 452.6 404.6 461.8 124.8 (1) This load is a random load of the MOV inverter.

(2) The dc loads can change during detail design.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-94 Table 8.3.2-1 (3 of 4)

3. Train C Load Description Load Current (A) (6)

Remark 0-1 min 1~5 min 5~60 min 60~65 min 65~480 min 480~485 min 485~957 min 957~958 min 958~959 min 959~960 min 1

4 55 5

415 5

472 1

1 1

MOV Inverter (No Load Current) 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 IWS Valve 1 & 2 (1), (2) 229.6 229.6 Random Load RCS Valve 1 (1) 47.8 Random Load RCS Valve 2 (1) 581.2 (4) 121.9 (5)

Random Load AFP Turbine LCP 68.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 Aux. Feedwater Isolation Valves 180.0 (3) 180 (3) 180 (3) 180 (3)

Reactor Trip Switchgear System 3.0 Momentary Load Solenoids for SIS, MS & AT Valves 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 Solenoids for Miscellaneous Valves 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 Lamp and Relay, Trip of SWGR and LC 39.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 IP Inverter 259.6 259.6 259.6 259.6 259.6 259.6 259.6 259.6 259.6 259.6 EDG-C Control Power 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 Emergency DC Lighting 40.0 40.0 40.0 TOTAL 634.9 536.9 356.9 496.9 316.9 (496.9 (3))

496.9 316.9 (496.9 (3))

521.5 873.1 691.2 (1) This load is a random load of the MOV inverter.

(2) IWS Valve 1 and 2 will not be operated simultaneously.

(3) This current is loaded for the first 5 minutes every 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.

(4) This current is Locked Rotor Current value of RCS Valve 2.

(5) This current is Full Load Current value of RCS Valve 2.

(6) The dc loads can change during detail design.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-95 Table 8.3.2-1 (4 of 4)

4. Train D Load Description Load Current (A) (6)

Remark 0-1 min 1~5 min 5~60 min 60~65 min 65~480 min 480~485 min 485~957 min 957~958 min 958~959 min 959~960 min 1

4 55 5

415 5

472 1

1 1

MOV Inverter (No Load Current) 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 IWS Valve 3 & 4 (1), (2) 229.6 229.6 Random Load RCS Valve 3 (1) 47.8 Random Load RCS Valve 4 (1) 581.2 (4) 121.9 (5)

Random Load AFP Turbine LCP 68.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 Aux. Feedwater Isolation Valves 180.0 (3) 180 (3) 180 (3) 180 (3)

Reactor Trip Switchgear System 3.0 Momentary Load Solenoids for SIS, MS & AT Valves 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 Solenoids for Miscellaneous Valves 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 Lamp and Relay, Trip of SWGR and LC 39.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 IP Inverter 261.4 261.4 261.4 261.4 261.4 261.4 261.4 261.4 261.4 261.4 EDG-D Control Power 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 Emergency DC Lighting 40.0 40.0 40.0 TOTAL 636.7 538.7 358.7 498.7 318.7 (498.7 (3))

498.7 318.7 (498.7 (3))

523.3 874.9 693.0 (1) This load is a random load of the MOV inverter.

(2) IWS Valve 3 and 4 will not be operated simultaneously.

(3) This current is loaded for the first 5 minutes every 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.

(4) This current is Locked Rotor Current value of RCS Valve 4.

(5) This current is Full Load Current value of RCS Valve 4.

(6) The dc loads can change during detail design.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-96 Table 8.3.2-2 (1 of 5)

Non-Class 1E DC Power System Loads

1.

Division I, 125 Vdc Loads Load Description Load Current (A) (1) 0~1 min 1~30 min 30~120 min 120~480 min 1

29 90 360 Local Control Panel 74.7 74.7 74.7 Emergency Lighting 72.4 72.4 72.4 72.4 Feedwater Pump Turbine Emergency Lube Oil Pump 200.0 136.0 136.0 Local Alarm Box 0.5 0.5 0.5 Personnel Air Lock 3.0 3.0 3.0 Solenoids for CVCS, SIS, MS

& FTValves 7.1 7.1 7.1 Solenoids for Miscellaneous Valves 7.3 7.3 7.3 EDG Speed Cubicle 7.2 7.2 7.2 EDG DMDS Cabinet 80.0 80.0 80.0 Lamp and Relay, Trip of SWGR and LC 119.9 19.9 19.9 IP Inverter 969.4 969.4 TOTAL 1541.6 1377.6 408.1 72.4 (1) The dc loads can change during detail design.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-97 Table 8.3.2-2 (2 of 5)

2.

Division II, 125 Vdc Loads Load Description Load Current (A) (1) 0~1 min 1~30 min 30~120 min 120~480 min 1

29 90 360 Local Control Panel 43.4 43.4 43.4 Emergency Lighting 59.4 59.4 59.4 59.4 Feedwater Pump Turbine Emergency Lube Oil Pump 100.0 68.0 68.0 Personnel Air Lock 3.0 3.0 3.0 Solenoids for CVCS, MS &

FT Valves 3.9 3.9 3.9 Solenoids for Miscellaneous Valves 5.3 5.3 5.3 EDG Speed Cubicle 7.2 7.2 7.2 EDG DMDS Cabinet 80.0 80.0 80.0 Lamp and Relay, Trip of SWGR and LC 129.9 19.9 19.9 IP Inverter 1021.8 1021.8 TOTAL 1453.9 1311.9 290.1 59.4 (1) The dc loads can change during detail design.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-98 Table 8.3.2-2 (3 of 5)

3. Division II, 250 Vdc Loads Load Description Load Current (A) (1) 0~1 min 1~30 min 30~120 min 1

29 90 T/G Emergency Bearing Oil Pump 1060.0 265.0 265.0 T/G Emergency Seal Oil Pump 257.5 103.0 103.0 UPS Load Current 115.1 115.1 TOTAL 1432.6 483.1 368.0 (1) The dc loads can change during detail design.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-99 Table 8.3.2-2 (4 of 5)

4. 125 Vdc Loads, Compound Building Load Description Load Current (A) (1) 0~30 min 30~120 min 120~480 min 30 90 360 Liquid Radwaste Control Panel 1.4 1.4 Gaseous Radwaste Control Panel 2.0 2.0 Radioactive Laundry System Control Panel 0.3 0.3 GRS Control Cabinet 12.5 12.5 Local Alarm Box 1.0 1.0 Plant Chilled Water System Control Panel 0.3 0.3 Emergency Lighting Panel 24.0 24.0 24.0 Miscellaneous Valves 5.6 5.6 Lamp and Relay, Trip of Load Center 3.0 3.0 UPS Load Current 139.9 TOTAL 189.9 50.0 24.0 (1) The dc loads can change during detail design.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-100 Table 8.3.2-2 (5 of 5)

5. 125 Vdc Loads, AAC GTG Building Load Description Load Current (A) (1) 0~1 min 1~120 min 1

119 AAC GTG DMDS Cabinet 40.0 40.0 AAC GTG Control Power 13.6 13.6 Lamp and Relay, Trip of SWGR and LC 8.1 3.1 UPS Load Current 13.7 13.7 TOTAL 75.4 70.4 (1) The dc loads can change during detail design.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-101 Table 8.3.2-3 (1 of 4)

Class 1E 120 Vac I&C Power System Loads Train A Description Capacity (kVA)

Auxiliary Process Cabinet (APC) 0.16 Plant Protection System (PPS) Cabinets 1.08 Core Protection Calculator System (CPCS) Cabinet and Test Simulator 1.02 Maintenance and Test Panel (MTP-A1) 0.6 ESF-CCS Group Controller Cabinets 1.2 ESF-CCS Loop Controller Cabinets 13.5 Safety Console 1.02 Ex-core Neutron Flux Monitoring System (ENFMS) 0.4 Safety-Related Divisionalized Cabinet (SRDC) 0.51 Radiation Monitoring System Local Unit 5.66 QIAS-P Display Processor 0.42 Remote Shutdown Console 0.36 Transducer for 4.16 kV Switchgear and dc control center 0.1 Pilot Operated Safety Release Valve Master Control Cabinet (PMCC)

(Channel A) 0.43 Total 26.46 (1) The I&C loads can change during the design.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-102 Table 8.3.2-3 (2 of 4)

Train B Description Capacity (kVA)

Auxiliary Process Cabinet (APC) 0.11 Plant Protection System (PPS) Cabinets 1.08 Core Protection Calculator System (CPCS) Cabinet and Test Simulator 1.02 Maintenance and Test Panel (MTP-B1) 0.6 ESF-CCS Group Controller Cabinets 1.2 ESF-CCS Loop Controller Cabinets 14.63 Safety Console 1.02 Ex-core Neutron Flux Monitoring System (ENFMS) 0.4 Safety-Related Divisionalized Cabinet (SRDC) 0.51 Radiation Monitoring System Local Unit 0.6 QIAS-P Display Processor 0.42 Remote Shutdown Console 0.36 Transducer for 4.16 kV Switchgear and dc control center 0.1 Pilot Operated Safety Release Valve Master Control Cabinet (PMCC)

(Channel B) 0.43 Total 22.48 (1) The I&C loads can change during the design.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-103 Table 8.3.2-3 (3 of 4)

Train C Description Capacity (kVA)

Auxiliary Process Cabinet (APC) 0.09 Plant Protection System (PPS) Cabinets 1.08 Core Protection Calculator System (CPCS) Cabinet and Test Simulator 1.02 ESF-CCS Group Controller Cabinets 1.2 ESF-CCS Loop Controller Cabinets 6.75 Maintenance and Test Panel (MTP-C1) 0.6 Safety Consoles 2.2 Shift Technical Advisor Console 0.54 Reactor Operator Console 0.36 Turbine/Electrical Operator Consoles 0.72 Shift Supervisor Console 0.54 Remote Shutdown Console 1.08 Digital Rod Control System (DRCS) Remote I/O Cabinet 0.54 Ex-core Neutron Flux Monitoring System (ENFMS) 0.4 Transducer for 4.16 kV Switchgear and dc control center 0.1 Pilot Operated Safety Release Valve Master Control Cabinet (PMCC)

(Channel C) 0.43 Total 17.65 (1) The I&C loads can change during the design.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-104 Table 8.3.2-3 (4 of 4)

Train D Description Capacity (kVA)

Auxiliary Process Cabinet (APC) 0.09 Plant Protection System (PPS) Cabinets 1.08 Core Protection Calculator System (CPCS) Cabinet and Test Simulator 1.02 QIAS-N Display Processor 0.48 ESF-CCS Group Controller Cabinets 1.2 ESF-CCS Loop Controller Cabinets 6.75 Maintenance and Test Panel (MTP-D1) 0.6 Safety Consoles 1.84 Shift Technical Advisor Console 0.54 Reactor Operator Console 0.36 Turbine/Electrical Operator Consoles 0.72 Shift Supervisor Console 0.54 Remote Shutdown Console 1.08 Digital Rod Control System (DRCS) Remote I/O Cabinet 0.54 Ex-core Neutron Flux Monitoring System (ENFMS) 0.4 Transducer for 4.16 kV Switchgear and dc control center 0.1 Pilot Operated Safety Release Valve Master Control Cabinet (PMCC)

(Channel D) 0.43 Total 17.77 (1) The I&C loads can change during the design.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-105 Table 8.3.2-4 (1 of 2)

Electrical Equipment Ratings - Component Data Non-Class 1E DC and I&C Power System Component Description Specification Battery Charger AC input Three phase, 480 Vac +/- 10 %, 60 Hz +/- 5 %

DC output

+/- 0.5 % regulation Float voltage range 124-130/248-260 V (125/250 Vdc system)

Equalizing voltage range 130-140/260-280 V (125/250 Vdc system)

DC output current rating 1,800 A (auxiliary building, division I) 1,600 A (auxiliary building, division II) 300 A (compound building) 200 A (AAC GTG building), 600 A (TG building)

Battery Type Lead Acid Number of cells 116 cell for 125 Vdc (auxiliary building) 58 cell for 125 Vdc (compound and AAC GTG building) 116 cell for 250 Vdc (TG building)

Nominal voltage 125 Vdc/250 Vdc Float voltage 2.15-2.17 V/cell Equalizing voltage 2.25-2.40 V/cell Minimum operating voltage 1.81 V/cell Voltage range 105-140 V for 125 Vdc System 210-280 V for 250 Vdc System Battery capacity 4,000 AH (division I) 3,600 AH (division II) 700 AH (compound building) 500 AH (AAC GTG building) 3,200 AH (TG building)

Inverter Rating 60 kVA DC input voltage 100-140 V Nominal output ac voltage 120 V Output voltage regulation

+/- 2 %

Output frequency 60 Hz +/- 0.5 %

Efficiency 85 %

Regulating Transformer Rating 60 kVA Input nominal voltage 1 phase 480 V Output nominal voltage 1 phase 120 V Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-106 Table 8.3.2-4 (2 of 2)

Class 1E DC and I&C Power System Component Description Specification Battery Charger AC input Three phase, 480 Vac +/- 10 %, 60 Hz +/- 5 %

DC output

+/- 0.5 % regulation Float voltage range 124-130/248-260 V (125/250 Vdc system)

Equalizing voltage range 130-140/260-280 V (125/250 Vdc system)

DC output current rating 700 A (trains A&B), 1,200 A (trains C&D)

Battery Type Lead acid Number of cells 58 cell x 2 (parallel)

Nominal voltage 125 Vdc Float voltage 2.15-2.17 V/cell Equalizing voltage 2.25-2.40 V/cell Minimum operating voltage 1.81 V/cell Voltage range 105-140 V for 125 Vdc System Battery capacity 2,800 AH (trains A&B) 8,800 AH (trains C&D)

Inverter Rating 40 kVA DC input voltage 100-140 V Nominal output ac voltage 120 V Output voltage regulation

+/- 2 %

Output frequency 60 Hz +/- 0.5 %

Efficiency 85 %

Regulating Transformer Rating 40 kVA Input nominal voltage 1 phase 480 V Output nominal voltage 1 phase 120 V Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-107 Table 8.3.2-5 (1 of 2)

Electrical Equipment Status Information of Class 1E 125 Vdc and 120 Vac Power Systems MCR and RSR Description Status Alarm Indication Battery charger output voltage low Battery charger output voltage high Loss of ac input to battery charger Loss of battery charger output power Battery charger output circuit breaker open DC control center main circuit breaker open Battery circuit breaker open Battery current (Charge and Discharge)

Battery test panel feeder breaker close 125 Vdc control center undervoltage 125 Vdc control center ground 125 Vdc control center voltage Inverter 125 Vdc input failure Inverter failure Inverter ac output voltage low 120 Vac inverter distribution panel undervoltage 120 Vac inverter distribution panel ground Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-108 Table 8.3.2-5 (2 of 2)

Local Description Status Alarm Indication DC bus undervoltage DC bus ground Charger dc voltage low Charger dc voltage high Battery charger ac power failure Battery charger dc power failure Battery current(Ammeter-Charge/Discharge)

Battery charger output current (Ammeter)

DC bus voltage (Voltmeter)

Battery charger output voltage (Voltmeter)

DC bus ground detector Battery charger ac on indication Charger high dc voltage shutdown relay (Main ac supply breaker to the charger open)

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-109 Table 8.3.2-6 (1 of 2)

Failure Modes and Effects Analysis for the 125 V dc and Class 1E Vital Power System Component Function Failure Mode Failure Cause Failure Effect and Countermeasure Detection

1. 480 Vac supply to chargers Power supply to charger Loss of ac input power Loss of 480 V load center power Power supply feeder fault Power supply failure to dc MCC from charger Power from battery is available to supply power without interruption.

Annunciation by charger undervoltage relay

2. Battery chargers Power supply to 125 Vdc load and charge of battery Loss of output power Opening of output breaker Undervoltage of output power Overvoltage of output power Component failure Power supply failure to dc MCC from charger Severe internal faults may cause high short-circuit currents to flow with resulting voltage reduction on the 125 Vdc bus until the fault is cleared by the isolating circuit breakers.

The 125 Vdc bus receives power from its respective battery without interruption.

If the battery circuit breakers open, the complete loss of voltage on one 125 Vdc bus may result but other redundant system can function as alternative.

Annunciation by charger trouble detection Annunciation by charger undervoltage /

overvoltage relay

3. 125 Vdc batteries Back-up power supply to dc MCC Battery circuit breaker open Battery failure Back-up power loss In case a charger is available, even though the battery fails to supply to dc MCC, the battery charger allows continued supply of power to dc MCC.

In case both battery and charger are unavailable, other redundant system can function as alternative.

Annunciation by breaker trip Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-110 Table 8.3.2-6 (2 of 2)

Component Function Failure Mode Failure Cause Failure Effect and Countermeasure Detection

4. 125 Vdc control centers Power supply to dc loads Ground fault Grounding of a single bus The 125 Vdc system is an ungrounded electrical system and therefore, ground detector is under surveillance and causes alarms.

A single ground does not cause any malfunction or prevent operation of any safety feature.

Annunciation by dc MCC ground detector Undervoltage Charger failure and battery discharge The 125 V bus is monitored to detect the voltage decay on the bus and initiate an alarm at a voltage setting where the battery can still deliver power for safe and orderly shutdown of the unit.

Upon detection, power can be restored either by correcting the deficiency or by switching to a redundant source.

Annunciation by dc MCC undervoltage relay

5. 125 Vdc distribution panel Power supply to dc loads Main circuit breaker open Bus shorted Voltage on the shorted 125 Vdc bus system of the affected unit decays until isolated by the isolating circuit breakers.

Remaining redundant channels are available for the safe operation of the unit.

Annunciation by breaker trip

[(Local Only)]

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-111 Table 8.3.2-7 Failure Modes and Effects Analysis for the 120 Vac Class 1E Vital Instrumentation and Control Power System Component Function Failure Mode Failure Cause Failure Effect and Countermeasure Detection

1. Inverter Power supply to vital bus panelboards Loss of output power Loss of input power Inverter failure Component failure Input power loss of 120 V vital bus distribution panel Regulating transformer supply back-up power Redundant system is available for the function Annunciation by inverter undervoltage relay
2. ac instrument and control power distribution panel Power supply to vital instrument loads Undervoltage Bus shorted Power supply loss of 120 V vital instrument loads Sufficient redundant system provides adequate protection.

Annunciation by power loss Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-112 NO NON-CLASS 1E 13.8KV SWGR SW01M RC PUMP 1A M

13800-480V XFMR 01M 480V LC LC01M A

C B

A C

B MCC PRESS HTRS PROPOR.

GROUP P-1 B

C A

(TYPICAL) 480V LC LC02M A

C B

13800-480V XFMR 02M MCC CONTROL ROD DRIVE MG SET 1 480V LC LC03M 13800-480V XFMR 03M MCC RC PUMP 2A M

NON-CLASS 1E 13.8KV SWGR SW02M 480V LC LC04M 13800-480V XFMR 04M MCC 480V LC LC06M 13800-480V XFMR 06M MCC 480V LC LC16M 13800-480V XFMR 16M MCC M

M M

M M

M CONDENSATE PUMP A CIRCULATING WATER PUMP A CIRCULATING WATER PUMP C CIRCULATING WATER PUMP E FEED WATER BOOSTER PUMP A FEED WATER BOOSTER PUMP C TO UAT 01M TO SAT 02M TO UAT 01M TO SAT 02M NON-CLASS 1E 13.8KV SWGR SW01N RC PUMP 1B M

13800-480V XFMR 01N 480V LC LC01N A

C B

A C

B MCC PRESS HTRS PROPOR.

GROUP P-2 B

C A

(TYPICAL) 480V LC LC02N A

C B

13800-480V XFMR 02N MCC CONTROL ROD DRIVE MG SET 2 480V LC LC03N 13800-480V XFMR 03N MCC RC PUMP 2B M

NON-CLASS 1E 13.8KV SWGR SW02N 480V LC LC04N 13800-480V XFMR 04N MCC 480V LC LC06N 13800-480V XFMR 06N MCC M

M M

M M

M CONDENSATE PUMP B CIRCULATING WATER PUMP B CIRCULATING WATER PUMP D FEED WATER BOOSTER PUMP B TO UAT 01N TO SAT 02N TO UAT 01N TO SAT 02N M

START-UP FEED WATER PUMP CONDENSATE PUMP C CIRCULATING WATER PUMP F DIVISION I DIVISION II 27 27 27 Non-Class 1E 13.8 kV AC Power System 27 MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR

  • : MULTY FUNCTION RELAY COOLING TOWER FAN GROUP MFR COOLING TOWER FAN GROUP MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR NO MFR MFR MFR MFR NO MFR MFR MFR MFR NO MFR MFR MFR MFR Figure 8.3.1-1 Onsite AC Electrical Power System (1 of 3)

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-113 NO PERMANENT NON-SAFETY 4.16kV SWGR SW01M CENTRAL CHILLER 1 M

4160-480V XFMR 10M 480V LC LC10M MCC B

C A

480V LC LC12M A

C B

4160-480V XFMR 12M MCC CENTRAL CHILLED WATER PUMP 1 M

NON-CLASS 1E 4.16kV SWGR SW02M 480V LC LC09M 4160-480V XFMR 09M MCC 480V LC LC11M 4160-480V XFMR 11M MCC 480V LC LC08M 4160-480V XFMR 8M MCC M

TGB CCW PUMP 1 TO UAT 01M TO UAT 01M TO SAT 02M TO SAT 02M CENTRAL CHILLER 2 M

4160-480V XFMR 07M MCC 480V LC LC05M 4160-480V XFMR 05M MCC 480V LC LC07M PERMANENT NON-SAFETY 4.16kV SWGR SW01N CENTRAL CHILLER 3 M

4160-480V XFMR 10N 480V LC LC10N MCC 480V LC LC12N 4160-480V XFMR 12N MCC CENTRAL CHILLED WATER PUMP 2 M

NON-CLASS 1E 4.16kV SWGR SW02N 480V LC LC09N 4160-480V XFMR 09N MCC 480V LC LC11N 4160-480V XFMR 11N MCC 480V LC LC08N 4160-480V XFMR 08N MCC M

TGB CCW PUMP 2 TO UAT 01N TO UAT 01N TO SAT 02N TO SAT 02N CENTRAL CHILLER 4 M

4160-480V XFMR 07N MCC 480V LC LC05N 4160-480V XFMR 05N MCC 480V LC LC07N NON-CLASS 1E 4.16KV SWGR SW03N 480V LC LC19N 4160-480V XFMR19N NEUTRAL GRND XFMR B

C A

NO MCC MCC MCC

480V LC LC16N 4160-480V XFMR 16N MCC 480V LC LC17N 4160-480V XFMR 17N MCC 480V LC LC15N 4160-480V XFMR 15N MCC 27 27 27 TO AAC SWGR 03N TO AAC SWGR 03N 27 27 DIVISION I DIVISION II Non-Class 1E 4.16 kV AC Power System (TYPICAL)

NO NO NO MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR 1M 1A 1B 1N 1N 1M MFR ADMIN BLDG MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR NO MFR MFR MFR MFR NO MFR MFR MFR MFR NO MFR MFR MFR MFR NO Figure 8.3.1-1 Onsite AC Electrical Power System (2 of 3)

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-114 NO CLASS 1E 4.16KV SWGR SW01A NO NEUTRAL GRND XFMR CLASS 1E EMERGENCY DIESEL GEN. DG01A 4.16KV, 3,60HZ B

C A

NO M

M M

M M

M SC PUMP 1 SI PUMP 1 ESW PUMP 1A CCW PUMP 1A M

ESS CHILLER 1A CHARGING PUMP 1 AF PUMP A 480V LC LC01C 4160-480V XFMR 01C MCC M

M M

M M

CNMT SPRAY PUMP 1 CCW PUMP 2A COOLING TOWER FAN 2A SI PUMP 3

ESS CHILLER 2A NO NEUTRAL GRND XFMR CLASS 1E EMERGENCY DIESEL GEN. DG01C 4.16KV, 3,60HZ B

C A

NO CLASS 1E 4.16KV SWGR SW01C NO CLASS 1E 4.16KV SWGR SW01B NO NEUTRAL GRND XFMR CLASS 1E EMERGENCY DIESEL GEN. DG01B 4.16KV, 3,60HZ B

C A

NO M

M M

M M

M SC PUMP 2 SI PUMP 2 ESW PUMP 1B CCW PUMP 1B M

ESS CHILLER 1B CHARGING PUMP 2 AF PUMP B 480V LC LC01B 4160-480V XFMR 01B MCC 4160-480V XFMR13N PRESS HTRS BACK-UP GROUP B-2 A

C B

A C

B B

C A

A C

B 480V LC LC01D 4160-480V XFMR 01D MCC M

M M

M M

CNMT SPRAY PUMP 2 ESW PUMP 2B CCW PUMP 2B SI PUMP 4 ESS CHILLER 2B NO NEUTRAL GRND XFMR CLASS 1E EMERGENCY DIESEL GEN. DG01D 4.16KV, 3,60HZ B

C A

NO CLASS 1E 4.16KV SWGR SW01D TO 480V LC02 DIVISION I DIVISION II 27 480V LC LC01A 4160-480V XFMR 01A MCC NO TO 480V LC01B 480V LC02 (SWING BUS)

B C

A A

C B

4160-480V XFMR 13M PRESS HTRS BACK-UP GROUP B-1 A

C B

A C

B TRAIN C TRAIN A NON-CLASS 1E 27 27 27 TRAIN B TRAIN D NON-CLASS 1E Class 1E 4.16 kV AC Power System TO UAT 01M TO SAT 02M TO AAC SWGR 03N TO UAT 01M TO SAT 02M TO UAT 01N TO SAT 02N TO AAC SWGR 03N TO UAT 01N TO SAT 02N MC01A,02A 03A,04A,05A MC01C,02C 03C,04C MC01B,02B 03B,04B,05B MC01D,02D 03D,04D B

C A

A C

B B

C A

A C

B TO CONNECTION BOX FOR MOBILE GENERATOR TO CONNECTION BOX FOR MOBILE GENERATOR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR 1B 1A MFR MFR DUMMY BRK.

(MANUAL)

TO CONNECTION BOX FOR MOBILE GTG TO CONNECTION BOX FOR MOBILE GTG NO NO NO NO M

COOLING TOWER FAN 1A MFR M

ESW PUMP 2A MFR M

COOLING TOWER FAN 1B MFR M

COOLING TOWER FAN 2B MFR Figure 8.3.1-1 Onsite AC Electrical Power System (3 of 3)

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-115 CLASS 1E 480 V LC 1A BATTERY CHARGER 2A (STAND-BY)

NO 64 V

27 BATTERY TEST PNL A

ALARM ALARM 125 VDC BATTERY 1A 125 VDC DISTR. PNL 1 125 VDC DISTR. PNL 2 CLASS 1E I &C POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM INVERTER UNIT 1A LOCAL STARTER 1A, 2A MANUAL A

TRANSFER SWITCH ALARM ALARM ALARM BATTERY CHARGER 1A 125 VDC CONTROL CENTER 1A INVERTER 1A CLASS 1E 480 V LC 1C BATTERY CHARGER 2C (STAND-BY)

NO 64 V

27 BATTERY TEST PNL A

ALARM ALARM 125 VDC BATTERY 1C 125 VDC DISTR. PNL 1 125 VDC DISTR. PNL 2 CLASS 1E I &C POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM INVERTER UNIT 1C LOCAL STARTER 1C, 2C MANUAL A

TRANSFER SWITCH ALARM ALARM ALARM BATTERY CHARGER 1C 125 VDC CONTROL CENTER 1C INVERTER 1C TRAIN A TRAIN B TRAIN C TRAIN D DIVISION I DIVISION II CLASS 1E 480 V LC 1B BATTERY CHARGER 2B (STAND-BY) 64 V

27 BATTERY TEST PNL A

ALARM ALARM 125 VDC BATTERY 1B 125 VDC DISTR. PNL 1 125 VDC DISTR. PNL 2 CLASS 1E I &C POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM INVERTER UNIT 1B LOCAL STARTER 1B, 2B MANUAL A

TRANSFER SWITCH ALARM ALARM ALARM BATTERY CHARGER 1B 125 VDC CONTROL CENTER 1B INVERTER 1B CLASS 1E 480 V LC 1D BATTERY CHARGER 2D (STAND-BY) 64 V

27 BATTERY TEST PNL A

ALARM ALARM 125 VDC BATTERY 1D 125 VDC DISTR. PNL 1 125 VDC DISTR. PNL 2 CLASS 1E I &C POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM INVERTER UNIT 1D LOCAL STARTER 1D, 2D MANUAL A

TRANSFER SWITCH ALARM ALARM ALARM BATTERY CHARGER 1D 125 VDC CONTROL CENTER 1D INVERTER 1D A

37 A

37 A

37 A

37 NO NO A

37 A

37 A

37 A

37 Figure 8.3.2-1 Class 1E DC Power System Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-116 NON-CLASS 1E 480V LC 12M BATTERY CHARGER 5N (STAND-BY)

V 27 BATTERY TEST PNL A

ALARM ALARM 125 VDC BATTERY 1M 125 VDC DISTR. PNL 125 VDC DISTR. PNL TG. BLDG LOCAL STARTER MANUAL A

TRANSFER SWITCH ALARM ALARM BATTERY CHARGER 1M 64 V

27 BATTERY TEST PNL A

ALARM ALARM 250 VDC BATTERY 2N MANUAL A

TRANSFER SWITCH ALARM ALARM ALARM BATTERY CHARGER 2N NON-CLASS 1E 480V LC 10M NO V

27 BATTERY TEST PNL A

ALARM ALARM 125 VDC BATTERY 1N 125 VDC DISTR. PNL MANUAL A

TRANSFER SWITCH ALARM ALARM BATTERY CHARGER 1N UPS AUX. BLDG 125 VDC CONTROL CENTER 1M 250 VDC CONTROL CENTER 2N 125 VDC CONTROL CENTER 1N 125 VDC DISTR.

PNL TG. BLDG INVERTER AUX. BLDG BATTERY CHARGER 2M (STAND-BY) 125 VDC DISTR.

PNL AUX. BLDG INVERTER AUX.

BLDG BATTERY CHARGER 3N NO V

27 BATTERY TEST PNL A

ALARM ALARM 125 VDC BATTERY 3N A

ALARM ALARM 125 VDC DISTR. PNL UPS COMP.

BLDG EBOP STARTER LOCAL STARTER ESOP STARTER 125 VDC DISTR.

PNL AUX. BLDG NON-CLASS 1E 480V LC 12N 125 VDC CONTROL CENTER 3N NON-CLASS 1E 480V LC 10N NON-CLASS 1E 480V MCC 3N A

37 A

37 A

37 A

37 A

37 A

37 NON-CLASS 1E 480V LC 10N Figure 8.3.2-2 Non-Class 1E DC Power System Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-117 480 V MCC 1A REG. XFMR 1A 120 VAC DISTR. PNL CLASS 1E INVERTER UNIT 1A 125 VDC CONT.

CENTER 1A AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH TRAIN A TRAIN C TRAIN B TRAIN D DIVISION I DIVISION II 480 V MCC 1B REG. XFMR 1B 120 VAC DISTR. PNL CLASS 1E INVERTER UNIT 1B 125 VDC CONT.

CENTER 1B AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH 480 V MCC 1C REG. XFMR 1C 120 VAC DISTR. PNL CLASS 1E INVERTER UNIT 1C 125 VDC CONT.

CENTER 1C AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH 480 V MCC 1D REG. XFMR 1D 120 VAC DISTR. PNL CLASS 1E INVERTER UNIT 1D 125 VDC CONT.

CENTER 1D AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH Figure 8.3.2-3 Class 1E 120 Vac Instrumentation and Control Power System Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.3-118 480V MCC 03M REG. XFMR 120 VAC DISTR. PNL INVERTER UNIT 1M REG. XFMR 120 VAC DISTR. PNL INVERTER UNIT 2M 125 VDC CONT.

CENTER 1M 480V MCC 28N 250 VDC CONT.

CENTER 2N 125 VDC CONT.

CENTER 4N 480V MCC 03N REG. XFMR 120 VAC DISTR. PNL INVERTER UNIT 1N REG. XFMR 120 VAC DISTR. PNL UPS 1N REG. XFMR 120 VAC DISTR. PNL UPS 3N AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH UPS 2N 125 VDC CONT.

CENTER 3N REG. XFMR 120 VAC DISTR. PNL MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 125 VDC CONT.

CENTER 1N 120 VAC DISTR. PNL INVERTER UNIT 2N AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH AUX. BLDG.

AUX. BLDG.

AUX. BLDG.

AAC. GTG. BLDG.

COMPOUND BLDG.

AUX. BLDG.

AUX. BLDG.

REG. XFMR DIVISION I DIVISION II 480V MCC 25N 480V MCC 37N Figure 8.3.2-4 Non-Class 1E 120 Vac Instrumentation and Control Power System Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-1 8.4 Station Blackout 8.4.1

System Description

Station blackout (SBO) is the complete loss of alternating current (AC) electric power to the Class 1E and non-Class 1E switchgear buses in the APR1400. The SBO involves the loss of offsite power (LOOP) concurrent with a turbine trip and failure of the onsite emergency ac power system, but it does not include the loss of available ac power to buses fed by station batteries through inverters or the loss of the power from the alternate ac (AAC) source.

8.4.1.1 Description The offsite and onsite power systems are designed with sufficient independence, capacity, and capability to meet the requirements of General Design Criterion (GDC) 17 (Reference 1). The offsite and onsite systems are also designed to permit periodic inspection and testing in accordance with GDC 18 (Reference 2). The electrical connections between the offsite power system and onsite power systems are described in Section 8.2. The onsite power system is described in Section 8.3.

During an SBO, a non-Class 1E AAC gas turbine generator (GTG) with sufficient capacity, capability, and reliability provides power for the set of required shutdown loads (non-design-basis accident) to bring the plant to safe shutdown. The AAC GTG is started and manually connected to the shutdown bus within 10 minutes in accordance with Position C.3.2.5 of NRC RG 1.155 (Reference 3). The application of the AAC GTG to cope with an SBO meets 10 CFR 50.63 (Reference 4) and SECY-90-016 (Reference 8).

Conformance of APR1400 with NRC RG 1.155 regulatory position C.3.3 is addressed as shown in Table 8.4.1-1.

Training and procedures necessary to cope with an SBO for APR1400 plant operators are described in Section 13.2 and Section 13.5.

8.4.1.2 Station Blackout Coping Duration The SBO coping duration is determined by the following four design factors as specified in 10 CFR 50.63 and NRC RG 1.155 Position C.3.1.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-2

a.

The first design factor is the redundancy of the onsite emergency alternating current (EAC) power system. The onsite EAC power system for the APR1400 consists of two redundant systems that have four independent Class 1E EDGs.

One Class 1E EDG (train A or B) is required to operate the ac-powered decay heat removal systems. Therefore, the EAC power configuration group selected for the APR1400 is group C in accordance with Table 3 of NRC RG 1.155.

b. The second design factor is the reliability of the onsite EAC power sources. The APR1400 selects a target EDG reliability of 0.95. The reliable operation of the EAC power sources is provided reasonable assurance by a reliability program that is in accordance with NRC RG 1.9 (Reference 5) and NRC RG 1.155 Position C.1.2.
c.

The third design factor is the expected frequency of a LOOP. The offsite power system is site-specific and not part of the APR1400. Therefore, the offsite power design characteristic group for the APR1400 is selected as P3 for conservatism in accordance with Table 4 of NRC RG 1.155.

d. The fourth design factor is the probable time needed to restore offsite power.

This factor is incorporated into the P3 grouping addressed previously.

Based on the above condition, the SBO coping duration for the APR1400 is 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br /> in accordance with Table 2 of NRC RG 1.155. The AAC GTG is capable of supplying power for the shutdown loads required to bring the plant to the hot shutdown condition during an SBO.

However, since the preceding factors are subject to change as per the site conditions and site-specific design, the COL applicant is to validate the SBO coping duration according to the method specified in NRC RG 1.155 (COL 8.4(1)).

8.4.1.3 Alternate AC Power Source The 4.16 kV non-Class 1E AAC GTG is provided as an AAC source to mitigate the SBO in accordance with Position C.3.3 of NRC RG 1.155. The AAC GTG has sufficient capacity to operate the system necessary for coping with the SBO for the time required to bring and maintain the plant in a safe shutdown condition. This design meets the requirements of Criterion 4 for NRC RG 1.155, Position C.3.3.5. The reliability of the AAC power system meets or exceeds 95 percent as determined in accordance with NSAC-108 (Reference 6).

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-3 The SBO loads for the AAC GTG are shown in Table 8.3.1-4. The AAC power source for the APR1400 is designed to meet the requirements of 10 CFR 50.63, NRC RG 1.155, and NUMARC 87-00 (Reference 7).

The AAC GTG is designed to attain rated voltage and frequency within 2 minutes after receipt of a starting signal. The loads required for plant safe shutdown are manually connected by the operator in the main control room (MCR) and remote shutdown room (RSR) in accordance with the emergency operating procedures (EOPs) described in Subsection 13.5.2. Normally, the AAC GTG is not directly connected to both the preferred offsite power sources and any onsite Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear buses. One normally open non-Class 1E circuit breaker is provided between the AAC GTG and the non-Class 1E AAC 4.16 kV switchgear and two normally open circuit breakers in series are provided between the non-Class 1E AAC switchgear and each Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear (train A and train B). The connection between the AAC power source and the onsite or offsite ac power systems meets the requirements of Criterion 1 for NRC RG 1.155, Position C.3.3.5. The AAC GTG is manually connected to the designated Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgears (train A or train B) by the operator within 10 minutes from the beginning of the SBO event. This operation meets the requirements of Criterion 3 for NRC RG 1.155, Position C.3.3.5. The isolation between the Class 1E and the non-Class 1E system is provided by two circuit breakers in series in accordance with the Appendix B requirements of NRC RG 1.155 and with NUMARC 87-00.

The non-Class 1E AAC 4.16 kV switchgear has connection provisions to two permanent non-safety (PNS) 4.16 kV switchgear (divisions I and II). During a LOOP condition, the AAC GTG is manually aligned to power two PNS 4.16 kV switchgear. The configuration of the electrical connections between the AAC GTG, Class 1E, and non-Class 1E switchgear are shown in Figures 8.1-1 and 8.3.1-1. To minimize the potential for common-cause failures with Class 1E EDGs, the AAC GTG is provided with a gas turbine engine with a diverse starting and cooling system. The independence of the AAC GTG from the offsite power source and EAC power sources is realized by physical separation, electrical isolation of power and control circuits, and control and protection scheme of the AAC power source.

The AAC GTG, including the related auxiliary equipment, is located in the AAC GTG building and the Class 1E switchgear are located in the auxiliary building. The circuits between the AAC GTG and Class 1E switchgear are separated from the circuits connecting the Class 1E switchgear to the offsite power source as practicable such that impact on the Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-4 connections of the AAC GTG is minimized for events that affect the offsite power source.

The power and control circuits of the Class 1E switchgear are isolated by using isolation devices from the non-Class 1E AAC switchgear to prevent malfunctions in the non-Class 1E switchgear causing unacceptable impacts to the Class 1E switchgear.

The two circuit breakers in series between the non-Class 1E AAC switchgear and Class 1E switchgear are provided with interlock and permissive schemes and there is no control interface between the load shedding and sequencing schemes of the Class 1E EDGs and the AAC GTG control schemes. Therefore, no single-point vulnerability exists in which a weather-related event or single active failure disables any portion of the onsite EAC sources or the offsite power sources and simultaneously fails the AAC source. The design factors for the AAC GTG meet the requirements of Criterion 2 for NRC RG 1.155, Position C.3.3.5.

The COL applicant is to identify local power sources and transmission paths that could be made available to resupply power to the plant following the loss of a grid or an SBO (COL 8.4(2)).

The power supply from the AAC GTG and the recovery from the SBO are described in Subsections 8.4.1.4 and 8.4.1.5.

8.4.1.3.1 AAC Instrumentation and Control Various monitoring and control devices are provided to provide the operator with control and operational status information for the AAC system. The COL applicant is to specify the specific parameters for monitoring, alarms, mechanical and electrical trip for testing, and emergency trips (COL 8.4(3)). Generally, parameters described in this Subsection are used.

The following mechanical trips are provided to protect the AAC GTG during testing:

a. Low lube oil pressure
b. Low lube oil level in lube oil tank or sump
c. High pressure in crank case
d. High high lube oil temperature
e. low fuel oil pressure Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-5 These mechanical trips are bypassed during the operation of the AAC GTG in the emergency mode. The following electrical trips are provided to protect the AAC GTG during testing:

a. Generator electrical protection
b. Electronic governor failure All signals of the protective relay trip, except the trip signals listed below, are bypassed during the operation of the AAC GTG in the emergency mode.
a. Engine over speed
b. Generator differential protection
c. Manual trip The following parameters are monitored in the MCR, RSR, and local control panel.
a. Lube oil temperature and pressure
b. Engine bearing temperatures
c. Engine speed
d. Air pressure (if air is used for starting)

The status of each Class 1E 4.16 kV breaker position is indicated in the MCR, RSR, and the circuit breaker cubicle. The instrumentation for the AAC GTG provides the following indicators in the MCR and RSR:

a.

Output voltage

b. Output frequency
c.

Output ampere

d. Output watts
e.

Output vars

f.

Power factor

g. Output watt-hours Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-6 The following status indication are provided in local control panel.

a. Engine over speed
b. Low oil pressures
c. Low air pressure (if air is used for starting)
d. GTG output breaker position
e. Loss of control power
f. Generator fault 8.4.1.4 Power Supply from AAC GTG The power supply from the AAC GTG to the dedicated train of the onsite Class 1E switchgear buses (train A or train B) is accomplished with the following operating procedures:
a.

The undervoltage signals on the PNS 4.16 kV buses automatically initiate the starting of the AAC GTG and the tripping of incoming circuit breakers from the offsite power supply sources.

b. The AAC GTG circuit breaker in the AAC switchgear is closed manually after the AAC GTG attains the rated voltage and frequency. The power supply from the AAC GTG is restored to the PNS 4.16 kV buses manually. The loads on the PNS 4.16 kV buses are started manually by operator action.
c.

The Class 1E bus tie circuit breaker in the AAC switchgear and the AAC bus tie circuit breaker in the Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear are normally open.

d. All loads on the Class 1E 4.16 kV buses except the 480V load centers are tripped automatically by undervoltage signals on the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus. All loads on the PNS buses, as shown in Table 8.3.1-5, are tripped by manually opening the respective tie breakers.
e.

The dedicated Class 1E 4.16 kV bus is energized from the AAC GTG by manually closing the associated Class 1E bus tie circuit breaker in the AAC switchgear and the AAC bus tie circuit breaker in the Class 1E 4.16 kV bus.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-7

f.

The SBO loads for the AAC GTG, as shown in Table 8.3.1-4, are energized by manual operation. Power factors of 0.8 for the AAC GTG and 0.85 for the SBO loads were conservatively used for calculating the capacity of the AAC GTG since the specific load data will be determined at the time of procurement. The resulting capacity of the AAC GTG was established to be 12,125 kVA and the SBO loads 10,228 kVA.

The COL applicant is to develop detailed procedures for manually aligning the alternate AC power supply when two (Trains A and B) of the four diesel generators are unavailable during a loss of offsite power event (COL 8.4(4)).

The manual operation on the above procedures meets Appendix B requirements of NUMARC 87-00.

8.4.1.5 Recovery from SBO Power is restored to the Class 1E buses from the onsite Class 1E EDGs or the offsite power sources within the SBO coping duration:

a.

Restore onsite power system from offsite power sources

1) The output of AAC GTG is adjusted to synchronize with the offsite power source.
2) If the offsite source from UATs (or SATs) is available, the incoming breakers from the UATs (or SATs) to the Class 1E 4.16 kV buses are closed after synchronizing the AAC GTG with the offsite power source.
3) The AAC bus tie circuit breaker in the Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear and the Class 1E bus tie circuit breaker in the AAC switchgear are tripped to isolate the Class 1E bus from the AAC GTG.
b. Restore onsite power system from the EDGs
1) The AAC bus tie circuit breaker in the Class 1E 4.16 kV switchgear and the Class 1E bus tie circuit breaker in the AAC switchgear are tripped to isolate the Class 1E bus from the AAC GTG.
2) The EDG is connected to required loads by EOP.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-8 8.4.1.6 Periodic Testing and Inspection Periodic testing and inspection of the AAC meets the requirement of Criterion 5 for NRC RG 1.155 Position C.3.3.5 to demonstrate equipment operability and reliability.

As specified in NUMARC 87-00 Appendix B, the AAC power source is started and brought to operating conditions that are consistent with its function as an AAC power source at least every 3 months. The AAC GTG is started once every refueling outage to verify its availability within 10 minutes and the rated load capacity test is performed. The portions of the AAC GTG and its support systems subjected to maintenance activities will be tested before returning the AAC GTG and its support systems to service.

8.4.2 Analysis 8.4.2.1 Conformance with 10 CFR Part 50 10 CFR 50.63 - Loss of All Alternating Current Power The AAC power systems, including the AAC GTG support systems, which are provided to mitigate an SBO conform to the Maintenance Rule requirements in 10 CFR 50.65 since they are included in the emergency operation procedures (EOPs).

The APR1400 is designed to be able to withstand or cope with and recover from an SBO for a specified duration as defined in 10 CFR 50.63. Conformance with 10 CFR 50.63 is described in Subsections 8.4.1.2, 8.4.1.3, and 8.4.1.4.

10 CFR 50.65 - Requirements for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Maintenance at Nuclear Power Plants The AAC GTG performance monitoring is included as a part of the reliability assurance program and the maintenance rule program described in Section 17.4 and Section 17.6.

Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50, General Design Criterion 17 and 18 Conformance with GDC 17 and 18 is described in Subsection 8.4.1.1.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-9 8.4.2.2 Conformance with NRC Regulatory Guides NRC Regulatory Guide 1.9 The guideline of NRC RG 1.9 is related to the design application and testing program of the Class 1E EDG in the nuclear power plant.

Conformance with NRC RG 1.9 is described in Subsection 8.3.1.2.2.

NRC Regulatory Guide 1.155 The following requirements of NRC RG 1.155 are related to the AAC GTG and the loads applied for SBO coping conditions.

a.

NRC RG 1.155 requires that each nuclear power plant have the capability to withstand and recover from an SBO lasting a specified minimum duration. The specified duration of SBO is based on the four factors as described in Subsection 8.4.1.2. Conformance with NRC RG 1.155 Position C.3.1 is described in Subsection 8.4.1.2.

b. There are two SBO coping methods. The first method is the AC-Independent approach. In this approach, nuclear power plants rely on available process steam, dc power, and compressed air to operate equipment necessary to achieve safe shutdown conditions until offsite power sources or EAC power sources are restored. The second method is the Alternate AC approach. This method is named for its use of equipment that is capable of being electrically isolated from the preferred offsite and emergency onsite ac power sources. The APR1400 selects the Alternate AC approach. NRC RG 1.155 specifies that no coping analysis is needed if the AAC power source is available within 10 minutes of the onset of an SBO. Therefore, the APR1400 is not required to perform an SBO coping analysis. Conformance with NRC RG 1.155 Position C.3.2.5 and C.3.3 is described in Subsection 8.4.1.
c.

NRC RG 1.155 Position C.3.4 is related to the training and procedures for all operator actions necessary to cope with an SBO, Position C.1.3 is related to the procedure for the action to restore emergency ac power when the emergency ac power system is unavailable, and Position C.2 is related to the procedure for the actions to restore offsite power when offsite power is unavailable. The Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-10 procedures that address NRC RG 1.155 Positions C1.3, C.2 and C3.4 are included in the emergency operating procedures (EOPs), which are to be developed and implemented by the COL applicant as specified in COL 13.5(5).

The training per NRC RG 1.155 Position C.3.4 is included in the licensed plant staff training program, which is to be provided by the COL applicant as specified in COL 13.2(3).

d. NRC RG 1.155 Position C.3.5 is related to the quality assurance (QA) activities and specification for a non-safety-related AAC that is installed to meet an SBO.

The non-safety equipment installed to meet an SBO does not degrade the existing safety-related systems. The QA guidance for the AAC GTG is described in Chapter 17. The AAC GTG follows the quality requirements in accordance with regulatory position 3.5 and Appendix A in NRC RG 1.155. Appendix B to NRC RG 1.155 will be considered as a criteria to the technical specifications for the AAC GTG and its support systems.

e.

The AAC GTG is designed and installed to meet the station blackout rule and has its own independent support systems not subject to a water source, instrument air or water delivery system of any other safety related system described in NRC RG 1.155, Appendix B. Thus, system and station equipment specifications for such functions as water source, instrument air, and water delivery system do not need to account for the AAC GTG. Conformance or justification of AAC Sources (AAC GTG) with NRC RG 1.155 Appendix B is addressed as shown in Table 8.4.2-1.

8.4.2.3 Conformance with 10 CFR 52.47(b)(1) and 10 CFR 52.80(a)

See Subsection 8.2.2.4.

8.4.2.4 Conformance with NUREG-0800 Standard Review Plan, Section 8.4.III.3, Criteria D to I and K to M Conformance of APR1400 design with the NUREG-0800, Section 8.4.III.3, Criteria D to I and K to M is addressed as shown in Table 8.4.2-2.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-11 8.4.3 Combined License Information COL 8.4(1)

The COL applicant is to validate the SBO coping duration according to the method specified in NRC RG 1.155.

COL 8.4(2)

The COL applicant is to identify local power sources and transmission paths that could be made available to resupply power to the plant following the loss of a grid or the SBO.

COL 8.4(3)

The COL applicant is to specify the specific parameters for monitoring, alarms, mechanical and electrical trip for testing, and emergency trips.

COL 8.4(4)

The COL applicant is to develop detailed procedures for manually aligning the alternate AC power supply when two (Trains A and B) of the four diesel generators are unavailable during a loss of offsite power event.

8.4.4 References

1.

10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 17, Electric Power Systems, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

2.

10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 18, Inspection and Testing of Electric Power Systems, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

3.

Regulatory Guide 1.155, Station Blackout, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, August 1988.

4.

10 CFR 50.63, Loss of All Alternating Current Power, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

5.

Regulatory Guide 1.9, Application and Testing of Safety-Related Diesel Generators in Nuclear Power Plants, Rev. 4, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, March 2007.

6.

NSAC-108, Reliability of Emergency Diesel Generators at U.S. Nuclear Power Plants, Electric Power Research Institute, September 1986.

7.

NUMARC 87-00, Guidelines and Technical Bases for NUMARC Initiatives Addressing Station Blackout at Light Water Reactors, Rev. 1, Nuclear Energy Institute, August 1991.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-12

8.

SECY-90-016, Evolutionary Light Water Reactor (LWR) Certification Issues and Their Relationship to Current Regulatory Requirements, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, January 12, 1990.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-13 Table 8.4.1-1 (1 of 5)

Conformance with NRC RG 1.155 Regulatory Position C.3.3 Regulatory Position of NRC RG 1.155 Conformance or Justification If the plants station blackout capability, as determined according to the guidance in Regulatory Position 3.2, is significantly less than the minimum acceptable plant-specific station blackout duration (as developed according to Regulatory Position 3.1 or as justified by the licensee or applicant on some other basis and accepted by the staff), modifications to the plant may be necessary to extend the time the plant is able to cope with a station blackout. If modifications are needed, the following items should be considered:

APR1400 design conformance to each regulatory position is described below.

3.3.1 If, after considering load shedding to extend the time until battery depletion, battery capacity must be extended further to meet the station blackout duration recommended in Regulatory Position 3.1, it is considered acceptable either to add batteries or to add a charging system for the existing batteries that is independent of both the offsite and the blacked-out unit's onsite emergency ac power systems, such as a dedicated diesel generator.

The battery duty cycles of the APR1400 are 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> for Train A and Train B, and 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br /> for Train C and Train D. In the event of an SBO, since the AAC GTG will energize the shutdown bus (Train A or B) within 10 minutes of the onset of SBO, and the shutdown bus provides power for the DC loads necessary for the SBO coping duration via the battery charger and distribution bus, no additional DC equipment is required.

3.3.2. If the capacity of the condensate storage tank is not sufficient to remove decay heat for the station blackout duration recommended in Regulatory Position 3.1, a system meeting the requirements of Regulatory Position 3.5 to resupply the tank from an alternative water source is an acceptable means to increase its capacity provided any power source necessary to provide additional water is independent of both the offsite and the blacked-out unit's onsite emergency ac power systems.

The APR1400 design utilizes two (one per division) auxiliary feedwater (AFW) storage tanks for decay heat removal instead of a condensate storage tank.

During an SBO, the auxiliary feedwater system (AFWS) provides decay heat removal by supplying makeup water to the steam generator through operation of a turbine driven AFW pump or a motor driven AFW pump. The motor driven AFW pumps can be powered from the AAC-GTG and made available within 10 minutes from the onset of an SBO.

As stated in Subsection 10.4.9, each AFW storage tank provides the required water volume to provide sufficient flow to the steam generator(s) and has 100% capacity water volume to achieve a safe cold shutdown. Thus, no additional make-up water source to the AFW storage tanks is required.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-14 Table 8.4.1-1 (2 of 5)

Regulatory Position of NRC RG 1.155 Conformance or Justification 3.3.3. If the compressed air capacity is not sufficient to remove decay heat and to maintain appropriate containment integrity for the station blackout duration recommended in Regulatory Position 3.1, a system to provide sufficient capacity from an alternative source that meets Regulatory Position 3.5 is an acceptable means to increase the air capacity provided any power source necessary to provide additional air is independent of both the offsite and the blacked-out unit's onsite emergency ac power systems.

A loss of compressed air during an SBO causes all pneumatically operated safety-related valves and control dampers served by the instrument air system to fail to the safe position. No alternative sources of compressed air are necessary to support an SBO condition for the APR1400. Therefore, unavailability of compressed air does not affect the capability to remove decay heat or to maintain containment integrity. Related descriptions are mentioned in Subsection 9.3.1.3.

3.3.4. If a system is required for primary coolant charging and makeup, reactor coolant pump seal cooling or injection, decay heat removal, or maintaining appropriate containment integrity specifically to meet the station blackout duration recommended in Regulatory Position 3.1, the following criteria should be met: 1. The system should be capable of being actuated and controlled from the control room, or if other means of control are required, it should be demonstrated that these steps can be carried out in a timely fashion, and 2. If the system must operate within 10 minutes of a loss of all ac power, it should be capable of being actuated from the control room.

The MCR and RSR contain all of the control and/or monitoring provision for the operator to manually actuate the components of the systems necessary to cope with an SBO condition.

3.3.5. If an AAC power source is selected specifically for satisfying the requirements for station blackout, the design should meet the following criteria:

1. The AAC power source should not normally be directly connected to the preferred or the blacked-out unit's onsite emergency ac power system.

The APR1400 design is compliant with the requirement. The design considerations of AAC power source and its periodic testing are described in Subsections 8.4.1.3, and 8.4.1.6.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-15 Table 8.4.1-1 (3 of 5)

Regulatory Position of NRC RG 1.155 Conformance or Justification

2. There should be a minimum potential for common -cause failure with the preferred or the blacked-out unit's onsite emergency ac power sources. No single-point vulnerability should exist whereby a weather-related event or single active failure could disable any portion of the blacked-out unit's onsite emergency ac power sources or the preferred power sources and simultaneously fail the AAC power source.
3. The AAC power source should be available in a timely manner after the onset of station blackout and have provisions to be manually connected to one or all of the redundant safety buses as required. The time required for making this equipment available should not be more than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> as demonstrated by test.

If the AAC power source can be demonstrated by test to be available to power the shutdown buses within 10 minutes of the onset of station blackout, no coping analysis is required.

4. The AAC power source should have sufficient capacity to operate the systems necessary for coping with a station blackout for the time required to bring and maintain the plant in safe shutdown.
5. The AAC power system should be inspected, maintained, and tested periodically to demonstrate operability and reliability. The reliability of the AAC power system should meet or exceed 95 percent as determined in accordance with NSAC-108 (Ref. 11) or equivalent methodology.

An AAC power source serving a multiple-unit site where onsite emergency ac sources are not shared between units should have, as a minimum, the capacity and capability for coping with station blackout in any of the units.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-16 Table 8.4.1-1 (4 of 5)

Regulatory Position of NRC RG 1.155 Conformance or Justification At sites where onsite emergency sources are shared between units, the AAC power sources should have the capacity and capability to ensure that all units can be brought to and maintained in safe shutdown (i.e., those plant conditions defined in plant technical specifications as Hot Standby or Hot Shutdown, as appropriate). Plants have the option of maintaining the RCS at normal operating temperatures or at reduced temperatures.

Plants that have more than the required redundancy of emergency ac sources for loss-of-offsite-power conditions, on a per nuclear unit basis, may use one of the existing emergency sources as an AAC power source provided it meets the applicable criteria for an AAC source. Additionally, emergency diesel generators with 1-out-of-2-shared and 2-out-of-3-shared ac power configurations may not be used as AAC power sources.

3.3.6. If a system or component is added specifically to meet the recommendations on station blackout duration in Regulatory Position 3.1, system walk downs and initial tests of new or modified, systems or critical components should be performed to verify that the modifications were performed properly.

Failures of added components that may be vulnerable to internal or external hazards within the design basis (e.g., seismic events) should not affect the operation of systems required for the design basis accident.

The APR1400 design includes the AAC GTG as the AAC power source for SBO mitigation. A test program will be conducted by the manufacturer /

equipment vendor to verify the major equipment performance objectives (e.g., start time, rated speed and voltage times, stable voltage outputs, etc.).

These tests will be conducted prior to the AAC GTG installation at the plant site. Prior to plant operation, the AAC power source and support components will be subject to pre-operational testing to demonstrate that the AAC GTG will perform its intended function.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-17 Table 8.4.1-1 (5 of 5)

Regulatory Position of NRC RG 1.155 Conformance or Justification Failure of the AAC power source or associated components due to operational events (internal or external hazards) will not affect the operation of safety-related systems required for the design basis accidents. The AAC GTG is located in an independent building from the power block that contains the plant safety systems. The effects caused by failure of the AAC power source due to operational events are limited since the AAC power source is physically, mechanically and electrically isolated from the design basis engineered safety features in the power block.

The independence of the AAC power source from the PPS and Class 1E power sources is realized by physical separation of the AAC power source, electrical isolation of power and control circuits, and control and protection scheme for the AAC power source. These measures for independence of the AAC power source ensures that the AAC power source and failures of the AAC power source components do not adversely affect the function of PPS and the Class 1E onsite power systems.

Further discussion on the independence and separation of the AAC GTG components from system required for DBAs is provided in Subsection 8.4.1.3.

3.3.7. A system or component added specifically to meet the recommendations on station blackout duration in Regulatory Position 3.1 should be inspected, maintained, and tested periodically to demonstrate equipment operability and reliability.

This regulatory position is covered by Criterion 5 of Regulatory Position 3.3.5, which pertains to the AAC power source. The AAC GTG will be subject to periodic testing and inspection in order to verify the operability and reliability goals in the plant reliability assurance program as mentioned in Subsection 8.4.1.6. Periodic maintenance of the AAC GTG and its support systems will be planned and implemented under the framework of the Maintenance Rule program.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-18 Table 8.4.2-1 (1 of 2)

Conformance to NRC RG 1.155 Appendix B, Alternate AC Sources NRC RG 1.155, Appendix B, Alternate AC Sources Conformance or Justification Safety-Related Equipment (Compliance with IEEE Std. 279)

Not required, but the existing Class 1E electrical systems must continue to meet all applicable safety-related criteria.

The AAC is non-safety-related, but the existing onsite emergency power sources, buses and loads will continue to meet all applicable safety-related criteria since the AAC source is independent of the Class 1E electrical systems as noted in Table 1 Items E, G, I, and K.

Diversity from Existing EDGs See Regulatory Position 3.3.5 of this guide.

The APR1400 design will utilize an AAC power source that is diverse from that of the EDGs. A qualified gas turbine generator will be used as the AAC source.

Independence from Existing Safety-Related Systems Required if connected to Class 1E buses. Separation to be provided by 2 circuit breakers in series (1 Class 1 E at the Class 1E bus and 1 non-Class 1E).

The two breakers in series, which are nor+mally open, are provided between the Class 1E SWGR buses and AAC SWGR bus (one Class 1E at the Class 1E buses and anther non-Class 1E at the AAC SWGR bus).

Environmental Consideration If normal cooling is lost, needed for station blackout event only and not for design basis accident (DBA) conditions.

Procedures should be in place to effect the actions necessary to maintain acceptable environmental conditions for the required equipment. See Regulatory Position 3.2.4.

Equipment and environment cooling loss will be limited to 10 minutes (SBO duration). Normal plant cooling loads will be restored after shutdown loads are reestablished. Temperature rise conditions will be on the order of minutes rather than hours and no additional equipment or measures are necessary to supply interim cooling. Therefore, associated procedures are also not required.

Capacity Specified in § 50.63 and Regulatory Position 3.3.5.

The AAC GTG has the sufficient capacity to supply required shutdown loads to bring and maintain the plant in a safe shutdown condition.

Quality Assurance Indicated in Regulatory Position 3.5.

The AAC GTG follows the quality requirements in accordance with regulatory position 3.5 and Appendix A in NRC RG 1.155.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-19 Table 8.4.2-1 (2 of 2)

NRC RG 1.155, Appendix B, Alternate AC Sources Conformance or Justification Technical Specification for Maintenance, Limiting Condition, FSAR, etc.

Should be consistent with the Interim Commission Policy Statement on Technical Specifications (Federal Register Notice 52 FR 3789) as applicable.

The AAC GTG and its support systems conform to the maintenance rule (MR) requirements in 10 CFR 50.65. The Interim Commission Policy Statement on Technical Specifications will be considered as applicable.

Instrumentation and Monitoring Must meet system functional requirements.

The AAC power source instrumentation, controls and monitoring will be of sufficient number, type and quality to assure that the AAC GTG reliability goals are met.

Common Cause Failure (CCF)

Design should, to the extent practicable, minimize CCF between safety-related and non-safety-related systems.

The AAC power source will be physically, mechanically and electrically independent of the offsite and onsite power systems to the extent practicable in order to minimize CCF between safety-related and non-safety-related systems.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-20 Table 8.4.2-2 (1 of 3)

Conformance to NUREG-0800, Section 8.4.III.3 Criteria D to I and K to M NUREG-0800, Section 8.4.III.3 Criteria Conformance or Justification D.

Plant staff in the control room monitor the performance of the AAC power source. As a minimum, monitoring should include the voltage, current, frequency, and circuit breaker position.

The performance monitoring parameters of the AAC power source from the control room consist of the voltage, current, frequency, VARs, watts, watt-hour, and power factor. Also, the status of the circuit breaker position is monitored from the main control room and remote shutdown room.

E.

The AAC source components are enclosed within structures that conform to the Uniform Building Code. Electrical cables connecting the AAC power source to the shutdown buses are protected against the events that affect the preferred ac power system. Buried cables or other appropriate methods can be used to accomplish this.

The structure of AAC GTG building, in which the AAC source components are located, will be designed to conform to the Uniform Building Code.

The AAC power source components are located in the AAC GTG building and the Class 1E (shutdown buses) are located in the auxiliary building. The non-Class 1E AAC power source SWGR (3N) has connection provisions each to the Class 1E SWGRs 1A and 1B.

The connections between the AAC power source and Class 1E SWGR 1A and 1B are made by cables, which run through an underground common tunnel (UCT) installed between the AAC GTG building and the auxiliary building. The connections, between the AAC power source and each Class 1E SWGR 1A and 1B, are appropriately separated from the cables connecting the Class 1E SWGR 1A and 1B to the preferred ac power system (PPS) as practicable such that impact on the connections of the AAC power source is minimized for the events that affect the PPS.

F.

Non safety-related AAC power source(s) and associated dedicated dc system(s) should meet the QA guidance in Section 3.5, Appendix A, and Appendix B to NRC RG 1.155.

The AAC GTG follows the quality requirements in accordance with regulatory position 3.5 and Appendix A in NRC RG 1.155. Compliance with Appendix B to NRC RG 1.155 is provided as following Table Conformance to NRC RG 1.155, Appendix B, Alternate AC Sources.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-21 Table 8.4.2-2 (2 of 3)

NUREG-0800, Section 8.4.III.3 Criteria Conformance or Justification G.

The AAC power system is equipped with a dedicated dc power system that is electrically independent from the blacked-out units preferred and Class 1E power systems and is of sufficient capability and capacity for operation of dc loads associated with the AAC source for the maximum necessary duration of AAC source operation.

A dedicated non-Class 1E 125 Vdc power system is provided in the AAC GTG building to supply the dc power necessary to start and operate the AAC GTG.

The system consists of a battery, battery chargers, a dc control center, and distribution panels. The battery is sized based on the worst-case duty cycle of dc loads for the AAC system. The sizing of the battery is performed in accordance with IEEE Std. 485. The battery capacity for AAC system is 500 AH.

I.

The AAC power system is provided with a fuel supply that is separate from the fuel supply for the onsite EAC power system. A separate day tank, supplied from a common storage tank, is acceptable if the fuel is sampled and analyzed using methods consistent with applicable standards before its transfer to the day tank.

The AAC GTG has a diesel fuel oil storage tank and a day tank separate from the onsite EDG system.

Related descriptions are described in DCD, Tier 2 Subsection 9.5.9.2 K.

The AAC power system is capable of operating during and after an SBO without any support system receiving power from the preferred power supply or the blacked-out units EAC power sources. The capability of the AAC to start on demand depends on the availability of the necessary support systems to fulfill their required function. These support systems may need varying combinations of dc or ac power for varying periods to maintain operational readiness.

Information Notice (IN) 97-21 (Ref. 17) discusses two examples of a failure of the AAC to start on demand because of an extended loss of auxiliary electrical power sources.

The AAC GTG will be manually started to supply the electric power of Class 1E SWGR bus without receiving any externally provided AC or DC power source. DC power necessary for establishing the electric field excitation of generator and for control and protection of AAC power system is supplied from the dedicated battery set for the AAC power system.

Rev. 3

APR1400 DCD TIER 2 8.4-22 Table 8.4.2-2 (3 of 3)

NUREG-0800, Section 8.4.III.3 Criteria Conformance or Justification L.

The portions of the AAC power system subjected to maintenance activities are/will be tested before returning the AAC power system to service.

As specified in NUMARC 87-00 Appendix B, the AAC power source is started and brought to operating conditions that are consistent with its function as an AAC power source at least every 3 months. The AAC GTG is started once every refueling outage to verify its availability within 10 minutes and the rated load capacity test is performed.

In addition, the portions of the AAC GTG and its support systems subjected to maintenance activities will be tested before returning the AAC GTG and its support systems to service.

M.

Plant-specific technical guidelines and emergency operating procedures will be implemented (or are in place, as applicable) that identify those actions necessary for placing the AAC power source in service.

All operator actions necessary for SBO coping including placing the AAC power source in service will be identified in the emergency operating procedures (EOPs) and associated technical guidelines. The COL applicant is to provide a program for developing the EOPs as specified in COL 13.5(5).

Rev. 3